July 2024

Installation and Operation ManualHyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

Languages
To go directly to your preferred language, simply click on the hyperlinks listed in thecontents below.

English

3

日本語

97

Français

192

Deutsch287

Español

382

中文

477

한국어

572

Русский

667

Italiano

762

Português

857

Türkçe952

Polski1047

Українська

1142

EnglishWelcomeThank you for purchasing your Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk recorder!
When we designed the original Blackmagic HyperDeck disk recorders we wanted to makeit easier to record and play back video using fast SSD storage. Now we are excited to
introduce HyperDeck Shuttle HD!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD is a small, portable HDMI video recorder designed for yourdesktop. A large search dial and familiar transport controls let you operate the recorderwith one hand which makes HyperDeck Shuttle HD the perfect companion for live
production with an ATEM Mini switcher. You can even use HyperDeck Shuttle HD as ateleprompter!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD records to SD cards or external flash disks using ProRes, DNxHD
or H.264 codecs for lightning fast recording and playback.
Please check the support page at www.blackmagicdesign.com for the latest version ofthis manual and updates to the HyperDeck software. Keeping your software up to date will
always ensure you get all the latest features. When downloading software, please registerwith your information so we can keep you updated when new software is released. We areconstantly working on new features and improvements, so we would love to hear from you!

Grant Petty
CEO Blackmagic Design

Contents
Getting Started5Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

29

Plugging in Power

5

Setup 30

Connecting Video and Audio

6

Updating the Internal Software

36

Plugging in Media

6

Recording Video

7Transferring Files over a Network 

37Playback

8

Developer Information

41

Using the Search Dial

9Changing Settings

11Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol 41
Protocol Commands

41

Settings 12

Protocol Details

48

Record Menu

12

HyperDeck Control REST API63

Monitor Menu

13Transport Control API63

Audio Menu

13

System Control API68

Storage Menu

14Media Control API71

Setup Menu

16

Timeline Control API73

Rear Panel

23

Storage Media

24

Event Control API75

SD Card24

Clips Control API76

EXT Disk

25

HyperDeck Control API76

Formatting Media

25

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

86Formatting Media on a Mac Computer25

messages

86

Formatting Media on a Windows
computer

Device Properties

88

26

Volume Navigation

27

Help

93

Using the Teleprompter Function

28

Regulatory Notices

94

Controlling Teleprompter Playback
Speed

Safety Information

95

28

Warranty

96HyperDeck Shuttle HD

4

Getting Started
Getting started with your HyperDeck Shuttle HD is as easy as connecting power, plugging in
an HDMI video source, inserting an SD card or external media, then pressing record!
This section of the manual shows how to get started using your HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Plugging in PowerTo power your HyperDeck Shuttle HD, plug the supplied power adapter into the power input
on the rear panel. Tightening the locking ring secures the power cable to prevent accidental
disconnection.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Secure the power adapter into HyperDeck Shuttle HD’s power input

Getting Started

5

Connecting Video and Audio
To connect video to your HyperDeck Shuttle HD, plug an HDMI video source into the HDMI
input on the rear panel.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Connect your destination equipment to the HDMI output. For example, an ATEM Mini switcher
or an HDMI television.
The HDMI output is also used to view the settings menu when changing settings for yourHyperDeck. This is because the settings menu is viewed via video overlay on the HDMI output.
More information about the menu settings can be found in the ‘changing settings’ section laterin this manual.

TIP If you cannot see your input video source on the connected display, you may be in
playback mode. Press the record button to enable record mode.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Plug the HDMI output into your destination equipment, such as an HDMI television or ATEM Mini switcher

Plugging in MediaAll HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk recorders ship ready to record immediately without having toconfigure any settings. All you need is a formatted SD card or external disk.
You can easily format media via the menu settings. You can also format using a computer.
Refer to the ‘formatting media’ section in this manual for more information. You can alsofind information about the types of media that are best for recording video and a list ofrecommended SD cards and external disks.
To plug in an SD card:
1 Hold the SD card with the gold connectors facing up and align it with the media slot. Now
gently push the card into the slot until you feel it lock firmly into place.

Getting Started

6

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Your HyperDeck will verify the SD card. This is shown by an illuminated green SD indicatoron the top of the HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Once verified, the indicator will turn off.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

That’s all there is to getting started and your HyperDeck Shuttle HD is now ready for recording
and playback!
Keep reading this manual for detailed information about how to record and play back clips,
change settings, and much more.

SCR

Recording Video
After confirming that your video source is displayed on the HDMI destination equipment, you
can start recording straight away!
To start recording, press the record button. When recording to an SD card, the SD indicator
will illuminate red and the record and play buttons will also illuminate. When recording to an
external disk, the disk indicator will illuminate red.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

To finish recording, press the stop button.

Recording Video

7

PlaybackPress the ‘play’ button to start playback. During playback, the play button will illuminate andthe ‘disk’ or ‘SD’ media slot indicator will illuminate green.
If there are multiple clips that have been recorded, you can quickly move through them bypressing the forward and backward skip buttons.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Using the Skip Buttons
Press the backward skip button to cue the clip at the start. Pressing more than once will moveback through previously recorded clips.
Press the forward skip button to move forward through your clips. The skip buttons will also
flash when the ‘identify HyperDeck’ checkbox is selected using HyperDeck Setup utility.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Use the forward and backward skip buttons to cue to the start of each clip

TIP To play back video files on your HyperDeck, you will need to set the codec tomatch the codec used to record the files. You can do this using the menu. Refer to the‘changing settings’ section later in this manual for more information.

Looping Clips
During playback, pressing the ‘play’ button again will set your HyperDeck Shuttle HD to loop
all clips until you press the ‘stop’ button.
If you want to loop a single clip, set your HyperDeck to ‘clip’ mode and press the ‘play’ button
once to play and again to loop.
Loop all clips

During playback, press the ‘play’ button a second time to loop all recorded clips

Loop current clip

When in clip mode, press the ‘play’ button a second time to loop the current clip

Playback

8

Clip Mode
Clip mode lets you limit playback to a single clip. For example, with clip mode enabled you canshuttle or skip to a clip and then press play knowing that playback will stop when the clip ends.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

When clip mode is selected, pressing play asecond time will loop the current clip

Using the Search Dial
The search dial provides a fast way to move through your clips and select specific moments
to play, or review them frame by frame. This can be important if you need to locate a specificmoment by visually monitoring the clip as you turn the dial. It is also helpful for parking theplayhead at a specific cue point, ready for the clip to be rolled to air during a live broadcast.
Search dial modes include Jog, Scroll and Shuttle.
Jog

ScrollShuttlePlays through the clip frame by frame allowing precise control.
Scroll mode lets you quickly move forwards and backwards throughall your recorded media. As you turn the search dial, scroll is locked
to your movement so you have total control over where to position
playback.
The scroll button will also bring up the volume navigation window
which shows you the file path of the video that you are currently
playing. More information about the volume navigation function can befound in the ‘volume navigation’ section later in this manual.
Press the ‘jog’ and ‘scr’ buttons simultaneously to enter shuttle mode.
Once in shuttle mode you can rewind or fast forward through yourmedia by turning the dial left or right. As you turn the dial, the media
will shuttle faster until you reach the maximum speed of x50. To slow
the shuttle speed to a stop, turn the dial back to the start position. To
stop at a specific point during shuttle, press the stop button, or press
play to resume playback at the current position. It’s worth noting the
maximum shuttle speed can be lowered using the setup menu. For
more information, see the ‘Settings’ section later in this manual.

Playback

9

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Press the dedicated ‘JOG’ or ‘SCR’ buttons
to select jog and scroll search modes

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Once a search mode is selected, turn the search dial

TIP To resume normal playback, press the ‘play’ or ‘stop’ button.

Playback

10

Changing Settings
Pressing the ‘menu’ button will open the settings menu, which will appear as a video overlay
on the bottom left corner of your connected HDMI display.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Press the menu button to open the settings menu
SCR

Use the search dial to navigate to the submenu or setting

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Press the ‘set’ button to select the submenu or setting

Adjust settings using the search dial or the forward and backward skip buttons. Confirm theselection by pressing the ‘set’ button.
To leave the menu, press ‘menu’ to step back through the options and return to thehome screen.

TIP You can position the menu to any of the four corners of your display using the
setup menu. We recommend turning the menu off when you have finished changing
settings to make sure the HDMI output is a clean feed when connected to an HDMI
switcher, such as ATEM Mini Extreme.

Changing Settings

11Settings
The settings menu is arranged into 5 distinct categories, including record, monitor, audio, storage
and setup. Each of these submenus contain related settings, most of which can be adjusted using
the HyperDeck Shuttle HD control panel. Some settings are display only and will appear greyed out,
for instance, filename prefix. In this case, the setting can be adjusted via the HyperDeck Setup utility.

Record Menu

Input
Displays the HyperDeck Shuttle HD HDMI input.

Codec
HyperDeck Shuttle HD can record compressed video using H.264, Apple ProRes and DNxHD
codecs. To use the teleprompter function, select ‘teleprompter’.

Trigger Record
There are two trigger record modes available, including video start/stop and timecode run.
Some cameras, such as Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, send a signal over HDMI tostart and stop recording on external recorders. Selecting ‘video start/stop’ will trigger theHyperDeck to start or stop recording when the record button is pressed on the camera.
Use the ‘timecode’ run option to trigger the unit to start recording when it receives a valid
timecode signal via the HDMI input. When the signal stops, recording will also stop. Disable
trigger recording by selecting the ‘none’ option.

NOTE When recording from an HDMI camera, make sure the output is clean withoverlays turned off as any overlays that are present in your camera’s video output will
be recorded with your image.

Settings

12

Monitor Menu

Teleprompter Layout
The monitor menu contains all the settings for when using HyperDeck Shuttle HD as a teleprompter.
Font Size
Adjust the size of the text by selecting the font size option and pressing set. Turn the dialclockwise to increase, or counterclockwise to decrease.
Line spacing
Turn the dial to increase or decrease the line spacing.
Side Margin
Adjust the widths of the side margins on both sides of the teleprompter display.
Flip
If your teleprompter monitor is set up to reflect onto glass, such as in front or a camera or at a
speakers podium, you will need to use the flip settings to make it readable for the presenter.
There are two flip modes available:
Flip Horizontally - Use this when the bottom of the teleprompter monitor is mounted
closest to the base of the glass.
Flip Vertically - Use this when the bottom of the teleprompter monitor is mounted awayfrom the base of the glass.

Audio Menu

Settings

13

Recorded Audio Channels
HyperDeck Shuttle HD can record up to 8 channels of PCM audio at a time. To select the numberof channels to record, expand the recorded audio channels list and select 2, 4 or 8 channels.
If the codec is set to H.264, you can also select 2 channels of AAC audio so you can upload
recordings directly to YouTube.

Storage Menu
Connected media will appear in the storage settings. Media 1 will list the name of the connected
SD card and media 2 will display any USB flash disk plugged into to the ext disk connector.
When using a USB hub, such as Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, the active disk is displayed.

Active Media
When using HyperDeck Shuttle you can connect one SD card, multiple external drives andnetwork storage all at once. This means you can access terabytes of recording space all fromthe one HyperDeck Shuttle disk recorder!
If you only have a single SD card or drive connected, it is your active media for all playback
and recording. If you are using more than one you can select which one you want to use forrecording and playback.
Selecting your active media:
1

Using the search dial, highlight ‘active media’ in the storage menu and press the
flashing set button.

2

Attached media will appear in the list. Using the search dial select the media you
want to record to.

Settings

14

Set Network Location
HyperDeck Shuttle can play HD media from Blackmagic Cloud and other network accessstorage via Ethernet.
To connect to a network storage folder:
1

Using the search dial and set button, select ‘set network location’. A local network search
dialog will appear.

2

Any servers found on your local network will appear in a list. Highlight the server nameusing the search dial and press ‘set’ to select. A list of available shares on the server willappear. Using the search dial highlight the share you want to select and press ‘set’ andcontinue until the folder you want to use is displayed at the top of the screen.

3

The folder name will now appear at the top of the LCD screen. To select this folder forrecording and playback use the search dial to select ‘set this location’ and press set. A tickwill appear to the right.

4

Once connected, the location will appear in the media 2 storage list under network locations.

The second media slot on HyperDeck Shuttle disk recorders is allocated for both USB andconnected network folders. To select between connected USB drives and network storage,
select ‘media 2’ from the storage media menu and press the flashing ‘set’ button. From themedia 2 list select the storage you want to use and press set button. You will now be returnedto the storage menu. You can also remove network storage using the media 2 menu andselecting ‘remove network location’ at the bottom of the menu.

NOTE When playing from a network volume, HyperDeck Shuttle HD assumes guest login on
the server. Server access that requires a login and password is not currently supported using
the menu and set buttons but you can enter credentials using HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

Settings

15

USB Spill
If you are using a Blackmagic MultiDock 10G or similar to connect more than one drive via the‘ext disk’ usb connection, turning USB spill on will ensure that recording will spill from one
external disk to the next.

Format MediaSD cards and media connected via the rear ext disk connection can be formatted directly on
the unit or via a Mac or Windows computer.

Preparing Media on HyperDeck Shuttle HD:
1

Using the search dial and set button, select format media.

2

Select the media to format from the list and press set.

3

Choose the format and press set.

4

A confirmation window will appear detailing which card is to be formatted and the selected
format option. Select format.

5

A formatting window will appear once completed. Select OK.

HFS+ is also known as Mac OS X Extended and is the recommended format as it supports‘journaling’. Data on journaled media is more likely to be recovered in the rare event that yourstorage media becomes corrupted. HFS+ is natively supported by Mac. exFAT is supported natively
by Mac and Windows without needing any additional software but does not support journaling.
To format media on a Mac or Windows computer, refer to the ‘formatting media’ section.

Setup Menu
The setup menu contains settings including language selection and default standard as well as
sections for the menu display, network settings and timecode options.

Settings

16

Name
When more than one HyperDeck Shuttle HD is on the network, you may wish to give them
discrete names to help identify the different units. This can be done via Blackmagic HyperDeck
Setup or Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using a terminal application. The name willappear in the setup menu.

Language
HyperDeck Shuttle HD supports 13 languages, including English, Chinese, Japanese, Korean,
Spanish, German, French, Russian, Italian, Portuguese, Turkish, Ukrainian and Polish.
To select the language:
1

Once the setup menu is highlighted, press set.

2

Scroll the search dial down to select language and press set.

3

Use the search dial to select the language and press set. Once selected you willautomatically return to the setup menu.

Software
Displays the current software version.

CameraThis setting is helpful when using HyperDeck to record ISO files from multiple cameras andthen editing them on a multicamera timeline in DaVinci Resolve.
Each individual camera identification letter will appear in the files’ metadata, allowing DaVinci
Resolve to identify each angle easily when using the sync bin feature.

Assign your camera using characters 1–20 or A-Z

Default Standard
Sometimes the HyperDeck Shuttle HD does not know what video standard you want to use.
This setting will let the HyperDeck know the video standard you want to use most of the time.
A good example is if you have turned on a HyperDeck Shuttle HD, it has no video input
connected and you insert a disk with files on it with 2 different video standards. Which video
standard should the HyperDeck play? The default video standard will give it an indication
which video standard you prefer and it will switch to that format and play those files.
The default video standard is also useful when you first turn on a HyperDeck Shuttle HD and it has
no video input and no media disk inserted. In this case, the HyperDeck does not know which video
standard to use for the monitoring output. The default video standard will guide it on what to do.

Settings

17

However, the default video standard is only a guide. It won’t override anything. So if you had a
media disk with only 1 type of video file on it and you press play, the HyperDeck disk recorder
will switch to that video standard and play. It will ignore the default video standard because it’s
obvious you just want to play the files on the disk.
It’s a similar situation with recording. If you press record, the HyperDeck will just record whatevervideo standard is connected to the video input. Plus, once you have done the recording, theHyperDeck Shuttle HD will playback the same video standard files on the disk, even if there areother files on the disk that match the default video standard. It’s assumed you want to playback
the same video standard as you just recorded. If you unplug the media disk and plug it back inagain, only then will the default video standard be used to choose which type of files to play back.
The default video standard is only a guide to help the HyperDeck Shuttle HD make decisions about
what to do when it’s not sure. It’s not an override that forces the deck to behave in any specific way.

Shuttle Max Speed
The maximum shuttle speed on HyperDeck Shuttle HD is x50 speed. If you want to reduce thisspeed, you can select from one of the other speed presets.

Date and Time
Setting the date and time correctly ensures your HyperDeck Shuttle has the same time and date
information as your network and also prevents conflicts that can occur with some network systems.

Auto Set Date and TimeTo set your date and time automatically select set the auto set date and time option to ‘on’.
When setting the date and time automatically, the HyperDeck will use the network time protocol
server set in the NTP field. To override the date and time manually, select ‘off’.
NTP
The default NTP server is time.cloudflare.com, but you can also manually enter an alternate
NTP server using HyperDeck Setup. For more information on setting the NTP server, refer toHyperDeck Setup later in this manual.
Date
To enter the date manually, select the date field and press set. Using the menu dial you canselect the day, month and year.
Time
To adjust the time, select time and press set. Use the menu dial to adjust the hours and minutes.
The internal clock is a 24 hour clock.

Settings

18

Menu Settings
Using the menu settings you can adjust the location and appearance of the menu on theconnected HDMI display.

Appearance
Set your HyperDeck’s onscreen menu to dark or light mode. Light mode will offer more contrast
when media is dark, or when you are in teleprompter mode.

Opacity
Adjust the levels to reduce the opacity of the menu overlay on the connected display from thedefault 100% to 20%.
Position
The menu overlay will default to the bottom left hand corner of the screen. To move the menu toa different location, select ‘position’ and press the ‘set’ button. Now you can select the top left,
top right, bottom left or bottom right corner of the screen.

Network Settings

Settings

19

Protocol
Blackmagic HyperDeck is shipped set to DHCP, so once connected, your network server willautomatically assign an IP address and no other network settings will need to be adjusted. If
you need to set a manual address, you can connect via a static IP.
With ‘protocol’ selected press the ‘set’ button to access the menu, scroll to ‘Static IP’ andpress ‘set’.
IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, Primary DNS and Secondary DNS
Once Static IP is selected, you can enter your network details manually.
To change the IP address:
1

Use the search dial to highlight ‘IP address’ and press the ‘set’ button on your HyperDeck’s
control panel.

2

Using the search dial, adjust the IP address, rotate the search dial to adjust your IP address,
pressing ‘set’ to confirm before adjusting the next set of values.

3

Press ‘set’ to confirm the change and move to the next value.

When you have finished entering your IP address, you can repeat these steps to adjust theSubnet Mask and Gateway. Once finished, press the ‘menu’ button to exit and return to thehome screen.

Timecode Settings
Set your timecode input and output options, including choosing between recording the source
timecode, time of day timecode or setting your timecode manually.

Input
There are four timecode input options available when recording.

Video Input

Selecting video input will take the embedded timecode from HDMI sources withSMPTE RP 188 metadata. This will maintain sync between your HDMI source andthe file recorded on the HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Internal

Use this option to record time of day timecode via the built in timecode generator.

Last ClipRegen

By selecting ‘last clip regen’ for your timecode input, each file will start one frame
after the last frame of the previous clip. For example, if your first clip ends on
10:28:30:10, the next clip timecode will start at 10:28:30:11.

PresetIf you want to set a timecode manually, select the preset option. Recorded clips will
start at the timecode set via the ‘preset’ setting as shown later in this section.

Settings

20

Drop Frame
For NTSC sources at frame rates of 29.97 or 59.94, you can select ‘drop frame’ or ‘non-drop
frame’ timecode. If the source is unknown, select ‘default’. This will maintain the standard of the
input, or default to drop frame if there is no valid timecode.
PresetYou can set your timecode manually by pressing the set button and entering the start timecodeusing the search dial and set button. Make sure the ‘preset’ option is selected under the
input menu.
OutputSelect your timecode options for your outputs.
Timeline

To output a continuous timecode for all clips recorded on a card or drive,
select timeline.

Clip

Selecting the clip option will output the timecode of each individual clip.

File Settings

Filename Prefix
When first set up, your HyperDeck Shuttle HD will record clips to your SD Card or USB flash
disk using the following filename convention.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

PrefixHyperDeck_0001

Clip Number

You can change the filename prefix via the HyperDeck Setup utility. For more information, referto ‘Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup’ later in this manual.

Settings

21

Timestamp File Suffix
The timestamp added to the filename is turned off by default. If you would like the date andtime recorded in your filename, toggle the ‘timestamp file suffix’ option to on.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Filename Prefix

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Year

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MonthHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Day

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Hour

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinuteHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Clip Number

Remote Settings
The remote setting lets the HyperDeck be controlled remotely by other video equipment,
for example an ATEM Mini Extreme switcher.

RemoteSelect ‘remote’ to enable remote control via Ethernet. Deselect remote to control the unit locally.

Reset Settings

Factory Reset
Highlight ‘factory reset’ in the setup menu to restore your HyperDeck to factory settings. Onceyou press ‘set’, you will be prompted to confirm your selection.

Settings

22

Rear Panel
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

Power
HyperDeck Shuttle HD is powered via an AC plug pack. The supplied power cable included
features a locking connector to prevent disconnection, but you can also use any 36W 12V
power cable to power the HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

2

SD CardInsert SD cards into the slot for recording and playback.

3

Ethernet
The Ethernet port lets you connect to your network for recording to network storage, fast
ftp transfers and http transfers via the web media manager. In addition you can remotely
control the unit using REST API or the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. For more details ontransferring files via the web media manager or an FTP client, see the ‘transferring files
over a network’ section later in this manual.
When connected to the same network shared with an ATEM switcher, you can also control
your HyperDeck using the ATEM switcher or an ATEM hardware panel.

4

Ext Disk
Connect a flash disk to the USB-C connector so you can record to external disks at up to
5Gb/s. You can also connect to multi port USB-C hubs or Blackmagic MultiDock 10G toconnect one or multiple SSDs.

5

HDMI
Connect the HDMI output to HDMI televisions, monitors or even a switcher, such as ATEM
Mini Extreme. The HDMI output is also used to view the menu overlay.

Settings

23

Storage MediaSD Card
For high quality HD recording we recommend high speed UHS-I SD cards. These cards need tobe capable of write speeds above 220MB/s for recording up to Ultra HD 2160p60.
However, if you are recording at a lower bit rate with higher compression you might be able touse slower cards. Generally, the faster the cards the better.
It’s worth regularly checking the latest version of this manual for more up to date
information and can always be downloaded from the Blackmagic Design website atwww.blackmagicdesign.com/support

What SD cards should I use with HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
The following SD Cards are recommended for 1080p up to 60 fps:
Brand

Model

CapacityAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Storage Media

24

EXT Disk
All HyperDeck models can record directly to USB-C flash disks. These fast, high capacity
drives allow you to record video for long periods. You can then connect the flash disk to yourcomputer and edit directly from them!
For even higher storage capacities, you can connect a USB-C dock or external hard drive. To
connect your Blackmagic MultiDock 10G or USB-C flash disk, connect a cable from your USB-C
connected device to the ‘ext disk’ port on the rear panel of your HyperDeck.

What USB-C drives should I use with HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
The following USB-C drives are recommended for 1080p ProRes HQ at up to 60 fps:
Brand

Model

Capacity

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

The following USB-C drives are recommended for 1080p ProRes HQ at up to 60 fps:
Brand

Model

Capacity

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

The following USB-C drives are recommended for 1080p H.264 at up to 60 fps:
Brand

Model

Capacity

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Formatting MediaFormatting Media on a Mac Computer
The Disk Utility application included with Mac can format a drive in the HFS+ or exFAT formats.
Make sure you back up anything important from your disk as you will lose everything on it when
it is formatted.
1

Connect a USB flash disk to your computer with an external dock or cable adapter anddismiss any message offering to use your SSD for Time Machine backups. For SD cards,
connect it to your computer via an external card reader.

2

Go to applications/utilities and launch Disk Utility.

3

Click on the disk icon of your SD card or USB flash disk and then click the erase tab.

4

Set the format to Mac OS Extended (Journaled) or exFAT.

5

Type a name for the new volume and then click erase. Your media will quickly be formatted
and made ready for use with HyperDeck.

Formatting Media25

Formatting Media on a Windows computer
The format dialog box can format a drive in the exFAT format on a Windows PC. Make sure you
back up anything important from your SSD or SD card as you will lose everything on it when it isformatted.
1

Connect a USB flash disk to your computer with an external dock or cable adapter. For SD
cards, connect it to your computer via an external card reader.

2

Open the start menu or start screen and choose computer. Right-click on your USB flash
disk or SD card.

3

From the contextual menu, choose format.

4

Set the file system to exFAT and the allocation unit size to 128 kilobytes.

5Type a volume label, select quick format and click Start.

6

Your media will quickly be formatted and made ready for use with HyperDeck.

Formatting Media

26

Volume Navigation
Volume navigation lets you open a file path overlay so you can locate clips on media cards,
disks and network drives. When enabled, the overlay appears on the HDMI output and you canthen navigate through directories using the scroll button, clip button and jog wheel.
1

Open the volume navigation window by pressing the scroll button marked SCR.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Press the scroll button to open the volume navigation window on the HDMI output

2

Scrub or skip through the footage on display until you find a clip from the folder you areinterested in.

3

Press the scroll button to move down through the volumes and the clip button to move up.

To close the volume navigation window press the stop button, or press ‘play’ to close thewindow and immediately start playback.

NOTE To view clips that were recorded using a different codec, resolution or frame
rate, set your HyperDeck’s codec and default standard to match.

Volume Navigation

27

Using the Teleprompter Function
Using a standard RTF or plain TXT file, you can use Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD as ateleprompter. Create your file in TextEdit or WordPad and save as a rich text format or plain text
file in any of the 13 supported languages. Once opened with HyperDeck Shuttle HD, you canadjust the font size and line spacing of your script.
To use the teleprompter:1

Connect HyperDeck Shuttle HD’s HDMI out to the HDMI display you want to use.

2

Insert an SD card or connect an external USB flash disk containing your script.

3

From the record menu select the codec option. Navigate to ‘teleprompter’ setting and press set.

The script will appear on your display. From here you can start playback automatically using
the play button, or for additional control use the dial.

Controlling Teleprompter Playback Speed
The large dial on HyperDeck Shuttle HD can be used to control playback when in teleprompter
mode much in the same way as it does for media playback. With a script loaded, press the ‘jog’
and ‘scr’ buttons together to turn on variable speed playback. Once selected, turn the dial. The
script will move at a speed relative to the movement of the dial. For example, the faster the dialis turned, the faster the script will scroll.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

For constant speeds, you can use the jog and scroll buttons individually. Once selected, turning
the dial will move the script at a constant low speed in jog mode, or a faster speed in scroll mode.
To navigate between files on your SD card or external disk, press the forward and back keys.

Using the Teleprompter Function

28

The teleprompter will acknowledge the font size, color and whether it is set to bold from the file.
Additionally, you can adjust the font size, line spacing, margins or flip the display horizontally or
vertically for when you are projecting the display to beam splitter glass using the monitor menu.
For more information see ‘menu settings’ earlier in this manual.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup is a software utility you can use to change settings and update
the internal software in your HyperDeck.

To install the software:
1

Download the newest Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup installer fromwww.blackmagicdesign.com/support.

2

Run the Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup installer on your computer and follow the onscreen
instructions.

3

After installation is complete, connect your HyperDeck Shuttle HD to the computer via theUSB or Ethernet connector on the rear panel.

4

Launch Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup and follow any onscreen prompt to update
the internal software. If no prompt appears, the internal software is up to date and there isnothing further you need to do.

Click on the HyperDeck image or the settings icon to open the settings menu.
The home screen will show your HyperDeck Shuttle HD and the name of the unit. This nameis helpful to identify the unit when more than one HyperDeck is connected to your computerand can be set using the utility’s settings menu.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

29

SetupIf you have more than one HyperDeck disk recorder, you may wish to give each unit a discrete
name to make them easy to identify. You can do this by entering a new name into the namefield and clicking the ‘set’ button. It’s worth noting that changing the name of the HyperDeck
will invalidate any digital certificates in use, so it’s worth changing the name before generatinga certificate signing request or self signed certificate.

Identify HyperDeck
Clicking the checkbox will make the skip buttons on the top of your HyperDeck Shuttle flash.
This can be useful when you have more than one HyperDeck Shuttle and you want to identify
which one you are connected to via the HyperDeck Setup utility.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

30

Date and Time
Set your date and time automatically by ticking the box. When setting the date and time
automatically, your HyperDeck Shuttle HD will use the network time protocol server set in
the NTP field. The default NTP server is time.cloudflare.com, but you can also manually enteran alternate NTP server and then click on ‘set’.
If you are entering your date and time manually, use the fields to enter your date, time and timezone. Setting the date and time correctly ensures your recordings have the same time anddate information as your network and also prevents conflicts that can occur with some network
storage systems.

Network Settings
ProtocolTo control your HyperDeck Shuttle HD with ATEM switchers, or to control it remotely via
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, the HyperDeck Shuttle HD needs be on the same network as
your other equipment using DHCP or by manually adding a fixed IP address.

DHCP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk recorders arrive set to DHCP by default. The dynamic
host configuration protocol, or DHCP, is a service on network servers that
automatically finds your HyperDeck disk recorder and assigns an IP address.
The DHCP is a great service that makes it easy to connect equipment via Ethernet
and ensure their IP addresses do not conflict with each other. Most computersand network switchers support DHCP.

Static IP

When ‘static ip’ is selected, you can enter your network details manually. Whensetting IP addresses manually so all units can communicate, they must share thesame subnet mask and gateway settings.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

31

Network Access
HyperDeck Shuttle HD can be accessed via a network for file transfer and remote control
via HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Access will be enabled by default, but you can choose todisable access individually or enable access via a username and password for added security
when using the web media manager or HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

File Transfer Protocol
Enable or disable access via FTP using the check box. If you are supplying access via an FTP
client such as CyberDuck, click the icon to copy the FTP address. For more information, refer tothe section ‘transferring files over a network’.
Web Media Manager
Media recorded on SD cards or external disks can be accessed via a web browser using the
web media manager. When you click on the link or copy and paste it into your web browser,a simple interface will open where you can upload or download files directly to the SD cards
over your network.
Access is enabled via HTTP by default but you can disable access entirely or require a secure
certificate using the ‘enabled with security only’ option. When using a digital certificate,connections to web media manager are encrypted via HTTPS. More information on digital
certificates is available in the ‘secure certificate’ section.
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
You can connect to your HyperDeck disk recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
and a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and PuTTY on
a Windows computer. Access can be enabled with or without a username and password,
or disabled entirely. You can use an SSL program to encrypt your session when using autility program such as netcat. For more information on the available commands, refer to the‘developer information’ section in this manual.
Allow Utility Administration
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup can be accessed when your disk recorder is connected via the
network or via USB. To prevent users having access via the network, select USB only.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

32

Secure Login Settings

If you have selected ‘enabled with security’ for HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol access you willneed to enter a username and password. Type a username and password and click ‘save’.
The password field will appear empty once a password is entered. Once a username andpassword is set, you will need to enter it when accessing the web media manager if ‘enabledwith security’ is selected.

Secure Certificate
To enable web media manager access via HTTPS, or when HyperDeck Ethernet protocol has
been configured to the security only option, you will require a secure certificate. This digital
certificate acts as an identification card for your HyperDeck Shuttle HD so that any incoming
connections can confirm they are connecting to the correct unit. Along with confirming theidentity of the unit, using a secure certificate ensures data transmitted between HyperDeck
Shuttle HD and a computer or server will be encrypted. When using the secure login settings
the connection will not only be encrypted but require authentication for access.
There are two certificate types you can use with HyperDeck Shuttle, a secure certificate signed
by a certificate authority, or a self signed certificate. A self signed certificate may be secure
enough for some user workflows, for instance only accessing the HyperDeck Shuttle HD via a
local network.
To generate a self signed certificate click on ‘create certificate’. You will be prompted to confirm
you understand the risks with using a self signed certificate. Once you click on ‘create’, thecertificate details will autofill the ‘domain’, ‘issuer’ and ‘valid until’ fields in the HyperDeck
Setup utility.

Following a factory reset any current certificate will be deleted, but you can also remove it at
any time by clicking on the ‘remove’ button and following the prompts.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

33

When using a self signed certificate to access media files using HTTPS, your web browser
will alert you to the risks of accessing the site. Some browsers will allow you to proceed once
you confirm you understand the risks, however other web browsers may prevent you fromproceeding at all.

To ensure access is granted to any web browser, you will need to use a signed certificate.
To obtain a signed certificate, you first need to generate a certificate signing request, or CSR,
using Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup utility. This signing request is then sent to a certificate
authority, also known as a CA, or your IT department to be signed. Once completed, a signed
certificate with a .cert, .crt or .pem file extension will be returned which you can import into yourHyperDeck Shuttle HD.
HyperDeck
MENU

Certificate

Authority

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

To generate the certificate signing request CSR:
1

Click on the ‘generate signing request’ button.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

34

2

A window will appear prompting you to enter a common name and subject alternative namefor the HyperDeck. Adjust any other details as required using the table below.

Information

Description

ExampleCommon Name

The domain name you will use

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative Name

An alternate domain namehyperdeck.melbourne.net

CountryCountry for your organization

AU

State

Province, region, county or state

Victoria

Location

Town, city, village etc. name

Port Melbourne

Organization Name

Name of your organization

Blackmagic Design

3

Once you have filled in the certificate details, press ‘generate’.

When you generate a .csr you will also be creating a public key and private key at the sametime. The public key will be included with the signing request while the private key will remain
with the unit. Once the CA or IT department have verified the information in the CSR with yourorganization, they will generate a signed certificate with the above details along with yourpublic key.
Once imported, the HyperDeck Shuttle HD will use the public and private key to confirm theidentity of the HyperDeck and to encrypt and decrypt data share via HTTPS or via HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol when using an SSL program.
Importing a signed certificate:
1

Click on ‘import signed certificate’.

2

Navigate to the location of the signed certificate using the file browser and once the file isselected click on ‘open’.

The domain, issuer and valid until fields will update with the information from your CA.
Generally, a signed certificate will be valid for about a year so the process will need to berepeated as you reach the expiration date.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

35

Since a domain name was selected, you will need to speak to your IT department about
resolving the DNS entry for the HyperDeck Shuttle HD unit. This will point all traffic for the IP
address of the HyperDeck Shuttle HD to the selected domain address in the signing request.
This will also be the HTTPS address you use to access files via the web media manager,
for example https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com
It’s worth noting that the certificate will be invalidated following a factory reset and a newcertificate will need to be generated and signed.

File Settings

When first set up, your HyperDeck Shuttle HD will record clips to your SD card or USB flash disk
using ‘HyperDeck’ as the prefix. Type in a new filename to change the prefix.
The timestamp added to the filename is turned off by default. If you would like the date andtime recorded in your filename, switch it to on. Filename prefix and timestamp settings are alsoavailable via onscreen menu on HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Reset
Select ‘factory reset’ to restore your HyperDeck to factory settings. A factory reset will invalidate
the current certificate. If a secure certificate is being used you will need to generate a newcertificate signing request to be signed by a certificate authority or IT department.

Updating the Internal Software
To update the internal software:
1

Download the newest Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup installer fromwww.blackmagicdesign.com/support.

2

Run the Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup installer on your computer and follow the onscreen
instructions.

3

After installation is complete, connect your HyperDeck Shuttle HD to the computer
via the USB or Ethernet connector on the rear panel.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

36

4

Launch Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup and follow any onscreen prompt to update
the internal software. If no prompt appears, the internal software is up to date and there isnothing further you need to do.

Transferring Files over a Network
HyperDeck Shuttle HD supports file transfer via both hypertext transfer protocol secure, known
as HTTPS, and file transfer protocol known as FTP. This lets you copy files directly from yourcomputer to your HyperDeck via a network with the fast speeds a local network can provide.
For example, you could be copying new files to a HyperDeck unit being used for playing backvideo on monitor walls and digital signage.
You can transfer any file to and from your HyperDeck, but it’s worth noting that any files you
intend to play back from HyperDeck Shuttle HD will need to conform to your HyperDeck’s
supported codecs and resolutions.

TIP You can transfer files over a network while your HyperDeck is recording.
HyperDeck will automatically adjust transfer speeds to make sure recording is
not affected.
Access to HyperDeck Shuttle HD via either of these protocols can be enabled or disabled via
the HyperDeck Setup utility. For example, you could disable FTP access and enable HTTPS
access at the same time.

Connecting to HyperDeck Shuttle HD via HTTPS
To access HyperDeck Shuttle HD via the web media manager you will need the URL available
via the network access settings. Network access settings appear in HyperDeck Setup utility
when your computer is connected via USB or Ethernet but are disabled when only Ethernet isconnected.
1

Using a USB-C cable, connect your computer to HyperDeck Shuttle HD via the USB porton the rear panel and open HyperDeck Setup. You should see a USB connection icon next
to the unit name. Click on the circular icon or anywhere on the product image to open thesettings.

2

When using a self signed certificate, navigate to the network access settings and clickon the copy icon beside the URL. This URL is based on the name of your HyperDeck. To
modify the URL, modify the name of the unit.

Transferring Files over a Network37

When using a self signed certificate click on the link

3

If you have imported a certificate signed by a CA or IT department, copy and paste theaddress in the domain field for the current certificate.

Copy the domain address and paste into a browser

4Open your web browser and paste the address into a new window. If you have enabled
access with security only you will be prompted to enter the username and password set inHyperDeck Setup utility.

When using a self signed certificate, a browser warning will appear regarding the privacy ofthe connection, this means a trusted signed certificate has not been imported via HyperDeck
Setup utility.
To continue without a valid and trusted certificate, follow your browser prompts to acknowledge
the risks and proceed to the website.

Transferring Files Using Web Media Manager
When you first open the web media manager browser view you will see your files will be sorted
via the relevant media slots.
sd1

Media on SD cards.

USB

Connected USB drives will be will be listed with the prefix USB/.

Double click the media to reveal the contents of the SD card or drive.

Transferring Files over a Network

38

Click the upload button to add files

To add files remotely for playback, click on the ‘upload’ button. Using the file browser navigate
to your file and click ‘upload’. A status window will appear during the upload. You can also add
folders if needed using the ‘create folder’ button.
To download files, use the arrow icon on the far right. Your browser may prompt you to allow
downloads from the site. Click on ‘allow’. To delete a file, click the trash can icon and a delete
file window will appear. Click ‘delete’ to proceed.

Transferring Files via FTP
With your computer and HyperDeck Shuttle HD on the same network, all you need is an
ftp client and your HyperDeck Shuttle HD’s IP address or the FTP URL in the HyperDeck
Setup utility.
1

Download and install an FTP client on the computer you want to connect your HyperDeck
Shuttle HD to. We recommend Cyberduck, FileZilla or Transmit but most FTP applications
will work. Cyberduck and FileZilla are free downloads.

2

With HyperDeck Shuttle HD connected to your network, open HyperDeck Setup and clickon the FTP URL or press the copy icon to paste it manually. You may need to click the link asecond time if the FTP program doesn’t open a connection.

3

If you are manually opening an FTP connection, paste the URL into the server field. Check‘anonymous login’ if available.

Transferring Files over a Network39

4

SD cards will be identified by sd1.

You can now drag and drop files using the FTP interface.

Transferring Files over a Network

40

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Developer Information

41

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Developer Information

42

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Developer Information

43

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Developer Information

44

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Developer Information

45

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Developer Information

46

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Developer Information

47

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Developer Information48

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Developer Information

49

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Developer Information50

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Developer Information

51

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Developer Information

52

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Developer Information

53

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Developer Information

54

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Developer Information

55

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Developer Information

56

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Developer Information

57

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Developer Information

58

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Developer Information

59

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Developer Information

60

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Developer Information

61

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Developer Information

62

HyperDeck Control REST API
If you are a software developer you can build custom applications or leverage ready to use
tools such as REST client or Postman to seamlessly control and interact with HyperDeck disk
recorders using HyperDeck Control REST API. This API enables you to perform a wide range
of operations, such as starting or stopping recordings, managing playback, accessing disk
information and much more. Whether you’re developing a custom application tailored to yourspecific needs or utilizing existing tools, this API empowers you to unlock the full potential ofHyperDeck disk recorders with ease. We look forward to seeing what you come up with!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Developer Information

63

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Developer Information

64

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Developer Information

65

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Developer Information

66

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Developer Information

67

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Developer Information

68

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Developer Information

69

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Developer Information

70Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Developer Information

71

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found

Developer Information

72

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Developer Information73Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Developer Information

74

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Developer Information

75

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Developer Information

76

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Developer Information

77

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Developer Information

78

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Developer Information

79

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Developer Information

80

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Developer Information

81

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Developer Information

82

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Developer Information

83

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Developer Information

84

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Developer Information

85

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Developer Information86Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Developer Information

87

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Developer Information

88

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Developer Information89

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Developer Information

90

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Developer Information

91

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Developer Information

92

Help
Getting Help
The fastest way to obtain help is to go to the Blackmagic Design online support pages andcheck the latest support material available for your Blackmagic HyperDeck disk recorder.

Blackmagic Design Online Support Pages
The latest manual, software and support notes can be found at the Blackmagic Design support
center at www.blackmagicdesign.com/support.

Blackmagic Design ForumThe Blackmagic Design forum on our website is a helpful resource you can visit for
more information and creative ideas. This can also be a faster way of getting help
as there may already be answers you can find from other experienced users andBlackmagic Design staff which will keep you moving forward. You can visit the forum athttps://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contacting Blackmagic Design Support
If you can’t find the help you need in our support material or on the forum, please use the“Send us an email” button on the support page to email a support request. Alternatively,
click on the “Find your local support team” button on the support page and call your nearest
Blackmagic Design support office.

Checking the Software Version Currently Installed
To check which version of Blackmagic HyperDeck software is installed on your computer,
open the About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup window.
 On Mac OS, open Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup from the Applications folder.
Select About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup from the application menu to reveal theversion number.
 On Windows, open Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup utility from your Start menu or Start
Screen. Click on the Help menu and select About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup to reveal
the version number.

How to Get the Latest Software Updates
After checking the version of Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup software installed on your computer,please visit the Blackmagic Design support center at www.blackmagicdesign.com/support tocheck for the latest updates. While it is usually a good idea to run the latest updates, it is wise to
avoid updating any software if you are in the middle of an important project.

Help

93

Regulatory Notices
Disposal of Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment Within the European Union.
The symbol on the product indicates that this equipment must not be disposed ofwith other waste materials. In order to dispose of your waste equipment, it must be
handed over to a designated collection point for recycling. The separate collection
and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help conserve
natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human healthand the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste
equipment for recycling, please contact your local city recycling office or the dealer
from whom you purchased the product.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated
in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this product ina residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at personal expense.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1

This device may not cause harmful interference.

2

This device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.

R-R-BMD-20211410001
ISED Canada Statement
This device complies with Canadian standards for Class A digital apparatus.
Any modifications or use of this product outside its intended use could void
compliance to these standards.
Connection to HDMI interfaces must be made with high quality shielded
HDMI cables.
This equipment has been tested for compliance with the intended use in acommercial environment. If the equipment is used in a domestic environment,
it may cause radio interference.

Regulatory Notices

94

Safety Information
Product is suitable for use in tropical locations with an ambient temperature of up to 40oC.
Ensure that adequate ventilation is provided around the product and that it is not restricted.
No operator serviceable parts inside product. Refer servicing to your local Blackmagic Design
service center.
Use only at altitudes not more than 2000m above sea level.

State of California statement
This product can expose you to chemicals such as trace amounts of polybrominated biphenyls
within plastic parts, which is known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.
For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Safety Information95

Warranty
12 Month Limited Warranty
Blackmagic Design warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanshipfor a period of 12 months from the date of purchase. If a product proves to be defective during thiswarranty period, Blackmagic Design, at its option, either will repair the defective product withoutcharge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, you the Customer, must notify Blackmagic Designof the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements forthe performance of service. The Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping thedefective product to a designated service center nominated by Blackmagic Design, with shipping
charges pre paid. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, insurance, duties,
taxes, and any other charges for products returned to us for any reason.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or
improper or inadequate maintenance and care. Blackmagic Design shall not be obligated tofurnish service under this warranty: a) to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel
other than Blackmagic Design representatives to install, repair or service the product,b) to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment,c) to repair any damage or malfunction caused by the use of non Blackmagic Design parts or
supplies, or d) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products
when the effect of such a modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing
the product. THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IN LIEU OF ANY OTHERWARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN’S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE
WHOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER BLACKMAGICDESIGN OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANY ILLEGAL USE OF EQUIPMENT BY CUSTOMER.
BLACKMAGIC IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM USE OF THIS PRODUCT.
USER OPERATES THIS PRODUCT AT OWN RISK.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. All rights reserved. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup Videohub’,‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ and ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ are registered trademarks in the
US and other countries. All other company and product names may be trade marks of their respective companies with which
they are associated.

Warranty

962024年7月

インストール/オペレーションマニュアル

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
日本語

ようこそ
Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HDディスクレコーダーをお買い上げいただき誠にありがとうご

ざいます。

Blackmagic HyperDeckのオリジナルモデルを設計した際、高速のSSDストレージを使用したビデオの収録・再生が実行できるディスクレコーダーを作りたいと考えていました。今回、HyperDeck
Shuttle HDをご紹介できることを大変喜ばしく思っています。
HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、小型で可搬性に優れたHDMIビデオレコーダーで、デスクでの使用を意図して設計されています。HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、大型のサーチダイヤルと、馴染み深い
放送コントロールを搭載しているので、片手で操作できます。これにより、ライブプロダクションでATEM Miniと共に使用するのに最適なレコーダーとなっています。また、テレプロンプターとして使用することも可能です！
HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、SDカードまたは外付けフラッシュディスクに、ProRes、DNxHD、H.264
で収録するため、極めて高速に収録・再生が実行できます。

弊社のウェブサイトwww.blackmagicdesign.com/jpのサポートページで、最新バージョンのマニュアルおよびHyperDeckソフトウェアのアップデートをご確認ください。ソフトウェアをアップデート
することで、常に最新の機能をお使いいただけます。ソフトウェアをダウンロードする際にユーザー登録していただければ、新しいソフトウェアのリリース時にお知らせいたします。常に新機能の開発および製品の改善に努めていますので、ユーザーの皆様からご意見をいただければ幸いです。

Blackmagic Design CEO
グラント・ペティ

目次
はじめに

100

テレプロンプターの再生速度の調整

123

電源の接続

100

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup124

ビデオとオーディオを接続

101

Setup（設定）

125

メディアの接続101

内部ソフトウェアのアップデート

131

ビデオの収録102

ネットワークでファイルを転送

132

再生

103

Developer Information

136

サーチダイヤルの使用

104

設定の変更

106Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

136

設定

107

Protocol Commands

136

収録メニュー107

Protocol Details

143

モニタリングメニュー

108

HyperDeck Control REST API

158

オーディオメニュー

108

Transport Control API

158

ストレージメニュー

109

System Control API

163

セットアップメニュー

111

Media Control API

166

リアパネル

118

Timeline Control API168

ストレージメディア

119

Event Control API170

SDカード

119

Clips Control API

171

外付けディスク

120

HyperDeck Control API171

メディアをフォーマット

120

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

181

messages

181

Device Properties

183

ヘルプ

188

Macコンピューターでメディアをフォーマット

120

Windowsコンピューターでメディ
アをフォーマット

121

規制に関する警告

189

ボリュームナビゲーション

122

安全情報

190

テレプロンプター機能の使用

123

保証

191

HyperDeck Shuttle H D

99

はじめに
HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、電源に接続し、HDMIビデオソースをつなげ、SDカードまたは外付けメディ
アを挿入したら、収録ボタンを押すだけで 使い始められます。

このセクションでは、HyperDeck Shuttle HDを使い始める手順を紹介します。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

電源の接続
HyperDeck Shuttle HDに給電を行うには、同梱の電源アダプターをリアパネルの電源入力に接続します。ロックリングを締めることで、電源ケーブルが固定されるため、誤って外れることを防ぎます。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

電源アダプターをHyperDeck Shuttle HDの電源入力に固定

はじめに

100

ビデオとオーディオを接続
HyperDeck Shuttle HDにビデオを接続するには、HDMIビデオソースをリアパネルの HDMI入力に接続します。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

送信先の機器を HDMI出力に接続します。例えば、ATEM Miniスイッチャーや HDMIテレビなどです。

HDMI出力は、HyperDeckの設定を変更する際に、設定メニューを表示する際にも使用します。その理由は、設定メニューが HDMI出力のビデオオーバーレイとして表示されるからです。メニュー設定に関する詳細は、「設定の変更」セクションを参照してください。

作業のこつ 接続したディスプレイに入力ビデオソースが表示されない場合、再生モードになっている可能性があります。収録ボタンを押すと、収録モードが有効になります。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
HDMIテレビやATEM Miniスイッチャーなどの送信先の機器に、HDMI出力を接続

メディアの接続
HyperDeck Shuttle HDディスクレコーダーはすべて、すぐに収録できる状態で発送されており、設定を変更する必要はありません。必要な作業は、SDカードまたは外付けディスクのフォーマットだけです。
メディアのフォーマットは、メニュー設定を使用して簡単に実行できます。または、コンピューターでもフォーマットできます。詳細は「メディアをフォーマット」セクションを参照してください。ビデオの収録に適したメディアの種類、および SDカードと外付けディスクのリストも同セクションに記載されています。

SDカードを挿入する：
1 金のコネクターが上を向くように SDカードを持ち、メディアスロットと一直線になるようにします。カ
ードをスロットに差し込み、固定されるまでゆっくりと押します。

はじめに

101

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HyperDeckが SDカードを検証します。検証中は、HyperDeck Shuttle HDの上部にあるSDカードのインジケーターが緑に点灯します。検証が終わったら、インジケーターのライトが消えます。

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

これで必要な準備が整い、HyperDeck Shuttle HDで収録・再生を行えるようになりました！
クリップの収録・再生、設定の変更などに関する詳細は、このマニュアルに後述されています。

SCR

ビデオの収録ビデオソースが、送信先の HDMI機器に表示されたことを確認したら、収録を開始できます。
収録ボタンを押すと、収録 が開始されます。SDカードに収録中は、SDカードのインジケーターが赤に点灯し、収録および再生ボタンも点灯します。外付けディスクへ収録する際は、ディスクインジケーターが赤に点灯します。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

収録を停止するには、停止ボタンを押します。

ビデオの収録102

再生
再生ボタンを押して、再生を開始します。再生中は、再生ボタンが点灯し、「 DISK」または「SD」メディア
スロット・インジケーターが緑に光ります。
複数のクリップが収録されている場合、順 方向/逆方向の頭出しボタンを押すと、すばやくクリップ間を移動できます。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

頭出しボタンの使用

逆方向の頭出しボタンを押すと、クリップを頭出しできます。2回以上押すと、それより前のクリップを移動していきます。
順 方向の頭出しボタンを押すと、後 続のクリップを移動していきます。HyperDeck Setup Utilityで「 Identify HyperDeck（ HyperDeckの識別）」チェックボックスを選択している場合にも、頭出しボタンが点滅します。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

順方向/逆方向の頭出しボタンを使用すると、各クリップの最初のフレームに頭出しが可能

作業のこつ HyperDeckでビデオファイルを再生するには、ファイルの収録に使用されたコーデックに設定する必要があります。これは、メニューで実行できます。詳細は、後述の「設定の変更」セクションを参照してください。

複数のクリップをループ再生中に、再生ボタンを再び押すと、HyperDeck Shuttle HDはすべてのクリップをループします。停止
ボタンを押すと、ループが停止します。
単一のクリップをループしたい場合は、HyperDeckをクリップモードにして、再生ボタンを一度押すと再生し、再度押すとループします。

再生

103

すべてをループ

再生中に再生ボタンをもう一度押すと、収録されたクリップすべてがループで再生されます。

現在のクリップをループ

クリップモードで、再生ボタンを再び押すと、現在のクリップがループで再生されます。

クリップモード

クリップモードでは、再生を単一のクリップに制限できます。例えば、クリップモードが有効な状態では、ク
リップをシャトルやスキップでき、その後、再生ボタンを押すと、そのクリップの最後で再生が停止します。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

クリップモードが選択されている場合、再生ボタンを2回押すと現在のクリップがループ

サーチダイヤルの使用
サーチダイヤルでは、クリップ間をすばやく移動して、特定の箇所を再生するために選択したり、フレームごとにクリップをチェックできます。特定の箇所を見つける必要がある場合に、この機能は重要です。ダイ
ヤルを回転させて、視覚的にクリップをモニタリングして検索できます。特定の位置に再生ヘッドを配置し、生放 送で該当のクリップを再生できるように準備しておくと便利です。
サーチダイヤルのモードには、ジョグ（ JOG）、スクロール（SCR）、シャトル（STL）があります。

ジョグ

スクロール

シャトル

クリップをフレームごとに再生できるため、精度の高いコントロールが可能です。
スクロールモードでは、収録された全メディア内で順方向/逆方向にすばやく移動できます。サーチダイヤルを回転させると、スクロールがその動きにロックされるので、再生を開始する場所を完全にコントロールできます。
また、「SCR（スクロール）」ボタンでボリュームナビゲーション・ウィ
ンドウを呼び出すと、現在再生しているビデオのファイルパスを表示できます。ボリュームナビゲーション機能に関する詳細は、このマニュアルの「ボリュームナビゲーション」セクションを参照してください。
「JOG」と「SCR」ボタンを同時に押すと、シャトルモードになります。
シャトルモードでは、ダイヤルを左右に回すことで、メディアを巻き戻
し/早送りできます。ダイヤルを回転させると、メディアのシャトル速度が上がります。最高速度は50 倍速です。停止するためにシャトル速度を下げるには、ダイヤルを元の位置まで回します。シャトル中に特定の位置で停止するには、停止ボタンを押すか、再生ボタンを押して、現在の位置から再生を再開します。シャトル最高速度は「セットアップ」
メニューから変更できます。詳細は、後述の「設定」セクションを参照
してください。

再生

104

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

「JOG（ジョグ）」または「SCR（スクロール）」ボタンを押すと、検索モードをジョグまたはスクロールに設定可能

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

検索モードを選択したら、サーチダイヤルを回転させます

作業のこつ 通常の再生に戻るには、再生または停止ボタンを押します。

再生

105

設定の変更「 MENU」ボタンを押すと、設定メニューが開きます。このメニューでは、接続した HDMIディスプレイの左下にビデオオーバーレイとして表示されます。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

「MENU」ボタンを押して、設定メニューを開きます
JOG

SCR

サーチダイヤルを使用して、サブメニューや設定をナビゲートします

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

「SET」ボタンを押して、サブメニューや設定を選択します

サーチダイヤルや順 方向/逆 方向の頭出しボタンを使 用して、設 定を調整します。
「SET」ボタンを押して、設定を確定します。
メニューを出るには「 MENU」ボタンを押して、オプションを遡ってホームスクリーンに戻ります。

作業のこつ 「セットアップ」メニューを使用すると、メニューの表示位置は、ディスプレイの四隅のいずれにも変更可能です。設定の変更が完了したら、メニューをオフにすることをお勧めします。これにより、ATEM Mini Extremeなどの HDMIスイッチャーに HDMI出力を接続している場合に、出力がクリーンフィードとなります。

設定の変更

106

設定
設 定メニューは、収 録、モニタリング、オーディオ、ストレージ、セットアップの 5つのカテゴリーに分かれています。これらのカテゴリーのサブメニューには関連の設 定が含まれており、ほとんどの設 定がHyperDeck Shuttle HDのコントロールパネルで調整できます。一部の設定（例えば、ファイル名プレフィックス）は、メニューにはグレーで表示のみされます。このような場合、そういった設定は HyperDeck
Setupユーティリティで調整できます。

収録メニュー

入力

HyperDeck Shuttle HDの HDMI入力を表示します。

コーデック

HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、H.264、Apple ProRes、DNxHDコーデックで圧縮ビデオを収録します。テ
レプロンプター機能を使用するには、「テレプロンプター」を選択します。

トリガー収録「ビデオ開始/停止」と「タイムコードトリガー」の2種類のトリガー収録から選択できます。

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4Kなどの一部のカメラは、外部レコーダーの収録開始/停止をコ
ントロールする信号をHDMI経由で送信します。
「ビデオ開始/停止」を選択すると、カメラの録画ボタンが押された際に、HyperDeckで収録を開始/停止します。
「タイムコードトリガー」では、HDMI入力を介して有効なタイムコード信号を受信すると、HyperDeck
で収録を開始します。信号が止まると、収録も停止します。トリガー収録を無効にするには「なし」を選択します。

メモ HDMIカメラから収録する場合、オーバーレイ機能がオフになっており、出力がクリーンなことを確認してください。カメラのビデオ出力にオーバーレイが付いていると、イメージと共にオーバーレイが収録されます。

設定

107

モニタリングメニュー

テレプロンプター・レイアウト「モニタリング」メニューには、HyperDeck Shuttle HDをテレプロンプターとして使用する際に必要なすべての設定が含まれています。

フォントサイズ

フォントサイズのオプションを選択して、文字のサイズを調整し、「SET」を押して確定します。ダイヤル時
計回りに回すと数値が上がり、反時計回りに回すと下がります。

行間隔

ダイヤルを回転させると、行の間のスペースを広げたり、縮めたりできます。

サイド余白

テレプロンプター・ディスプレイの両側の余白の幅を調整できます。

反転

テレプロンプターのモニターが、カメラの前や演壇で 使用するために、ガラスに投射するようにセットアップされている場合、反転のオプションを使用することで、話者が読めるようになります。反転には 2つのモードがあります。
左右反転 - テレプロンプターモニターの底部が、ガラスのベース部分に最も近づけた状態でマウントされている場合に使用します。
上下反転 - テレプロンプターモニターの底部が、ガラスのベース部分から離れた状態でマウントされている場合に使用します。

オーディオメニュー

設定108

オーディオチャンネル

HyperDeck Shuttle HDは同時に最大 8チャンネルの PCMオーディオを収録できます。収録するオー
ディオチャンネル数を設定するには「オーディオチャンネル」に進み、2ch、4ch、8chから選択します。
コーデックが H.264に設 定されている場 合、2チャンネルの AACオーディオを選 択できるため、直接YouTubeにアップロードできます。

ストレージメニュー

接続されているメディアが「ストレージ」の設定に表示されます。
「メディア 1」には、接続された SDカー
「 EXT DISK（外付けディスク）」コネクターに接続されたUSB
ドの名前が表示され、「メディア 2」には、フラッシュディスクの名前が表示されます。Blackmagic MultiDock 10Gなどの USBハブを使用している
場合は、アクティブなディスクが表示されます。

アクティブなメディア

HyperDeck Shuttleは、同時に1枚の SDカード、複数の外付けドライブ、ネットワークストレージを接続できます。つまり、1台の HyperDeck Shuttleディスクレコーダーで数テラバイトの収録が行えます。
1つの SDカードまたはドライブを接続している場合、そのドライブやカードが、すべての再生および収録のアクティブメディアとなります。複数のカードやドライブを使用している場合、どのメディアに収録・再生を行うか選択できます。
アクティブなメディアを選択する：

1

サーチダイヤルで、「ストレージ」メニューで「アクティブなメディア」をハイライトし、点滅している「SET」ボタンを押します。

2

接続されているメディアがリストに表示されます。サーチダイヤルで収録に使用したいメディアを選択します。

設定109

ネットワークの場所を設定する

HyperDeck Shuttleは、イーサネット経由で、Blackmagic Cloudやその他のネットワークアクセス・スト
レージの HDメディアを再生できます。
ネットワークストレージのフォルダーに接続する：

1

サーチダイヤルと「SET」ボタンを使用して「ネットワークの場所を設定」を選択します。ローカル
ネットワークの検索に関するダイアログが表示されます。

2

ローカルネットワーク上で見つかったサーバーがリスト表示されます。サーチダイヤルを使用してサーバー名をハイライトし、「SET」を押して選択します。サーバー上で使用可能な共有フォルダーのリストが表示されます。サーチダイヤルを用いて選択したい共有フォルダーをハイライトし、「SET」を押します。使用したいフォルダーが画面の一番上に来るまで、この作業を繰り返します。

3

LCDスクリーン上部にフォルダー名が表示されます。収録と再生用にこのフォルダーを選択するには、サーチダイヤルを使用して、「この場所に設定」を選択して「SET」ボタンを押します。右側にチェックマークが表示されます。

4

接続されると、「ネットワークの場所」の「メディア 2」ストレージリストに該当の場所が表示されます。

HyperDeck Shuttleの2つ目のメディアスロットは、USBと接続されたネットワークフォルダーの両方に割り当てられています。接続されたUSBドライブとネットワークストレージを切り替えるには、「ストレー
ジメディア」メニューから「メディア 2」を選択し、点滅している「SET」ボタンを押します。
「メディア 2」
リストから、使用したいストレージを選択し、「SET」ボタンを押します。
「ストレージ」メニューに戻ります。ネットワークストレージを削除するには、「メディア 2」を使 用して、メニューの一番下にある「ネットワークの場所の削除」を選択します。

設定

110

メモ ネットワークボリュームからの再生では、HyperDeck Shuttle HDはサーバー上でのゲスト
ログインを前提としています。パスワードを必要とするログインでのサーバーへのアクセスは、
メニューと「SET」ボタンでは現在サポートされていませんが、HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolを使用すると認証情報を入力できます。

USBスピル

複数のドライブを接続するために、Blackmagic MultiDock 10Gまたは同様の機器を「 EXT DISK」とラベルが付いたUSB接続を介して使用している場合、「 USBスピル」をオンにすることで、収録が次の外付
けディスクに継続されます。

メディアをフォーマット

SDカードや、リアパネルの EXT DISK（外付けディスク）コネクターに接続したメディアは、直接ユニット
で、あるいは Macまたは Windowsコンピューターでフォーマットを実行できます。

HyperDeck Shuttle HDでメディアを準備する：
1

サーチダイヤルと「SET」ボタンを使用して「メディアをフォーマット」を選択します。

2

リストから初期化するメディアを選択して「SET」ボタンを押します。

3

フォーマットを選択して「SET」ボタンを押します。

4

初期化されるカードと、選択したフォーマットを確認するメッセージが表示されます。
「初期化」を選択して確定します。

5

フォーマット中であることを示すメッセージが表示され、完了のメッセージが表示されたら「 OK」を選択します。

HFS+は「 Mac OS X Extended」としても知られており、ジャーナリングをサポートしているため推奨されるフォーマットです。万が一、ストレージメディアが 破損した場合、ジャーナリングされたメディアのデータは回復できる可能性があります。HFS+は Macでネイティブサポートされています。exFATは Macお
よび Windowsによりネイティブサポートされており、他のソフトウェアは必要ありませんが、ジャーナリ
ングには対応していません。Macまたは Windowsでのメディアのフォーマット方法は、「メディアをフォーマット」セクションを参照してください。

セットアップメニュー「セットアップ」メニューには、言語の選択、デフォルトフォーマットに加え、メニュー表示、ネットワーク
設定、タイムコードオプションに関するセクションが含まれています。

設定

111

名前

ネットワークで複 数の HyperDeck Shuttle HDを使用している場合、個別の名前を付けると、ユニットをそれぞれ識 別しやすくなります。これは、Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup、またはターミナルアプリ
を使用して Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolで実行できます。この名前は「セットアップ」メ
ニューに表示されます。

言語

HyperDeck Shuttle HDは 13ヶ国語をサポートしています。対応言語は、日本語、英語、中国語、韓国語、スペイン語、ドイツ語、フランス語、ロシア語、イタリア語、ポルトガル語、トルコ語、ウクライナ語、
ポーランド語です。
言語を選択する：

1「セットアップ」メニューがハイライトされたら「SET」を押します。

2

サーチダイヤルを回して、「言語」を選択したら「SET」を押します。

3

サーチダイヤルを使用して、使用する言語を選択したら「SET」を押します。言語が選択されると、自動的に「セットアップ」メニューに戻ります。

ソフトウェア

現在のソフトウェアバージョンを表示します。

カメラ

この設定は、HyperDeckで複数のカメラから個別収録ファイルを収録し、DaVinci Resolveのマルチカ
ムタイムラインで編集する際に便利です。
各カメラの識別文字がファイルのメタデータに記録されるため、同期ビン機能を使用する際に DaVinci
Resolveが各アングルを簡単に識別できます。

カメラの識別文字にはA〜Zまたは1〜9が使用できます。

デフォルトフォーマット

HyperDeck Shuttle HDが、使用するビデオフォーマットを検出できない場合に、この設定を用いて、メ
インで 使用するビデオフォーマットを設定します。

例えば、ビデオ入力を接続していない状態で HyperDeck Shuttle HDをオンにし、2つの異なるビデオフォ
ーマットのファイルが存在するディスクを挿入した場合、再生に使用するビデオフォーマットをHyperDeckで指定する必要があります。
「デフォルトフォーマット」では、HyperDeckで 使用するビデオフォーマット
を設定でき、そのフォーマットに切り替えて、これらのファイルを再生します。
この機能は、HyperDeck Shuttle HDにビデオ入力やメディアディスクが接続されていない状態で、初めてオンにする際にも便利です。この場合、HyperDeckはモニタリング出力に使用するビデオフォーマット
を検出できないので、「デフォルトフォーマット」の情報を使用します。

設定

112

しかし、この機能はガイドとして使用されるだけで、オーバーライドする訳ではありません。例えば、一種類のビデオファイルが収録されたメディアディスクを再生する場合、HyperDeckディスクレコーダーはそのビデオフォーマットに切り替えて再生を実行します。
「デフォルトフォーマット」の情報は使用されません。
これは収録でも同様です。収録ボタンを押すと、HyperDeckはビデオ入力に接続されたビデオフォーマ
ットを使用します。収録の終了後、HyperDeck Shuttle HDは収録に使用したのと同一のビデオフォーマ
ットで、そのファイルを再生します。これは、「デフォルトフォーマット」と一致するビデオフォーマットのファイルがディスクに存在する場合でも同様です。デッキは、収録に使用したのと同じビデオフォーマット
を再生します。メディアディスクの接続を外し、接続し直した場合のみ、「デフォルトフォーマット」の設定に基づき、再生に使用するファイルの種類が選択されます。
この機能は、HyperDeck Shuttle HDが使用するフォーマットを自動的に決めることができない場合にガイドとして使 用されるだけであり、デッキを特定の方法で動作させるようにオーバーライドする機能
ではありません。

シャトル最高速度

HyperDeck Shuttle HDのシャトル最高速 度は 50倍速です。この速 度を下げたい場合は、他の速 度プ
リセットを選択します。

日付と時刻

日時を正確に設定することで、HyperDeck Shuttleがネットワークと同じ日時情報を使 用できます。また、これにより一部のネットワークスシステムで生じることのある競合を防ぎます。

日付と時刻の自動設定

日時を自動的に設定するには、この設定をオンにします。日時の自動設定には、HyperDeckは NTPのフィールドで設定されているネットワーク・タイム・プロトコルサーバーを使用します。日時をマニュアルで設定するにはオフを選択します。

NTP

デフォルトの NTPサーバーは time.cloudflare.comですが、HyperDeck Setupを使 用して、別の NTPサ
ーバーをマニュアルで入力することもできます。NTPサーバーの設定に関する詳細は、このマニュアルの「 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」セクションを参照してください。

日付

日付をマニュアルで入力するには、「日付」設定を選択して「SET」ボタンを押します。サーチダイヤルを使用して、年、月、日を選択します。

時刻

時刻を設定するには、「時刻」設定を選択して「SET」ボタンを押します。サーチダイヤルを使用して、時間と分を調整します。内部クロックは 24時間時計です。
設定113メニュー設定「メニュー」設定を使用することで、接続した HDMIディスプレイにメニューが表示される場所と表示モードを調整できます。

画面表示モード

HyperDeckのオンスクリーンメニューをダークまたはライトモードに設定できます。ライトモードでは、メディアが暗い映像の場合や、テレプロンプターとして使用している場合に、はっきりとしたコントラスト
でメニューが表示されます。

不透明度

接続されたディスプレイに表示されるメニューオーバーレイの不透明度を下げることができます。調整可
能な範囲は、デフォルトの 100%から20%までです。

位置

メニューオーバーレイは画面の左下に表示されます。メニューを異なる場所に表示したい場合は、
「位置」
を選択し、
「SET」ボタンを押します。表示場所は「左上」、
「右上」、
「左下」、
「右下」から選択できます。

ネットワーク設定

設定114

プロトコルBlackmagic HyperDeckはデフォルトで DHCPに設定されて出荷されます。そのため、ネットワークに接続するとネットワークサーバーが自動的に IPアドレスを割り当てるので、その他のネットワーク設定を調整する必要はありません。マニュアルでアドレスを設 定する必要がある場 合、静的 IPアドレス経由で接続できます。

「プロトコル」を選択した状態で、「SET」ボタンを押してメニューに進み、「静的 IPアドレス」を選択し「SET」ボタンを押します。

IPアドレス、サブネット、ゲートウェイ、プライマリDNS、セカンダリDNS「静的 IPアドレス」を選択すると、ネットワークの詳細をマニュアルで入力できます。
IPアドレスを変更する：

1

サーチダイヤルを使用して「IPアドレス」をハイライトし、HyperDeckのコントロールパネルで「SET」
ボタンを押します。

2

サーチダイヤルを回転させてIPアドレスを調整し、「SET」ボタンを押して確定し、次の数値に進みます。

3「SET」ボタンを押して変更を確定し、次の数値に進みます。

IPアドレスの入力が終わったら、上記の手順を繰り返し、「サブネットマスク」と「ゲートウェイ」も調整できます。終了したら、「 MENU」ボタンを押してメニューを出て、ホームスクリーンに戻ります。

タイムコード設定

タイムコード入出力のオプションを設定できます。収録に使用するタイムコードをソースタイムコードや時刻タイムコードから選択するか、マニュアルで設定するかなどを選択できます。

入力

収録中、4つのタイムコード入力オプションを使用できます。

ビデオ入力「ビデオ入力」を選択すると、SMPTE RP 188メタデータの付いたHDMIソースの
エンベデッドタイムコードを使用します。これにより、HDMIソースと、HyperDeck
Shuttle HDで収録されるファイルの同期が維持されます。

内部

内蔵のタイムコードジェネレーターを介して、時刻タイムコードを収録する場合に、
このオプションを選択します。

前のクリップから生成

タイムコード入力に「前のクリップから生成」を選択すると、各ファイルは、前のクリップの最終フレームの1つ後のフレームから開始されます。例えば、最初のクリップが10:28:30:10で終わる場合、次のクリップのタイムコードは10:28:30:11から開始します。

プリセット

タイムコードをマニュアルで設定したい場合は「プリセット」オプションを選択します。収録されたクリップは、「プリセット」で設定されたタイムコードで開始します。
詳細は、このセクションに後述されています。

設定

115

ドロップフレーム

29.97および 59.94fpsの NTSCソースでは「ドロップフレーム」または「ノンドロップフレーム」を選択できます。ソースが 不明な場合は「デフォルト」を選択します。これにより、入力の規格が維持されます。
有効なタイムコードがない場合はデフォルトのドロップフレームになります。

プリセット

タイムコードをマニュアルで設定できます。
「SET」ボタンを押し、サーチダイヤルと「SET」ボタンで開始
タイムコードを入力します。
「入力」メニューで「プリセット」が選択されている必要があります。

出力

出力に使用するタイムコードのオプションを選択します。
タイムライン

カードまたはドライブに収録された全クリップを通して、継続したタイムコードを出力するには「タイムライン」を選択します。

クリップ「クリップ」を選択すると、個別のクリップごとにタイムコードを出力します。

ファイル設定ファイル名プレフィックス

HyperDeck Shuttle HDを最初にセットアップすると、以下のファイル命名規則を用いて、クリップが SD
カードまたは USBフラッシュディスクに保存されます。
HyperDeck _0001
HyperDeck _0001

プレフィックス

HyperDeck _0001

クリップ番号

ファイル名のプレフィックスは、HyperDeck Setupユーティリティで変更できます。詳細は、このマニュアルの「 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」セクションを参照してください。

設定

116

タイムスタンプ・サフィックス

ファイル名に追 加されるタイムスタンプは、デフォルトではオフに設定されています。ファイル名に日付と時刻を記録したい場合は、「タイムスタンプ・サフィックス」のオプションをオンにします。

HyperDeck _2201061438_0001
HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

ファイル名プレフィックス

HyperDeck _ 2201061438_0001

年

HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

月

HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

日HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

時HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

分HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

クリップ番号

リモート設定「リモート」では、ATEM Mini Extremeなどの他のビデオ機器で HyperDeckをコントロールできるように設定できます。

リモート

イーサネットを介したリモートコントロールを有効にするには、「リモート」を選択します。オフにすると、ローカルでユニットを操作できます。

リセット設定出荷時設定にリセット「セットアップ」メニューで「出荷時設定にリセット」をハイライトすると、HyperDeckを出荷時の設定に戻せます。
「SET」ボタンを押すと、操作を実行するか 確認する画面が表示されます。

設定

117

リアパネル
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

電源

2

SD CARD（ SDカード）

3

ETHERNET（イーサネット）

HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、ACプラグパックを介して給電されます。同梱の電源ケーブルには、接続が外 れることを防ぐためにロック式コネクターが採用されていますが、36Wの 12V電源ケーブル
であれば 種類を問わず、HyperDeck Shuttle HDの給電に使用できます。

SDカードをスロットに挿入して収録・再生します。
イーサネットポートでは、ネットワークに接続して、ネットワークストレージへの収録、FTPを使用した転 送、Web Media Manager経由の httpを使 用した転 送を行えます。さらに、REST APIまたはHyperDeck Ethernet Protocolでユニットをリモートコントロールできます。Web Media Manager
経由または FTPクライアントを使用したファイルの転送に関しては、後 述の「ネットワークでファイルを転送」セクションを参照してください。

ATEMスイッチャーを同じネットワークに接続している場合、ATEMスイッチャーまたは ATEMハード
ウェアパネルからHyperDeckを操作できます。

4

EXT DISK（外付けディスク）

5

HDMI

フラッシュディスクをUSB - Cコネクターに接続すると、最大 5Gb/sで外付けディスクに収録します。
また、マルチポートの USB - Cハブや Blackmagic MultiDock 10Gを接続すると、1枚または複数の SSDを使用できます。

HDMI出力をHDMIテレビ、モニター、さらには ATEM Mini Extremeなどのスイッチャーに接続できます。HDMI出力は、メニューオーバーレイの表示にも使用されます。

リアパネル

118

ストレージメディア
SDカード
高品質の HD収録には、高速のUHS- I SDカードを推奨します。Ultra HD 2160p60までの収録には、220MB/
s以上の書き込み速度に対応しているカードを使用する必要があります。
低ビットレートで高い圧縮率を用いて収録する場合、低速のカードも使用可能ですが、一般的には、高速であるほど良い品質が得られます。
定期的にこのマニュアルの最新バージョンを確認し、常に新しい情報を入手することをお勧めします。
マニュアルは Blackmagic Designウェブサイト（www.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/support）でダウンロードできます。

HyperDeck Shuttle HDで使用が推奨されるSDカードは？
1080p（60fpsまで）には、以下の SDカードを推奨します。
メーカー

モデル

容量

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS - II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS - II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS - II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

E x treme Pro UHS - I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2- 64U3 UHS - II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF- G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS - II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS - II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF- G64T UHS - II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS - II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS - II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS - II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS - II V90 SDXC

128GB

E xascend

Essential SDXC UHS - II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

E xascend

Essential SDXC UHS - II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

E xascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS - II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

ストレージメディア119外付けディスク
HyperDeckの全モデルは、直接 USB - Cフラッシュディスクに収録できます。これらのドライブは高速で大容量なため、ビデオを長時間収録できます。収録に使用したフラッシュディスクは、コンピューターに接続して直接編集を行えます。

さらに大きな容量が必要な場合は、USB - Cドックや外付けハードドライブを接続できます。Blackmagic
MultiDock 10Gまたは USB- Cフラッシュディスクを接続するには、機材の USB- Cポートに接続したケーブ
ルを HyperDeckのリアパネルの「 EXT DISK（外付けディスク）」ポートに接続します。

HyperDeck Shuttle HDで使用が推奨されるUSB- Cドライブは？
1080p ProRes HQ（60fpsまで）には、以下の USB - Cドライブを推奨します。
メーカー

モデル

容量

Wise

PTS -256 Por table SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro E x

24 0GB

BUFFALO

SSD - PHE500U3 - BA

500GB

1080p DNxHD 220x（60fpsまで）には、以下の USB - Cドライブを推奨します。
メーカー

モデル

容量

OWC

Envoy Pro E x

24 0GB

1080p H.264（60fpsまで）には、以下の USB - Cドライブを推奨します。
メーカー

モデル

容量

OWC

Envoy Pro E x

24 0GB

メディアをフォーマット
Macコンピューターでメディアをフォーマット
Macの Disk Utilityアプリケーションで、ドライブをHFS+または exFATでフォーマットできます。
ディスクをフォーマットするとすべての情報が消去されるため、重要な情報は必ずバックアップしてください。

1

外付けドックまたはケーブルアダプターで、USBフラッシュディスクをコンピューターに接続します。SSDをTime Machineバックアップに使用するというメッセージは拒否します。SDカードは、外付けカード
リーダーを介してコンピューターに接続します。

2

Applications/Utilityへ行き、Disk Utilityを起動します。

3

使用するSDカードまたはUSBフラッシュディスクのディスクアイコンをクリックし、「Erase」タブをク
リックします。

4「Format」を「Mac OS Extended ( Journaled)」または「 exFAT」に設定します。

5

ボリューム名を入力し、「Erase」をクリックします。メディアがフォーマットされ、HyperDeckで使用できる状態になります。

メディアをフォーマット

120

Windowsコンピューターでメディアをフォーマット
Windowsでは、FormatダイアログボックスでドライブをexFATでフォーマットできます。SSDや SDカー
ドをフォーマットするとすべての情報が消去されるため、重要な情報は必ずバックアップしてください。

1

外付けドックやケーブルアダプターを使用して、USBフラッシュディスクとコンピューターを接続します。SDカードは、外付けカードリーダーを介してコンピューターに接続します。

2「Start」メニューまたは「Start」画面を開き、コンピューターを選択します。使用するUSBフラッシュ
ディスクまたは SDカードを右クリックします。

3

コンテクストメニューから「Format」を選択します。

4

ファイルシステムを「exFAT」に設定し、ユニットサイズ配分を128キロバイトに設定します。

5

ボリュームラベルを入力して、「 Quick Format」を選択し、「Start」をクリックします。

6

メディアがフォーマットされ、HyperDeckで使用できる状態になります。

メディアをフォーマット

121

ボリュームナビゲーション
ボリュームナビゲーションは、ファイルパスのオーバーレイを開きます。これにより、メディアカード、ディスク、ネットワークドライブのクリップを見つけられます。オーバーレイが 有効になっているとHDMI出力に表示されるので、「SCR（スクロール）」ボタン、「 CLIP（クリップ）」ボタン、サーチダイヤルを使ってディレクトリをナビゲートできます。

1「SCR」ボタンを押して、ボリュームナビゲーション・ウィンドウを開きます。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

「SCR 」ボタンを押すと、HDMI出力でボリュームナビゲーション・ウィンドウが開きます。

2

ディスプレイ上でフッテージをスクラブやスキップして、使用したいクリップをフォルダーから探します。

3「SCR」ボタンを押すとボリュームを下に移動し、「 CLIP」ボタンでは上に移動します。

停止ボタンを押してボリュームナビゲーション・ウィンドウを閉じます。再生ボタンを押すと、ウィンドウが閉じて即座に再生が開始されます。

メモ 異 なるコーデック、解 像 度、フレームレートで収 録されたクリップを確 認するには 、HyperDeckのコーデックとデフォルトのフォーマットを一致させます。

ボリュームナビゲーション122

テレプロンプター機能の使用
標準の RTFファイルまたは TXTファイルを使 用すると、Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HDはテレプ
ロンプターとして使用できます。テキストエディットまたはワードパッドを使用して、サポートされている13言語のいずれかでファイルを作成し、リッチテキストまたはプレーンテキスト形式のファイルとして保存します。HyperDeck Shuttle HDで開くと、台本や原稿のフォントサイズや行間隔を調整できます。
テレプロンプターとして使用する：

1

HyperDeck Shuttle HDの HDMI出力をHDMIディスプレイに接続します。

2

台本や原稿が保存されているSDカードを挿入するか、外付け USBフラッシュディスクを接続します。

3「収録」メニューの「コーデック」で、「テレプロンプター」を選択し、「SET」ボタンを押します。

ディスプレイに台本や原稿が表示されます。これにより、再生ボタンで自動的に再生を開始できます。あるいは、ダイヤルを使用することも可能です。

テレプロンプターの再生速度の調整
HyperDeck Shuttle HDのダイヤルは、テレプロンプターモードでの再生においても、メディアの再生時の操作とほぼ同じ方法で 使 用できます。台本や原稿をロードしたら、「JOG」と「SCR」ボタンを同時に押して、可変再生速度をオンにします。選択したら、ダイヤルを回します。ダイヤルの動きに応じて、台本や原稿が動く速 度が 変わります。例えば、ダイヤルを早く動かすと、台本や原稿がスクロールされる速度が上がります。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

一定の速 度でスクロールするには、「JOG」または「SCR」ボタンのみを使 用します。いずれかを選択したら、ジョグモードでは、台本や原稿は遅い一定速度で、スクロールモードでは早い速度で動きます。

SDカードまたは外付けディスクのファイル間をナビゲートするには、順 方向/逆 方向の頭出しボタンを使用します。

テレプロンプター機能の使用

123テレプロンプターは、ファイルの情報に基づき、フォントサイズ、色、ボールド体の使用を認識します。また、「モニタリング」メニューでフォントサイズ、行間隔、余白が調整でき、ビームスプリッターに映し出す
際の上下左右の反転も実行できます。詳細は、前述の「メニュー設定」セクションを参照してください。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupソフトウェアでは、HyperDeckの設定変更やソフトウェアのアップデー

トが行えます。

ソフトウェアのインストール：

1

最新の Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupインストーラーを
www.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/supportからダウンロードします。

2Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupインストーラーをコンピューターで起動し、画面に表示される指示

3

インストールが完了したら、HyperDeck Shuttle HDをリアパネルの USB経由またはイーサネットコネ
クター経由でコンピューターに接続します。

4Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupを起動し、スクリーンの指示に従って内部ソフトウェアをアップデートに従います。

します。内部ソフトウェアが最新で何もする必要がない場合、指示は表示されません。

HyperDeckのイメージまたは設定アイコンをクリックして、設定メニューを開きます。
ホームスクリーンに、HyperDeck Shuttle HDとユニット名が表示されます。この名前は、複数の HyperDeck
がコンピューターに接続されている場合に、特定のユニットを識別する際に役立ちます。ユニット名は、ユーティリティーの「Setup」メニューで設定できます。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

124Setup（設定）
複数の HyperDeckディスクレコーダーを使用している場合、各ユニットに個別の名前を付けることで簡単に識別できます。これは、「Name（名前）」のフィールドに新しい名前を入力して、「Set（ 設定）」ボタンをクリックすることで実行できます。HyperDeckの名前を変更すると、使用しているデジタル証明書が無効になるので、証明書の署名要求や自己署名証明書を生成する前に名前を変更することをお勧めします。

Identify HyperDeck（HyperDeckの識別）このチェックボックスをクリックすると、HyperDeck Shuttleの上部にある2つの頭出しボタンが点滅します。これは、2台以上の HyperDeck Shuttleを使用しており、HyperDeck Setup Utility介して、接続されているユニットを把握したい場合に便利です。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

125

Date and Time（日付と時刻）「Set date and time automatically（日時を自動で設定）」を選択して、日時を自動で設定します。日時の自動設定には、HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、NTPのフィールドで設定されているネットワーク・タイム・プロトコルサーバーを使用します。デフォルトの NTPサーバーは time.cloudflare.comですが、別の NTPサ
ーバーをマニュアルで入力することもできます。入力したら、「Set（ 設定）」をクリックします。
日時を手動で入力する場合は、日時のフィールドとタイムゾーンのフィールドを更新します。日時を正確に設定することで、ネットワークと同じ日時の情報が収録ファイルに記録されます。また、これにより一部のネットワークストレージ・システムで生じることのある競合を防ぎます。

Network Settings（ネットワーク設定）
Protocol（プロトコル）
HyperDeck Shuttle HDを ATEMスイッチャーから操作したり、HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolを介してリモートコントロールする場合は、HyperDeck Shuttle HDを他の機器と同じネットワークに接続する必要があります。これは、DHCPを使用するか、固定 IPアドレスをマニュアルで追 加して実行できます。

DHCP

Hy perDeck Shu t t le HDの出荷時のデフォルト設 定はDHCPです。DHCP（ダイナミック・ホスト・コンフィギュレーション・プロトコル）は、ネットワークサーバー
上のサービスで、HyperDeckディスクレコーダーを自動的に検出してIPアドレスを割り当てます。

Static IP（静的IPアドレス）

ネットワークの詳細をマニュアルで入力する場合は「Static IP（静的IPアドレス）」を選択します。すべてのユニットの通信を可能にするためにIPアドレスを設定する際、全ユニットが同一のサブネットマスクとゲートウェイ設定を共有している必要があります。

DHCPは、イーサネット経由で機材を簡単に接続でき、IPアドレスの競合が生じないようにできる非常に優れたサービスです。ほとんどのコンピューターやネットワー
クスイッチャーは、DHCPに対応しています。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

126

Network Access（ネットワークアクセス）

HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、ネットワークを介してアクセスしてファイル転 送を行ったり、HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocolを介してリモートコントロールすることができます。デフォルトでは、アクセス可能な状態になっていますが、Web Media Managerや HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolを使用している際に、個別のネットワークアクセスをできないようにしたり、ユーザー名とパスワードを入力してアクセスするようにして、セキュリティを高めることも可能です。

FTP（ファイル転送プロトコル）
チェックボックスを使用して、FTPを介したアクセスの有効と無効を切り替えます。CyberDuckなどの FTP
クライアントを介したアクセスを行う場合は、アイコンをクリックして FTPアドレスをコピーします。詳細は、「ネットワークでファイルを転送」セクションを参照してください。

Web Media Manager（ウェブメディアマネージャー）
SDカードまたは外付けディスクのメディアには、Web Media Managerを使用して、ウェブブラウザ経由でアクセスすることが可能です。リンクをクリックするか、ウェブブラウザにコピー＆ペーストすると、シ
ンプルなインターフェースが開き、ネットワークを介して、直接 SDカードにファイルをアップロードやダウンロードできます。
デフォルトではアクセスは HTTP経由で有効になっていますが、アクセスを完全に無効にすることもできます。また「 Enabled with security only（セキュリティがある場合のみ有効）」オプションを使用して、アクセスにあたって安全証明書が必要になるように設定することも可能です。デジタル証明書を使用する場合は、Web Media Managerへの接続は HTTPSで暗号化されます。デジタル証明書に関しては、「Secure Certificate（安全証明書）」セクションを参照してください。

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
HyperDeckディスクレコーダーは、HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolとコンピューターのコマンドライン・プ
ログラム（ MacのTerminalや Windowsの PuTTY）などを使用して接続できます。アクセスにユーザー名とパスワードを設定することも可能ですし、完全にアクセスできないように設定することもできます。netcatなどのユーティリティ・プログラムを使 用している場合、SSLプログラムを使 用してセッションを暗号化できます。使用できるコマンドの詳細は、「 Developer Information」セクションを参照してください。
Allow utility administration（ユーティリティ管理を可能にする）
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupには、ディスクレコーダーを USBまたはネットワークを介して接続するとアクセスできます。ネットワークを介してユーザーがアクセスすることを防ぐには、「 via USB（USBを介して）」を選択します。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

127

Secure Login Settings（安全なログイン設定）

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolのアクセスに「 Enabled with security only（セキュリティがある場合のみ有効）」を選択している場合、ユーザー名とパスワードを入力する必要があります。ユーザー名とパス
ワードを入力し、「Save（保存）」をクリックします。パスワードを入力すると、パスワードのフィールドが空欄に見えます。Web Media Managerのアクセスに「 Enabled with security only」を選択している場
合、ユーザー名とパスワードを入力する必要があります。

Secure Certificate（安全証明書）

HTTPS経由、または「 Enabled with security only」に HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolを設定している
場 合、Web Media Managerへのアクセスには安 全証明書が必要になります。このデジタル証明書はHyperDeck Shuttle HDを識別する役割を果たし、接続を行う際に、適切なユニットに接続しようとしていることを確認できます。安全証明書はユニットの識別に使用される他、HyperDeck Shuttle HDとコンピューターやサーバー間でのデータ通信を暗号化します。
「Secure Login Settings（安全なログイ
ン設定）」を使用している場合、接続が暗号化されるだけではなく、アクセスに認証が必要になります。

HyperDeck Shuttleで 使用できる証明書は、認証 局が署名した安全証明書と自己署名証明書の2種類があります。自己署名証明書は、ローカルネットワークのみを介して HyperDeck Shuttle HDにアクセスする場合など、一部のワークフローでは十分な安全性があります。

自己署名証明書を生成するには「 Create Certificate（証明書を作成）」をクリックします。自己署名証
明書を使用するリスクを理解したか 確認するメッセージが表示されます。
「 Create（作成）」をクリック
したら、「 Domain（ドメイン）」、「 Issuer（ 発行者）」、「Valid until（ 有効期間）」などの証明書の詳細
が、HyperDeck Setup Utilityで自動的に入力されます。

工場出荷時設定にリセットすると現在の証明書はすべて削除されます。証明書の削除はいつでも実行でき、「 Remove（削除）」ボタンをクリックし、その後の表示に従います。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

128

HTTPSを使用して自己署名証明書でメディアファイルにアクセスする場合、ウェブブラウザはサイトにアクセスするリスクを警告します。ブラウザの一部は、リスクを理解したことを確認すると作業を継続でき
ますが、アクセスを許可しないブラウザもあります。

ブラウザの種類を問わずにアクセスを許可するには、署名付きの証明書が必要です。
署名付きの証明書を得るには、Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup Utilityを使用して、証明書の署名要求（CSR）を生成する必要があります。この署名要求は、認証 局（CA）または IT部門に送 信されます。署名されると、. cert、. crt、. pemのいずれかの拡張子がついた署名済みの証明書が戻ってくるので、それをHyperDeck Shuttle HDに読み込みます。

HyperDeck
MENU

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

証明書の署名要求（CSR）を生成する：

1「 Generate Signing Request（署名要求を生成）」ボタンをクリックします。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

129

2

ウィンドウにHyperDeckのコモンネームとサブジェクトの別名を入力する指示が表示されます。以下の表を参考にして、必要に応じて他の情報を入力します。

情報

概要

例

コモンネーム

使用するドメイン名

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

サブジェクトの別名（SAN）

別のドメイン名

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

国名申請組織の国名

AU

行政区画

都道府県

Victoria

所在地

市町村名

Port Melbourne

組織名

組織の名称

Blackmagic Design

3

証明書の詳細を入力したら、「 Generate（生成）」をクリックします。

. csrを生成する際、公開鍵と秘密鍵も同時に作成されます。公開鍵は署名要求に含まれ、秘密鍵はユニット内に残ります。認証 局または IT部門によりCSRの情報が組織と照合されると、上記の内容を含む署
名付きの証明書が、公開鍵と共に生成されます。
読み込むと、HyperDeck Shuttle HDは公開鍵と秘密鍵を使用して、HyperDeckを認証し、HTTPSまたは SSLプログラムを使用している場合は HyperDeck Ethernet Protocolを介してデータの暗号化・解読を行います。
署名付きの証明書を読み込む：

1「Import Signed Certificate（署名付きの証明書の読み込み）」をクリックします。

2

ファイルブラウザ で 署名付きの証明書が 保 存されている場 所まで 進み 、ファイルを選 択したら
「 Open（開く）」をクリックします。

「 Domain（ドメイン）」、「 Issuer（ 発行者）」、「Valid until（ 有効期間）」のフィールドは、認証 局からの情報を基にアップデートされます。一般的に、署名付きの証明書の有効期間は約 1年なので、有効期間が過ぎたら、このプロセスを繰り返す必要があります。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

130ドメイン名は選択されていたので、HyperDeck Shuttle HDの DNSエントリーを解決するために IT部門に連絡する必要があります。これにより、HyperDeck Shuttle HDの IPアドレスへのトラフィックが、署名要求で選択されたドメインアドレスに向けられます。
また、これは Web Media Managerを介してファイルにアクセスするために使用するHTTPSアドレスにもなります。例えば、https:// hyperdeck.melbourne.comです。
工場出荷時設定にリセットすると証明書は無効になるので、新しい証明書を生成し、署名される必要があります。

File Settings（ファイル設定）

HyperDeck Shuttle HDを最初にセットアップすると、プレフィックスとして「 HyperDeck」がファイル名に付加されて、クリップが SDカードまたは USBフラッシュディスクに保存されます。プレフィックスを変更
するには、新しいファイル名を入力します。

ファイル名に追 加されるタイムスタンプは、デフォルトではオフに設定されています。ファイル名に日付と時間を追 加したい場合は、オンに変更します。ファイル名のプレフィックスおよびタイムスタンプの設定は、HyperDeck Shuttle HDのオンスクリーンメニューからも変更できます。

Reset（リセット）「Factory Reset（ 工場出荷時設定にリセット）」をタップすると、HyperDeckが出荷時の設定に戻ります。
工場出荷時設定にリセットすると現在の証明書は無効になります。
「Secure Certificate」の設定を使用している場合、新しい証明書の署名要求を生成し、認証局または IT部門により署名される必要があります。

内部ソフトウェアのアップデート
内部ソフトウェアをアップデートする：

1

最新の Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupインストーラーをwww.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/support
からダウンロードします。

2Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupインストーラーをコンピューターで起動し、画面に表示される指示

3

インストールが完了したら、HyperDeck Shuttle HDをリアパネルの USB経由またはイーサネットコネ
クター経由でコンピューターに接続します。

に従います。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

131

4

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupを起動し、スクリーンの指示に従って内部ソフトウェアをアップデートします。内部ソフトウェアが最新で何もする必要がない場合、指示は表示されません。

ネットワークでファイルを転送
HyperDeck Shuttle HDは、HTTPS（ハイパーテキスト転送セキュア）とFTP（ファイル転送プロトコル）

両方のファイル転送方式をサポートしています。これにより、ネットワークを介してコンピューターから直接ファイルをHyperDeckにコピーできます。これは、ローカルネットワークの速度であるため、高速で実行できます。例えば、モニターウォールやデジタルサイネージでビデオの再生に使用しているHyperDeckに、新しいファイルをコピーできます。

HyperDeckでは、あらゆるファイルの送受信が可能ですが、HyperDeck Shuttle HDでファイルを再生するには、HyperDeckが対応しているコーデックと解像度である必要があります。

作業のこつ HyperDeckで収録中でもネットワークでファイルの転送が可能です。収録に影響を与えないように、HyperDeckは自動的に転送 速度を調整します。

これらのプロトコルのいずれかを介した HyperDeck Shuttle HDへのアクセスは、HyperDeck Setup
Utilityで有効/無効を切り替えられます。例えば、FTPのアクセスを無効にし、同時に HTTPSアクセスを有効にできます。

HTTPSを介したHyperDeck Shuttle HDの接続

Web Media Managerを介して HyperDeck Shuttle HDにアクセスするには、「 Network Access（ネットワークアクセス）」設定の URLが必要となります。USBおよびイーサネットでコンピューターに接続されている場合、HyperDeck Setup Utilityに「 Network Access」設定が表示されます。イーサネットだけで接続されている場合は、この設定はグレーアウトされます。

1

USB - CケーブルでコンピューターをHyperDeck Shuttle HDのリアパネルにあるUSBポートで接続
し、HyperDeck Setupを開きます。ユニット名の隣に、USB接続のアイコンが表示されます。丸いア
イコンまたは製品の画像をクリックして、設定ページを開きます。

2

自己署名証明書を使用する場合は「Network Access」設定に進み、URLの横のコピーアイコンをクリックして、リンクをコピーします。この URLは HyperDeckの名前に基づいています。URLを変更するには、ユニット名を変更します。

ネットワークでファイルを転送

132自己署名証明書を使用する場合はリンクをクリックします。

3

認証局または IT部門により署名された証明書を読み込んだ場合は、現在の証明書の「Domain（ドメイン）」のフィールドのアドレスをコピー＆ペーストします。

ドメインアドレスをコピーし、ブラウザにペースト

4

ウェブブラウザを開き、新しいウィンドウにアドレスをペーストします。
「Enabled with security only（
セキュリティがある場合のみ有効）」を選択している場合、HyperDeck Setup Utilityで設定したユー
ザー名とパスワードを入力する必要があります。

自己署名証明書を使用する場合は、接続のプライバシーに関する警告がブラウザに表示されます。これは、HyperDeck Setup Utilityで 信頼できる署名付きの証明書が読み込まれていないことを意味します。
有効かつ信頼できる証明書なしで継続するには、ブラウザのメッセージを読み、リスクを確認し、ウェブサイトに進みます。

Web Media Managerでファイルを転送する

Web Media Managerブラウザを初めて開くと、メディアスロットごとにファイルが分類されているのが分かります。
SD1

SDカードのメディア。

USB

接続されているUSBドライブはプレフィックスとして「USB/」が付いてリスト表示されます。

メディアをダブルクリックして、SDカードまたはドライブの内容を表示します。

ネットワークでファイルを転送

133

「Upload（アップロード）」ボタンをクリックしてファイルを追加

再生用のファイルをリモートで追 加するには「 Upload（アップロード）」ボタンをクリックします。ファイ
ルブラウザで 任意のファイルまで進み、「 Upload」をクリックします。アップロードが始まるとステータス
ウィンドウが表示されます。
「 Create Folder（フォルダーの作成）」ボタンを使用すると、必要に応じてフォルダーを追 加することも可能です。
ファイルをダウンロードするには、右端の矢印アイコンを使用します。このサイトからのダウンロードを許可するようにブラウザがメッセージを表示することがあります。
「Allow（許可する）」をクリックします。ファイルを削除するには、ゴミ箱アイコンをクリックすると、ファイル削除のウィンドウが表示されます。
「 Delete（削除）」をクリックします。

FTPを介したファイルの転送

コンピューターとHyperDeck Shuttle HDを同じネットワークに接続した状態で転 送を行うために必要なのは、FTPクライアントとHyperDeck Shuttle HDの IPアドレスまたは HyperDeck Setup UtilityのFTP URLだけです。

1

HyperDeck Shuttle HDに接続するコンピューターに、FTPクライアントをダウンロードし、インストールします。推奨アプリケーションは、Cyberduck、FileZilla、Transmitですが、ほとんどの FTPクライ
アントが使用できます。CyberduckとFileZillaは無償です。

2

HyperDeck Shuttle HDをネットワークに接続した状態で HyperDeck Setupを開き、FTP URLをクリックするか、コピーアイコンをクリックしてマニュアルでペーストします。FTPプログラムが接続を開かない場合は、リンクを再びクリックする必要があります。

3

マニュアルで FTP接続を開いている場合は、サーバーのフィールドにURLをペーストします。使用できる場合、「Anonymous Login（匿名ログイン）」にチェックを入れます。

ネットワークでファイルを転送

134

4

SDカードは、sd1と表示されます。「usb」フォルダーを展開すると、接続されているUSBドライブすべてがリスト上に表示されます。

FTPインターフェース上でファイルのドラッグ&ドロップが可能

ネットワークでファイルを転送

135

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

ネットワークでファイルを転送

136

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}

ネットワークでファイルを転送

137

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

ネットワークでファイルを転送

138

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

ネットワークでファイルを転送

139

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

ネットワークでファイルを転送

140

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename
ネットワークでファイルを転送

141

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

142

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

ネットワークでファイルを転送

143

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

ネットワークでファイルを転送

144

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

145

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

146

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:stop↵

ネットワークでファイルを転送

147

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

148

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

ネットワークでファイルを転送

149

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

150

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

ネットワークでファイルを転送

151

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

152

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

153

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.
ネットワークでファイルを転送

154

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

155

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

156

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

157

HyperDeck Control REST API
ソフトウェアデベロッパーは、カスタムアプリケーションを構築したり、RESTクライアントや Postmanなどのすぐに使用できるツールを活用して、HyperDeck Control REST APIを用いて、HyperDeckディスクレ
コーダーをシームレスに制御できます。このAPIは、収録の開始・停止、再生管理、ディスク情報へのアクセスなどの様々な操作を実行できます。特定のニーズに合わせたカスタムアプリケーションを開発している場合でも、既存のツールを使用する場合でも、このAPIでは HyperDeckディスクレコーダーの可能性を最大限に引き出せます。開発されたソリューションを拝見するのを楽しみにしています！

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

158

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

ネットワークでファイルを転送

159

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

160

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

161

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

ネットワークでファイルを転送

162

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

163

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

164

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

165

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

ネットワークでファイルを転送

166

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found

ネットワークでファイルを転送

167

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

ネットワークでファイルを転送

168

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

169

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

ネットワークでファイルを転送

170

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

171

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

ネットワークでファイルを転送

172

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

173

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

174

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

175

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

176

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

177

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

178

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

179

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

180

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

ネットワークでファイルを転送

181

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

ネットワークでファイルを転送

182

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

ネットワークでファイルを転送

183

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

ネットワークでファイルを転送

184

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

ネットワークでファイルを転送

185

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

ネットワークでファイルを転送

186

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

ネットワークでファイルを転送

187

ヘルプ
ヘルプライン
すぐに情報が必要な方は、Blackmagic Designオンラインサポートページで、Blackmagic HyperDeck
ディスクレコーダーの最新サポート情報を確認できます。

Blackmagic Designオンラインサポートページ

最 新のマニュアル、ソフトウェア、サポートノートは 、www.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/supportのBlackmagic Designサポートセンターで確認できます。

Blackmagic Designフォーラム

弊社ウェブサイトの Blackmagic Designフォーラムは、様々な情報やクリエイティブなアイデアを共有できる有益なリソースです。経験豊富なユーザーや Blackmagic Designスタッフによって、すでに多くの問題の解決策が公開されているので、このフォーラムを参考にすることで、現在の問題をすばやく解決できることがあります。ぜひご利用ください。Blackmagicフォーラムには、http://forum.blackmagicdesign.comからアクセスできます。

Blackmagic Designサポートへの連絡

サポートページやフォーラムで必要な情報を得られなかった場合は、サポートページの「メールを送信」
ボタンを使用して、サポートのリクエストをメール送信してください。あるいは、サポートページの「お住まいの地域のサポートオフィス」をクリックして、お住まいの地域の Blackmagic Designサポートオフィスに電話でお問い合わせください。

現在インストールされているソフトウェアのバージョンを確認

コンピューターにインストールされているBlackmagic HyperDeck Utilityソフトウェアのバージョンを確認するには、「About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」ウィンドウを開きます。
 Mac OSでは、アプリケーションフォルダーから「Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」を開きます。アプリ
ケーションメニューから「About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」を選択し、バージョンを確認します。
 Windowsでは、スタートメニューまたはスタート画面から「Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」ユーテ
ィリティを開きます。ヘルプメニューをクリックして「About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup」を選択
し、バージョンを確認します。

最新のソフトウェアアップデートを入手する

コンピューターにインストールされている Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupのバージョンを確 認した
後、Blackmagicサポートセンター（www.blackmagicdesign.com/jp/support）で 最新のソフトウェア
アップデートを確認してください。常に最新のソフトウェアを使用することを推奨しますが、重要なプロ
ジェクトの実行中は、ソフトウェアのアップデートは行わない方がよいでしょう。

ヘルプ

188

規制に関する警告
欧州連合内での電気機器および電子機器の廃棄処分

製品に記載されている記号は、当該の機器を他の廃棄 物と共に処分してはならないことを示しています。機器を廃棄するには、必ずリサイクルのために指定の回収場所に引き渡してくだ
さい。機器の廃棄において個別回収とリサイクルが行われることで、天然資源の保護につながり、健 康と環境を守る方法でリサイクルが 確実に行われるようになります。廃棄する機器のリサイクルのための回収場所に関しては、お住まいの地方自治 体のリサイクル部門、または製品を購入した販売業者にご連絡ください。
この機器は、FCC規定の第 15部に準拠し、クラス Aデジタル機器の制限に適合していることが確認されています。これらの制限は、商用環境で機器を使用している場合に有害な干渉に対する妥当な保護を提供するためのものです。この機器は無線周波エネルギーを生成、使用、放出する可能性があります。また、指示に従ってインストールおよび使用しない場合、無線 通信に有害な干渉を引き起こす恐れがあります。住宅地域で当製品を使用すると有害な干渉を引き起こす
可能性があり、その場合はユーザーが自己責任で干渉に対処する必要があります。
動作は次の2つを条件とします：

1

本機は、有害な干渉を起こさない。

2

本機は希望しない動作を発生しかねない干渉を含む、いかなる受信干渉も受け入れる必要がある。

R- R- BMD -20211410001

ISED Canadaステートメント

本機は、カナダのクラス Aデジタル機器の規格に準拠しています。
本機のいかなる改 造、あるいは目的の用途以外での使用は、これらの規格への順守を無効にすることがあります。

HDMIインターフェースへの接続は、必ず 高品質のシールド HDMIケーブルを使用する必要があります。

本機は、商用環境で目的の用途に順守した使用においてテストを行なっています。非商用環境で 使用された場合、無線妨害を引き起こす可能性があります。

規制に関する警告

189

安全情報
この製品は、周囲温 度が最高 40oCまでの熱帯地区での使用に対応しています。
通気が妨げられないように、この製品の周囲は通気に十分なスペースを開けるようにしてください。
この製品の内部には、ユーザーが 保守できる部品はありません。メンテナンスに関しては、お近くのBlackmagic Designのサービスセンターにお問い合わせください。

海抜 2000m以上では使用しないでください。

カリフォルニア州ステートメント

この製品のユーザーは、プラスチック部品内の微量の多臭素化ビフェニルなどの化学物質にさらされる可能性があります。カリフォルニア州は、多臭素化ビフェニルは発がん性があり、先天異常や生殖機能へ危害を及ぼす物質であると認識しています。
詳細は、以下のウェブサイトをご確認ください。www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

安全情報

190

保証
12ヶ月限定保証Blackmagic Designは、お買い上げの日から12ヶ月間、本製品の部品および仕上がりについて瑕疵がない
ことを保証します。この保証期間内に製品に瑕疵が見つかった場合、Blackmagic Designは弊社の裁量において部品代および人件費無料で該当製品の修理、あるいは製品の交換のいずれかで対応いたします。
この保証に基づいたサービスを受ける際、お客様は必ず保証期限終了前に Blackmagic Designに瑕疵を通知し、保証サービスの手続きを行ってください。お客 様の責任において不良品を梱包し、Blackmagic
Designが指定するサポートセンターへ配送料前払で 送付いただきますようお願い致します。理由の如何を問わず、Blackmagic Designへの製品返 送のための配送料、保険、関税、税金、その他すべての費
用はお客 様の自己負担となります。
不適切な使用、または不十分なメンテナンスや取扱いによる不具合、故障、損傷に対しては、この保証は適用されません。Blackmagic Designはこの保証で、以下に関してサービス提供義務を負わないものとします。a）製品のインストールや修理、サービスを行うBlackmagic Design販売代理人以外の者によって生じた損傷の修理、b）不適切な使用や互換性のない機器への接続によって生じた損傷の修理、c）Blackmagic
Designの部品や供給品ではない物を使用して生じたすべての損傷や故障の修理、d）改 造や他製品との統合により時間増加や製品の機能低下が生じた場合のサービス。この保証は Blackmagic Designが保証するもので、明示または黙示を問わず他の保証すべてに代わるものです。Blackmagic Designとその販売社は、商品性と特定目的に対する適合性のあらゆる黙示保証を拒否します。Blackmagic Designの不良品の修 理あるいは交換の責任が、特別に、間接的、偶発的、または結果的に生じる損害に対して、Blackmagic Designあるいは販売社がそのような損害の可能性についての事前通知を得ているか否かに関わらず、お客様に提供される完全唯一の救済手段となります。Blackmagic Designはお客様による機器のあらゆる不法使用に対して責任を負いません。Blackmagic Designは本製品の使用により生じる
あらゆる損害に対して責任を負いません。使用者は自己の責任において本製品を使用するものとします。
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design 著作権所有、無断複写・転載を禁じます。
「Blackmagic Design」、「DeckLink」、「HDLink」、「Workgroup Videohub」、「 Multibridge Pro」、「 Multibridge Extreme」、「 Intensity」、「 Leading the creative video
revolution」
は、米国ならびにその他諸国での登録商標です。
その他の企業名ならびに製品名全てはそれぞれ関連する会社の登録商標である可能性があります。

保証

191

Juillet 2024

Manuel d’installation et d’utilisation

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
FrançaisBienvenue
Nous vous remercions d'avoir fait l'acquisition d'un enregistreur à disque BlackmagicHyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Lorsque nous avons conçu les premiers enregistreurs à disque originaux, nous souhaitions
faciliter l’enregistrement et la lecture vidéo via des SSD rapides. Aujourd’hui, nous sommes
fiers de vous présenter l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD !
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD est un enregistreur vidéo HDMI petit et portatif, conçu pour votre
bureau. Sa grande molette et ses commandes de transport familières vous permettent
de l’opérer d’une seule main. L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD est le compagnon idéal desproductions live avec un mélangeur ATEM Mini. Vous pouvez même l’utiliser en tant que
prompteur !
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD enregistre sur des cartes SD ou des disques flash externes en
ProRes, DNxHD ou H.264 pour un enregistrement et une lecture ultra rapides.
N’oubliez pas de consulter notre page d’assistance sur www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr
pour obtenir la dernière version de ce manuel et les mises à jour du logiciel del’HyperDeck. Nous vous recommandons de mettre le logiciel à jour régulièrement afin detravailler avec les fonctions les plus récentes. Veuillez entrer vos coordonnées lorsque
vous téléchargerez le logiciel afin d'être informé des mises à jour. Nous travaillons
constamment sur de nouvelles fonctionnalités et nous efforçons d’améliorer nos services
en permanence : c’est pourquoi nous aimerions avoir votre avis !

Grant PettyPDG de Blackmagic DesignSommaire
Mise en route

195

Brancher l'alimentation

195

Connecter une source vidéo et audio

196

Brancher un support

196

Enregistrer de la vidéo

197

Lire

198

Utiliser la molette

199

Modifier les paramètresContrôler la vitesse de lecture
du prompteur218

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

219

Setup (Réglages)

220

Mise à jour du logiciel interne

226Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau

227

Information pour les développeurs

231

201

Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

231

Paramètres

202

Protocol Commands

231

Menu Enregistrement

202

Protocol Details

238

Menu Moniteur203

HyperDeck Control REST API253

Menu Audio

203

Transport Control API253

Menu Stockage

204

System Control API

258

Menu Réglages

206

Media Control API

261

Face arrière

213

Timeline Control API

263

Supports de stockage

214

Event Control API265

Carte SD214

Clips Control API266

Disque externe

215

HyperDeck Control API

266

Formater les supports

215

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

276

Formater un support sur un
ordinateur Mac

messages

276

215

Device Properties

278

Assistance

283

Formater un support sur un
ordinateur Windows

216

Avertissements

284

Navigation dans les volumes

217

Informations de sécurité

285

Utiliser la fonction Prompteur

218

Garantie

286

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

194

Mise en route
Pour utiliser votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD, il suffit de connecter l’alimentation, de brancher une
source vidéo HDMI, d’insérer une carte SD ou un support externe, puis d’appuyer sur le boutond’enregistrement !
Cette section du manuel est dédiée à la mise en route de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Brancher l'alimentation
Pour alimenter votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD, branchez l’adaptateur fourni à l’entrée d’alimentation
située à l’arrière de l’appareil. Serrer la bague de blocage permet d’éviter les déconnexions
accidentelles du câble d’alimentation.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Branchez l’adaptateur à l’entrée d’alimentation de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD

Mise en route195Connecter une source vidéo et audio
Pour connecter une vidéo à votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD, branchez une source vidéo HDMIà l’entrée HDMI située à l’arrière de l’appareil.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Connectez votre équipement de destination à la sortie HDMI. Par exemple, un mélangeur ATEM Mini
ou un téléviseur HDMI.
La sortie HDMI permet également de visualiser le menu de paramétrage lorsque vous modifiez desréglages pour votre HyperDeck. En effet, le menu de paramétrage est visualisable en superposition
vidéo sur la sortie HDMI. Pour plus d'informations concernant le menu de paramétrage, consultez lasection « Modifier les paramètres » de ce manuel.

CONSEIL Si vous n’arrivez pas à voir votre source vidéo sur l’écran connecté, c’est
peut-être car vous êtes en mode de lecture. Appuyez sur le bouton d'enregistrement pourlancer le mode d’enregistrement.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Branchez la sortie HDMI à votre équipement de destination, tel qu’un téléviseur HDMI ou un mélangeur ATEM Mini.

Brancher un support
Tous les enregistreurs à disque HyperDeck Shuttle HD peuvent être utilisés sans devoir configurer
les paramètres. Vous avez simplement besoin d’une carte SD ou d’un disque externe formatés.
Il est facile de formater un support via les paramètres du menu. Vous pouvez également le formater
sur un ordinateur. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section « Formater les supports » de ce
manuel. Vous y trouverez également des informations sur les types de supports les plus adaptés àl'enregistrement vidéo et une liste de cartes SD et de disques externes recommandés.

Brancher une carte SD :1 Orientez les contacts dorés de la carte SD vers le haut et alignez-la avec le logement pour carte
SD. Poussez délicatement la carte dans le logement jusqu'à ce qu'elle soit en place.

Mise en route196

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

L'HyperDeck vérifie la carte SD. Le voyant SD en haut de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD s’allume envert. Une fois vérifiée, le voyant s’éteint.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD est désormais prêt pour l’enregistrement et la lecture !
Continuez à lire ce manuel pour des informations plus détaillées concernant l’enregistrement et lalecture des clips, la modification des paramètres, et bien plus.

SCR

Enregistrer de la vidéo
Une fois que votre source vidéo s’affiche sur l’équipement de destination HDMI, vous pouvez
commencer à enregistrer.
Appuyez sur le bouton d'enregistrement pour démarrer l'enregistrement. Lorsque vous enregistrez
sur une carte SD, le voyant SD s’allume en vert. Les boutons d’enregistrement et de lectures’allument aussi. Lorsque vous enregistrez sur un disque externe, le voyant du disques’allume en rouge.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pour arrêter l'enregistrement, appuyez sur le bouton d'arrêt.

Enregistrer de la vidéo

197

Lire
Appuyez sur le bouton de lecture pour lire les clips. Pendant la lecture, le bouton de lecture s’allume
et les voyants Disk et SD s’allument en vert.
Si plusieurs clips ont été enregistrés, vous pouvez les passer rapidement en revue en appuyant surles boutons d’avance ou de retour.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Boutons d’avance et de retour
Appuyez sur le bouton de retour pour revenir au début du clip. En appuyant plusieurs fois sur cebouton, vous reviendrez au précédent clip enregistré.
Appuyez sur le bouton d’avance pour avancer dans vos clips. Les boutons d’avance et de retour
clignoteront également lorsque la case Identify HyperDeck est sélectionnée dans l’utilitaire
HyperDeck Setup.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Utilisez les boutons d’avance et de retour pour repérer le début de chaque clip

CONSEIL Pour lire des fichiers vidéo sur votre HyperDeck, vous devrez réglez le codec pourqu’il corresponde au codec utilisé pour enregistrer les fichiers. Vous pouvez le faire depuis lemenu. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section « Modifier les paramètres » de ce manuel.

Lire des clips en boucle
Si vous appuyez une seconde fois sur le bouton de lecture pendant la lecture, votre HyperDeck
Shuttle HD lira tous les clips en boucle jusqu’à ce que vous appuyiez sur le bouton d’arrêt.
Si vous souhaitez lire un seul clip en boucle, réglez votre HyperDeck sur le mode Clip, puis appuyez
une fois sur le bouton de lecture pour le lire, et une seconde fois pour le lire en boucle.
Lire tous les
clips en boucle

Pendant la lecture, appuyez sur le bouton de lecture une seconde fois pour lireen boucle tous les clips enregistrés

Lire le clip
en boucle

Lorsque vous êtes en mode Clip, appuyez une seconde fois sur le bouton delecture pour lire en boucle le clip en cours

Lire

198

Mode Clip
Le mode Clip vous permet de limiter la lecture à un seul clip. Par exemple, lorsque le mode Clip
est activé, vous pouvez aller sur un clip et appuyer sur lecture tout en sachant que cette dernière
s’arrêtera à la fin du clip.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Lorsque le mode Clip est sélectionné, appuyer une secondefois sur le bouton de lecture permet de lire en boucle leclip en cours

Utiliser la molette
La molette vous permet de parcourir rapidement vos clips et de sélectionner des moments
spécifiques à lire, ou de les revoir image par image. C’est pratique si vous devez localiser un
moment précis en contrôlant visuellement le clip lorsque vous tournez la molette. C’est aussi
utile pour positionner la tête de lecture sur un repère précis pour que le clip puisse être diffusé
pendant un événement en direct, par exemple.
Les modes de recherche incluent Jog, Scroll et Shuttle.
Jog

Lit le clip image par image pour un contrôle précis.
Le mode Scroll vous permet d’avancer et de reculer à travers tous
les médias enregistrés. Lorsque vous tournez la molette, le scroll est
verrouillé sur votre mouvement. Ainsi, vous avez un contrôle complet
de l’emplacement de la lecture.

ScrollShuttleLe bouton Scroll fera également apparaître la fenêtre de navigation
du volume qui indique le chemin du fichier de la vidéo que vous lisez
actuellement. Vous trouverez plus d’informations sur la fonction denavigation dans les volumes dans la section « Navigation dans lesvolumes » de ce manuel.
Appuyez sur les boutons Jog et Scr simultanément pour activer lemode Shuttle. Une fois que vous êtes en mode Shuttle, vous pouvez
reculer ou avancer rapidement à travers vos médias en tournant lamolette vers la gauche ou vers la droite. Au fur et à mesure que vous
tournez la molette, le défilement sera de plus en plus rapide jusqu’à
ce que vous atteigniez la vitesse maximale de x50. Pour arrêter ledéfilement, tournez la molette jusqu’à ce que vous atteigniez votre
position de départ. Pour vous arrêter à un emplacement précis,appuyez sur le bouton stop, ou appuyez sur lecture pour reprendre
la lecture à l’emplacement actuel. Il est important de noter que lavitesse de défilement maximale peut être réduite à l’aide du menu
Réglages. Pour plus d’informations, consultez la section « Paramètres »de ce manuel.

Lire

199

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Appuyez sur les boutons Jog ou Scr pour sélectionner lesmodes Jog ou Shuttle

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Une fois qu’un mode de recherche est sélectionné, tournez la molette

CONSEIL Pour revenir à une lecture normale, appuyez sur le bouton de lecture ou d’arrêt.

Lire

200

Modifier les paramètres
Appuyer sur le bouton Menu permet d’ouvrir les paramètres du menu, qui apparaîtront ensuperposition de la vidéo dans le coin gauche de votre écran HDMI connecté.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Appuyez sur le bouton Menu pour afficher l'écran de paramétrage
SCR

Utilisez la molette pour naviguer vers un sous-menu ou un paramètre

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Appuyez sur le bouton Set pour sélectionner le sous-menu ou le paramètre

Ajustez les paramètres à l’aide de la molette ou des boutons d’avance et de retour. Confirmez lasélection en appuyant sur le bouton Set.
Pour sortir du menu, appuyez sur le bouton Menu afin de revenir en arrière et d’accéder àl’écran d'accueil.

CONSEIL Vous pouvez positionner le menu dans n’importe quel des quatre coins devotre écran via le menu de paramétrage. Nous vous recommandons de désactiver le menu
une fois vos paramètres modifiés, pour vous assurer que la sortie HDMI est un clean feed
lorsqu’elle est connectée à un mélangeur HDMI, tel qu’un ATEM Mini Extreme.

Modifier les paramètres

201

Paramètres
Le menu de paramétrage est classé en 5 catégories distinctes : Enregistrement, Moniteur, Audio,
Stockage et Réglages. Chaque sous-menu contient des paramètres dédiés qui sont pour la plupart
ajustables via le panneau de contrôle HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Certains paramètres sont en affichage
seul et apparaîtront grisés, comme le préfixe du fichier par exemple. Dans ce cas, le paramètre peutêtre ajusté via l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup.

Menu Enregistrement

EntréeAffiche l’entrée HDMI de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Codec
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD peut enregistrer de la vidéo compressée à l'aide des codecs H.264, Apple
ProRes et DNxHD. Pour utiliser la fonction du prompteur, sélectionnez Prompteur.

Lancer Rec.
Il existe deux modes de déclenchement de l’enregistrement : Vidéo marche/arrêt, et Timecode Run.
Certaines caméras, comme la Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, envoient un signal via HDMI
pour démarrer ou arrêter l’enregistrement sur les enregistreurs externes. Lorsque vous sélectionnez
Vidéo marche/arrêt, l’HyperDeck démarrera ou arrêtera l’enregistrement lorsque le boutond’enregistrement sera pressé sur la caméra.
Utilisez l’option T/C Run pour que l’appareil déclenche l’enregistrement lorsqu’il reçoit un signal detimecode valide via les entrées. L'enregistrement s’interrompt lorsque le signal s’arrête. Désactivez
le déclenchement de l’enregistrement en sélectionnant l’option Aucun.

REMARQUE Lorsque vous enregistrez avec une caméra HDMI, veillez à ce que les
informations à l'écran soient désactivées sur le signal de sortie, car les informations
présentes sur la vidéo provenant de la caméra sont enregistrées avec l'image.

Paramètres

202

Menu Moniteur

Disposition du prompteur
Le menu Moniteur contient tous les paramètres pour l’utilisation de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD
en prompteur.

Taille de la police
Ajustez la taille du texte en sélectionnant la taille de la police, puis en appuyant sur Set. Tournez lamolette dans le sens des aiguilles d’une montre pour augmenter la taille, ou dans le sens inverse
pour la diminuer.
Interligne
Tournez la molette pour augmenter ou diminuer l’interligne.
Marge latérale
Ajustez la largeur des marges latérales de chaque côté de l’affichage du prompteur.
Retourner
Si le moniteur de votre prompteur est réglé pour être réfléchi sur un miroir, par exemple lorsque leprésentateur est devant une caméra ou sur un podium, il faudra utiliser les paramètres Retournerpour qu’il puisse lire le texte. Deux modes de retournement sont disponibles :Retourner horizontalement - Utilisez ce paramètre lorsque le bas du moniteur de votre
prompteur est monté près de la base du miroir.
Retourner verticalement - Utilisez ce paramètre lorsque le bas du moniteur de votre
prompteur est monté loin de la base du miroir.

Menu Audio

Paramètres

203

Canaux audio enregistrés
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD peut enregistrer simultanément jusqu’à 8 canaux audio PCM. Poursélectionner le nombre de canaux à enregistrer, agrandissez la liste des canaux audio enregistrés etsélectionnez 2, 4 ou 8 canaux.
Si le codec est réglé sur H.264, vous pouvez sélectionner 2 canaux d’audio AAC afin de mettre vos
enregistrements directement sur YouTube.

Menu Stockage
Les supports connectés apparaîtront dans les paramètres de stockage. Support 1 affiche le nom dela carte SD connectée et Support 2 affiche n’importe quel disque flash USB branché au connecteur
Ext disk. Lorsque vous utilisez un hub USB, tel qu’un Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, le disque actif
est affiché.

Support actif
Avec l’HyperDeck Shuttle, vous pouvez connecter une carte SD, plusieurs disques durs externes etun stockage en réseau simultanément. Vous avez donc accès à des téraoctets d’espaced’enregistrement depuis un seul enregistreur HyperDeck Shuttle.
Si vous n’avez qu’un seul disque ou carte SD connecté(e), cela sera votre support actif pour lalecture et l’enregistrement. En revanche, si vous utilisez plus d’un support, vous pouvez sélectionner
le support sur lequel vous souhaitez enregistrer et lire.
Sélectionner le support actif :1

À l’aide de la molette, mettez en surbrillance Support actif dans le menu de stockage, puis
appuyez sur le bouton Set clignotant.

2

Les supports apparaîtront dans la liste. Avec la molette, sélectionnez le support sur lequel voussouhaitez enregistrer.

Paramètres

204

Régler l’emplacement réseau
L’HyperDeck Shuttle peut lire des médias HD depuis le Blackmagic Cloud et d’autres stockages enréseau via Ethernet.
Pour connecter un dossier de stockage en réseau :1

À l’aide de la molette et du bouton Set, sélectionnez Régler l’emplacement réseau. Une barre
de recherche du réseau local va apparaître.

2

Tous les serveurs de votre réseau local apparaîtront dans la liste. Mettez le nom du serveur ensurbrillance avec la molette et appuyez sur Set pour le sélectionner. Une liste de partages
disponibles sur le serveur va apparaître. À l’aide de la molette, mettez en surbrillance celui devotre choix, appuyez sur Set et continuez jusqu’à ce que le dossier que vous souhaitez utilisers’affiche en haut de l’écran.

3

Le nom du dossier apparaîtra désormais en haut de l’écran LCD. Si vous souhaitez sélectionnerce dossier pour l’enregistrement et la lecture, utilisez la molette pour choisir Définir cet
emplacement et appuyez sur Set. Une coche apparaîtra sur la droite.

4

Une fois connecté, l’emplacement apparaîtra dans la liste de stockage du support 2 sous lesemplacements réseau.

Le deuxième logement pour supports sur les enregistreurs HyperDeck Shuttle est assigné aux
dossiers USB et des réseaux connectés. Pour choisir parmi les disques USB et l’espace de stockage,sélectionnez Support 2 depuis le menu de stockage, puis appuyez sur le bouton clignotant Set.
Depuis la liste du Support 2, sélectionnez le stockage que vous souhaitez utiliser, puis appuyez sur
Set. Vous allez revenir au menu de stockage. Vous pouvez également supprimer le stockage en
réseau via le menu du Support 2 et sélectionner Supprimer l’emplacement réseau en bas du menu.

REMARQUE Lors de la lecture d’un volume réseau, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD suppose que leserveur accepte une connexion invité. L’accès au serveur nécessitant un nom d’utilisateur et
un mot de passe n’est pas encore pris en charge via le menu et les boutons de réglages,
mais vous pouvez saisir vos identifiants en utilisant l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.
Paramètres

205

Déversement USB
Si vous utilisez un Blackmagic MultiDock 10G ou un appareil similaire pour connecter plus d’undisque via la connexion USB Ext disk, vous pouvez activer cette option pour que l’enregistrementd’un disque externe se déverse sur le prochain.

Connecter le disque réseau
L’HyperDeck Shuttle peut lire des médias HD depuis le Blackmagic Cloud et d’autres stockages enréseau via Ethernet.

Préparer les supports sur l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD :1

À l’aide de la molette et du bouton Set, sélectionnez Formater le support.

2

Dans la liste, sélectionnez le support à formater et appuyez sur Set.

3

Choisissez le format et appuyez sur Set.

4

Un message de confirmation apparaîtra indiquant la carte qui sera formatéeet le format sélectionné.

5

Une fenêtre de formatage apparaîtra une fois le processus terminé. Sélectionnez Ok.

Nous conseillons d’utiliser le format HFS+, également connu sous le nom de Mac OS X Extended,
car il prend en charge la journalisation. Les données stockées sur un support journalisé ont plusde chance d’être récupérées si le support est endommagé. Le format HFS+ est pris en charge
nativement par Mac. Le format exFAT est pris en charge nativement par Mac et Windows. Il n’est
donc pas nécessaire d’utiliser de logiciel tiers, mais la journalisation n’est pas prise en charge. Pour
formater un support sur un ordinateur Mac ou Windows, consultez la section « Formater un support ».

Menu Réglages
Ce menu contient les réglages pour la sélection de la langue, des normes par défaut, ainsi que desoptions pour l’affichage du menu, les paramètres réseau et le timecode.

Paramètres

206

Nom
Lorsqu’il y a plusieurs HyperDeck Shuttle HD sur le réseau, il peut être utile de leur donner chacun
un nom pour mieux les identifier. Pour ce faire, utilisez le Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup ou leBlackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol et un émulateur de terminal. Le nom apparaîtra dans lemenu Réglages.

LangueL’HyperDeck Shuttle HD prend en charge 13 langues dont l’anglais, le chinois, le japonais, le coréen,l’espagnol, l’allemand, le français, le russe, l’italien, le portugais, le turc, l’ukrainien et le polonais.
Pour sélectionner la langue :1

Une fois le menu Réglages sélectionné, appuyez sur Set.

2

À l’aide de la molette, faites défiler pour sélectionner la langue et appuyez sur Set.

3

Utilisez la molette pour sélectionner la langue et appuyez sur Set. Une fois la langue
sélectionnée, vous retournerez automatiquement au menu Réglages.

Logiciel
Affiche la version actuelle du logiciel.

CaméraCe paramètre est utile lorsque vous utilisez l’HyperDeck pour enregistrer des fichiers ISO depuis
plusieurs caméras et les montez sur une timeline multicaméra dans DaVinci Resolve.
La lettre d’identification de chaque caméra apparaîtra dans les métadonnées du fichier, permettant
ainsi à DaVinci Resolve d’identifier facilement chaque angle avec la fonctionnalité Sync bin.

Assignez les caractères A-Z ou 1-9 à votre caméra

Norme par défaut
Parfois, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD ne sait pas quelle norme vidéo vous voulez utiliser. Ce paramètre
indiquera à l’HyperDeck la norme vidéo que vous souhaitez utiliser majoritairement.
Par exemple, si un HyperDeck Shuttle HD est allumé, qu’aucune entrée vidéo n’est connectée etque vous insérez un disque contenant des fichiers avec 2 normes vidéo, quelle norme l’HyperDeck
doit-il lire ? La norme vidéo par défaut indique la norme vidéo que vous préférez. L’appareil
sélectionne ainsi ce format et lit ces fichiers.
La norme vidéo par défaut est aussi utile quand vous allumez un HyperDeck Shuttle HD pour lapremière fois et qu’il n’a aucune entrée vidéo et qu’aucun disque n’a été inséré. Dans ce cas,l’HyperDeck ne sait pas quelle norme vidéo utiliser pour la sortie de monitoring. La norme vidéo pardéfaut lui servira de guide.

Paramètres

207

En revanche, elle n’est qu’un simple guide. Elle n’écrasera rien. Ainsi, si vous avez un disque avec unseul type de fichier vidéo et que vous lancez la lecture, l’enregistreur à disque HyperDeck basculera
sur cette norme vidéo et la lira. Il ignorera la norme vidéo par défaut, car il est évident que voussouhaitez uniquement lire les fichiers sur le disque.
L’enregistrement fonctionne de façon similaire. Si vous lancez l’enregistrement, l’HyperDeck
enregistrera la norme vidéo connectée à l’entrée vidéo. Une fois l’enregistrement terminé,l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD lira les fichiers avec cette norme vidéo, même si le disque contient d’autres
fichiers qui correspondent à la norme vidéo par défaut. Il est entendu qu’on veut généralement lire
la norme vidéo qu’on vient d’enregistrer. Si vous débranchez et rebranchez le disque, alors la norme
vidéo par défaut sera utilisée pour choisir le type de fichier à lire.
La norme vidéo par défaut n’est qu’un guide pour aider l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD à prendre desdécisions en cas de doute. Elle ne force pas l’enregistreur à réagir de façon particulière.

Vitesse max. Shuttle
La vitesse de défilement maximale sur l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD est de x50. Pour réduire cettevitesse, vous pouvez choisir parmi la liste des vitesses préréglées.

Date et heure
Le réglage correct de la date et de l’heure garantit que votre HyperDeck Shuttle a la même heure etla même date que le réseau et empêche également les conflits qui peuvent survenir avec certains
systèmes réseau.

Date et heure automatique
Pour régler la date et l’heure automatiquement, activez Date et heure auto. Lorsque vous réglez ladate et l’heure automatiquement, l’appareil utilisera le serveur du Network Time Protocol réglé dansle champ NTP. Désactivez l’option Date et heure automatique en sélectionnant Off.
NTP
Le serveur NTP par défaut est time.cloudflare.com. Toutefois, vous pouvez également saisir
manuellement un autre serveur NTP à l’aide du Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Pour plusd’informations, consultez la section « HyperDeck Setup » de ce manuel.
Date
Pour saisir la date manuellement, sélectionnez le champ de date et appuyez sur Set. Vous pouvez
sélectionner le jour, le mois et l’année à l’aide de la molette.
Heure
Pour ajuster l’heure, sélectionnez ce paramètre et appuyez sur Set. Utilisez la molette pour régler lesheures et les minutes. L’horloge interne est configurée au format 24 heures.

Paramètres

208

Menu
Via ce menu des réglages, vous pouvez ajuster la position, ainsi que le mode d’apparence du menu
sur l’écran HDMI connecté.

Mode
Réglez l’écran de l’HyperDeck en mode sombre ou clair. Le mode clair offrira davantage decontraste lorsque les médias sont sombres, ou lorsque vous êtes en mode prompteur.

OpacitéAjustez les niveaux pour réduire l’opacité de l’affichage du menu sur l’écran connecté de 100% (pardéfaut) à 20%.
Position
Par défaut, le menu apparaîtra superposé en bas à gauche de l’écran. Pour déplacer ce menu,
sélectionnez ce paramètre et appuyez sur le bouton Set. Ensuite, vous pouvez choisir de positionner
le menu en haut à gauche, en haut à droite, en bas à gauche ou en bas à droite de l’écran.

RéseauParamètres

209

Protocole
Le Blackmagic HyperDeck est réglé sur DHCP. Une fois connecté, le serveur de votre réseau
assignera automatiquement une adresse IP et aucun autre paramètre réseau n’aura besoin d’être
ajusté. Si vous avez besoin d’une adresse manuelle, vous pouvez vous connecter via une IP statique.
Une fois Protocole sélectionné, appuyez sur le bouton Set pour accéder au menu. Puis, faites défiler
jusqu’à IP statique et appuyez sur Set.

Adresse IP, Masque de sous-réseau, Passerelle, DNS primaire et DNS secondaire
Une fois l’IP statique sélectionnée, vous pouvez saisir les informations du réseau manuellement.
Pour changer l’adresse IP :1

Utilisez la molette pour mettre Adresse IP en surbrillance et appuyez sur le bouton Set sur lepanneau de contrôle de votre HyperDeck.

2

À l’aide de la molette, ajustez l’adresse IP et appuyez sur Set pour confirmer avant d’ajuster lasérie de valeurs suivante.

3

Appuyez sur Set pour confirmer le changement et passer à la valeur suivante.

Quand vous avez fini de saisir l’adresse IP, vous pouvez répéter ces étapes pour ajuster le masquede sous-réseau et la passerelle. Une fois terminé, appuyez sur le bouton Menu pour retourner àl’écran d’accueil.

Paramètres du timecode
Réglez les options d’entrée et de sortie du timecode. Vous pouvez par exemple choisir d’enregistrer
le timecode source, le timecode sous forme de code horaire ou encore régler le timecodemanuellement.

EntréeLors de l’enregistrement, vous disposez de quatre options pour l’entrée du timecode.

Entrée vidéo

Sélectionne le timecode intégré aux sources HDMI comportant des métadonnées
SMPTE RP 188. Grâce à cette opération, la source HDMI et le fichier enregistré surl’HyperDeck Shuttle HD restent sychronisés.

InterneUtilisez cette option pour enregistrer le timecode sous forme de code horaire via legénérateur de timecode intégré.

Regen dernierclip

Lorsque vous sélectionnez Regen dernier clip pour l’entrée du timecode, chaque fichierdémarre juste après la dernière image du clip précédent. Par exemple, si le premier clip
se termine à 10:28:30:10, le timecode du clip suivant commencera à 10:28:30:11.

Préréglage

Pour régler un timecode manuellement, sélectionnez l’option Préréglage. Les clips
enregistrés commenceront au timecode réglé via le paramètre Préréglage comme
indiqué plus loin dans cette section.

Paramètres

210

Perte d'images
Pour les sources NTSC ayant une fréquence d’images de 29.97 ou de 59.94, vous pouvez choisir
entre un timecode avec ou sans perte d'images. Si la source est inconnue, sélectionnez Par défaut.
La norme de l’entrée sera conservée, ou s’il n’y pas de timecode valide, elle se réglera par défaut
sur Perte d’images.
Préréglage
Vous pouvez régler votre timecode manuellement en appuyant sur Set et en saisissant le timecodeà l’aide de la molette et du bouton Set. Vérifiez que l’option Préréglage est correctement
sélectionnée dans le menu Entrée.
SortieChoisissez les options du timecode pour les sorties.
Timeline

Pour acheminer un timecode continu pour tous les clips enregistrés sur une carte ou sur
un disque, sélectionnez Timeline.

Clip

Sélectionnez Clip pour acheminer le timecode de chaque clip.

Paramètres du fichierPréfixe du fichierPar défaut, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD enregistre les clips sur votre carte SD ou disque flash USB à
l’aide de la convention de dénomination des fichiers suivante :HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Préfixe

HyperDeck_0001

Numéro de clip

Vous pouvez modifier le préfixe du fichier via l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup. Pour plus d'informations,consultez la section « Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup » de ce manuel.

Paramètres

211

Suffixe horodaté
Par défaut, ce paramètre est désactivé. Si vous souhaitez utiliser la date et l’heure enregistrées dans
votre nom de fichier, activez cette option.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Préfixe du fichier

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

AnnéeHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Mois

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Jour

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Heure

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinuteHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Numéro de clip

Paramètres du réglage à distanceLe paramètre Réglage à distance permet de contrôler l’HyperDeck à distance depuis d’autreséquipements vidéo comme le mélangeur ATEM Mini Extreme.

Réglage à distance
Sélectionnez Réglage à distance pour contrôler l’appareil à distance via Ethernet. Désélectionnez
ce paramètre pour contrôler l’appareil localement.

Paramètres de réinitialisation

Réinitialisation d’usine
Mettez Réinitialisation d’usine en surbrillance dans le menu Réglages pour restaurer l’HyperDeck
sur les paramètres par défaut. Une fois que vous aurez appuyé sur Set, on vous demandera deconfirmer votre sélection.

Paramètres

212

Face arrière
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

Alimentation
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD est alimenté via un adaptateur AC. Le câble d’alimentation fourni
comprend un connecteur sécurisé afin d’éviter toute déconnexion. Vous pouvez toutefois
utiliser n’importe quel câble d’alimentation 12V 36W pour alimenter l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

2

Carte SD
Insérez des cartes SD dans le logement pour l'enregistrement et la lecture.

3

Ethernet
Le port Ethernet vous permet de vous connecter à votre réseau pour enregistrer sur le stockage
réseau, et pour des transferts FTP rapides et des transferts http via le gestionnaire de médias
web. De plus, vous pouvez contrôler l’appareil à distance à l’aide de l’API REST ou del’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Pour plus d’informations concernant le transfert des fichiers via
le gestionnaire de médias web, consultez la section « Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau » dece manuel.
Lorsqu’il est connecté au même réseau qu’un mélangeur ATEM, votre HyperDeck peutégalement être contrôlé à l’aide de ce dernier ou d’un panneau matériel ATEM.

4

Ext Disk
Connectez un disque flash au connecteur USB-C pour enregistrer sur des disques externes
jusqu’à 5Gb/s. Vous pouvez également connecter l’appareil à des hubs USB-C multiports,ou à un Blackmagic MultiDock 10G pour utiliser un ou plusieurs SSD.

5

HDMI
Connectez la sortie HDMI à des télévisions ou à des moniteurs HDMI, mais aussi à desmélangeurs, tels que l’ATEM Mini Extreme. La sortie HDMI permet également d’afficher lemenu en surimpression.

Paramètres

213

Supports de stockage
Carte SD
Pour un enregistrement HD, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser des cartes SD haut débit UHS-I. Pour
enregistrer de l'Ultra HD 2160p60, ces cartes doivent avoir un débit d'écriture minimum de 220 Mb/s.
Toutefois, si vous enregistrez à des débits plus bas et une compression plus élevée, il est également
possible d'utiliser des cartes moins rapides. Les cartes les plus rapides sont en général plus
performantes.
N'hésitez pas à vérifier les dernières versions du manuel pour obtenir les informations les plus récentes.
Il peut être téléchargé sur le site Internet de Blackmagic Design www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support.

Quelles cartes SD dois-je utiliser avec l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD ?
Les cartes SD suivantes sont recommandées pour le 1080p jusqu’à 60 im/s:
Brand

Model

CapacityAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Supports de stockage214

Disque externe
Tous les modèles HyperDeck peuvent enregistrer directement sur des disques flash USB-C. Grâce àces disques rapides et à leur capacité de stockage élevée, vous pouvez enregistrer sur de longues
périodes. Il suffit de connecter le disque flash à votre ordinateur et de monter directement sur celui-ci !
Pour des capacités de stockage encore plus élevées, vous pouvez également connecter une stationd’accueil USB-C ou un disque dur externe. Pour connecter le Blackmagic MultiDock 10G ou un disqueflash USB-C, reliez un câble de l’appareil USB-C connecté au port Ext disk situé à l’arrière del’HyperDeck.

Quels disques USB-C dois-je utiliser avec l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD ?
Les disques USB-C suivants sont recommandés pour le format ProRes HQ en 1080p jusqu’à 60 im/s:
MarqueModèleCapacitéWise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

Les disques USB-C suivants sont recommandés pour enregistrer en 1080p DNxHD 220x
jusqu’à 60 im/s:
MarqueModèleCapacité

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Les disques USB-C suivants sont recommandés pour le format H.264 en 1080p jusqu’à 60 im/s:
MarqueModèleCapacité

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Formater les supports
Formater un support sur un ordinateur Mac
Utilisez l'utilitaire de disque de Mac pour formater un support au format HFS+ ou exFAT.
N'oubliez pas de sauvegarder les informations importantes contenues sur votre support car toutes
les données seront perdues lors du formatage.
1

Connectez un disque flash USB à votre ordinateur à l'aide d'un dock externe ou d’un câble.
Ignorez les messages proposant d'utiliser le SSD pour sauvegarder vos données à l’aide deTime Machine. Connectez les cartes SD à votre ordinateur via un lecteur de cartes externe.

2Allez dans le menu Applications/Utilitaires et lancez l'utilitaire de disque.

3

Cliquez sur l'icône représentant votre carte SD ou disque flash USB, puis cliquez surl'onglet Effacer.

4

Choisissez le format Mac OS étendu (journalisé) ou exFAT.

5

Saisissez le nom du nouveau volume, puis cliquez sur Effacer. Le support est alors rapidement
formaté et prêt à être utilisé avec l'HyperDeck.

Formater les supports

215

Formater un support sur un ordinateur Windows
La boîte de dialogue Formater permet de formater un support en exFAT sur un ordinateur Windows.
N'oubliez pas de sauvegarder les informations importantes contenues sur votre support, car toutes
les données seront perdues lors du formatage.
1

Connectez un disque flash USB à votre ordinateur à l'aide d'une baie d'accueil externe ou d'unadaptateur de câble. Connectez les cartes SD à votre ordinateur via un lecteur decartes externe.

2

Ouvrez le menu Démarrer ou l’écran d’accueil et choisissez l'option Ordinateur. Faites un clic
droit sur votre disque flash USB ou carte SD.

3

Cliquez sur Formater à partir du menu contextuel.

4

Configurez le système de gestion des fichiers sur exFAT et la taille d'unité d'allocation
sur 128 Kb.

5Saisissez un nom de volume, sélectionnez l’option Formatage rapide puis cliquez sur Démarrer.

6

Le support est alors rapidement formaté et prêt à être utilisé avec l'HyperDeck.

Formater les supports216Navigation dans les volumes
La navigation dans les volumes vous permet d’ouvrir un chemin de fichier superposé afin que vous
puissiez localiser les clips sur les cartes, disques et disques réseau. Lorsqu’elle est activée, lasuperposition apparaît sur la sortie HDMI et vous pouvez parcourir les répertoires à l’aide du bouton
Scroll, Clip et de la molette.
1

Ouvrez la fenêtre de navigation dans les volumes en appuyant sur le bouton Scroll (SCR).

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Appuyez sur le bouton pour ouvrir la fenêtre de navigation dans les volumes sur la sortie HDMI.

2

Faites défiler ou parcourez les images jusqu’à ce que vous trouviez un clip dans le dossier souhaité.

3

Appuyez sur le bouton Scroll pour faire défiler les volumes vers le bas, et sur le bouton Clip pourles faire défiler vers le haut.

Pour fermer la fenêtre de navigation dans les volumes, appuyez sur le bouton Stop, ou sur le boutonde lecture pour fermer la fenêtre et lancer la lecture immédiatement.

REMARQUE Pour visualiser des clips enregistrés avec un codec, une résolution ou une
fréquence d’images différent, réglez le codec de votre HyperDeck et la norme par défaut
pour qu’ils correspondent.

Navigation dans les volumes

217

Utiliser la fonction Prompteur
À l’aide d’un fichier RTF standard ou TXT, vous pouvez utiliser le Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HDcomme prompteur. Créez votre fichier dans TextEdit ou WordPad et sauvegardez-le en fichier RTF
ou TXT dans l’une des 13 langues supportées. Une fois le fichier ouvert avec l’HyperDeck ShuttleHD, vous pourrez ajuster la taille de la police et l’interligne de votre script.
Pour utiliser le prompteur :1

Connectez la sortie HDMI de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD à l’écran HDMI que vous souhaitez utiliser.

2

Insérez une carte SD ou connectez un disque flash USB externe contenant votre script.

3

Sélectionnez le codec dans le menu Enregistrement. Allez sur le paramètre Prompteur etappuyez sur Set.

Le script apparaîtra sur votre écran. Vous pouvez maintenant commencer la lecture
automatiquement à l’aide du bouton de lecture, ou pour un contrôle plus poussé, utilisez la molette.

Contrôler la vitesse de lecture du prompteur
La grande molette de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD peut être utilisée pour contrôler la lecture en mode
prompteur de la même façon que pour la lecture des médias. Une fois le script chargé, appuyez
simultanément sur les boutons Jog et Scr pour activer la lecture à vitesse variable. Une foissélectionnée, tournez la molette. Le script se déplacera selon la vitesse à laquelle vous tournerez lamolette. Ainsi, plus vous la tournerez rapidement, plus la vitesse de défilement du script augmentera.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pour une vitesse constante, utilisez les boutons Jog et Scr individuellement. Une fois le bouton
sélectionné, tourner la molette fera défiler le script à une vitesse lente constante en mode Jog, ou à
une vitesse plus rapide en mode Scroll.
Pour naviguer entre les fichiers sur votre carte SD ou disque externe, appuyez sur les touches
avance ou retour.

Utiliser la fonction Prompteur218

Le prompteur reconnaîtra la taille et la couleur de la police, mais aussi si cette dernière est réglée
sur gras à partir du fichier. De plus, vous pouvez ajuster la taille de la police, l’interligne, et lesmarges, ou encore retourner l’écran horizontalement ou verticalement lorsque vous projetez l’écran
sur un miroir semi-transparent à l’aide du menu Moniteur. Pour plus d'informations, consultez lasection « Paramètres » de ce manuel.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
L'utilitaire Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup vous permet de modifier les paramètres et de mettre à jour
le logiciel interne de votre HyperDeck.

Pour installer le logiciel :1

Téléchargez le nouveau programme d’installation Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sur
www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support.

2

Ouvrez le Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sur votre ordinateur et suivez les instructions à l’écran.

3

Une fois l’installation terminée, connectez votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD à l’ordinateur via le port
USB ou Ethernet situé sur le panneau arrière.

4

Lancez le Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup et suivez les instructions affichées à l’écran pour mettre
à jour le logiciel interne. Si aucune information n'apparaît, le logiciel interne est à jour.

Cliquez sur l'image de l'HyperDeck ou sur l’icône de paramétrage pour ouvrir le menu de configuration.
L’écran d’accueil affichera votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD et le nom de l’appareil. Ce nom est utile pouridentifier l’appareil lorsque plus d’un HyperDeck est connecté à votre ordinateur. Il peut être réglé à
l’aide du menu de configuration de l’utilitaire.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

219

Setup (Réglages)
Si vous possédez plus d’un enregistreur à disque HyperDeck, vous pouvez donner un nom àchaque appareil pour faciliter leur identification. Pour cela, saisissez un nouveau nom dans lechamp dédié et cliquez sur le bouton Set. Veuillez noter que si vous changez le nom del’HyperDeck, cela invalidera les certificats numériques en cours. Il est donc conseillé de modifier
le nom avant de générer une demande de signature de certificat ou un certificat auto-signé.

Identify HyperDeck
Cliquer sur la case fera clignoter les boutons d’avance et de retour situés en haut de votre
HyperDeck Shuttle. Cela peut être utile si vous avez plus d’un HyperDeck Shuttle et que voussouhaitez identifier celui auquel vous êtes connecté via l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

220

Date et heure
Sélectionnez automatiquement la date et l’heure en cochant la case Set date and time automatically.
Lorsque vous réglez la date et l’heure automatiquement, votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD utilisera leserveur du Network Time Protocol réglé dans le champ NTP. Le serveur NTP par défaut est time.
cloudflare.com. Toutefois, vous pouvez également saisir manuellement un autre serveur NTP, puis
cliquer sur Set.
Si vous saisissez la date et l’heure manuellement, utilisez les champs pour saisir la date, l’heure etle fuseau horaire. Régler la date et l’heure correctement garantit que vos enregistrements disposent
des mêmes informations d’horodatage que votre réseau et évite également les conflits pouvant
survenir avec certains systèmes de stockage en réseau.

Network Settings (Paramètres du réseau)
Protocole
Pour contrôler votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD avec les mélangeurs ATEM ou pour le contrôler à
distance via l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD doit être configuré sur lemême réseau que les autres équipements à l’aide du DHCP ou en ajoutant manuellement une
adresse IP fixe.

DHCP

Static IP(IP statique)Les enregistreurs à disque HyperDeck Shuttle HD sont réglés sur DHCP par défaut.
Le Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, ou DHCP, est un service de serveurs réseau
qui attribue automatiquement une adresse IP à l’HyperDeck.
Ce service facilite la connexion des équipements via Ethernet et veille à ce que leuradresse IP ne soit pas en conflit l’une avec l’autre. La plupart des ordinateurs et descommutateurs réseau supportent le DHCP.
Lorsque Static IP est sélectionné, vous pouvez saisir manuellement les informations duréseau. Lorsque vous réglez des adresses IP manuellement pour que tous les appareils
puissent communiquer, ils doivent partager les mêmes paramètres de masque de sousréseau et de passerelle.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

221

Network access (Accès au réseau)
Vous pouvez accéder à l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD via un réseau pour le transfert des fichiers et lecontrôle à distance via l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. L’accès sera autorisé par défaut. Toutefois,
vous pouvez choisir de désactiver l’accès individuellement ou d’autoriser l’accès via un nom
d’utilisateur et un mot de passe pour plus de sécurité lors de l’utilisation du gestionnaire de médias
web ou de l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

File Transfer Protocol (Protocole FTP)
Activez ou désactivez l’accès via FTP à l’aide de la case de sélection. Si vous autorisez l’accès via
un FTP comme CyberDuck, cliquez sur l’icône pour copier l’adresse FTP. Pour plus d’informations,consultez la section « Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau ».
Web Media Manager (Gestionnaire de médias web)
Vous pouvez accéder aux médias enregistrés sur les cartes SD ou les disques externes via unnavigateur web à l’aide du gestionnaire de médias web. Lorsque vous cliquez sur le lien ou que vous
faites un copier-coller dans votre navigateur web, une interface simple s’ouvrira, où vous pourrez
charger des fichiers directement sur des cartes SD via le réseau.
L’accès est activé par défaut via HTTP, mais vous pouvez le désactiver totalement ou exiger uncertificat de sécurité en utilisant l’option Enabled with security only. Quand vous utilisez un certificat
numérique, les connexions au gestionnaire de médias web sont cryptées via HTTPS. Davantage
d’informations sur les certificats numériques sont disponibles dans la section « Secure Certificate(Certificat de sécurité) ».

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
Vous pouvez vous connecter à votre enregistreur à disque HyperDeck à l’aide de l’HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol et d’un programme en ligne de commande sur votre ordinateur, tel que Terminal
sur Mac ou PuTTY sur Windows. L’accès peut être autorisé avec ou sans nom d’utilisateur et mot depasse, ou complètement désactivé. Vous pouvez crypter votre session avec un programme SSL
lorsque vous utilisez un programme tel que netcat. Pour plus d’informations sur les commandes
disponibles, consultez la section « Informations pour développeurs » de ce manuel.
Allow Utility Administration (Autoriser l’administration de l’utilitaire)
Vous pouvez accéder au Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup lorsque votre enregistreur à disque est
connecté via le réseau ou USB. Pour éviter que des utilisateurs y aient accès via le réseau,
sélectionnez uniquement USB.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

222

Secure Login Settings (Paramètres de connexion sécurisés)

Si vous avez sélectionné l’option Enable with security pour l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, il vousfaudra saisir un nom d’utilisateur et un mot de passe. Entrez un nom d’utilisateur et un mot de passe,
puis cliquez sur Save. Le champ du mot de passe apparaîtra vide après l’avoir saisi. Une fois le nom
d’utilisateur et le mot de passe réglés, vous devrez les saisir lorsque vous accéderez au gestionnairede médias web si l’option Enable with security est sélectionnée.

Secure Certificate (Certificat de sécurité)Pour activer l’accès au gestionnaire de médias web via HTTPS, ou si l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocola été configuré sur l’option de sécurité uniquement, vous aurez besoin d’un certificat de sécurité. Le
certificat numérique fait office de carte d’identité pour votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Ainsi, touteconnexion entrante peut confirmer qu’elle se connecte au bon appareil. En plus de confirmer
l’identité de l’appareil, l’utilisation d’un certificat de sécurité garantit que la transmission des données
entre l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD et un ordinateur ou un serveur sera cryptée. Lorsque vous utilisez lesparamètres de connexion sécurisée, la connexion sera non seulement cryptée, mais elle exigera
également une authentification d’accès.
Il existe deux types de certificats que vous pouvez utiliser avec l’HyperDeck Shuttle, un certificat desécurité signé par une autorité de certification, ou un certificat auto-signé. Un certificat auto-signé
peut être assez sécurisé pour certains workflows, comme pour accéder à l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD
uniquement via un réseau local.
Pour générer un certificat auto-signé, cliquez sur Create certificate. Il vous sera demandé deconfirmer que vous comprenez les risques en utilisant un certificat auto-signé. Après avoir cliqué sur
Create, les détails du certificat se rempliront automatiquement dans les champs Domain (domaine),
Issuer (émetteur) et Valid until (valide jusqu’au) de l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup.

Après une réinitialisation, tous les certificats auto-signés en cours seront supprimés. Mais vous
pouvez également les supprimer à tout moment en cliquant sur le bouton Remove, puis en suivant
les instructions.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

223

Lorsque vous utilisez un certificat auto-signé pour accéder à des fichiers de médias via HTTPS,
votre navigateur web vous avertira des risques encourus en accédant au site. Certains navigateurs
vous autoriseront à procéder une fois que vous aurez confirmé avoir compris les risques, maisd’autres navigateurs web peuvent vous empêcher de continuer.

Pour garantir que l’accès soit accordé depuis n’importe quel navigateur web, vous aurez besoin d’uncertificat auto-signé.
Pour l’obtenir, vous devez d’abord générer une demande de signature de certificat, ou CSR(Certificate Signing Request), à l’aide de l’utilitaire Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Cette demande designature est ensuite envoyée à une autorité de certification ou à votre département informatique,afin d’être signée. Une fois finalisé, un certificat signé avec une extension de fichier .cert, .crt ou .
pem vous sera renvoyé. Vous pourrez l’importer dans votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
HyperDeck
MENU

Certif icat

Autorité

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pour générer une demande de signature de certificat CSR :1

Cliquez sur le bouton Generate signing request.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

224

2

3

Une fenêtre apparaîtra, vous demandant de saisir un nom ainsi qu’un nom alternatif pourl’HyperDeck. Remplissez les autres champs requis à l’aide du tableau suivant.

Information

Description

ExampleCommon Name

Le nom de domaine que vous utiliserez

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative Name

Un nom de domaine alternatif

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Country

Pays de votre organisation ou entreprise

AU

State

Province, région, comté ou étatVictoria

Location

Nom de la ville, du village, etc.

Port Melbourne

Organization Name

Nom de votre organisation ou entrepriseBlackmagic Design

Une fois les détails remplis, appuyez sur Generate.

Lorsque vous générez un .csr, vous aurez également besoin de créer une clé publique et une clé
privée au même moment. La clé publique sera incluse avec la demande de signature, tandis que laclé privée restera avec l’appareil. Une fois que votre autorité de certification ou votre département
informatique a vérifié les informations dans le CSR avec votre organisation, ils génèreront uncertificat signé comprenant les détails ci-dessus ainsi que votre clé publique.
Une fois l’importation finalisée, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD utilisera la clé publique et privée pourconfirmer l’identité de l’HyperDeck afin de crypter les données partagées via HTTPS ou via
l’HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lorsque vous utilisez un programme SSL.
Importer un certificat signé :1Cliquez sur Import signed certificate.

2

Naviguez vers l’emplacement du certificat signé et une fois le fichier sélectionné,
cliquez sur Open.

Les champs Domain, Issuer et Valid until seront mis à jour avec les informations de votre autorité decertification. En général, un certificat signé est valide pendant environ un an. Vous devrez donc
répéter ce processus à la date d’expiration.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

225

Comme un nom de domaine a été sélectionné, vous devrez parler avec votre service informatiquede la résolution de l’entrée DNS pour l’appareil HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Cela pointera tout le trafic
pour l’adresse IP de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD vers l’adresse du domaine sélectionné dans la
demande de signature.
Ce sera également l’adresse HTTPS que vous utiliserez pour accéder aux fichiers via le gestionnairede médias web. Par exemple : https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com.
Il est important de noter que le certificat sera invalidé après une réinitialisation d’usine. Un nouveau
certificat devra donc être généré et signé.

File Settings (Paramètres du fichier)Par défaut, l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD enregistre les clips sur votre carte SD ou disque flash USB avec
le préfixe HyperDeck. Saisissez un nouveau nom de fichier pour modifier le préfixe.
Par défaut, l’horodateur ajouté au nom de fichier est désactivé. Si vous souhaitez enregistrer la date
et l’heure sur votre fichier, activez-le. Les paramètres concernant le préfixe du fichier et l’horodateursont également disponibles sur le menu à l’écran de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Reset (Réinitialiser)
Appuyez sur Factory Reset pour restaurer l’HyperDeck sur les paramètres d’usine. Uneréinitialisation invalidera le certificat actuel. Si un certificat de sécurité est utilisé, vous devrez
générer une nouvelle demande de signature de certificat et la transmettre à une autorité decertification ou à votre département informatique.

Mise à jour du logiciel interne
Pour mettre à jour le logiciel interne :1

Téléchargez le nouveau programme d’installation Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sur
www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support.

2

Ouvrez le Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sur votre ordinateur et suivez les instructions à l’écran.

3

Une fois l’installation terminée, connectez votre HyperDeck Shuttle HD à l’ordinateur via le port
USB ou Ethernet situé sur le panneau arrière.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

226

4

Lancez le Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup et suivez les instructions affichées à l’écran pour mettre
à jour le logiciel interne. Si aucune mise à jour n’apparaît, cela signifie que le logiciel interneest à jour.

Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau
L’HyperDeck Shuttle HD supporte le transfert des fichiers via l’Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure,connu sous le nom de HTTPS, et le File Transfer Protocol, connu sous le nom de FTP. Cela permetde copier des fichiers directement de votre ordinateur à votre HyperDeck via un réseau, à la vitessefournie par le réseau local. Vous pouvez par exemple copier des nouveaux fichiers sur unHyperDeck utilisé pour lire de la vidéo sur des murs d’images et des affichages dynamiques.
Vous pouvez transférer n’importe quel fichier depuis et vers l’HyperDeck. Toutefois, notez que lesfichiers que vous souhaitez lire avec l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD doivent être conformes aux codecs et
aux résolutions pris en charge par l’HyperDeck.

CONSEIL Vous pouvez transférer des fichiers sur le réseau durant l’enregistrement avec
l’HyperDeck. L’HyperDeck ajuste automatiquement la vitesse de transfert afin de ne pas
affecter l’enregistrement.
L’accès à l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD via l’un de ces deux protocoles peut être activé ou désactivé àl’aide de l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup. Par exemple, vous pouvez désactiver l’accès FTP et activerl’accès HTTPS simultanément.

Connecter un HyperDeck Shuttle HD via HTTPS
Pour accéder à l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD via le gestionnaire de médias web, il vous faudra une URL
disponible via les paramètres d’accès au réseau. Les paramètres d’accès au réseau (network access)sont affichés dans l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup lorsque votre ordinateur est connecté via USB ou
Ethernet. Toutefois, ils sont désactivés lorsque seul Ethernet est connecté.
1

À l’aide d’un câble USB-C, connectez votre ordinateur à l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD via le port USB
situé sur la face arrière, puis ouvrez l’HyperDeck Setup. Une icône de connexion USB devraits’afficher à côté du nom de l’appareil. Cliquez sur l’icône circulaire ou n’importe où sur l’image
du produit pour ouvrir les paramètres.

2

Si vous utilisez un certificat auto-signé, allez sur les paramètres d’accès au réseau et cliquez surl’icône de copie à côté de l’URL. Cette URL est basée sur le nom de votre HyperDeck. Pour
modifier l’URL, modifiez le nom de l’appareil.

Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau

227

Si vous utilisez un certificat auto-signé, cliquez sur le lien3

Si vous avez importé un certificat signé par une autorité de certification ou votre département
informatique, copiez et collez l’adresse dans le champ du domaine pour le certificat actuel.

Copiez l’adresse du domaine et collez-la dans un navigateur

4

Ouvrez votre navigateur web et collez l’adresse dans la nouvelle fenêtre. Si vous n’autorisez
qu’un accès sécurisé, on vous demandera de saisir le nom d’utilisateur et le mot de passe réglés
dans l’utilitaire HyperDeck Setup.

Si vous utilisez un certificat auto-signé, un avertissement concernant la confidentialité de laconnexion s’affiche. Cela signifie qu’aucun certificat signé fiable n’a été importé via l’utilitaire
HyperDeck Setup.
Pour continuer sans certificat valide et fiable, suivez les messages de votre navigateur reconnaissantles risques encourus et allez sur le site web.

Transférer les fichiers avec le gestionnaire de médias web
La première fois que vous ouvrez le navigateur du gestionnaire de médias web, vous verrez que lesfichiers sont triés selon les emplacements des médias correspondants.
SD1

Médias sur les cartes SD.

USB

Les disques USB connectés seront listés avec le préfixe USB/.

Double-cliquez sur le support pour révéler le contenu de la carte SD ou du disque.

Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau

228

Cliquez sur le bouton de téléchargement pour ajouter des fichiers.
Pour ajouter des fichiers à distance pour la lecture, cliquez sur le bouton Upload. À l’aide dunavigateur, allez sur votre fichier et cliquez sur Upload. Une fenêtre d’état apparaîtra durant lechargement. Vous pouvez également ajouter des dossiers à l’aide du bouton Create folder.
Pour télécharger les fichiers, utilisez la flèche de téléchargement tout à droite. Il est possible que
votre navigateur vous demande d’autoriser les téléchargements depuis le site. Cliquez sur Allow.
Pour supprimer un fichier, cliquez sur la poubelle. La fenêtre de suppression des fichiers apparaîtra.
Cliquez sur Delete pour continuer.

Transférer des fichiers via FTP
Lorsque l’ordinateur et l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD sont sur le même réseau, vous avez besoin d’unclient FTP et de l’adresse IP de l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD, ou de l’URL du FTP dans l’utilitaire
HyperDeck Setup.
1

Téléchargez et installez un client FTP sur l’ordinateur auquel vous souhaitez connecterl’HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Nous recommandons Cyberduck, FileZilla ou Transmit, mais la plupart
des logiciels FTP fonctionneront également. Vous pouvez télécharger Cyberduck et FileZilla
gratuitement.

2

Une fois l’HyperDeck Shuttle HD connecté à votre réseau, ouvrez l’HyperDeck Setup et cliquez
sur l’URL du FTP ou appuyez sur l’icône de copie pour la copier manuellement. Vous aurez
peut-être besoin de cliquer sur le lien une deuxième fois si le programme FTP n’ouvre pas deconnexion.

3

Si vous ouvrez une connexion FTP manuellement, collez l’URL dans le champ du serveur.
Cochez Anonymous login si l’option est disponible.

Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau

229

4

Les cartes SD seront identifiées par sd1.

Vous pouvez désormais glisser et déposer des fichiers via l’interface du FTP.

Transférer des fichiers sur un réseau

230

Information pour les développeursBlackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Information pour les développeurs

231CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Information pour les développeurs

232

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Information pour les développeurs

233CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Information pour les développeurs

234CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Information pour les développeurs

235

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Information pour les développeurs

236Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Information pour les développeurs

237Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Information pour les développeurs

238

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Information pour les développeurs

239

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Information pour les développeurs

240

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Information pour les développeurs

241

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Information pour les développeurs

242Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Information pour les développeurs

243

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Information pour les développeurs

244

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Information pour les développeurs

245Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Information pour les développeurs

246

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Information pour les développeurs

247Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Information pour les développeurs248Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Information pour les développeurs

249

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Information pour les développeurs

250Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Information pour les développeurs

251Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Information pour les développeurs

252

HyperDeck Control REST API
Si vous êtes un développeur de logiciels, vous pouvez construire des applications personnalisées
ou des outils prêts à l’emploi, tels que REST client ou Postman, pour contrôler et interagir de manière
fluide avec les enregistreurs à disque HyperDeck via l’HyperDeck Control REST API. Cette API vous
permet d’effectuer plusieurs opérations, comme démarrer ou arrêter les enregistrements, gérer lalecture, accéder aux informations des disques et bien plus. Que vous développiez une application
sur-mesure ou que vous utilisiez des outils existants, cette API vous offre la possibilité de débloquer
tout le potentiel de vos enregistreurs HyperDeck sans difficulté. Nous avons hâte de découvrir ceque vous allez développer !

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Information pour les développeurs

253

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Information pour les développeurs

254

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Information pour les développeurs

255

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Information pour les développeurs

256

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Information pour les développeurs

257

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Information pour les développeurs

258

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Information pour les développeurs

259

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Information pour les développeurs

260

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Information pour les développeurs

261Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundInformation pour les développeurs

262

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Information pour les développeurs

263Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Information pour les développeurs

264

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Information pour les développeurs

265Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Information pour les développeurs

266

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Information pour les développeurs

267

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Information pour les développeurs

268

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Information pour les développeurs

269

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Information pour les développeurs

270

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Information pour les développeurs

271

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Information pour les développeurs

272

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Information pour les développeurs

273

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Information pour les développeurs

274

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Information pour les développeurs

275

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Information pour les développeurs

276Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Information pour les développeurs

277

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Information pour les développeurs

278

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Information pour les développeurs

279

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Information pour les développeurs

280

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Information pour les développeurs

281

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Information pour les développeurs

282

AssistanceObtenir de l’assistance
Le moyen le plus rapide d'obtenir de l'aide est d'accéder aux pages d'assistance en ligne deBlackmagic Design et de consulter les dernières informations de support concernant votre
enregistreur à disque HyperDeck de Blackmagic.

Pages d'assistance en ligne de Blackmagic Design
Les dernières versions du manuel, du logiciel et des notes d'assistance peuvent être consultées surla page d’assistance technique de Blackmagic Design : www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support.

Forum Blackmagic Design
Le forum Blackmagic Design est une source d'information utile qui offre des idées innovantes pourvos productions. Cette plateforme d’aide vous permettra également d’obtenir des réponses rapides
à vos questions, car un grand nombre de sujets peuvent avoir déjà été abordés par d'autres
utilisateurs. Pour vous rendre sur le forum : http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contacter le service d'assistance de Blackmagic Design
Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver l'aide dont vous avez besoin dans les pages d’assistance ou surnotre forum, veuillez utiliser l'option « Envoyez-nous un email », accessible sur la page d'assistancepour envoyer une demande d'aide par email. Vous pouvez également cliquer sur le bouton « Trouver
un support technique » situé sur la page d'assistance et ainsi contacter le centre d'assistancetechnique Blackmagic Design le plus proche de chez vous.

Vérification du logiciel actuelPour vérifier quelle version du logiciel Blackmagic HyperDeck est installée sur votre ordinateur,
ouvrez la fenêtre intitulée About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 Sur Mac OS, ouvrez le logiciel Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup dans le dossier Applications.
Sélectionnez About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup dans le menu d'application pour connaître
le numéro de version.
 Sur Windows, ouvrez l’utilitaire Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup dans votre menu de Démarrageou sur l’écran de Démarrage. Cliquez sur le menu Aide et sélectionnez About BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup pour connaître le numéro de version.

Comment obtenir les dernières mises à jour du logiciel
Après avoir vérifié quelle version du logiciel Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup est installée sur votre
ordinateur, veuillez vous rendre au centre de support technique Blackmagic Design à l’adressesuivante : www.blackmagicdesign.com/fr/support pour vérifier les dernières mises à jour. Même s'il
est généralement conseillé d'exécuter les dernières mises à jour, il est prudent d’éviter d’effectuer
une mise à jour logicielle au milieu d'un projet important.

Assistance283

Avertissements
Élimination des déchets d'équipements électriques et électroniques au sein del'Union européenne.
Le symbole imprimé sur ce produit indique qu'il ne doit pas être jeté avec les autresdéchets. Cet appareil doit être déposé dans un point de collecte agréé pour être recyclé.
La collecte individuelle et le recyclage de votre équipement permettra de préserver les
ressources naturelles et garantit un recyclage approprié afin d'éviter la contamination del'environnement par des substances dangereuses pour la santé. Pour obtenir plus
d'informations sur les points de collecte pour recycler votre appareil, veuillez contacterl'organisme responsable du recyclage dans votre région ou le revendeur du produit.
Cet équipement a été testé et déclaré conforme aux limites imposées aux appareils
numériques de classe A, en vertu du chapitre 15 des règles de la FCC. Ces limites ont pourobjectif d'assurer une protection suffisante contre les interférences nuisibles lorsquel'équipement est utilisé dans un environnement commercial. Cet équipement génère, utilise
et peut dégager de l'énergie de radiofréquence et, s'il n'est pas installé et utilisé
conformément au manuel d'utilisation, peut provoquer un brouillage préjudiciable aux
communications radio. L'utilisation de cet équipement en zone résidentielle est susceptiblede provoquer des interférences nuisibles, auquel cas il sera demandé à l'utilisateur decorriger ces interférences à ses frais.
L'utilisation de cet appareil est soumise aux deux conditions suivantes :1

Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d'interférences nuisibles.

2

Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence reçue, notamment celles pouvant
entraîner un dysfonctionnement.

R-R-BMD-20211410001

Déclaration de ISDE Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes canadiennes relatives aux appareils numériquesde Classe A.
Toute modification ou utilisation de ce produit en dehors de son utilisation prévue peutannuler la conformité avec ces normes.
Les connexions aux interfaces HDMI doivent être effectuées avec des câbles HDMI
blindés d’excellente qualité.
Cet équipement a été testé pour être en conformité avec une utilisation prévue dansun environnement commercial. Si cet équipement est utilisé dans un environnement
domestique, il peut provoquer des interférences radio.

Avertissements284

Informations de sécurité
Ce produit peut être utilisé dans un climat tropical lorsque la température ambiante n'excède
pas 40ºC.
Veillez à ce que l'espace autour du produit soit suffisant afin de ne pas compromettre la ventilation.
Les pièces de cet appareil ne sont pas réparables par l'opérateur. Toute opération d'entretien doitêtre effectuée par un centre de service Blackmagic Design.
Cet appareil ne peut être utilisé qu'à une altitude inférieure à 2000 mètres.

Déclaration de l’État de Californie
Ce produit est susceptible de vous exposer à des produits chimiques, dont des traces depolybromobiphényle dans les parties en plastique, reconnu par l’État de Californie comme étant
responsable de cancers, d’anomalies congénitales ou d’autres effets nocifs sur la reproduction.
Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez vous rendre sur www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Informations de sécurité

285

Garantie
Garantie limitée à 12 mois
Par la présente, Blackmagic Design garantit que ce produit sera exempt de défauts matériels et defabrication pendant une durée d’un an à compter de la date d'achat. Si un produit s’avère défectueux
pendant la période de garantie, Blackmagic Design peut, à sa seule discrétion, réparer le produit
défectueux sans frais pour les pièces et la main-d’œuvre, ou le remplacer.
Pour se prévaloir du service offert en vertu de la présente garantie, il vous incombe d’informer
Blackmagic Design de l’existence du défaut avant expiration de la période de garantie, et de prendre
les mesures nécessaires pour l’exécution des dispositions de ce service. Le consommateur a laresponsabilité de s’occuper de l’emballage et de l'expédition du produit défectueux au centre deservice nommément désigné par Blackmagic Design, en frais de port prépayé. Il incombe au Consommateurde payer tous les frais de transport, d’assurance, droits de douane et taxes et toutes autres charges
relatives aux produits qui nous auront été retournés et ce, quelle que soit la raison.
La présente garantie ne saurait en aucun cas s’appliquer à des défauts, pannes ou dommages causéspar une utilisation inappropriée ou un entretien inadéquat ou incorrect. Blackmagic Design n’a en aucun
cas l’obligation de fournir un service en vertu de la présente garantie : a) pour réparer les dommages
résultant de tentatives de réparations, d’installations ou tous services effectués par du personnel non
qualifié par Blackmagic Design, b) pour réparer tout dommage résultant d'une utilisation inadéquate
ou d'une connexion à du matériel incompatible, c) pour réparer tout dommage ou dysfonctionnement
causé par l’utilisation de pièces ou de fournitures n’appartenant pas à la marque de Blackmagic Design,d) pour examiner un produit qui a été modifié ou intégré à d’autres produits quand l’impact d’une telle
modification ou intégration augmente les délais ou la difficulté d’examiner ce produit. CETTE GARANTIEREMPLACE TOUTE GARANTIE EXPLICITE OU IMPLICITE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ET SES REVENDEURSDÉCLINENT EXPRESSÉMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE DE COMMERCIALISATION OU D'ADAPTATIONQUEL QU’EN SOIT LE BUT. LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE BLACKMAGIC DESIGN POUR RÉPARER OUREMPLACER UN PRODUIT S'AVÉRANT DÉFECTUEUX CONSTITUE LA TOTALITÉ ET LE SEUL RECOURS
EXCLUSIF PRÉVU ET FOURNI AU CONSOMMATEUR POUR TOUT DOMMAGE INDIRECT, SPÉCIFIQUE,
ACCIDENTEL OU CONSÉCUTIF, PEU IMPORTE QUE BLACKMAGIC DESIGN OU SES REVENDEURSAIENT ÉTÉ INFORMÉS OU SE SOIENT RENDUS COMPTE AU PRÉALABLE DE L'ÉVENTUALITÉ DE CESDOMMAGES. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NE PEUT ÊTRE TENU POUR RESPONSABLE DE TOUTE UTILISATIONILLICITE OU ABUSIVE DU MATÉRIEL PAR LE CONSOMMATEUR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN N'EST PASRESPONSABLE DES DOMMAGES RÉSULTANT DE L'UTILISATION DE CE PRODUIT. LE CONSOMMATEURMANIPULE CE PRODUIT À SES SEULS RISQUES.
© Copyright 2024 de Blackmagic Design. Tous droits réservés. 'Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup Videohub’,‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ et ‘Leading the creative video revolution’ sont des marques déposées aux USA
et dans d'autres pays. Tous les autres noms de société et de produits peuvent être des marques déposées de leurs sociétés
respectives auxquelles ils sont associés.

Garantie

286

Juli 2024

Installations- und Bedienungsanleitung

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
DeutschWillkommen
Vielen Dank, dass Sie sich zum Kauf eines Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD Rekorders
entschieden haben.
Mit der Entwicklung der originalen Blackmagic HyperDeck Rekorder wollten wir die
Aufzeichnung und Wiedergabe von Video mithilfe von SSD-Speichern vereinfachen. Heutefreuen wir uns, Ihnen den HyperDeck Shuttle HD vorzustellen.
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD ist ein kleiner, portabler HDMI-Videorekorder für den Einsatz auf
Ihrem Schreibtisch. Ein großer Suchlaufregler und vertraute Transportsteuerelemente gestatten
Ihnen die Bedienung mit einer Hand. Darum ist der HyperDeck Shuttle HD der ideale Gefährte
für Liveproduktionen mit einem ATEM Mini Mischer. Sie können den HyperDeck Shuttle HD
sogar als Teleprompter verwenden.
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD zeichnet in ProRes-, DNxHD- oder H.264-Codecs auf SD-Karten
oder externe Flash-Laufwerke auf und unterstützt damit die Aufzeichnung und Wiedergabe in
Blitzgeschwindigkeit.
Bitte sehen Sie auf der Support-Seite unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de nach deraktuellsten Version dieser Bedienungsanleitung sowie nach Updates für die HyperDeck
Software. Halten Sie Ihre Produktsoftware stets auf dem aktuellsten Stand und sichern Sie
sich so Zugang zu den neuesten Features. Bitte registrieren Sie sich beim Herunterladen derSoftware mit Ihren Kontaktdaten, damit wir Sie über neu veröffentlichte Versionen informieren
können. Wir arbeiten ständig an neuen Features und Verbesserungen und würden uns übereine Rückmeldung von Ihnen freuen.

Grant Petty CEO Blackmagic Design

Inhalt
Erste Schritte

290

Steuern derAnschließen an das Stromnetz

290

Wiedergabegeschwindigkeit

Anschließen von Video- undAudiogeräten

auf dem Teleprompter

313

291

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup314

Anschließen von Datenträgern

291

Setup

315

Aufzeichnen von Video

292

Wiedergabe

293

Aktualisieren der Produktsoftware

321

Verwenden des Suchlaufreglers294Ändern von Einstellungen

296

Einstellungen

297

Menü „Aufzeichnung“

297

Menü „Monitor“298

Menü „Audio“Übertragen von Dateien über ein
Netzwerk

322HyperDeck Control REST API

348

Transport Control API

348

System Control API

353

298

Media Control API

356

Menü „Speicher“299Timeline Control API

358

Menü „Setup“

301

Event Control API360

Hintere Anschlüsse

308

Clips Control API

361

Datenträger

309

SD-Karte309

HyperDeck Control API

361

Externe Laufwerke

309

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

371

Formatieren von Datenträgern

310

messages

371

Device Properties

373

Hilfe

378

Gesetzliche Vorschriften

379

Datenträger auf einem MacComputer formatieren

310

Datenträger auf einem
Windows-Computer formatieren

311

Datenträger-Navigation

312

Sicherheitshinweise

380

Verwenden der Teleprompterfunktion

313

Garantie

381

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

289

Erste Schritte
Die ersten Schritte mit Ihrem HyperDeck Shuttle HD sind einfach: Strom anschließen, eine HDMIVideoquelle verbinden, eine SD-Karte einführen oder einen externen Datenträger anschließen und
die Aufnahmetaste drücken.
Dieser Abschnitt des Handbuchs erklärt, wie Sie Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD in Betrieb nehmen.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Anschließen an das Stromnetz
Um Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD mit Strom zu versorgen, stecken Sie das mitgelieferte Netzteil in
die Strombuchse an der Rückseite. Festziehen der Verriegelung sichert das Kabel, um
versehentliche Stromunterbrechungen zu verhindern.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Sichern Sie das Netzteil an der Strombuchse des HyperDeck Shuttle HD

Erste Schritte

290

Anschließen von Video- und Audiogeräten
Um ein Videogerät mit Ihrem HyperDeck Shuttle HD zu verbinden, schließen Sie die HDMIVideoquelle an den HDMI-Eingang an der Rückseite an.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Schließen Sie Ihr Ausgabegerät an den HDMI-Ausgang an. Dies könnte bspw. ein ATEM Mini
Mischer oder ein HDMI-Fernseher sein.
Der HDMI-Ausgang dient auch zum Sichten des Einstellungsmenüs beim Ändern von Einstellungen
für Ihren HyperDeck. Das Einstellungsmenü wird über die HDMI-Ausgabe als Video-Overlay
eingeblendet. Weitere Informationen zu den Menü-Einstellungen finden Sie im Abschnitt „Ändern
von Einstellungen“ weiter hinten in diesem Handbuch.
TIPP Sollte Ihre Videoeingabe nicht auf dem angeschlossenen Bildschirm erscheinen,
kann es sein, dass sich das Gerät im Wiedergabemodus befindet. Drücken Sie die
Aufnahmetaste, um den Aufzeichnungsmodus zu aktivieren.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI-Anschlüsse
Verbinden Sie den HDMI-Ausgang mit Ihrem Ausgabegerät, wie einem HDMI-Fernseher oder ATEM Mini Mischer

Anschließen von Datenträgern
Alle HyperDeck Shuttle HD Rekorder werden einsatzbereit ausgeliefert und erfordern keine vorherige
Konfiguration. Sie benötigen lediglich eine formatierte SD-Karte oder ein externes Laufwerk.
Datenträger lassen sich mühelos über die Menü-Einstellungen formatieren. Sie können dies aberauch auf Ihrem Computer tun. Einzelheiten finden Sie im Abschnitt „Formatieren von Datenträgern“
in diesem Handbuch. Das Handbuch enthält auch Empfehlungen zu den für Videoaufzeichnungenbestgeeigneten Datenträgertypen sowie eine Liste mit empfohlenen SD-Karten und externen
Laufwerken.

So führen Sie eine SD-Karte ein:1

Halten Sie die SD-Karte mit den goldfarbenen Kontakten auf den SD-Kartenschacht ausgerichtet.
Schieben Sie die Karte vorsichtig in den Schacht, bis sie in der richtigen Position einrastet.

Erste Schritte291

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Ihre SD-Karte wird nun vom HyperDeck geprüft. Ein grüner SD-Indikator oben am HyperDeck
Shuttle HD zeigt dies an. Nach der Überprüfung erlischt der Indikator.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Das ist schon alles, was für die Inbetriebnahme Ihres HyperDeck Shuttle HD erforderlich ist. Er ist
nun aufzeichnungs- und wiedergabebereit.
Näheres zur Aufzeichnung und Wiedergabe von Clips, zum Ändern von Einstellungen und ähnlichem
erhalten Sie im weiteren Verlauf des Handbuchs.

SCR

Aufzeichnen von Video
Nachdem Sie sich vergewissert haben, dass Ihre Videoquelle auf dem HDMI-Ausgabegerät
angezeigt wird, können Sie sofort aufzeichnen.
Starten Sie die Aufzeichnung durch Drücken der Aufnahmetaste. Beim Aufzeichnen auf eine
SD-Karte leuchtet der SD-Indikator rot und die Aufnahme- und Wiedergabetasten leuchten
ebenfalls. Beim Aufzeichnen auf ein externes Laufwerk leuchtet der DISK-Indikator rot.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Beenden Sie die Aufzeichnung durch Drücken der Stopptaste.

Aufzeichnen von Video

292

Wiedergabe
Drücken Sie die Wiedergabetaste, um Video abzuspielen. Während der Wiedergabe leuchtet die
Aufnahmetaste. Zudem leuchtet der DISK- oder der SD-Medienschachtindikator grün.
Wenn mehrere Clips aufgezeichnet wurden, können Sie mit den Vor- und Rücklauftasten zügig durch
die Clips navigieren.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Verwenden der Vor- und Rücklauftasten
Drücken Sie die Rücklauftaste, um zum Anfang des Clips zu cuen. Durch mehrmaliges Drücken
navigieren Sie rückwärts durch zuvor aufgezeichnete Clips.
Drücken Sie die Vorlauftaste, um vorwärts durch Ihre Clips zu navigieren. Die Vor- undRücklauftasten blinken, wenn im HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm das Kontrollkästchen „Identify
HyperDeck“ ausgewählt wurde.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Mit den Vor- und Rücklauftasten cuen Sie an den Anfang von Clips

TIPP Um Videodateien auf Ihrem HyperDeck abzuspielen, wählen Sie den Codec, in dem
die Dateien aufgezeichnet wurden. Das geht über das Menü. Näheres finden Sie imAbschnitt „Ändern von Einstellungen“ in diesem Handbuch.

Loopen von Clips
Erneutest Drücken der Wiedergabetaste während der Wiedergabe loopt alle Clips auf dem
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, bis Sie die Stopptaste drücken.
Wenn Sie einen einzelnen Clip in Schleife abspielen möchten, stellen Sie Ihren HyperDeck auf den
Clipmodus ein. Drücken Sie die Wiedergabetaste zum Abspielen eines Clips einmal, und erneut, um
ihn zu loopen.
Alle Clips loopen

Drücken Sie die Wiedergabetaste während der Wiedergabe ein zweites
Mal, um alle aufgezeichneten Clips in Schleife abzuspielen.

Aktuellen Clip loopen

Drücken Sie die Wiedergabetaste im Clipmodus ein zweites Mal, um den
aktuellen Clip in Schleife abzuspielen.
Wiedergabe

293

Clipmodus
Im Clipmodus beschränkt sich die Wiedergabe auf einen einzelnen Clip. Ist der Clipmodus aktiviert,
können Sie bspw. spulen oder zu einem anderen Clip springen, und wenn Sie dann die
Wiedergabetaste drücken, stoppt die Wiedergabe am Ende des Clips.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Erneutes Drücken der Wiedergabetaste im Clipmodus spielt
den aktuellen Clip in Schleife ab

Verwenden des Suchlaufreglers
Der Suchlaufregler ermöglicht es Ihnen, während der Wiedergabe schnell durch Ihre Clips zu
navigieren und bestimmte Stellen zur Wiedergabe auszuwählen oder diese frameweise zu sichten.
Dies ist von Vorteil, wenn Sie eine bestimmte Stelle in einem Clip zur visuellen Kontrolle durch
Drehen des Reglers finden müssen. Das ist auch nützlich, um den Abspielkopf an einen bestimmten
Cue-Punkt zu setzen, bspw. um den Clip in eine Live-Sendung einzuspielen.
Die Modi des Suchreglers sind Jog, Scroll und Shuttle.
Jog

ScrollShuttleSpielt Clips frameweise ab und gestattet die präzise Steuerung.
Im Scrollmodus navigieren Sie zügig vor- und rückwärts durch Ihrgesamtes aufgezeichnetes Material. Der Scrollmodus reagiert darauf, wie
schnell und in welche Richtung Sie den Suchlaufregler drehen. So haben
Sie bei der Wiedergabe die volle Kontrolle über die Abspielposition.
Durch Drücken der SCR-Taste rufen Sie das Fenster für die DatenträgerNavigation auf, das den Dateipfad zum aktuell abgespielten Videoanzeigt. Weitere Informationen zur Datenträger-Navigation finden Sie im
gleichnamigen Abschnitt weiter hinten in diesem Handbuch.
Um in den Shuttlemodus zu wechseln, drücken Sie die JOG- und
SCR-Tasten gleichzeitig. Ist der Shuttlemodus aktiviert, spulen Sie
durch Drehen des Reglers nach links oder rechts durch Ihr Material.
Beim Betätigen des Reglers wird das Spulen auf eine bis zu 50-fache
Höchstgeschwindigkeit beschleunigt. Um das Shuttletempo zu verringern
und anzuhalten, drehen Sie den Regler zur Ausgangsposition zurück. Umbeim Shutteln an einer bestimmten Stelle anzuhalten, drücken Sie die
Stopptaste. Oder drücken Sie die Wiedergabetaste, um die Wiedergabe
von der aktuellen Position fortzusetzen. Es sei erwähnt, dass man die
maximale Shuttlegeschwindigkeit im Setup-Menü reduzieren kann.
Näheres dazu finden Sie unter „Einstellungen“ weiter hinten im Handbuch.

Wiedergabe

294

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Drücken Sie die dedizierte JOG- oder SCR-Taste, um den
Jog- bzw. Scroll-Suchmodus auszuwählen

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Ist der Suchmodus gewählt, drehen Sie den Regler

TIPP Um zur normalen Wiedergabe zurückzukehren, drücken Sie die Wiedergabe- oder
die Stopptaste.

Wiedergabe295Ändern von EinstellungenDrücken der MENU-Taste ruft das Einstellungsmenü auf. Auf Ihrem angeschlossenen HDMIBildschirm wird das Menü als Video-Overlay in der unteren linken Ecke eingeblendet.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Drücken Sie die MENU-Taste, um das Einstellungsmenü aufzurufen
SCR

Navigieren Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler zum Untermenü oder der jeweiligen Einstellung

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Drücken Sie die SET-Taste, um das Untermenü oder die Einstellung auszuwählen

Passen Sie Einstellungen mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers oder der Vor- und Rücklauftasten an.
Bestätigen Sie die Auswahl durch Drücken der SET-Taste.
Sie verlassen das Menü, indem Sie die MENU-Taste drücken, um zu den Optionen auf der Ebene
darüber und schließlich zur Startseite zurückkehren.
TIPP Über das Einstellungsmenü können Sie das Menü in einer der vier Ecken Ihres
Bildschirms positionieren. Wir empfehlen, das Menü nach dem Ändern von Einstellungenauszuschalten. Damit gewährleisten Sie, dass die HDMI-Ausgabe an einen HDMI-Mischer
wie den ATEM Mini Extreme als Cleanfeed erfolgt.

Ändern von Einstellungen296

Einstellungen
Das Einstellungsmenü ist in 5 verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt: Aufzeichnung, Monitor, Audio,
Datenträger und Setup. Jedes dieser Untermenüs enthält relevante Einstellungen, von denen die
meisten über das HyperDeck Shuttle HD Bedienfeld angepasst werden können. Einige
Einstellungen betreffen nur den Bildschirm und werden ausgegraut, so z. B. Dateinamen-Präfix.
Diese lassen sich über das HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm ändern.

Menü „Aufzeichnung“

EingabeZeigt die HDMI-Eingabequelle für den HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Codec
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD kann komprimiertes Video in den Codecs H.264, Apple ProRes und
DNxHD aufzeichnen. Um die Teleprompterfunktion zu verwenden, wählen Sie „Teleprompter“.

Trigger-Aufzeichnung
Es sind zwei Modi für die Trigger-Aufzeichnung verfügbar: „Video Start/Stop“ und „Timecode Run“.
Manche Kameras wie die Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K senden zum Starten und Stoppen
der Aufnahme auf externen Rekordern ein Signal über HDMI. Die Auswahl von „Video Start/Stop“
löst die Aufzeichnung auf einem HyperDeck aus oder stoppt sie, sobald die Aufnahmetaste an der
Kamera gedrückt wird.
Verwenden Sie die Option „Timecode Run“, um die Aufzeichnung auszulösen, sobald das Gerät überdie Eingänge ein gültiges Timecode-Signal empfängt. Bei Abbruch des Signals stoppt auch die
Aufzeichnung. Deaktivieren Sie die Trigger-Aufzeichnung durch Auswählen der Option „Keine“.
HINWEIS Vergewissern Sie sich bei der Aufzeichnung von einer HDMI-Kamera, dass die
Ausgabe sauber und frei von Overlays ist. Andernfalls werden diese in der Videoausgabe
Ihrer Kamera enthaltenen Einblendungen zusammen mit dem Bild aufgezeichnet.

Einstellungen297

Menü „Monitor“

Teleprompter-Layout
Das Monitor-Menü enthält alle Einstellungen für den Einsatz des HyperDeck Shuttle HD als Teleprompter.

Schriftgröße
Passen Sie die Größe des Textes an, indem Sie die Option „Schriftgröße“ auswählen und die SETTaste drücken. Durch Drehen des Reglers im Uhrzeigersinn vergrößern Sie die Schriftgröße, gegenden Uhrzeigersinn reduzieren Sie sie.

ZeilenabstandDrehen Sie den Regler, um den Zeilenabstand zu vergrößern oder zu reduzieren.

Seitenrand
Mit dieser Einstellung passen Sie die Breite der Seitenränder auf beiden Seiten des TeleprompterDisplays an.

SpiegelnVerwenden Sie diese Einstellungen, wenn Ihr Teleprompter-Monitor auf Glas vor der Kameraoptik
oder an einem Rednerpult gespiegelt wird, damit der Text für den Redner lesbar ist. Es sind zwei Modi
zum Spiegeln verfügbar:
Horizontal spiegeln – Nutzen Sie diese Einstellung, wenn der Teleprompter-Monitor sehr nah am
Boden des Glases angebracht ist.
Vertikal spiegeln – Nutzen Sie diese Einstellung, wenn der Teleprompter-Monitor abseits desGlases angebracht ist.

Menü „Audio“

Einstellungen298

Aufgezeichnete Audiokanäle
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD kann bis zu 8 Kanäle PCM-Audio gleichzeitig aufzeichnen. Um die
Anzahl der aufzuzeichnenden Audiokanäle vorzugeben, gehen Sie ins Untermenü. Wählen Sie ausder Liste mit den Audiokanälen 2, 4 oder 8 Kanäle.
Wenn als Codec H.264 ausgewählt ist, können Sie auch 2 Kanäle AAC-Audio vorgeben. Diese
Aufnahmen können Sie dann direkt auf YouTube hochladen.

Menü „Speicher“
Verbundene Datenträger erscheinen in den „Speicher“-Einstellungen. Medium 1 zeigt den Namender eingeführten SD-Karte an und Medium 2 sämtliche an den USB-Port angeschlossene externe
Flash-Laufwerke. Bei Einsatz eines USB-Hubs wie der Blackmagic MultiDock 10G wird das aktive
Laufwerk angezeigt.

Aktive Medien
Bei Verwendung eines HyperDeck Shuttle können Sie eine SD-Karte, mehrere externe Laufwerke
und einen Netzwerkspeicher zugleich anschließen. So stehen Ihnen auf einem HyperDeck Shuttle
Digitalrekorder etliche Terabytes an Speicherplatz zur Verfügung.
Ist nur eine einzelne SD-Karte oder ein einzelnes Laufwerk verbunden, fungiert diese bzw. dieses
als aktiver Datenträger für alle Wiedergaben und Aufzeichnungen. Bei mehreren an den Rekorderangeschlossenen Datenträgern können Sie bestimmen, welchen Sie für die Aufzeichnung und
Wiedergabe nutzen.
So wählen Sie Ihr aktives Speichermedium aus:
1

Markieren Sie im „Speicher“-Menü mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers die Option „Aktive Medien“ unddrücken Sie die blinkende SET-Taste.

2

Angeschlossene Medien werden in der Liste angezeigt. Markieren Sie für die Aufzeichnung das
gewünschte Medium mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers.

Einstellungen299

Netzwerk-Standort einstellen
Der HyperDeck Shuttle kann HD-Medien von über Ethernet angeschlossenen Blackmagic Cloud
Speichern und anderen Netzwerkspeichern wiedergeben.
So verbinden Sie den Rekorder mit einem Netzwerk-Ordner:
1Navigieren Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler zur Option „Netzwerk-Standort auswählen“ und drücken
Sie zum Auswählen die SET-Taste. Es erscheint ein Dialogfenster für das lokale Netzwerk.

2

Alle in Ihr lokales Netzwerk eingebundenen Server werden aufgelistet. Markieren Sie den
gewünschten Server mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers und drücken Sie zum Auswählen die SETTaste. Es erscheint eine Liste mit den verfügbaren freigegebenen Ordnern. Markieren Sie den
gewünschten Ordner mit dem Suchlaufregler, drücken Sie die SET-Taste und fahren Sie fort, bis
der gewünschte Ordner oben auf dem Display angezeigt wird.

3

Der Ordnername erscheint nun oben auf dem LCD. Um diesen Ordner für Aufzeichnung und
Wiedergabe auszuwählen, markieren Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler die Option „Diesen Standort
einstellen“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste. Damit wird auf der rechten Seite ein Häkchen gesetzt.

4Ist die Verbindung hergestellt, erscheint der Speicherort auf der Seite „Medium 2“ unter dem
Menüpunkt „Netzwerk-Standort”.

Der zweite Speicherslot des HyperDeck Shuttle Digitalrekorders dient sowohl für USB- als auch fürangeschlossene Netzwerkspeicher. Um zwischen angeschlossenen USB- und Netzwerkspeichern zu
wechseln, wählen Sie „Medium 2“ aus dem Speichermenü und drücken die blinkende SET-Taste. Wählen
Sie aus der Liste „Medium 2“ den gewünschten Speicher und drücken Sie die SET-Taste. Die LCDAnsicht kehrt nun zum Speichermenü zurück. Sie können den Netzwerkspeicher auch über das Menü
„Medium 2“ entfernen, indem Sie unten im Menü die Option „Netzwerk-Standort entfernen“ auswählen.

HINWEIS Für die Wiedergabe von einem Netzlaufwerk setzt der HyperDeck Shuttle HD
voraus, dass für den Server ein Gastzugang besteht. Der Serverzugriff mittels Anmeldung
und Passwort über die MENU- und SET-Tasten wird derzeit nicht unterstützt. Sie können
die Anmeldedaten jedoch über das HyperDeck Ethernet-Protokoll eingeben.
Einstellungen300

USB-Spill
Aktivieren Sie bei Einsatz einer Blackmagic MultiDock 10G oder ähnlichem die Option „USB-Spill“.
Bei Verwendung von mehr als einem Laufwerk über den mit „EXT DISK“ beschrifteten USBAnschluss stellen Sie so sicher, dass die Aufzeichnung von einem externen Laufwerk auf dasnächste übergeht.

Medium formatieren
SD-Karten und an den rückwärtigen „EXT DISK“-Port angeschlossene Laufwerke können direkt mit
dem Rekorder oder mit einem Mac- oder Windows-Computer formatiert werden.

So bereiten Sie Datenträger auf dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD vor:
1

Wählen Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler und der SET-Taste die Option „Medium formatieren“.

2Wählen Sie den zu formatierenden Datenträger aus der Liste und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

3

Wählen Sie das Format und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

4

Der nun erscheinende Bildschirm zeigt, welcher Datenträger in welchem Format formatiert wird.
Wählen Sie „Formatieren“.

5Nach abgeschlossenem Vorgang erscheint eine Bestätigungsmeldung. Wählen Sie OK.

HFS+ wird auch als „Mac OS X Extended“ bezeichnet und ist das empfohlene Format, da es„Journaling“ unterstützt. Auf Datenträgern mit Journaling gespeicherte Daten lassen sich im
seltenen Fall einer Beschädigung Ihres Datenträgers mit höherer Wahrscheinlichkeit
wiederherstellen. HFS+ wird nativ von Mac unterstützt. ExFAT wird von Mac und Windows nativ ohne
Verwendung zusätzlicher Software unterstützt. Es unterstützt jedoch kein Journaling. Näheres zur
Formatierung von Datenträgern finden Sie im gleichnamigen Abschnitt.

Menü „Setup“
Das Menü „Setup“ enthält Einstellungen für die Sprachauswahl und das Standardformat sowie fürdas Bildschirm-Menü, Netzwerkeinstellungen und Timecode-Optionen.

Einstellungen

301

Name
Wenn mehr als ein HyperDeck Shuttle HD in ein Netzwerk eingebunden ist, empfiehlt es sich, die
Rekorder zur Erkennung der einzelnen Geräte individuell zu benennen. Das geht über BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup oder das Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol mithilfe eines Terminalprogramms.
Der Name wird im Setup-Menü angezeigt.

SpracheDer HyperDeck Shuttle HD unterstützt 13 Sprachen. Neben Deutsch und Englisch sind das
Chinesisch, Französisch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, Polnisch, Portugiesisch, Russisch,
Spanisch, Türkisch und Ukrainisch.
So wählen Sie die Sprache aus:1

Gehen Sie zum Setup-Menü und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

2

Scrollen Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler zur gewünschten Sprache und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

3

Scrollen Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler zur gewünschten Sprache und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.
Ist die Sprache ausgewählt, kehren Sie automatisch zurück ins Setup-Menü.

Software
Zeigt die aktuelle Version der Produktsoftware an.

KameraDiese praktische Einstellung ermöglicht es, die Feeds von mehreren Kameras getrennt als ISO-Dateien
aufzuzeichnen. In DaVinci Resolve kann man diese Dateien in einer Multicam-Timeline nachbearbeiten.
Der Kennbuchstabe einzelner Kameras wird in den Metadaten der Datei festgehalten, anhand dessen
DaVinci Resolve bei Einsatz der „Sync Bin“-Funktion unterschiedliche Kamerawinkel problemlos erkennt.

Ordnen Sie Kameras Buchstaben von A–Z oder Ziffern von 1–9 zu

Standardformat
Es kann vorkommen, dass der HyperDeck Shuttle HD die gewünschte Videonorm nicht sofort erkennt.
Diese Einstellung gibt dem HyperDeck die Videonorm vor, die Sie als Standard verwenden möchten.
Beispiel: Sie haben einen HyperDeck Shuttle HD eingeschaltet, an den keine Videoquelleangeschlossen ist. Dann verbinden Sie den Rekorder mit einem Datenträger, der Dateien in zwei
verschiedenen Videonormen enthält. In welchem Videoformat soll der HyperDeck diese nun
abspielen? Das Standard-Videoformat gibt Aufschluss darüber, welche Videonorm Sie bevorzugen,und spielt die Dateien in diesem Format ab.
Das Standard-Videoformat ist auch beim ersten Einschalten eines HyperDeck Shuttle HD nützlich, wennkeine Videoquellen oder Datenträger verbunden sind. In diesem Fall ist nämlich nicht klar, welches
Videoformat der HyperDeck für die Monitorausgabe verwenden soll. Das Standardformat liefert
Hinweise, was zu tun ist.

Einstellungen302

Dennoch ist das Standardformat nur ein Leitwert. Es überschreibt keine Parameter. Haben Sie einen
Datenträger mit nur einer Art von Videodateien und drücken die Wiedergabetaste, wechselt derHyperDeck Rekorder für die Wiedergabe zu diesem Videoformat. Das Standard-Videoformat wird
ignoriert, weil offensichtlich ist, dass Sie nur die Dateien von diesem Datenträger abspielen wollen.
Mit der Aufzeichnung verhält es sich ähnlich. Drücken Sie die Aufnahmetaste, wird im Videoformat
der angeschlossenen Videoquelle aufgezeichnet. Nach abgeschlossener Aufzeichnung spielt derHyperDeck Shuttle HD die Dateien auf dem Datenträger in derselben Videonorm ab. Dies gilt auch,wenn andere Dateien auf dem Datenträger dem Standard-Videoformat entsprechen. Es wird
angenommen, dass Sie Dateien im gleichen Videoformat abspielen wollen, in dem sie aufgezeichnet
wurden. Erst wenn Sie den Datenträger trennen und wieder verbinden, dient das StandardVideoformat zur Auswahl von Dateien in einer bestimmten Videonorm.
Das Standard-Videoformat bietet lediglich Hinweise, um dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD im Zweifelsfall
zu kommunizieren, was er tun soll. Es werden keine Parameter überschrieben oder das Verhalten
des Decks auf eine bestimmte Weise erzwungen.

Max. Geschwindigkeit
Die maximale Shuttlegeschwindigkeit auf dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD ist 50-fach beschleunigt.
Um diese Geschwindigkeit zu reduzieren, stehen weitere Geschwindigkeits-Presets zur Wahl.

Datum und Uhrzeit
Die korrekte Datum- und Uhrzeiteingabe stellt sicher, dass die Zeit- und Datumangaben Ihres
HyperDeck Shuttle mit denen Ihres Netzwerks übereinstimmen.
Dies verhindert auch in manchen Systemen auftretende Netzwerkkonflikte.

Autom. Datum und Uhrzeit
Um Datum und Uhrzeit automatisch einzustellen, setzen Sie diese Option auf „Ein“. Bei der automatischen
Datum- und Uhrzeiteingabe verwendet der HyperDeck Shuttle den im NTP-Feld eingestellten Network
Time Protocol Server. Um Datum und Uhrzeit manuell einzugeben, setzen Sie die Option auf „Aus“.

NTP
Das NTP ist standardmäßig auf time.cloudflare.com eingestellt. In HyperDeck Setup können Sie ein
NTP jedoch auch manuell eingeben. Näheres zum Einstellen des NTP-Servers finden Sie unter„HyperDeck Setup“ weiter hinten in diesem Handbuch.

Datum
Wählen Sie zur manuellen Eingabe des Datums die Option „Datum“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.
Wählen Sie Tag, Monat und Jahr mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers aus.

UhrzeitWählen Sie zum Anpassen der Uhrzeit die Option „Uhrzeit“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste. Geben Sie
die Stunden und Minuten mithilfe des Suchlaufreglers vor. Die interne Uhr ist eine 24-Stunden-Uhr.

Einstellungen303

Menü-EinstellungenMithilfe der Menü-Einstellungen passen Sie die Platzierung und das Erscheinungsbild des Menüs auf
dem angeschlossenen HDMI-Bildschirm an.

Oberfläche
Stellen Sie das Onscreen-Menü Ihres HyperDecks auf den hellen oder dunklen Modus ein. Der helle
Modus bietet mehr Kontrast, wenn Sie mit dunklem Material oder im Telepromptermodus arbeiten.

Deckkraft
Passen Sie die Intensität an, um den Standardwert von 100 % für die Deckkraft der Menü-Overlays
auf dem angeschlossenen Bildschirm auf 20 % zu reduzieren.

Position
Das Menü-Overlay wird standardmäßig in der unteren linken Ecke des Bildschirms angezeigt. Um
das Menü an eine andere Stelle zu verschieben, wählen Sie „Fensterposition“ und drücken Sie die
SET-Taste. Nun können Sie „oben links“, „oben rechts“, „unten links“ oder „unten rechts“ auf dem
Bildschirm auswählen.

Netzwerk-EinstellungenEinstellungen304

Protokoll
Blackmagic HyperDecks werden auf DHCP voreingestellt ausgeliefert. Wird Ihr Rekorder in ein Netzwerk
eingebunden, bekommt er vom Netzwerkserver automatisch eine IP-Adresse zugewiesen. Es müssen
keine weiteren Netzwerkeinstellungen angepasst werden. Wenn Sie eine Adresse manuell einrichten
müssen, können Sie die Verbindung über eine statische IP erstellen.
Um auf das Menü zuzugreifen, wählen Sie „Protokoll“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste. Scrollen Sie zu„Statische IP“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

IP-Adresse, Subnetzmaske, Gateway, Primärer DNS und Sekundärer DNS
Nach Auswahl von „Statische IP“ können Sie Ihre Netzwerkinformationen manuell eingeben.
So ändern Sie die IP-Adresse:
1Navigieren Sie mit dem Suchlaufregler zur Option „IP-Adresse“ und drücken Sie am Bedienfeld
Ihres HyperDecks die SET-Taste.

2

Drehen Sie den Suchregler, um die IP-Adresse anzupassen und drücken Sie zur Bestätigung die
SET-Taste, ehe Sie den nächsten Zahlenblock anpassen.

3

Drücken Sie zur Bestätigung der Änderung die SET-Taste und machen Sie mit dem nächsten
Zahlenblock weiter.

Wenn die Eingabe Ihrer IP-Adresse abgeschlossen ist, wiederholen Sie diese Schritte, um die
Subnetzmaske und das Gateway anzupassen. Wenn Sie fertig sind, drücken Sie die MENU-Taste,
um zur Startseite zurückzukehren.

Timecode
Geben Sie die Optionen für die Timecode-Ein- und -Ausgabe vor. Sie haben die Wahl, den
Timecode nach Referenzquelle, Uhrzeit oder manueller Vorgabe aufzuzeichnen.

EingabeEs stehen vier Timecode-Eingabeoptionen für die Aufzeichnung zur Verfügung.

Videoeingabe

Diese Option übernimmt den in die HDMI-Signale eingebetteten Timecode mit
SMPTE RP-188 Metadaten. Das sorgt für die Synchronisierung Ihrer HDMI-Quellen
mit der auf dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD aufgezeichneten Datei.

InternVerwenden Sie diese Option für Uhrzeit-Timecode vom internen Timecode-Generator.

Ende letzter
Clip

Mit dieser Auswahl für die Timecode-Eingabe beginnt jede Aufzeichnung einen
Frame nach dem letzten Frame des vorherigen Clips. Endet Ihr erster Clip bspw.
bei 10:28:30:10, beginnt der Timecode des nächsten Clips bei 10:28:30:11.

PresetWählen Sie die „Preset“-Option, um Timecode manuell vorzugeben. Aufgezeichnete
Clips beginnen mit dem über die „Preset“-Einstellung vorgegebenen Timecode.
Diese Option wird im nachstehenden Abschnitt erklärt.

Einstellungen

305

Timecode-Voreinstellung
Für NTSC-Quellen mit Bildwechselfrequenzen von 29,97 oder 59,94 können Sie für Timecode die
Option „Frames auslassen“ oder „Keine Frames auslassen“ wählen. Ist die Quelle unbekannt, wählen
Sie „Standard“. Damit wird die Norm der Eingabe beibehalten oder es werden standardmäßig
Frames ausgelassen, wenn kein gültiger Timecode erkannt wird.

PresetSie können den Timecode manuell vorgeben, indem Sie die SET-Taste drücken und den StartTimecode per Suchlaufregler und SET-Taste vorgeben. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass unter „Eingabe“
die Option „Preset“ vorgegeben ist.

Timecode-Ausgabe
Wählen Sie die Timecode-Optionen für Ihre Ausgaben.
Timeline

Um alle auf einen Datenträger aufgezeichneten Clips mit fortlaufendem Timecode
auszugeben, wählen Sie die Option „Timeline“.

Clip

Ist die Option „Clip“ aktiviert, wird der Timecode für jeden Clip einzeln ausgegeben.

DateieinstellungenDateinamen-Präfix
Beim ersten Einsatz zeichnet Ihr HyperDeck Shuttle HD Clips auf Ihre SD-Karte oder Ihr USB-FlashLaufwerk nach der folgenden Namenskonvention auf:
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

PräfixHyperDeck_0001

Clip-Nummer

Den Dateinamen-Präfix können Sie über das HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm ändern. Näheres
finden Sie im Abschnitt „Blackmagic Hyperdeck Setup“ weiter hinten im Handbuch.

Einstellungen306

Zeitstempel-Dateisuffix
Standardmäßig ist das Hinzufügen des Zeitstempels zum Dateinamen ausgeschaltet. Schalten Sie
diese Option ein, wenn Sie mit Ihrem Dateinamen das Datum und die Uhrzeit speichern möchten.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Dateinamen-Präfix

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Jahr

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Monat

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Tag

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

StundeHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinuteHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Clip-Nummer

RemoteDie Remote-Einstellung ermöglicht die Fernsteuerung des HyperDeck über andere Videogeräte wie
bspw. einen ATEM Mini Extreme Mischer.

RemoteMit „Remote“ aktivieren Sie die Fernsteuerung per Ethernet. Um den Rekorder lokal zu steuern,
deaktivieren Sie „Remote“.

Zurücksetzen

Auf Werkseinstellungen zurücksetzen
Um Ihren HyperDeck auf seine Werkseinstellungen zurückzusetzen, wählen Sie im „Setup“-Menü
die Option „Auf Werkseinstellungen“. Nach Drücken der SET-Taste werden Sie aufgefordert, Ihre
Auswahl zu bestätigen.

Einstellungen307

Hintere Anschlüsse
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

Strombuchse
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD wird über ein AC-Steckernetzteil mit Strom versorgt. Das mit Ihrem
HyperDeck Shuttle HD mitgelieferte Stromkabel ist mit einem Sperrmechanismus ausgestattet,
um Unterbrechungen zu vermeiden. Zur Stromversorgung des HyperDeck können Sie jedochjedes beliebige 36W-12V-Stromkabel verwenden.

2

SD-KarteFühren Sie zum Aufzeichnen und Abspielen eine SD-Karte in den mit „SD CARD“ beschrifteten
Schacht ein.

3

Ethernet
Stellen Sie über den Ethernet-Port eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Netzwerk her, um auf einen
Netzwerkspeicher aufzuzeichnen, schnelle FTP-Übertragungen und HTTP-Übertragungenüber den Webmedia-Manager vorzunehmen. Darüber hinaus ist die Fernsteuerung des Gerätsüber eine REST API oder das HyperDeck Ethernet-Protokoll möglich. Näheres zur Übertragung
von Dateien über den Webmedia-Manager oder einen FTP-Client finden Sie im Abschnitt„Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk“ weiter hinten im Handbuch.
Wenn Ihr HyperDeck in ein Netzwerk mit einem ATEM Mischer eingebunden ist, können Sie den
Rekorder auch unter Einsatz eines ATEM Mischers oder eines ATEM HardwareBedienpults steuern.

4

Externes Laufwerk
Schließen Sie ein externes Flash-Laufwerk an den USB-C-Port an, um mit einer
Datengeschwindigkeit von bis zu 5 Gbit/s darauf aufzuzeichnen. Sie können HyperDecks auchan USB-C-Hubs mit mehreren Ports oder zur Verwendung einer oder mehrerer SSDs an eineBlackmagic MultiDock 10G anschließen.

5

HDMI-Anschlüsse
Verbinden Sie den HDMI-Ausgang mit HDMI-Fernsehern, -Monitoren oder sogar einem Mischer
wie dem ATEM Mini Extreme. Die HDMI-Ausgabe dient auch zur Anzeige des Menü-Overlays.

Hintere Anschlüsse

308Datenträger
SD-KarteFür hochqualitative HD-Aufzeichnungen empfehlen wir Hochgeschwindigkeits-SD-Karten mit UHS-I.
Um in Ultra-HD-Formaten bis 2160p/60 aufzunehmen, müssen die Karten Schreibgeschwindigkeitenüber 220 MB/s meistern.
Wenn Sie bei niedrigeren Bitraten mit geringerer Kompression aufnehmen, reichen ggf. auchlangsamere Karten. Grundsätzlich gilt: Je schneller die Karte, desto besser.
Sehen Sie in der aktuellsten Ausgabe dieses Handbuchs regelmäßig nach den neuesten Infos. Sie steht
jederzeit zum Download auf unserer Firmenwebsite www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support bereit.

Welche SD-Karten sollte ich mit dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD verwenden?
Für Aufzeichnungen in 1080p mit bis zu 60 fps werden folgende SD-Karten empfohlen:
Marke

Kartenname

Speicherkapazität

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64 GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128 GBSONY

Tough SF-G128T

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128 GBSONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128 GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 GB

Externe Laufwerke
Alle HyperDeck Modelle können direkt auf USB-C-Flash-Laufwerke aufzeichnen. Diese schnellen
leistungsfähigen Laufwerke ermöglichen Ihnen Langzeit-Videoaufzeichnungen. Anschließend
können Sie die Laufwerke an Ihren Computer anschließen und direkt darauf schneiden.
Noch mehr Speicherkapazität bieten Ihnen USB-C-Dockingstations oder externe Festplatten.
Verbinden Sie Ihre Blackmagic MultiDock 10G oder Ihr USB-C-Flash-Laufwerk über ein Kabel mit
dem „EXT DISK“-Port an der Rückseite Ihres HyperDecks.
Datenträger309

Welche USB-C-Laufwerke sollte ich mit dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD verwenden?
Für Aufzeichnungen in 1080p ProRes HQ mit bis zu 60 fps werden folgende USB-C-Laufwerke
empfohlen:
Marke

Kartenname

Speicherkapazität

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256 GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500 GBFür Aufzeichnungen in 1080p DNxHD 220x mit bis zu 60 fps werden folgende USB-C-Laufwerke
empfohlen:
Marke

Kartenname

Speicherkapazität

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GBFür Aufzeichnungen in 1080p H.264 mit bis zu 60 fps werden folgende USB-C-Laufwerke empfohlen:
Marke

Kartenname

Speicherkapazität

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GB

Formatieren von Datenträgern
Datenträger auf einem Mac-Computer formatieren
Mithilfe des im Betriebssystem Ihres Macs enthaltenen Festplattendienstprogramms lässt sich Ihr
Datenträger in HFS+ oder exFAT formatieren.
Fertigen Sie unbedingt Sicherungskopien von allen wichtigen Daten auf Ihrem Speichermedium an,
da beim Formatieren alle Inhalte gelöscht werden.
1

Schließen Sie ein USB-Flash-Laufwerk über eine externe Dockingstation oder einenKabeladapter an Ihren Computer an. Ignorieren Sie jegliche Meldungen, die den Gebrauch Ihrer
SSD für Time Machine Backups anbieten. Schließen Sie eine SD-Karte über ein externes
Kartenlesegerät an Ihren Computer an.

2

Gehen Sie zu „Programme“ > „Dienstprogramme“ und starten Sie das FestplattenDienstprogramm.

3

Klicken Sie auf das Speicherträgersymbol für Ihre SD-Karte oder Ihr USB-Flash-Laufwerk unddann auf „Löschen“.

4Geben Sie als Format „Mac OS Extended (Journaled)“ oder „exFAT“ vor.

5

Geben Sie einen Namen für das neue Volumen ein und klicken Sie auf „Löschen“. Ihr Datenträger
wird schnell formatiert und ist dann mit einem HyperDeck einsatzbereit.

Formatieren von Datenträgern

310

Datenträger auf einem Windows-Computer formatieren
Auf einem Windows-PC erfolgt die Formatierung eines Datenträgers in exFAT über das„Formatieren“-Fenster. Fertigen Sie auf jeden Fall Sicherungskopien von allen wichtigen Daten auf
Ihrer SSD oder SD-Karte an, da während der Formatierung alle Inhalte gelöscht werden.
1

Schließen Sie ein USB-Flash-Laufwerk über eine externe Dockingstation oder einenKabeladapter an Ihren Computer an. Schließen Sie eine SD-Karte über ein externes
Kartenlesegerät an Ihren Computer an.

2Öffnen Sie das Startmenü oder den Startbildschirm und wählen Sie „Dieser PC“. Rechtsklicken
Sie auf Ihrem USB-Flash-Laufwerk oder Ihrer SD-Karte.

3

Wählen Sie im Kontextmenü „Formatieren“.

4Stellen Sie das Dateisystem auf „exFAT“ und die Größe der Zuordnungseinheiten auf„128 Kilobytes“ ein.

5Geben Sie eine Volumenbezeichnung ein, setzen Sie ein Häkchen bei „Schnellformatierung“ undklicken Sie auf „Starten“.

6

Ihr Datenträger wird schnell formatiert und ist dann mit einem HyperDeck einsatzbereit.

Formatieren von Datenträgern

311

Datenträger-Navigation
Die Datenträger-Navigation ermöglicht die Anzeige eines Dateipfad-Overlays und erleichtert
das Auffinden von auf Speicherkarten, Festplatten und Netzlaufwerken gespeicherten Clips. Ist
die Funktion aktiviert, wird ein Overlay auf der HDMI-Ausgabe eingeblendet. Verwenden Sie zum
Navigieren durch Ihre Verzeichnisse die SCR- und CLIP-Tasten und den Jog-Drehknopf.
1Öffnen Sie das Fenster für die Datenträger-Navigation durch Drücken der mit SCR markierten
Scrolltaste.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Drücken Sie die SCR-Taste, um das Datenträger-Navigations-Fenster auf der HDMI-Ausgabe einzublenden

2

Scrollen oder springen Sie durch das Material, bis Sie den gewünschten Clip im Ordner
gefunden haben.

3

Drücken Sie die SCR- bzw. die CLIP-Taste, um ab- bzw. aufwärts durch die Verzeichnisse zu
navigieren.

Drücken Sie zum Schließen des Datenträger-Navigations-Fensters die Stopptaste. Drücken Sie die
Wiedergabetaste, um das Fenster zu schließen und sofort mit der Wiedergabe zu beginnen.
HINWEIS Um Clips zu sichten, die mit abweichendem Codec oder abweichender
Auflösung und Framerate aufgezeichnet wurden, wählen Sie auf Ihrem HyperDeck den
passenden Codec und die passende Videonorm.

Datenträger-Navigation

312Verwenden der Teleprompterfunktion
Der Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD lässt sich mit einer regulären RTF-Datei oder TXT-Datei als
Teleprompter einsetzen. Erstellen Sie Ihre Datei in TextEdit oder WordPad und speichern Sie sie in einerder 13 unterstützten Sprachen im Rich-Text- oder Plain-Text-Format. Nach Öffnen der Datei mit dem
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, können Sie die Schriftgröße und den Zeilenabstand Ihres Skripts anpassen.
So verwenden Sie die Teleprompterfunktion:
1

Verbinden Sie den HDMI-Ausgang des HyperDeck Shuttle HD mit dem gewünschten HDMIBildschirm.

2

Führen Sie die SD-Karte ein, auf der das Skript gespeichert ist, oder schließen Sie das
entsprechende externe USB-Flash-Laufwerk an.

3

Wählen Sie im Aufzeichnungs-Menü die gewünschte Codec-Option aus. Navigieren Sie zur
Einstellung „Teleprompter“ und drücken Sie die SET-Taste.

Das Skript wird auf Ihrem Bildschirm eingeblendet. Mit der Wiedergabetaste starten Sie die
Wiedergabe darauf automatisch, und der Regler bietet weitere Steuerungsoptionen.

Steuern der Wiedergabegeschwindigkeit auf dem Teleprompter
Im Telepromptermodus dient der große Regler am HyperDeck Shuttle HD wie beim Abspielen
von Medien zum Steuern der Wiedergabe. Wenn das Skript geladen ist, drücken Sie die JOG- und
SCR-Tasten gleichzeitig, um variable Wiedergabegeschwindigkeit zu aktivieren. Ist variable
Geschwindigkeit gewählt, drehen Sie den Regler. Die Betätigung des Reglers bestimmt,
wie schnell das Skript läuft. Je schneller Sie den Regler drehen, desto schneller scrollt das Skript.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Für gleichmäßige Geschwindigkeit verwenden Sie entweder die JOG-Taste oder die SCR-Taste. Ist
gleichmäßige Geschwindigkeit ausgewählt, läuft das Skript im Jog-Modus bei konstant niedriger
Geschwindigkeit bzw. im Scroll-Modus schneller.
Um auf Ihrer SD-Karte oder Ihrem externen Laufwerk zwischen Dateien zu navigieren, drücken Sie
die Vor- bzw. Rücklauftaste.
Verwenden der Teleprompterfunktion

313

Der Teleprompter erkennt die Schriftgröße, -farbe und ob der Text aus der Datei fettgedruckt ist odernicht. Darüber hinaus können Sie Schriftgröße, Zeilenabstand und Seitenränder anpassen oder den
Text horizontal oder vertikal spiegeln, wenn Sie ihn über das Monitor-Menü auf Strahlenteilerglas
projizieren. Näheres finden Sie im Abschnitt „Menü-Einstellungen“ weiter vorne im Handbuch.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Das Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm dient zum Ändern von Einstellungen und zum
Aktualisieren der Produktsoftware Ihres HyperDeck Rekorders.

So installieren Sie die Software:1

Laden Sie die neueste Version des Installationsprogramms Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support herunter.

2

Führen Sie das Installationsprogramm Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup auf Ihrem Computer aus undfolgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm.

3

Verbinden Sie Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD nach abgeschlossener Installation über den USBoder Ethernet-Anschluss an der Rückseite mit dem Computer.

4

Starten Sie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup und folgen Sie etwaigen Aufforderungen auf Ihrem
Bildschirm, die Produktsoftware zu aktualisieren. Erscheint keine Aufforderung, so ist Ihre
Produktsoftware auf dem neuesten Stand und es sind keine weiteren Aktionen Ihrerseits
notwendig.

Klicken Sie auf die Abbildung des HyperDecks oder das Einstellungssymbol, um die
Einstellungen öffnen.
Der Homescreen zeigt Ihnen Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD und den Namen des Geräts. Wenn mehrals ein HyperDeck mit Ihrem Computer verbunden ist, ist eine individuelle Bezeichnung nützlich zur
Identifizierung des Geräts.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

314

SetupBei Einsatz von mehr als einem HyperDeck Digitalrekorder empfiehlt es sich, jedem Gerät zur
leichteren Identifizierung einen eindeutigen Namen zu geben. Geben Sie den neuen Namen dazu
einfach in das Namensfeld ein und klicken Sie auf „Set“. Bitte bedenken Sie, dass durch die
Namensänderung des HyperDeck alle verwendeten digitalen Zertifikate ungültig werden. Es ist also
ratsam, den Namen zu ändern, bevor Sie ein Certificate Signing Request oder ein selbstsigniertes
Zertifikat generieren.

Identify HyperDeck
Durch Anklicken dieses Kontrollkästchens zum Identifizieren eines HyperDeck Geräts beginnen die
Vor- und Rücklauftaste oben an Ihrem HyperDeck Shuttle zu blinken. Diese Funktion ist hilfreich,wenn Sie mehr als einen HyperDeck Shuttle in Verwendung haben und Sie herausfinden möchten,
mit welchem Gerät Sie über das HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm verbunden sind.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

315

DATUM UND UHRZEIT
Aktivieren Sie zur automatischen Eingabe von Datum und Uhrzeit die Dialogbox. Bei derautomatischen Datum- und Uhrzeiteingabe verwendet Ihr HyperDeck Shuttle HD den im NTP-Feldeingestellten Network Time Protocol Server. Das NTP ist standardmäßig auf time.cloudflare.com
eingestellt. Sie können ein NTP jedoch auch manuell eingeben und mit dem „Set“-Button bestätigen.
Verwenden Sie zur manuellen Eingabe die Datum-, Uhrzeit- und Zeitzonenfelder „Date and Time“und „Time zone“. Die korrekte Datum- und Uhrzeiteingabe stellt sicher, dass die Datum- und
Zeitangaben Ihrer Aufzeichnung mit denen Ihres Netzwerks übereinstimmen. Dies verhindert
eventuelle Netzwerkkonflikte, wie sie in manchen Systemen auftreten.

Netzwerk
Protokoll
Um Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD mit ATEM Mischern zu steuern oder über das HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol fernzusteuern, muss er mithilfe des DHCP oder durch manuelles Hinzufügen einer
statischen IP-Adresse im selben Netzwerk wie Ihre anderen Geräte erscheinen.

DHCP

Static IP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD Rekorder sind standardmäßig auf DHCP eingestellt. Das Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol, kurz DHCP, ist ein auf Netzwerkservern verwendeter Dienst,
der Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD automatisch auffindet und ihm eine IP-Adresse zuordnet.
DHCP erleichtert die Einbindung von Geräten per Ethernet und sorgt dafür, dassderen IP-Adressen nicht miteinander in Konflikt geraten. Die meisten Computer und
Netzwerkrouter unterstützen DHCP.
Wenn „Static IP“ (Statische IP) eingeschaltet ist, können Sie Ihre Netzwerkdaten manuell
eingeben. Achten Sie beim manuellen Einrichten von IP-Adressen zur Kommunikation
zwischen allen Geräten darauf, dass sie die gleiche Subnetzmaske und die gleichen
Gateway-Einstellungen haben.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

316

Network Access
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD unterstützt die Dateiübertragung über ein Netzwerk oder per
Fernsteuerung über das HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Der Zugriff ist standardmäßig aktiviert, lässt
sich aber bei Verwendung eines Web Media Managers oder des HyperDeck Ethernet Protocols
individuell deaktivieren oder für extra Sicherheit mittels Benutzername und Passwort aktivieren.

File Transfer Protocol
Aktivieren oder deaktivieren Sie den Zugang für die Dateiübertragung via FTP mithilfe desKontrollkästchens. Wenn Sie den Zugriff über einen FTP-Client wie CyberDuck bereitstellen, klicken
Sie zum Kopieren der FTP-Adresse auf das Icon. Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt„Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk“.

Web Media Manager
Auf SD-Karten oder externe Festplatten aufgezeichnete Medien greift man über den Webbrowser im
Web Media Manager zu. Klicken Sie auf den Link oder kopieren Sie ihn in den Webbrowser. Es öffnet
sich eine Oberfläche, über die Sie Dateien über Ihr Netzwerk direkt auf SD-Karten hoch- oder vondiesen herunterladen können.
Standardmäßig ist der Zugang per HTTP aktiviert. Sie können den Zugang jedoch auch komplett
deaktivieren oder über die Option „Enabled with security only“ vorgeben, dass der Zugang nur mit
Sicherheitsüberprüfung möglich ist. Bei Verwendung eines digitalen Zertifikats werden Verbindungen
zum Web Media Manager über HTTPS verschlüsselt. Weitere Informationen zu digitalen Zertifikaten
finden Sie im Abschnitt „Sichere Zertifikate“.

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
Eine Verbindung zu Ihrem HyperDeck Digitalrekorder stellen Sie her, indem Sie das HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol und ein Befehlszeilentool wie Terminal (Mac) bzw. Putty (Windows) auf Ihrem
Computer einsetzen. Der Zugang kann mit oder ohne Benutzername und Passwort aktiviert oderkomplett deaktiviert werden. Bei Verwendung eines Dienstprogramms wie Netcat können Sie Ihre
Sitzung mit einem SSL-Protokoll verschlüsseln. Näheres zu verfügbaren Befehlen finden Sie im
englischsprachigen Kapitel „Informationen für Entwickler“ in diesem Handbuch.

Allow Utility Administration
Zugriff auf Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup erhält man über einen ins Netzwerk oder via USB
eingebundenen Digitalrekorder. Um anderen Benutzern den Zugriff per Netzwerk zu verweigern
und nur per USB zu erlauben, wählen Sie „via USB“.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

317

Secure Login Settings

Wenn Sie für den Zugang per HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol die Sicherheitseinstellung „Enabled withsecurity only“ aktiviert haben, müssen Sie einen Benutzernamen und ein Passwort eingeben. Das„Password“-Feld wird direkt nach der Passworteingabe leer angezeigt. Wenn Sie für den Zugang
per Web Media Manager die Sicherheitseinstellung „Enabled with security only“ aktiviert haben,
müssen Sie einen Benutzernamen und ein Passwort eingeben, sofern diese festgelegt wurden.

Sichere Zertifikate
Um den Web-Media-Manager-Zugang via HTTPS zu aktivieren oder wenn für das HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol die Option „Enable with security only“ vorgegeben wurde, benötigen Sie einsicheres Zertifikat. Dieses digitale Zertifikat dient zur Identifizierung Ihres HyperDeck Shuttle HD,
damit alle eingehenden Signale bestätigt und dem korrekten Gerät zugeführt werden können.
Ein sicheres Zertifikat bestätigt nicht nur die Identität des Geräts, sondern verschlüsselt auch die
zwischen dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD und einem Computer oder Server übertragenen Daten.
Mit den Einstellungen für eine sichere Anmeldung wird die Verbindung verschlüsselt und erfordert
für den Zugriff eine Authentifizierung.
Es gibt zwei Arten Zertifikate, die Sie für den HyperDeck Shuttle verwenden können, ein sicheresvon einer Zertifizierungsstelle signiertes Zertifikat oder ein selbstsigniertes Zertifikat. Für einige
User-Workflows ist das selbstsignierte Zertifikat sicher genug, bspw. wenn der Zugriff auf Ihren
HyperDeck Shuttle HD nur über ein lokales Netzwerk erfolgen soll.
Um ein selbstsigniertes Zertifikat zu generieren, klicken Sie auf „Create“. Im Anschluss werden Sie
aufgefordert zu bestätigen, dass Sie sich der Risiken der Verwendung eines selbstsignierten Zertifikats
bewusst sind. Sobald Sie auf „Create“ geklickt haben, werden die Felder für „Domain“, „Issuer“ und„Valid until“ („Domain“, „Aussteller“ und „Gültig bis“) in HyperDeck Setup automatisch ausgefüllt.

Das Zurücksetzen auf die Werkseinstellungen löscht alle derzeitigen Zertifikate. Sie können ein Zertifikat
aber auch entfernen, indem Sie auf den „Remove“-Button klicken und den Anweisungen folgen.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

318

Wenn Sie für den Zugriff auf Mediendateien via HTTPS ein selbstsigniertes Zertifikat verwenden,
weist Ihr Webbrowser Sie auf die beim Aufruf der Website bestehenden Risiken hin. Bei einigen
Browsern müssen Sie zum Fortfahren nur zustimmen, dass Sie die Risiken verstanden haben.
Andere Webbrowser mögen den Zugriff komplett sperren.

Damit Zugriff zu jedem Webbrowser gewährt wird, ist die Verwendung eines signierten Zertifikats
notwendig. Ein signiertes Zertifikat erhalten Sie, indem Sie im Dienstprogramm BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup eine Zertifizierungsanforderung (CSR) generieren. Senden Sie diese Anforderung
zur Signatur an eine Zertifizierungsstelle (CA) oder an Ihre IT-Abteilung. Von dort erhalten Sie ein
signiertes Zertifikat mit der Dateierweiterung CERT, CRT oder PEM, das Sie auf Ihren HyperDeck
Shuttle HD importieren können.

HyperDeck
MENU

Zertifikat

Zertifizierungsstelleity

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

So generieren Sie eine Zertifikats-Signierungsanforderung (CSR):
1

Klicken Sie zum Generieren eines Signing Requests auf den Button „Generate Signing Request“.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

319

2

3

Es erscheint ein Fenster, das Sie auffordert, unter „Common Name“ einen Hauptnamen sowie unter„Subject Alternative Name“ einen alternativen themenbezogenen Namen für Ihren HyperDeck
vorzugeben. Passen Sie zudem alle nötigen Details anhand der unten abgebildeten Tabelle an.
Information

Beschreibung

Beispiel

HauptnameVon Ihnen verwendeter Domainname

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Alternativer
themenbezogener Name

Alternativer Domainname

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Land

Land Ihres Unternehmens

Australien

Bundesland

Provinz, Region, Kreis oder Bundesland

Victoria

Ort

Name der Stadt, Ortschaft usw.

Port Melbourne

Name des Unternehmens

Name Ihres Unternehmens

Blackmagic Design

Wenn Sie alle Einzelheiten für das Zertifikat eingegeben haben, klicken Sie zum Generieren auf„Generate“.

Mit dem Generieren eines CSR-Zertifikats wird jeweils ein öffentlicher und ein privater Schlüssel
erstellt. Der öffentliche Schlüssel wird der Signierungsanforderung beigefügt, der private Schlüssel
ist nur über das Gerät zugänglich. Sobald die Zertifizierungsstelle oder die IT-Abteilung den Inhalt
des CSR-Zertifikats mit Ihrem Unternehmen abgeglichen hat, wird ein signiertes Zertifikat mit den in
der obigen Tabelle aufgeführten Details mitsamt Ihres öffentlichen Schlüssels erstellt.
Nach dem Import dienen der private und der öffentliche Schlüssel dazu, den HyperDeck Shuttle HD
zu identifizieren und den Datenaustausch via HTTPS, oder bei Verwendung eines SSL-Programms
via HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, zu ver- und entschlüsseln.
So importieren Sie ein signiertes Zertifikat:
1

Klicken Sie zum Importieren des signierten Zertifikats auf „Import Signed Certificate“.

2Navigieren Sie über den Dateibrowser an die Stelle, wo das signierte Zertifikat abgelegt ist.
Wählen Sie es aus und klicken Sie auf „Open“.

Die Felder „Domain“, „Issuer“ und „Valid until“ für „Domain“, „Aussteller“ und „Gültig bis“ werden mit
den von Ihrer Zertifizierungsstelle generierten Daten aktualisiert. In der Regel ist ein signiertes
Zertifikat etwa ein Jahr lang gültig. Danach muss dieser Vorgang wiederholt werden.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

320

Wurde ein Domainname ausgewählt, kontaktieren Sie Ihre IT-Abteilung, um für den HyperDeck
Shuttle HD die Namensauflösung des DNS-Eintrags vorzunehmen. Dies bewirkt, dass der gesamte
Datenverkehr für die IP-Adresse des HyperDeck Shuttle HD über die in der Signierungsanforderung
angegebene Domain-Adresse läuft.
Diese fungiert auch als die HTTPS-Adresse, die Sie für den Zugang auf Dateien über den Web
Media Manager verwenden, z. B. https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com.
Es ist zu beachten, dass das Zertifikat nach Zurücksetzen auf die Werkseinstellungen ungültig wird
und ein neues Zertifikat generiert und signiert werden muss.

Dateieinstellungen

Beim ersten Einsatz zeichnet Ihr HyperDeck Shuttle HD Clips mit dem Präfix „HyperDeck“ auf Ihre
SD-Karte oder Ihr USB-Flash-Laufwerk auf. Geben Sie einen neuen Dateinamen ein, um das Präfix
zu ändern.
Standardmäßig ist das Hinzufügen des Zeitstempels zum Dateinamen ausgeschaltet. Wenn Sie das
Datum und die Uhrzeit in Ihrem Dateinamen mitaufzeichnen möchten, wählen Sie für „Timestamp File
Suffix“ die Option „On“. Die Einstellungen „Dateinamen-Präfix“ und „Zeitstempel“ sind auch über das
Onscreen-Menü auf dem HyperDeck Shuttle HD verfügbar.

Reset
Um Ihren HyperDeck auf die Werkseinstellungen zurückzusetzen, wählen Sie „Factory Reset“. Damit
wird das aktuelle Zertifikat ungültig. Wenn Sie ein sicheres Zertifikat verwenden, wird auch dieses
ungültig. Sie müssen eine neue Signierungsanforderung generieren und diese zur Signierung aneine Zertifizierungsstelle oder IT-Abteilung schicken.

Aktualisieren der Produktsoftware
So aktualisieren Sie die Produktsoftware:1

Laden Sie die neueste Version des Installationsprogramms Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup unter
www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support herunter.

2

Führen Sie das Installationsprogramm Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup auf Ihrem Computer aus undfolgen Sie den Anweisungen auf dem Bildschirm.

3

Verbinden Sie Ihren HyperDeck Shuttle HD nach abgeschlossener Installation über den USBoder Ethernet-Anschluss an der Rückseite mit dem Computer.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

321

4

Starten Sie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup und folgen Sie etwaigen Aufforderungen auf Ihrem
Bildschirm, die Produktsoftware zu aktualisieren. Erscheint keine Aufforderung, so ist Ihre
Produktsoftware auf dem neuesten Stand und Sie brauchen nichts weiter zu tun.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein
Netzwerk
Der HyperDeck Shuttle HD unterstützt die Übertragung von Dateien über das sichere Hypertext
Transfer Protocol HTTPS und das File Transfer Protocol FTP. D. h. Sie können Dateien mit den
schnellen Geschwindigkeiten eines lokalen Netzwerks direkt von Ihrem Computer auf Ihren
HyperDeck kopieren. Kopieren Sie bspw. neue Dateien zur Wiedergabe von Video auf Bildwänden
und für Digital Signage auf ein HyperDeck Gerät.
Sie können den Datenaustausch mit Ihrem HyperDeck in beliebigen Formaten vornehmen. Beachten
Sie jedoch, dass von Ihrem HyperDeck Shuttle HD abgespielte Dateien mit den von Ihrem
HyperDeck unterstützen Codecs und Auflösungen kompatibel sein müssen.
TIPP Sie können Dateien über ein Netzwerk übertragen, während Ihr HyperDeck
aufzeichnet. Der HyperDeck passt Übertragungsgeschwindigkeiten automatisch an, um
die Aufzeichnung nicht zu beeinträchtigen.
Der Zugriff auf den HyperDeck Shuttle HD über eines dieser Protokolle wird im Dienstprogramm
HyperDeck Setup aktiviert oder deaktiviert. Bspw. könnten Sie den FTP-Zugang deaktivieren,während Sie gleichzeitig den HTTPS-Zugang aktivieren.

Verbinden eines HyperDeck Shuttle HD via HTTPS
Für den Zugriff auf den HyperDeck Shuttle HD über den Web Media Manager benötigen Sie die
URL, die Sie in den Einstellungen für den Netzwerkzugang finden. Die Einstellungen für den
Netzwerkzugang werden in HyperDeck Setup angezeigt, wenn Ihr Computer über USB oder
Ethernet angeschlossen ist. Besteht ein Anschluss nur per Ethernet, ist der Zugang deaktiviert.
1

Schließen Sie Ihren Computer mit einem USB-C-Kabel über den USB-Port an der Geräterückseite
an den HyperDeck Shuttle HD und starten Sie HyperDeck Setup. Neben dem Gerätenamen
sollte ein USB-Verbindungssymbol erscheinen. Klicken Sie zum Öffnen der Einstellungen auf das
kreisförmige Symbol oder an beliebiger Stelle auf das Produktbild.

2

Navigieren Sie bei Verwendung eines selbstsignierten Zertifikats zu den Einstellungen für den
Netzwerkzugang. Klicken Sie zum Kopieren der URL auf das Kopier-Icon. Diese URL basiert auf
dem Namen Ihres HyperDecks. Zum Ändern der URL ändern Sie den Gerätenamen.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

322

Klicken Sie bei Verwendung eines selbstsignierten Zertifikats auf den Link

3

Nach dem Import eines von einer Zertifizierungsstelle oder IT-Abteilung signierten Zertifikats,kopieren Sie die für das aktuelle Zertifikat im „Domain“-Feld angegebene Adresse.

Kopieren Sie die Domainadresse und fügen Sie sie in einen Browser ein

4Öffnen Sie in Ihrem Webbrowser ein neues Fenster und fügen Sie die kopierte Adresse ein.
Wenn Sie den Zugang über ein sicheres Protokoll aktiviert haben, werden Sie aufgefordert, den
im HyperDeck Setup Dienstprogramm festgelegten Benutzernamen und das Passwort
einzugeben.

Wenn Sie ein selbstsigniertes Zertifikat verwenden, erscheint im Browser ein Warnhinweis zur
Internetverbindung. Dies bedeutet, dass in HyperDeck Setup kein vertrauenswürdiges signiertes
Zertifikat importiert wurde.
Um ohne ein gültiges und vertrauenswürdiges Zertifikat fortzufahren, folgen Sie den Anweisungen
im Browser und akzeptieren Sie die Warnmeldung, um zur Internetseite weitergeleitet zu werden.

Übertragen von Dateien im Web Media Manager
Wenn Sie den Web Media Manager zum ersten Mal in der Browseransicht öffnen, erscheinen Ihre
Dateien jeweils nach den vorhandenen Medienslots sortiert.
SD1

Auf SD-Karten gespeicherte Medien.

USB

Angeschlossene USB-Laufwerke werden mit dem Präfix USB/ aufgelistet.

Doppelklicken Sie auf ein Medium, um den Inhalt einer SD-Karte oder eines Laufwerks aufzurufen.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

323

Klicken Sie zum Hinzufügen von Dateien auf den „Upload“-Button

Um Dateien aus der Ferne hochzuladen und wiederzugeben, klicken Sie auf den „Upload“-Button.
Navigieren Sie per Dateibrowser zu Ihrer Datei und klicken Sie zum Hochladen auf „Upload“. Ein
Dialogfenster zeigt den Upload-Status an. Über den Button „Create Folder“ können Sie bei Bedarf
auch Ordner hinzufügen.
Verwenden Sie zum Herunterladen von Dateien das Pfeilsymbol ganz rechts. Ihr Browser fordert Siemöglicherweise auf, Downloads von der Website zuzulassen. Klicken Sie zur Bestätigung auf„Allow“. Klicken Sie zum Löschen von Dateien auf das Mülleimer-Icon. Es erscheint ein Dialogfenster.
Klicken Sie darin auf „Delete“, um mit dem Löschen fortzufahren.

Übertragen von Dateien via FTP
Sind Ihr Computer und Ihr HyperDeck Shuttle HD an dasselbe Netzwerk angeschlossen, brauchen
Sie lediglich einen FTP-Client und die IP-Adresse Ihres HyperDeck Shuttle HD oder die FTP-URL
aus HyperDeck Setup.
1

Laden Sie einen FTP-Client herunter und installieren Sie ihn auf dem Computer, den Sie mit Ihrem
HyperDeck Shuttle HD verbinden möchten. Wir empfehlen die Programme Cyberduck, FileZilla
oder Transmit. Es funktioniert aber mit fast allen FTP-Anwendungen. Cyberduck und FileZilla sindals kostenlose Downloads erhältlich.

2

Ist der HyperDeck Shuttle HD in Ihr Netzwerk eingebunden, öffnen Sie HyperDeck Setup und
klicken auf die FTP-URL oder zur manuellen Eingabe auf das Kopier-Icon. Wenn das FTPProgramm keine Verbindung herstellt, müssen Sie den Link eventuell ein zweites Mal anklicken.

3

Wenn Sie eine FTP-Verbindung manuell herstellen, fügen Sie die URL in das „Server“-Feld ein.
Aktivieren Sie, falls verfügbar, für eine anonyme Anmeldung die Option „Anonymous Login“.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

324

4

SD-Karten sind mit sd1 gekennzeichnet.

Nun können Sie Dateien über die FTP-Bedienoberfläche per Drag-and-drop verwalten.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

325

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

326

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

327

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notificationsÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

328

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimelineÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

329

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disksÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

330

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filenameÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

331

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

332

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

333Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supportedÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

334

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

335

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

336

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:stop↵Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

337

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

338

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

339

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

340

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

341

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

342

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

343

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

344

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

345

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

346

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

347

HyperDeck Control REST API
Wenn Sie Software-Entwickler sind, können Sie mithilfe von HyperDeck Control REST API Ihre
eigenen Anwendungen erstellen oder sich gebrauchsfertige Tools wie den REST-Client oder Postman
zunutze machen, um HyperDeck Rekorder zu steuern und mit ihnen zu interagieren. Mit dieser API
könne Sie eine ganze Bandbreite an Funktionen ausführen, wie bspw. das Starten und Stoppen vonAufzeichnungen, das Verwalten von Wiedergaben, das Zugreifen auf Speicherinformationen u. v. m.
Ob Sie Ihre eigenen, auf Ihre Bedürfnisse zugeschnittenen Anwendungen entwickeln oder bereits
vorhandene Tools verwenden, die API ermöglicht es Ihnen, das volle Potenzial Ihres HyperDeck Disk
Rekorders zu entfalten. Wir freuen uns, von Ihren kreativen Steuerungslösungen zu hören!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.

Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.

Parameters

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.

Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.

Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

348

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.

Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.

Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.

Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.

Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video framesÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

349

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.

Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

350

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

351

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists

Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in framesÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

352

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

353

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.

Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

354

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.

Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

355

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.

Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.

Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become activeÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

356

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.

Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.

Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.

Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

357

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as stringÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

358

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear

Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.

Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.

Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

359

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.

Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket APIÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

360

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.

Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

361

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.

Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.

Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.

Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

362

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed / formatted.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.

Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.

Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device

Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

363

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.

Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.

Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.

Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

364

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.

ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there is noplay range.

Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.

Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

365

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.

Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.

Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.

Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

366

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.

Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.

Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.

Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

367

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.

Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.

Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.

Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

368

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.

Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.

Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.

Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

369

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.

Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.

Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

370

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)

Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

371

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)

Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

372

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video formatÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

373

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

374

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

375

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Übertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

376

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmarkÜbertragen von Dateien über ein Netzwerk

377

HilfeSo erhalten Sie Hilfe
Am schnellsten erhalten Sie Hilfe über die Online-Support-Seiten auf der Blackmagic Design
Website. Suchen Sie dort auch nach dem aktuellsten Support-Material für Ihren BlackmagicHyperDeck Rekorder.

Blackmagic Design Online Support Seiten
Die aktuellsten Versionen der Bedienungsanleitung, Produktsoftware und der Support-Hinweisefinden Sie im Blackmagic Support Center unter www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support.

Blackmagic Design Forum
Das Blackmagic Design Forum auf unserer Website ist eine praktische Ressource für weitere
Informationen und kreative Ideen. Manchmal finden Sie dort schnellere Lösungen, damöglicherweise bereits hilfreiche Antworten auf ähnliche Fragen von anderen erfahrenen
Anwendern und Blackmagic Design Mitarbeitern vorliegen. Das Forum finden Sie unter
http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Kontaktaufnahme mit Blackmagic Design Support
Wenn unser Support-Material oder das Forum Ihnen nicht wie gewünscht hilft, gehen Sie bitte auf
unsere Support-Seite und schicken Sie uns Ihre Anfrage über „Senden Sie uns eine E-Mail“. Oderklicken Sie auf „Finden Sie Ihr lokales Support-Team“ und rufen Sie Ihre nächstgelegene
Blackmagic Design Support Stelle an.

Überprüfen der aktuell installierten Softwareversion
Um herauszufinden, welche Version der Blackmagic HyperDeck Software momentan auf Ihrem
Computer installiert ist, öffnen Sie das Fenster „About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup“.
 Öffnen Sie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup auf macOS über den Ordner „Programme“. Wählen Sie
im Anwendungsmenü „About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup“, um die Versionsnummer
anzuzeigen.
 Öffnen Sie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup auf Windows über das Startmenü oder den
Startbildschirm. Klicken Sie auf das Menü „Help“ (Hilfe) und wählen Sie „About BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup“ aus, um die Versionsnummer anzuzeigen.

So erhalten Sie die aktuellsten Software-Updates
Prüfen Sie zunächst die Versionierung der auf Ihrem Computer installierten Blackmagic HyperDeck
Setup Software. Sehen Sie dann im Blackmagic Design Support Center unter
www.blackmagicdesign.com/de/support nach neueren Aktualisierungen. In der Regel empfiehltes
sich, die neuesten Updates zu laden. Vermeiden Sie Software-Updates jedoch mitten in einem
wichtigen Projekt.

Hilfe

378

Gesetzliche Vorschriften
Entsorgung von elektrischen und elektronischen Geräten innerhalb derEuropäischen Union.
Das auf dem Produkt abgebildete Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Gerät nicht
zusammen mit anderen Abfallstoffen entsorgt werden darf. Altgeräte müssen daher zur
Wiederverwertung an eine dafür vorgesehene Sammelstelle übergeben werden.
Mülltrennung und Wiederverwertung von Altgeräten tragen zum nachhaltigen Umgang mit
natürlichen Ressourcen bei. Gleichzeitig wird sichergestellt, dass die Wiederverwertung
nicht zulasten der menschlichen Gesundheit und der Umwelt geht. Weitere Informationen
zur Entsorgung von Altgeräten sowie zu den Standorten der zuständigen Sammelstellen
erhalten Sie von Ihren örtlichen Müllentsorgungsbetrieben sowie vom Händler, bei dem Sie
dieses Produkt erworben haben.
Dieses Gerät wurde geprüft und entspricht den Grenzwerten für Digitalgeräte der Klasse A
gemäß Abschnitt 15 der FCC-Bestimmungen für Funkentstörung. Diese Grenzwerte dienen
dem angemessenen Schutz gegen schädliche Störungen bei Betrieb des Geräts in einer
gewerblichen Umgebung. Geräte dieser Art erzeugen und verwenden Hochfrequenzen
und können diese auch ausstrahlen. Bei Nichteinhaltung der Installations- undGebrauchsvorschriften können sie zu Störungen beim Rundfunkempfang führen. Der
Betrieb solcher Geräte im Wohnbereich führt mit großer Wahrscheinlichkeit zu
Funkstörungen. In diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden, selbst für die
Beseitigung solcher Störungen aufzukommen.
Der Betrieb unterliegt den folgenden zwei Bedingungen:1

Dieses Gerät darf keine schädigenden Störungen hervorrufen.

2

Das Gerät muss unanfällig gegenüber beliebigen empfangenen Störungen sein,
einschließlich solcher, die einen unerwünschten Betrieb verursachen.

R-R-BMD-20211410001

ISED-Zertifizierung für den kanadischen Markt
Dieses Gerät erfüllt die kanadischen Vorschriften für digitale Geräte der Klasse A.
Jedwede an diesem Produkt vorgenommene Änderung oder unsachgemäße
Verwendung kann die Konformitätserklärung zum Erlöschen bringen.
Verbindungen zu HDMI-Schnittstellen müssen über abgeschirmte HDMI-Kabel
hergestellt werden.
Die Ausstattung wurde unter Einhaltung der beabsichtigten Nutzung in einer
gewerblichen Umgebung getestet. Bei Verwendung in häuslichen Umgebungenkönnen Funkstörungen auftreten.

Gesetzliche Vorschriften379

Sicherheitshinweise
Das Produkt eignet sich für den Einsatz in tropischen Gebieten mit einer Umgebungstemperatur vonbis zu 40 ºC.
Sorgen Sie rund um das Gerät für eine angemessene und unbehinderte Luftzufuhr.
Im Inneren des Produkts befinden sich keine durch den Anwender zu wartenden Teile. Wenden Sie
sich für die Wartung an ein Blackmagic Design Service-Center in Ihrer Nähe.

Nicht in Höhen von über 2000 m über dem Meeresspiegel einsetzen

California Proposition 65
Plastikteile dieses Produkts können Spuren von polybromierten Biphenylen enthalten. Im USamerikanischen Bundesstaat Kalifornien werden diese Chemikalien mit Krebs, Geburtsfehlern undanderen Schäden der Fortpflanzungsfähigkeit in Verbindung gebracht.
Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Niederlassung in Europa:
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Sicherheitshinweise380

Garantie
12 Monate eingeschränkte Garantie
Für dieses Produkt gewährt die Firma Blackmagic Design eine Garantie auf Material- und Verarbeitungsfehler
von 12 Monaten ab Kaufdatum. Sollte sich ein Produkt innerhalb dieser Garantiezeit als fehlerhaft
erweisen, wird die Firma Blackmagic Design nach ihrem Ermessen das defekte Produkt entweder ohne
Kostenerhebung für Teile und Arbeitszeit reparieren oder Ihnen das defekte Produkt ersetzen.
Zur Inanspruchnahme der Garantieleistungen müssen Sie als Kunde Blackmagic Design über den
Defekt innerhalb der Garantiezeit in Kenntnis setzen und die entsprechenden Vorkehrungen für die
Leistungserbringung treffen. Es obliegt dem Kunden, für die Verpackung und den bezahlten Versand
des defekten Produkts an ein spezielles von Blackmagic Design benanntes Service Center zu sorgen
und hierfür aufzukommen. Sämtliche Versandkosten, Versicherungen, Zölle, Steuern und sonstige
Abgaben im Zusammenhang mit der Rücksendung von Waren an uns, ungeachtet des Grundes, sindvom Kunden zu tragen.
Diese Garantie gilt nicht für Mängel, Fehler oder Schäden, die durch unsachgemäße Handhabung oderunsachgemäße oder unzureichende Wartung und Pflege verursacht wurden. Blackmagic Design ist
im Rahmen dieser Garantie nicht verpflichtet, die folgenden Serviceleistungen zu erbringen: a) Behebung
von Schäden infolge von Versuchen Dritter, die Installation, Reparatur oder Wartung des Produkts
vorzunehmen, b) Behebung von Schäden aufgrund von unsachgemäßer Handhabung oder Anschluss
an nicht kompatible Geräte, c) Behebung von Schäden oder Störungen, die durch die Verwendung
von nicht Blackmagic-Design-Ersatzteilen oder -Verbrauchsmaterialien entstanden sind, d) Service für
ein Produkt, das verändert oder in andere Produkte integriert wurde, sofern eine solche Änderungoder Integration zu einer Erhöhung des Zeitaufwands oder zu Schwierigkeiten bei der Wartung desProdukts führt. ÜBER DIE IN DIESER GARANTIEERKLÄRUNG AUSDRÜCKLICH AUFGEFÜHRTENANSPRÜCHE HINAUS ÜBERNIMMT BLACKMAGIC DESIGN KEINE WEITEREN GARANTIEN, WEDERAUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND. DIE FIRMA BLACKMAGIC DESIGN UND IHRE HÄNDLER
LEHNEN JEGLICHE STILLSCHWEIGENDEN GARANTIEN IN BEZUG AUF AUSSAGEN ZURMARKTGÄNGIGKEIT UND GEBRAUCHSTAUGLICHKEIT FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK AB. DIE
VERANTWORTUNG VON BLACKMAGIC DESIGN, FEHLERHAFTE PRODUKTE ZU REPARIEREN ODERZU ERSETZEN, IST DIE EINZIGE UND AUSSCHLIESSLICHE ABHILFE, DIE GEGENÜBER DEM KUNDEN
FÜR ALLE INDIREKTEN, SPEZIELLEN, NEBEN- ODER FOLGESCHÄDEN ZUR VERFÜGUNG GESTELLTWIRD, UNABHÄNGIG DAVON, OB BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ODER DER HÄNDLER VON DER MÖGLICHKEITSOLCHER SCHÄDEN ZUVOR IN KENNTNIS GESETZT WURDE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN IST NICHTHAFTBAR FÜR JEGLICHE WIDERRECHTLICHE VERWENDUNG DER GERÄTE DURCH DEN KUNDEN.
BLACKMAGIC HAFTET NICHT FÜR SCHÄDEN, DIE SICH AUS DER VERWENDUNG DES PRODUKTSERGEBEN. NUTZUNG DES PRODUKTS AUF EIGENE GEFAHR.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. „Blackmagic Design“, „DeckLink“, „HDLink“, „Workgroup Videohub“,„Multibridge Pro“, „Multibridge Extreme“, „Intensity“ und „Leading the creative video revolution“ sind eingetragene Warenzeichen
in den USA und anderen Ländern. Alle anderen Unternehmens- und Produktnamen sind möglicherweise Warenzeichen derjeweiligen Firmen, mit denen sie verbunden sind.

Garantie

381

Julio 2024

Manual de instalación y funcionamiento

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
EspañolBienvenido
Gracias por haber adquirido este producto.
Cuando diseñamos los equipos HyperDeck originales, nuestro objetivo era facilitar la
grabación y la reproducción de material audiovisual en unidades de estado sólido de granvelocidad. Ahora nos complace presentar el nuevo HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Se trata de un modelo compacto, fácil de transportar y compatible con equipos informáticos.
Este dispositivo presenta un mando de búsqueda cómodo y los clásicos controles dereproducción que permiten manejarlo con una sola mano y convierten a este equipo enel complemento ideal para realizar producciones en directo con mezcladores ATEM Mini.
El grabador también puede cumplir la función de teleprónter.
Asimismo, es capaz de registrar contenidos en tarjetas SD o unidades de almacenamiento
USB externas en formato ProRes, DNxHD o H.264, permitiendo así grabar y reproducir a una
velocidad inigualable.
En nuestra página de soporte técnico, encontrarás la versión más reciente de este manual,así como actualizaciones para este producto. Recuerda actualizarlo con frecuencia, a fin deasegurarte de que cuentas con las últimas prestaciones disponibles. Por último, no olvides
registrarte al descargar las actualizaciones para que podamos mantenerte informado sobre
nuevos lanzamientos. Trabajamos constantemente para desarrollar herramientas innovadoras
y superarnos, de modo que nos encantaría conocer tu opinión.

Grant Petty
Director ejecutivo de Blackmagic DesignÍndice
Primeros pasos

385

Configuración del dispositivo

409

Conexión del cable de alimentación385

Preferencias

410

Conexión de fuentes audiovisuales

386

Actualización del dispositivo

416

Conexión de soportes de grabación

386

Grabación

387

Transferencia de archivos a travésde una red

417

Reproducción

388

Mando de búsqueda

389

Información para desarrolladores(en inglés)

421

Modificar ajustes

391

Ajustes392Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

421

Menú Grabación

392

Protocol Commands

421

Menú Monitor

393

Protocol Details

428

Menú Audio

393HyperDeck Control REST API

443

Menú Almacenamiento

394Transport Control API

443

Menú Ajustes

396

System Control API

448

Panel trasero

403

Media Control API

451

Soportes de grabación

404

Timeline Control API

453

Tarjeta SD

404

Event Control API455

Discos externos

405

Clips Control API

456

HyperDeck Control API456

Formatear soportes dealmacenamiento

405

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

466

Preparación de soportes en Mac

405

messages

466

Preparación de soportes en Windows

406

Device Properties

468

Acceso a unidades y soportes dealmacenamiento

407

Función Teleprónter

408

Control de la velocidad dereproducción del teleprónter

408

Ayuda 473
Normativas

474

Seguridad

475

Garantía476

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

384

Primeros pasos
Para comenzar a utilizar el grabador, basta con enchufarlo a una red de suministro eléctrico,conectar la fuente HDMI, emplear una tarjeta SD o una unidad de almacenamiento externa e iniciar
la grabación.
Este apartado del manual presenta información básica para utilizar el modelo HyperDeck
Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Conexión del cable de alimentación
Para conectar el equipo, enchufe el transformador proporcionado a la entrada correspondiente enel panel trasero. Ajuste el aro de seguridad para sujetar el cable y evitar que se desconecte
accidentalmente.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Conecte el transformador a la entrada para fuentes de alimentación.

Primeros pasos

385

Conexión de fuentes audiovisuales
Para conectar una fuente audiovisual, enchufe el cable HDMI a la entrada correspondiente delpanel trasero.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Conecte el equipo de destino a la salida HDMI, por ejemplo, un mezclador ATEM Mini o un televisor
con conexión HDMI.
La salida HDMI también permite conectar un monitor para acceder al menú de ajustes del grabador,
que aparecerá superpuesto a la imagen en la pantalla. Consulte el apartado Modificar ajustes paraobtener más información sobre las opciones de configuración disponibles.

SUGERENCIA: Si la señal audiovisual no aparece en la pantalla conectada, es posible que
esté seleccionado el modo de reproducción. Presione el botón de grabación para habilitar
esta función.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Conecte el equipo de destino, tal como un televisor o un mezclador ATEM Mini, a la salida HDMI.

Conexión de soportes de grabación
Todos los equipos HyperDeck Shuttle HD pueden comenzar a grabar contenidos en forma
inmediata sin necesidad de modificar ningún tipo de ajuste o configuración. Para ello, solo es
necesario contar con una tarjeta SD o un soporte de almacenamiento externo formateado.
Los soportes de grabación pueden formatearse fácilmente mediante las opciones del menú. Cabe
destacar que, además, este procedimiento puede realizarse en cualquier equipo informático.
Consulte el apartado Formatear soportes de almacenamiento para obtener información sobre lasunidades más adecuadas. Además, se proporciona una lista de los modelos recomendados.

Para insertar una tarjeta SD:
1

Sostenga la tarjeta SD con los contactos dorados orientados hacia arriba, de forma que coincida
con la respectiva ranura en el dispositivo. Insértela y empújela con cuidado hasta que calceen su lugar.

Primeros pasos386

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

A continuación, el dispositivo verificará la tarjeta. El indicador correspondiente se encenderá decolor verde mientras este procedimiento se lleva a cabo. Una vez concluida la comprobación,la luz indicadora se apagará.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Esto es todo lo que se necesita saber para comenzar a grabar y reproducir contenidos con elmodelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Continúe leyendo este manual para obtener más información sobre cómo grabar y reproducir
secuencias de imágenes y modificar los ajustes de la unidad.

SCR

Grabación
Después de confirmar que la fuente aparece en el monitor conectado, podrá comenzar a grabar
inmediatamente.
Presione el botón de grabación para comenzar a grabar. Si se utiliza una tarjeta SD, el indicador
sobre la ranura se encenderá de rojo junto con los botones de grabación y reproducción. De igual
modo, al usar una unidad de almacenamiento externa, el indicador correspondiente seencenderá de rojo.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Para finalizar la grabación, presione el botón de detención.

Grabación387

Reproducción
Presione el botón de reproducción para ver la secuencia. Durante este proceso, el botón de reproducción
se encenderá, y el indicador del soporte de grabación o de la tarjeta SD se iluminará de verde.
En caso de haber grabado más de un clip, utilice los botones de avance y retroceso para seleccionar
el material deseado.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Botones de avance y retroceso
Presione el botón de retroceso una vez para regresar al inicio del clip. Vuelva a presionar el botón
para regresar a los clips anteriores.
Presione el botón de avance para ver el clip siguiente. Los botones de avance y retroceso
parpadean cuando la casilla Identify HyperDeck está marcada en el programa HyperDeck Setup.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Utilice los botones de avance o retroceso para ir
al comienzo de cada secuencia.

SUGERENCIA: Para reproducir una secuencia en el dispositivo, es necesario configurar el
códec mediante el menú en pantalla, a fin de que coincida con el empleado durante la
grabación. Consulte el apartado Modificar ajustes para obtener más información al respecto.

Repetición de una misma secuencia
Al presionar el botón de reproducción nuevamente mientras la secuencia está en curso, el dispositivo
reproducirá todos los clips disponibles continuamente hasta que se presione el botón de detención.
Si se desea repetir un único clip en forma constante, seleccione el modo de clip y presione el botónde reproducción una vez para dar inicio, y luego otra vez para activar la repetición.
Repetir todos los clips

Para repetir todos los clips, vuelva a presionar el botón de reproducción
mientras esta se encuentra en curso.

Repetir el clip en curso

Una vez en el modo de clip, presione el botón de reproducción por
segunda vez para repetir el clip actualmente en curso.
Reproducción388

Modo de clip
Al habilitar este modo, la reproducción estará limitada a un único clip. Por ejemplo, es posible
avanzar, retroceder o saltear una secuencia, sabiendo que, al presionar el botón de reproducción,
esta se detendrá al finalizar el clip.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Una vez en el modo de clip, presione el botón de reproducción
por segunda vez para repetir la secuencia en curso.

Mando de búsqueda
El mando de búsqueda permite encontrar rápidamente una parte específica de un clip y reproducirlao ver las imágenes fotograma por fotograma. Esto reviste gran importancia cuando es necesario
encontrar una sección particular de la secuencia mirando las imágenes mientras gira el mando.
También es útil cuando es preciso colocar el cabezal de reproducción en un punto específico delclip para emitirlo al aire durante una producción en directo.
Los modos de búsqueda disponibles son los siguientes:
Desplazamiento

Avance yretroceso
rápidoAvance yretroceso

El modo de desplazamiento permite reproducir la secuencia
fotograma por fotograma para lograr una mayor precisión.
Este modo permite avanzar o retroceder rápidamente elmaterial grabado. Esta función está ligada al mando debúsqueda, por lo que brinda pleno control sobre el punto enel que se desea reanudar la reproducción.
Además, el botón SCR también permite abrir la ventanade acceso a las unidades, la cual muestra la ubicación delarchivo reproducido. Consulte el apartado correspondientepara obtener más información al respecto.
Presione los botones JOG y SCROLL simultáneamente para
activar el modo de avance y retroceso. Posteriormente, podrá
retroceder o avanzar a velocidad rápida por las secuencias
con el mando de búsqueda. Al girarlo, la velocidad de avanceirá aumentando hasta alcanzar el valor máximo de x50. Paradetenerse, gire el mando a la posición inicial. Para detenerse en
un punto específico durante la búsqueda, presione el botón dedetención. Por el contrario, presione el botón de reproducción
para reanudar la secuencia a partir de la posición actual. Cabe
destacar que es posible reducir la velocidad máxima de avancey retroceso desde el menú de Ajustes. Consulte el apartado
Ajustes para obtener más información al respecto.

Reproducción

389

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Presione los botones JOG o SCR para accedera los distintos modos de búsqueda.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Una vez seleccionado el modo de búsqueda, gire el mando.

SUGERENCIA: Para reproducir la secuencia de manera habitual, presione el botón dereproducción o detención.

Reproducción

390

Modificar ajustes
Al presionar el botón MENU, se desplegarán los ajustes disponibles como una ventana
flotante en la esquina inferior izquierda del monitor HDMI conectado.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Presione el botón MENU para acceder a los ajustes disponibles.
SCR

Utilice el mando de búsqueda para acceder al menú deseado o a las opciones de configuración.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Presione el botón SET a fin de seleccionar el menú deseado o realizar cambios.

Para realizar cambios en los ajustes, utilice el mando de búsqueda o los botones de avance yretroceso. Presione SET para confirmar.
Presione el botón MENU para salir y regresar a la pantalla principal.
SUGERENCIA: Es posible ubicar el menú en cualquiera de las cuatro esquinas de lapantalla a través de las opciones de ajustes. Una vez finalizada la configuración, se
recomienda salir del menú para asegurarse de transmitir una señal limpia al conectar lasalida HDMI a un mezclador, tal como un equipo ATEM Mini Extreme.

Modificar ajustes

391

Ajustes
Los ajustes están divididos en cinco categorías: grabación, monitor, audio, almacenamiento yconfiguración. Al acceder a cada uno de estos menús, podrá modificar los ajustes pertinentes a
través del panel de control del grabador. Algunos ajustes, como el prefijo del nombre de archivo,
no se pueden modificar desde este menú y, por lo tanto, aparecerán en gris. No obstante, en estecaso, es posible cambiarlos mediante el programa utilitario.

Menú Grabación

FuenteMuestra la señal recibida a través de la entrada HDMI del grabador.

Códec
El modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD permite grabar con compresión en formato H.264, ProRes y
DNxHD. Para acceder a la función de teleprónter, seleccione dicha opción.

Inicio automático
Hay dos modos disponibles para iniciar la grabación automáticamente: Cámara y CT (código
de tiempo).
Algunas cámaras, tales como el modelo Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, transmiten una
señal a través de la conexión HDMI para comenzar o detener la grabación en equipos externos.
Mediante la opción Cámara, el dispositivo comienza o detiene la grabación cuando se presiona elbotón correspondiente en la cámara.
Por su parte, la opción CT permite que el dispositivo inicie la grabación al recibir un código detiempo válido a través de la entrada HDMI. Cuando este se detiene, la grabación finaliza. Seleccione
la opción No para desactivar esta función.

NOTA: Al grabar imágenes captadas por cámaras HDMI, compruebe que la señal nocontenga ningún tipo de información superpuesta, ya que, de lo contrario, esta quedaráregistrada en el material grabado.

Ajustes392

Menú Monitor

Teleprónter
En el menú Monitor podrá seleccionar los ajustes adecuados para utilizar el grabador a modo deteleprónter.

Tamaño de texto
Para modificar el tamaño del texto, seleccione la opción correspondiente y presione SET. Para
aumentarlo o disminuirlo, gire el mando hacia la derecha o la izquierda, respectivamente.

Interlineado
Gire el mando hacia la derecha o la izquierda para modificar el interlineado.

MargenEs posible ajustar los márgenes del teleprónter.

Invertir
Si el monitor empleado a modo de teleprónter está configurado para reflejar la imagen en uninterferómetro, por ejemplo, delante de una cámara o un teleprónter de podio, será necesario
invertir el texto de manera que el presentador pueda leerlo. Existen dos modos disponibles.
Invertir horizontalmente – Utilice este modo cuando la parte inferior del monitor conectado
esté montada lo más cerca posible del pie del interferómetro.
Invertir verticalmente – Utilice este modo cuando la parte inferior del monitor conectado estémontada lejos del pie del interferómetro.

Menú Audio

Ajustes393

Canales grabados
El modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD permite grabar hasta ocho canales de audio PCM
simultáneamente. Para ello, seleccione la cantidad deseada en la lista desplegable de este menú.
Al usar el códec H.264, también es posible elegir dos canales de audio AAC, a fin de compartir lagrabación directamente por YouTube.

Menú Almacenamiento
Los soportes de almacenamiento conectados aparecerán en el menú de ajustes correspondiente.
Unidad 1 refleja la presencia de una tarjeta SD, mientras que Unidad 2 se refiere a una unidad USB
externa conectada. En caso de haber varias conectadas mediante un dispositivo como el modeloBlackmagic MultiDock 10G, se indica la unidad activa.

Unidad activa
Los grabadores HyperDeck Shuttle ofrecen la posibilidad de utilizar simultáneamente una tarjeta SD,
varios discos externos y unidades de almacenamiento en red,brindando de este modo varios terabytes de capacidad con un solo dispositivo.
Cuando hay una sola tarjeta SD o unidad externa conectada al equipo, esta será el soporte degrabación y reproducción activo.
Por el contrario, al emplear más de un medio de almacenamiento, es posible seleccionar cuál sedesea emplear.
Para seleccionar la unidad activa:
1

Gire el mando de búsqueda para seleccionar la opción Unidad activa en el menú dealmacenamiento y presione el botón SET, que estará parpadeando.

2

Las unidades conectadas al grabador aparecerán en la lista. Gire el mando de búsqueda paraseleccionar la que desea utilizar.

Ajustes394

Ubicación de red
Los grabadores HyperDeck Shuttle permiten reproducir archivos multimedia de alta definición
desde Blackmagic Cloud y otros soportes de almacenamiento en red mediante una
conexión Ethernet.
Para acceder a una carpeta en la red:1

Gire el mando de búsqueda y presione el botón SET para seleccionar la opción Elegir
ubicación de red. Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo para buscar redes locales.

2

Aparecerá una lista de los servidores disponibles en la red local. Gire el mando de búsqueda
para destacar el nombre del servidor y presione el botón SET a fin de seleccionarlo. Aparecerá
una lista de los recursos compartidos disponibles en el servidor. Gire el mando de búsqueda
para destacar el que desea seleccionar y presione el botón SET. Continúe hasta que la carpeta
que desea utilizar aparezca en la parte superior de la pantalla.

3

El nombre de la carpeta aparecerá en la parte superior de la pantalla del dispositivo. Si desea
usar dicha carpeta a fin de grabar y reproducir contenidos, gire el mando de búsqueda paraseleccionar la opción Elegir esta ubicación y oprima el botón SET. Aparecerá una marca deverificación a la derecha.

4

Una vez que tenga acceso a la carpeta, esta aparecerá en la lista Unidad 2, en las
ubicaciones de red.

El segundo soporte de grabación en los modelos HyperDeck Shuttle se refiere tanto a unidades
USB como a las carpetas en red a las que se tenga acceso. Para seleccionar uno de estos soportes,
seleccione la opción Unidad 2 en el menú de almacenamiento y presione el botón SET, que estará
parpadeando. Elija la unidad de almacenamiento deseada y presione el botón SET. La pantalla
mostrará nuevamente el menú de almacenamiento. También es posible eliminar un soporte degrabación en red seleccionando la opción Quitar ubicación de red en el menú de la unidad 2.

Ajustes395

NOTA: Al reproducir un clip desde un soporte de almacenamiento en red, el grabador
asume que se ha iniciado una sesión como invitado en el servidor. Por el momento, no sepuede acceder a este con un nombre de usuario y una contraseña mediante los menús yel botón SET. No obstante, es posible ingresar dichos datos a través del protocolo deEthernet para grabadores HyperDeck.

Vertido USB
Al activar esta opción, cuando se alcance el límite de capacidad, el dispositivo continuará grabando
en otra unidad de almacenamiento externa que se encuentre conectada.

Conectar unidad en red
Los grabadores HyperDeck Shuttle permiten reproducir archivos multimedia de alta definición desdeBlackmagic Cloud y otros soportes de almacenamiento en red mediante una conexión Ethernet.

Preparación de unidades de almacenamiento:1

Gire el mando de búsqueda para seleccionar el menú Formatear unidad.

2

Elija la unidad deseada y presione el botón SET.

3

Escoja un formato y presione el botón SET.

4

Aparecerá un mensaje de confirmación con el nombre de la unidad y el formato seleccionado.

5

Una vez completado el procedimiento, seleccione Aceptar.

El formato HFS+ (también conocido como Mac OS X Extended) es el más recomendado, ya que
permite registrar la transferencia de los datos a medida que esta se lleva a cabo. De este modo, es
más probable que la información pueda recuperarse en caso de un mal funcionamiento de la unidad.
Por su parte, el formato exFAT puede emplearse en sistemas operativos macOS y Windows sinnecesidad de adquirir programas adicionales, pero no brinda la posibilidad de registrar la transferencia
de datos. Consulte el apartado correspondiente para obtener más información al respecto.

Menú Ajustes
Aquí encontrará diversas opciones y podrá seleccionar el idioma de la interfaz, el formato
predeterminado, la configuración de red y las opciones del código de tiempo.

Ajustes396

NombreAl contar con varias unidades HyperDeck Shuttle HD en una misma red, es posible asignarles
distintos nombres para diferenciarlas mediante el programa Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup o el
protocolo de Ethernet para estos grabadores, a través de una terminal. El nombre asignado
aparecerá en el menú de ajustes.

IdiomaLa interfaz está disponible en 13 idiomas: español, alemán, chino, coreano, francés, inglés, italiano,
japonés, polaco, portugués, ruso, turco y ucraniano.
Para determinar el idioma:
1

Seleccione el menú Ajustes y presione SET.

2

Gire el mando de búsqueda para seleccionar la opción Idioma y presione SET.

3

Gire el mando de búsqueda para seleccionar el idioma y presione SET. A continuación,la pantalla mostrará nuevamente el menú Ajustes.

SoftwareEsta opción muestra la versión del sistema operativo instalado en el dispositivo.

CámaraEste ajuste es útil al emplear el dispositivo para grabar imágenes aisladas provenientes de distintas
cámaras y editarlas conjuntamente en DaVinci Resolve.
La letra correspondiente a cada unidad aparecerá en los metadatos de los archivos, permitiendo
así que el programa identifique los ángulos correctamente al utilizar la bandeja de sincronización.

Asigne una letra o un número del 1 al 9 a la cámara.

Formato predeterminado
En ocasiones, el grabador no detecta automáticamente el formato que se desea utilizar, por lo queesta función permite seleccionar el formato que se empleará la mayor parte del tiempo.
Por ejemplo, si se cuenta con un modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD sin un equipo conectado a laentrada y se inserta un disco con archivos en dos formatos distintos, ¿qué formato debe reproducir
el grabador? El formato predeterminado permite que el dispositivo conozca las preferenciasdel usuario.
Asimismo, esta opción es útil cuando se enciende por primera vez el grabador y no hay otros
equipos conectados o un disco insertado. En este caso, el dispositivo no reconoce cual es elformato adecuado para la transmisión de la señal, por lo que esta función sirve de guía.

Ajustes397

Cabe destacar que esta función no cancela otros ajustes. Si se cuenta con un soporte dealmacenamiento que contiene archivos en un único formato y se presiona el botón de reproducción,el grabador los reproducirá, indistintamente del formato predeterminado.
Al grabar, sucede algo similar. Cuando se presiona el botón de grabación, el dispositivo registrará
el contenido en el formato del equipo conectado al él. Cabe destacar que, una vez finalizada la
grabación, el dispositivo reproducirá las imágenes con el mismo formato de almacenamiento,
independientemente de si hay otros archivos en el soporte donde se han guardado. En otras
palabras, se reproducirá el material con el mismo formato que el de grabación. Solo si se retira y sevuelve a introducir el soporte de almacenamiento, el grabador empleará el formato predeterminado.
El formato predeterminado es únicamente una guía para el grabador, a fin de facilitar su
automatización ante la ausencia de pautas específicas, y no anula otros ajustes.

Velocidad máxima
La velocidad de obturación máxima en este dispositivo es de x50. Esta se puede disminuir
seleccionando otra de las opciones disponibles.

Fecha y hora
Es importante configurar estos parámetros correctamente a fin de garantizar que los datos de la redcoincidan con los de las grabaciones. Además, esto permite evitar ciertos problemas que podrían
ocurrir cuando se emplean sistemas de almacenamiento en red.

Configuración automática
Para configurar la fecha y la hora de manera automática, active la opción correspondiente. En estecaso, el grabador utilizará el protocolo indicado en el campo Protocolo horario de red. Desactive
esta opción a fin de establecer la fecha y la hora de forma manual.

Protocolo horario de red
El protocolo predeterminado es time.cloudflare.com, pero es posible especificar otro distinto
mediante el programa utilitario. Consulte el apartado correspondiente a dicho programa en este
manual para obtener más información al respecto.

Fecha
Para ajustar la fecha, seleccione la opción Fecha y presione el botón SET. Utilice el mando giratorio
para modificar el día, el mes y el año.

Hora
Para ajustar la hora, seleccione la opción Hora y presione el botón SET. Utilice el mando giratorio
para modificar la hora y los minutos. La configuración del reloj interno es de 24 horas.

Ajustes398

Ajustes
En esta sección es posible modificar la ubicación y la apariencia del menú que puede verse en elmonitor conectado a la salida HDMI.

Apariencia
Es posible elegir entre una interfaz clara u oscura. La primera ofrece un mayor contraste si lasimágenes son oscuras o cuando se está utilizando el modo de teleprónter.

Opacidad
Permite reducir la opacidad del menú superpuesto a la imagen en el monitor de 100 % (valor
predeterminado) a 20 %.

Posición
Por defecto, el menú se muestra en la esquina inferior izquierda de la pantalla. Para mover el menúa otro sitio, seleccione Posición y presione el botón SET. Ahora podrá elegir cualquiera de las
cuatro esquinas.

Ajustes de red

Ajustes399

Protocolo
Los grabadores HyperDeck utilizan el protocolo DHCP de forma predeterminada, por lo cual, al
conectarlos, el servidor de la red les asignará una dirección IP automáticamente y no será necesario
configurar otros ajustes.
Para introducir una dirección particular, seleccione Protocolo, presione el botón SET, elija la opción
IP estática y oprima SET nuevamente.

Dirección IP, máscara de subred, puerta de enlace y DNS primario y secundario.
Al seleccionar la opción IP estática, es posible introducir los datos de la red.
Para cambiar la dirección IP:
1

Gire el mando de búsqueda para seleccionar la opción Dirección IP y presione el botón SET
en el panel frontal del dispositivo.

2

Gire el mando de búsqueda para ajustar cada valor y presione el botón SET para confirmar
antes de continuar con el siguiente.

3

Presione SET para confirmar los cambios.

Una vez introducida la dirección IP, siga los mismos pasos para configurar la máscara de subred y lapuerta de enlace. Al finalizar, presione el botón MENU para salir y regresar a la pantalla principal.

Ajustes del código de tiempo
Es posible seleccionar el tipo de código de tiempo que el dispositivo recibe y transmite, por
ejemplo, el de la fuente, la hora real o el que se determine manualmente.

FuenteHay cuatro opciones de código de tiempo disponibles al grabar.

Señal

Al seleccionar esta opción, se utiliza el código de tiempo de la señal HDMI
con los metadatos SMPTE RP 188. Esto permite mantener la sincronización
entre la fuente HDMI y el material grabado con el dispositivo.

InternoSeleccione esta opción para grabar el código de tiempo (hora del día)
generado internamente.

Continuo

Al seleccionar esta opción, la grabación de cada secuencia se inicia un
fotograma después de la anterior. Por ejemplo, si el primer clip finaliza en
10:28:30:10, el siguiente comenzará en 10:28:30:11.

Predeterminado

Seleccione esta opción a fin de indicar un código de tiempo particularpara la grabación.

Ajustes400

Tipo
Seleccione cualquiera de los modos disponibles en esta opción para fuentes NTSC con una
frecuencia de imagen de 29.97 o 59.94 f/s. Si la fuente es desconocida, elija la opción
Predeterminado. Esto permitirá que se mantenga el formato. Si no se detecta un código de tiempo
válido, la opción seleccionada por defecto será Omitir fotogramas.

Predeterminado
Es posible indicar un código de tiempo particular presionando el botón SET y girando el mando debúsqueda para introducir el valor inicial. Para ello, seleccione la opción Predeterminado en elmenú Fuente.

SalidaSeleccione las opciones para las señales transmitidas.
Línea de tiempo

Seleccione esta opción a fin de ver un código de tiempo continuo para todos
los clips grabados.

Clip

Seleccione esta opción para ver el código de tiempo de cada clip.

Archivos

Prefijo
Al configurar el dispositivo por primera vez, este grabará las imágenes en una tarjeta SD o un disco
USB siguiendo la nomenclatura convencional para los nombres de archivo.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

PrefijoHyperDeck_0001

Número de clip

Es posible modificar el nombre del archivo a través del programa utilitario. Consulte el apartado
correspondiente para obtener más información al respecto.

Ajustes401

Sufijo con fecha
Por defecto, la opción de añadir el código de tiempo al nombre del archivo se encuentra desactivada.
Para añadir la fecha y la hora al nombre del archivo grabado, active la opción Sufijo con fecha.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

PrefijoHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Año

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Mes

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Día

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Hora

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinutoHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Número de clip

Ajustes de control remoto
Aquí podrá establecer las opciones de configuración para controlar el grabador a distancia
mediante otros equipos, por ejemplo, un mezclador ATEM Mini Extreme.

Control remoto
Seleccione la opción Control remoto para activar el control a distancia mediante una conexión a
una red Ethernet. Desactive esta opción para controlar el grabador de manera local.

Restablecer ajustes originales

Restablecer ajustes
Seleccione esta opción para restablecer los ajustes de fábrica. Al presionar el botón SET, el dispositivo
le solicitará que confirme la opción seleccionada.

Ajustes402

Panel trasero
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

Alimentación
El grabador se conecta a la red de suministro eléctrico mediante un adaptador para corriente
alterna. El cable de alimentación provisto incluye un conector de seguridad que impide que sedesconecte accidentalmente, aunque también es posible utilizar cualquier cable de 12 V 36 W.

2

Tarjeta SD
Inserte una tarjeta SD en la ranura para grabar y reproducir contenidos.

3

Ethernet
El puerto Ethernet permite conectar el dispositivo a una red para grabar en unidades dealmacenamiento que formen parte de esta o transferir archivos rápidamente mediante losprotocolos FTP o HTTP utilizando el organizador web. Además, esto brinda la posibilidad decontrolar la unidad a distancia por medio de interfaces de programación para aplicaciones RESTo el protocolo para redes Ethernet (HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol). Consulte el apartado
Transferencia de archivos a través de una red a fin de obtener más información al respecto.
Es posible controlar los grabadores desde mezcladores y paneles ATEM si los dispositivos
están conectados a una misma red.

4

Discos externos
Conecte un disco externo al puerto USB-C para grabar a una velocidad máxima de 5 Gb/s.
Asimismo, es posible conectar un adaptador con varios puertos USB o un dispositivo
Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, a fin de emplear varias unidades SSD.

5

HDMI
Este puerto permite conectar un televisor, un monitor o incluso un mezclador, tal como elmodelo ATEM Mini Extreme. Al conectar una pantalla, también podrá ver el menú superpuesto.

Ajustes403

Soportes de grabación
Tarjeta SD
Se recomienda utilizar tarjetas SD UHS-I a fin de grabar en HD. Estas ofrecen una velocidad de escriturade 220 MB/s y, por lo tanto, resultan adecuadas para almacenar secuencias en formato 2160p60.
Por el contrario, para grabar con mayor compresión o a una velocidad de bits más baja, es posible
emplear tarjetas más lentas. Generalmente, los modelos más rápidos ofrecen un mejor rendimiento.
No obstante, es aconsejable consultar la versión más reciente de este manual en nuestra página desoporte técnico para obtener información actualizada al respecto.

¿Qué tarjetas SD son compatibles con el modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
The following SD Cards are recommended for 1080p up to 60 fps.
Marca

ModeloCapacidad

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300 MB/s V90 SDXC

256 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260 MB/s V60 SDXC

128 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260 MB/s V60 SDXC

64 GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95 MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285 MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II SDXC 150 MB/s

128 GBSony

Tough SF-G128T

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170 MB/s V30

64 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170 MB/s V30

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170 MB/s V30

512 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300 R

64 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300 R

128 GBSony

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300 MB/s

64 GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300 MB/s

128 GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300 MB/s

64 GB

Soportes de grabación404

Discos externos
Todos los modelos HyperDeck permiten guardar el material digitalizado directamente en discos
USB-C. Estas unidades de gran capacidad son rápidas y brindan la posibilidad de grabar duranteperíodos prolongados. Además, facilitan la edición de los contenidos al instante, al conectarlas a unequipo informático.
También es posible emplear varias unidades simultáneamente para aumentar la capacidad dealmacenamiento. A tales efectos, conecte un dispositivo Blackmagic MultiDock 10G al puerto
EXT DISK en la parte trasera del grabador, mediante un cable USB-C.

¿Qué unidades USB-C son compatibles con el modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Se recomiendan las siguientes unidades para grabar en formato ProRes HQ a una resolución de
1080p y una frecuencia máxima de 60 f/s:
Marca

ModeloCapacidad

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256 GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500 GBSe recomiendan las siguientes unidades USB-C para grabar en formato DNxHD 220x a
una resolución de 1080p y una frecuencia máxima de 60 f/s.
Marca

ModeloCapacidad

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GBSe recomiendan las siguientes unidades para grabar en formato H.264 a una resolución de 1080p y
una frecuencia máxima de 60 f/s:
Marca

ModeloCapacidad

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 GB

Formatear soportes de almacenamiento
Preparación de soportes en Mac
La aplicación Utilidad de Discos, incluida en el sistema operativo macOS, permite formatear
unidades de almacenamiento mediante el sistema HFS+ o exFAT.
Asegúrese de hacer una copia de seguridad de cualquier información importante que contenga elsoporte de grabación, puesto que, al iniciar este procedimiento, se borrarán todos los datos.
1

Conecte la unidad USB al equipo informático mediante un cable o una base externa e ignore
cualquier mensaje relativo a su uso para copias de seguridad con Time Machine. En el caso delas tarjetas SD, utilice un lector externo para este tipo de soportes.

2

Haga clic en Aplicaciones y luego seleccione Utilidades. A continuación, ejecute la aplicación
Utilidad de Discos.

3

Haga clic en el ícono de la unidad de almacenamiento y luego en la pestaña Borrar.

4

Seleccione la opción Mac OS Extended (con registro) o exFAT.

5

Ingrese un nombre para la unidad y luego haga clic en Borrar. Se dará formato a la unidad
rápidamente y quedará lista para ser utilizada.

Formatear soportes de almacenamiento405

Preparación de soportes en Windows
El cuadro de diálogo Formato en el sistema operativo Windows permite formatear unidades dealmacenamiento mediante el sistema exFAT. Asegúrese de hacer una copa de seguridad decualquier información importante que contenga el soporte de grabación, puesto que, al iniciar este
procedimiento, se borrarán todos los datos.
1

Conecte la unidad USB al equipo informático mediante un cable o un dispositivo externo.
En el caso de las tarjetas SD, utilice un lector externo para este tipo de soportes.

2

Abra el menú Inicio o la Pantalla de Inicio y seleccione la opción PC. Haga clic en el soporte
de almacenamiento con el botón derecho.

3

En el menú contextual, seleccione la opción Formato.

4

Elija la opción exFAT para el sistema de archivos y 128 kilobytes para el tamaño de la unidad
de asignación.

5

Ingrese un nombre de la unidad, marque la casilla Formato rápido y haga clic en Iniciar.

6

Se dará formato a la unidad rápidamente y quedará lista para ser utilizada.

Formatear soportes de almacenamiento406

Acceso a unidades y soportes dealmacenamiento
Esta opción permite ver la ruta de acceso a un archivo almacenado en tarjetas, discos o soportes dealmacenamiento en red. Cuando está activada, la información se muestra superpuesta a la imagentransmitida por la salida HDMI. Luego, es posible acceder a los distintos directorios mediante losbotones SCR y CLIP, y el mando giratorio.
1

Presione el botón SCR para abrir la ventana de acceso a unidades y soportes de almacenamiento.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Presione el botón SCR para abrir la ventana de acceso a unidades y soportes dealmacenamiento superpuesta a la imagen transmitida mediante la salida HDMI.

2

Con ayuda de las imágenes en la pantalla, busque el clip deseado en la carpeta correspondiente.

3

Presione los botones CLIP o SCR para desplazarse hacia arriba o abajo, respectivamente.

Para cerrar la ventana, presione el botón de detención, o el de reproducción para cerrarla e iniciar
la reproducción de inmediato.

NOTA: Para ver clips que se hayan grabado con un códec, una resolución o una
frecuencia de imagen diferentes, asegúrese de que el códec y el formato seleccionados
en el dispositivo HyperDeck coincidan con estos.

Acceso a unidades y soportes de almacenamiento

407

Función Teleprónter
El grabador también puede emplearse a modo de teleprónter si se dispone de un archivo RTF o
TXT. Cree un archivo de texto en TextEdit o WordPad en cualquiera de los 13 idiomas admitidos yguárdelo en formato de texto enriquecido o sin formato. Al abrirlo con el modelo HyperDeck ShuttleHD, podrá adaptar el tamaño y el interlineado del texto.
Para utilizar esta función:
1

Conecte el monitor que desee utilizar al puerto HDMI del grabador.

2

Inserte la tarjeta SD o conecte el disco externo USB que contenga el texto.

3

En el menú de grabación, seleccione la opción Códec. Luego, seleccione Teleprónter y oprima
el botón SET.

El texto aparecerá en pantalla. Ahora, podrá iniciar la reproducción presionando el botón
correspondiente o acceder a opciones adicionales girando el mando.

Control de la velocidad de reproducción del teleprónter
Al igual que con las imágenes, el mando de búsqueda del grabador permite controlar la velocidad
de reproducción cuando está activado el modo de teleprónter. Una vez que se haya cargado el
texto, presione los botones JOG y SCR simultáneamente para poder ajustar la velocidad dereproducción. Luego, gire el mando. El texto avanzará a la par del mando de búsqueda. Por ejemplo,
cuanto más rápido gire el mando, más rápido se reproducirá el texto.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Si desea establecer una velocidad constante, utilice los botones JOG y SCR por separado. Ahora,la velocidad constante será menor en el modo de desplazamiento o mayor en el de avance yretroceso rápido.
Para alternar entre los archivos disponibles en la unidad de almacenamiento, presione los botones
de avance y retroceso.
Función Teleprónter

408

Al leerlos, el teleprónter reconocerá el tamaño, el color y el estilo aplicado al texto. Asimismo, es
posible modificar el tamaño de la fuente, el interlineado, los márgenes e incluso invertir el texto en
sentido horizontal o vertical, por ejemplo, en los casos en que se precisa proyectarlo a uninterferómetro. Consulte el apartado Ajustes del menú para obtener más información al respecto.

Configuración del dispositivo
El programa utilitario Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup permite configurar el dispositivo y actualizar
el sistema operativo interno.

Para instalar el programa:
1

Descargue la última versión del instalador desde nuestra página de soporte técnico.

2

Abra el asistente de instalación en su equipo informático y siga las instrucciones.

3

Una vez que la instalación se haya completado, conecte el grabador al equipo informático
mediante los puertos USB o Ethernet situados en la parte trasera.

4

Ejecute el programa Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup y siga las instrucciones que aparecen en lapantalla para actualizar el sistema operativo interno. Si no aparece ningún aviso, el dispositivo
ya se encuentra actualizado.

Haga clic en el ícono de ajustes o en la imagen del dispositivo para acceder a la ventana deconfiguración.
La ventana de inicio muestra el grabador y su nombre, el cual puede determinarse mediante elmenú de ajustes del programa utilitario, a fin de poder identificarlo con mayor facilidad cuando hay
más de uno conectado al equipo informático.

Configuración del dispositivo409

Preferencias
Al emplear más de un grabador, se recomienda asignarle un nombre a cada unidad, a fin deidentificarla fácilmente. Para ello, escriba el nombre deseado en el campo correspondiente y hagaclic en el botón SET. Cabe destacar que, al cambiar el nombre de la unidad, los certificados digitales
en uso perderán validez. Por consiguiente, se recomienda hacerlo antes de generar la solicitud defirma del certificado o un certificado autofirmado.

Identificar HyperDeck
Al marcar la casilla Identify HyperDeck, los botones de avance y retroceso en la unidad
parpadearán. Esto puede resultar de utilidad al usar más de un grabador, a fin de identificar eldispositivo conectado mediante el programa HyperDeck Setup.

Configuración del dispositivo

410

Fecha y hora
Marque la casilla para que la fecha y la hora se configuren automáticamente. El grabador utilizará elprotocolo seleccionado en la opción Network Time Protocol (NTP). El protocolo predeterminado es
time.cloudflare.com, pero es posible especificar otro distinto.
Al seleccionar la opción de configuración manual, ingrese la fecha, la hora y el huso horario en loscampos correspondientes. Es importante configurar estos parámetros correctamente a fin degarantizar que los datos de la red coincidan con los de las grabaciones. Además, esto permite evitar
ciertos problemas que podrían ocurrir cuando se emplean sistemas de almacenamiento en red.

Ajustes de red
Protocolo
Para controlar grabadores HyperDeck Shuttle HD a través de un mezclador ATEM o remotamente a
través del protocolo de Ethernet para grabadores HyperDeck, deben estar conectados a la misma
red que el resto de los equipos mediante el protocolo DHCP o una dirección IP fija.

De forma predeterminada, el grabador utiliza el protocolo DHCP, que permite alos servidores de red reconocerlo automáticamente y asignarle una dirección IP.
DHCP

Este es un servicio estupendo que facilita la conexión de equipos mediante
Ethernet y a la vez garantiza que dichas direcciones sean compatibles entre ellas.
La mayoría de los equipos informáticos y conmutadores de red admiten el uso deeste protocolo.
Al seleccionar la opción Static IP, es posible agregar los datos de la red.

Dirección IP fija

Para configurar una dirección IP y que todos los equipos puedan comunicarse,
es necesario que compartan los mismos ajustes de máscara de subred y puerta
de enlace.

Configuración del dispositivo

411

Acceso mediante una red
Es posible acceder al modelo HyperDeck Shuttle HD desde una red a fin de transferir archivos ycontrolar el grabador a distancia mediante el protocolo de Ethernet para dispositivos HyperDeck.
Por defecto, el acceso está activado. Sin embargo, se puede desactivar de manera individual orequerir un nombre de usuario y una contraseña para lograr una mayor seguridad al utilizar elorganizador web o el protocolo de Ethernet para dispositivos HyperDeck.

Protocolo de transferencia de archivos
Active o desactive el acceso mediante el protocolo FTP marcando la casilla correspondiente.
Para acceder desde un cliente FTP, por ejemplo, CyberDuck, haga clic en el ícono a fin de copiar
la dirección. Consulte el apartado Transferencia de archivos a través de una red para obtener más
información al respecto.

Organización de archivos
Es posible acceder al material grabado en tarjetas SD o discos externos desde un navegador web
mediante el organizador web. Al hacer clic en el enlace o copiar y pegar la dirección en el explorador,
se abre una interfaz sencilla, en la cual se pueden transferir archivos directamente desde las tarjetasa través de la red.
De forma predeterminada, el acceso se realiza a través del protocolo HTTP, aunque es posible
desactivarlo por completo o solicitar un certificado de seguridad mediante la opción Enabled withsecurity only. En este último caso, se establece una conexión cifrada con el organizador web a travésdel protocolo HTTPS. Consulte el apartado sobre certificados de seguridad en este manual a fin deobtener más información al respecto.

Protocolo de Ethernet para grabadores HyperDeck
Este protocolo brinda la oportunidad de controlar el grabador mediante cualquier consola para
ejecutar comandos desde el equipo informático, por ejemplo, Terminal en sistemas Mac o PuTTY en
Windows. Cabe la posibilidad de requerir un nombre de usuario y una contraseña a fin de acceder
a la unidad, permitir el acceso libremente o deshabilitarlo por completo. A su vez, un programa SSL
facilita la codificación de la sesión al usar aplicaciones como netcat. Consulte el apartado
Información para desarrolladores (en inglés) a fin de obtener más información al respecto.

Acceso mediante el programa utilitario
Es posible acceder al programa Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup cuando el grabador está conectado
mediante una red o el puerto USB. Para evitar que otros usuarios accedan a través de la red,
seleccione la opción USB ony.

Configuración del dispositivo

412

Ajustes de inicio de sesión seguro

Al seleccionar la opción Enable with security only, es necesario contar con un nombre de usuario
y una contraseña. Escriba ambos y haga clic en el botón Save. El campo correspondiente a lacontraseña estará vacío una vez que se ingrese la clave. Una vez establecidos el nombre de usuario
y la contraseña, será necesario ingresarlos a fin de acceder al organizador web.

Certificado de seguridad
Para acceder al organizador web a través del protocolo HTTPS, o cuando se ha activado la opciónde seguridad para el protocolo de Ethernet, es necesario contar con un certificado digital. Este
permite identificar el dispositivo, con el propósito de verificar que se establezca una conexión con
la unidad correcta. Además, garantiza la encriptación de los datos transmitidos entre el grabador yel servidor o el equipo informático. Adicionalmente, al activar la opción para habilitar una conexión
segura, será necesario ingresar un nombre de usuario y una clave a fin de acceder a la unidad.
Existen dos tipos de certificados que pueden utilizarse con los grabadores HyperDeck: un
certificado firmado por una entidad de certificación y un certificado autofirmado. Este último brinda
un nivel de seguridad adecuado para algunas dinámicas de trabajo, por ejemplo, al acceder algrabador a través de una red local.
Para generar un certificado autofirmado, haga clic en la opción Create Certificate. Deberá confirmar
que comprende los riesgos que conlleva utilizar un certificado de este tipo. Al hacer clic en el botón
Create, los datos relativos al dominio, el emisor y la validez se completan automáticamente en loscampos respectivos del programa utilitario HyperDeck Setup.

Al restablecer la configuración de fábrica del dispositivo, se eliminarán los certificados en uso.
Asimismo, es posible quitarlos haciendo clic en el botón Remove y siguiendo las instrucciones que
aparecen en la pantalla.

Configuración del dispositivo413

Al acceder a los archivos multimedia mediante un certificado autofirmado, a través del protocolo
HTTPS, el navegador mostrará una advertencia sobre el riesgo de ingresar a dicho sitio web.
Algunos navegadores ofrecen la posibilidad de continuar una vez que el usuario confirma que
comprende los riesgos, pero otros impiden completamente el acceso.

A los efectos de garantizar el acceso mediante cualquier navegador, es preciso recurrir a un
certificado firmado. Para obtenerlo, primero se debe generar una solicitud de firma a través delprograma utilitario Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Dicha solicitud se envía posteriormente a una
entidad de certificación o al departamento de informática para firmarla. Una vez que esto sucede,el usuario recibirá un certificado firmado. Este consiste en un archivo .cert, .crt o .pem que puede
importarse desde el grabador.

Dispositivo
MENU

Certificado

Entidad

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Para generar la solicitud de firma del certificado:
1

Haga clic en el botón Generate Signing Request.

Configuración del dispositivo

414

2

3

Aparecerá una ventana donde se solicita un nombre común y otro alternativo para la unidad.
Modifique los demás datos según la tabla proporcionada a continuación:
Datos

Descripción

Ejemplo

Nombre común

Nombre de dominio utilizado

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Nombre alternativo

Nombre de domino alternativo

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

País

País donde se sitúa la organización

AU

EstadoProvincia, región, departamento,
condado o estado.

Victoria

Ubicación

Nombre del estado, la ciudad, etc.

Port Melbourne

Organización

Nombre de la organizaciónBlackmagic Design

Una vez completados los datos, haga clic en el botón Generate.

Al generar un archivo .csr, se creará una clave pública y otra privada al mismo tiempo. La primera se
incluye en la solicitud de firma, mientras que la segunda permanece en la unidad. Una vez que eldepartamento de informática o la entidad de certificación hayan cotejado la información de lasolicitud con la organización, generarán un certificado firmado con los datos descritos anteriormentey la clave pública.
Luego de importarlo, el grabador utilizará dichas claves para confirmar su identidad y codificar odecodificar la información compartida a través de los protocolos HTTPS o de Ethernet paradispositivos HyperDeck, cuando se emplea un programa SSL.
Para importar un certificado firmado:
1

Haga clic en el botón Import Signed Certificate.

2

Acceda a la ubicación del certificado mediante el explorador de archivos y haga clic en Abrir
luego de seleccionarlo.

Los campos correspondientes al dominio, el emisor y la validez se actualizarán según la información
contenida en el documento. Generalmente, el certificado tiene una validez de un año, por lo cualserá necesario repetir el proceso una vez que caduque.

Configuración del dispositivo

415

Dado que se ha ingresado un nombre de dominio para la unidad, deberá ponerse en contacto con el
departamento de informática a fin de corroborarlo. De esta forma, los datos enviados a la dirección IP
del grabador se dirigirán al nombre de dominio indicado en la solicitud de firma. E1ste también forma
parte de la dirección HTTPS empleada para acceder a los archivos mediante el organizador web,por ejemplo, https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com.
Cabe destacar que el certificado perderá validez al restablecer la configuración original deldispositivo, por lo cual será necesario generar y firmar uno nuevo.

Archivos

Al emplear el dispositivo por primera vez, los archivos grabados en el soporte de almacenamiento
incluirán el prefijo «HyperDeck». Para modificar el nombre, basta con escribir uno nuevo.
Por defecto, la opción para añadir la marca de tiempo se encuentra desactivada. Actívela a fin deagregar la fecha y la hora al nombre del archivo grabado. Estos ajustes también pueden modificarse
mediante el menú en la pantalla de la unidad.

Restablecer
Seleccione esta opción para restablecer la configuración original del grabador. Nótese que elcertificado en uso perderá validez. Será necesario generar una nueva solicitud de firma y enviarla al
departamento de informática o la entidad de certificación.

Actualización del dispositivo
Para actualizar el sistema operativo interno:
1

Descargue la última versión del instalador para el programa Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
desde nuestro sitio web.

2

Abra el asistente de instalación en su equipo informático y siga las instrucciones.

3

Una vez que la instalación se haya completado, conecte el grabador al equipo informático
mediante el puerto USB o Ethernet en la parte trasera.

Configuración del dispositivo

416

4

Ejecute el programa y siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pantalla para actualizar elsistema operativo interno. Si no aparece ningún aviso, el procedimiento ha concluido
exitosamente.

Transferencia de archivos
a través de una red
Los dispositivos HyperDeck Shuttle HD permiten el uso del protocolo seguro de transferencia dehipertexto (HTTPS) o del protocolo de transferencia de archivos (FTP). De este modo, es posible
copiarlos directamente de un equipo informático al dispositivo, a través de una red local de granvelocidad. En particular, esto facilita el traspaso de archivos nuevos a la unidad empleada para
reproducir imágenes en una superficie audiovisual o en carteles digitales.
Aunque es posible transferir cualquier tipo de archivos al grabador, nótese que aquellos que vayan
a reproducirse desde el dispositivo deben ser compatibles con los códecs y las resoluciones que
este admite.

SUGERENCIA: Es posible transferir archivos mientras la unidad está grabando.
El dispositivo ajustará automáticamente la velocidad de transferencia para que lagrabación no se vea afectada.

El programa HyperDeck Setup permite activar o desactivar el acceso al dispositivo mediante losprotocolos FTP o HTTPS.

Conexión de grabadores HyperDeck Shuttle HD mediante el protocolo HTTPSPara acceder a los grabadores mediante el organizador web, es necesario contar con la dirección
URL indicada en la configuración de acceso a la red. del programa utilitario HyperDeck Setup. Estas
opciones están disponibles cuando el equipo informático está conectado a través del puerto USB ouna red Ethernet, pero se encuentran desactivadas cuando el dispositivo está conectado solo
mediante una red Ethernet.
1

Conecte el equipo informático al puerto USB en el panel trasero del dispositivo mediante uncable USB-C y ejecute el programa utilitario. Verá el ícono correspondiente a la conexión UBS
junto al nombre de la unidad. Haga clic en el ícono circular o en cualquier parte de la imagen delproducto para acceder a la configuración.

2

Al usar un certificado autofirmado, acceda a los ajustes de red y haga clic en el ícono de copia
junto a la dirección URL, que se basa en el nombre asignado a la unidad. Si desea modificarla,
simplemente cambie el nombre del dispositivo.

Transferencia de archivos a través de una red

417

Haga clic en el enlace al utilizar un certificado autofirmado.

3

Si se ha importado un certificado firmado por el departamento de informática o una entidad decertificación, copie y pegue la dirección en el campo correspondiente al dominio del certificado.

Copie la dirección del dominio y péguela en un navegador.

4

Abra el navegador y pegue la dirección en una nueva ventana. Si la opción de acceso seguro
está activada, deberá ingresar el nombre de usuario y la contraseña configurados en el
programa utilitario HyperDeck Setup.

Al utilizar un certificado autofirmado, aparecerá un mensaje de advertencia sobre la privacidad de laconexión. Esto significa que no se ha importado un certificado firmado por medio del programa
utilitario HyperDeck Setup.
Para continuar sin un certificado válido confiable, siga las instrucciones indicadas en el navegador
para aceptar los riesgos y proceder al sitio web.

Transferencia de archivos mediante el organizador web
Al abrir por primera vez el organizador web en el navegador, notará que los archivos estánordenados según el soporte de almacenamiento en el que se encuentran.
SD1

Archivos en tarjetas SD.

USB

Las unidades USB conectadas incluyen el prefijo USB/.

Haga doble clic en ellas para ver su contenido.

Transferencia de archivos a través de una red

418

Haga clic en el botón Upload para agregar archivos.

Para agregar archivos de forma remota y reproducirlos, haga clic en el botón Upload. Seleccione elarchivo en el explorador de archivos y haga clic en Upload. Aparecerá una ventana donde se indica
el progreso de la carga. También es posible añadir carpetas de ser necesario mediante el botón
Create Folder.
El ícono de la flecha en el extremo derecho permite descargar archivos. Es posible que elnavegador le solicite autorización para descargar contenido del sitio web. Haga clic en Allow(permitir). Para eliminar un archivo, haga clic en el ícono de la papelera. Aparecerá una ventana deconfirmación. Haga clic en Delete (eliminar) para continuar.

Transferencia de archivos mediante el protocolo FTP
Si el dispositivo y el equipo informático se encuentran conectados a la misma red, solo es necesariocontar con un cliente FTP y obtener la dirección IP o el URL del grabador mediante el programa
utilitario HyperDeck Setup.
1

Descargue e instale un cliente FTP en el equipo informático al cual desea conectar el grabador.
En tal sentido, recomendamos programas tales como Cyberduck, FileZilla o Transmit, aunque es
posible utilizar prácticamente cualquier aplicación FTP. Cabe destacar que Cyberduck y FileZilla
son programas gratuitos.

2

Una vez conectado el grabador a la red, ejecute el programa utilitario HyperDeck Setup y hagaclic en el URL del cliente FTP o en el ícono junto al mismo para copiarlo. Es posible que necesite
hacer clic en el enlace por segunda vez si el cliente FTP no establece la conexión.

Transferencia de archivos a través de una red

419

3

Al establecer la conexión manualmente, pegue el URL en el campo del servidor. Haga clic en la
opción Anonymous Login (inicio de sesión anónimo), si está disponible.

4

Las tarjetas SD se denominan sd1. Al expandir la carpeta USB, se mostrarán las unidades USB
conectadas.

A continuación, podrá arrastrar y soltar los archivos utilizando la interfaz del cliente FTP.

Transferencia de archivos a través de una red

420

Información para desarrolladores(en inglés)Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)421

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)422Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)423

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)424CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)425CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)426

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)427

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)428Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)429

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)430

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)431

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)432

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)433

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)434

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)435

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)436

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)437

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)438Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)439

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)440

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)441

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)442

HyperDeck Control REST API
Esta interfaz ofrece a los programadores la posibilidad de crear aplicaciones personalizadas ovalerse de herramientas tales como REST y Postman con el objetivo de controlar grabadores
HyperDeck. Además, permite realizar una amplia gama de funciones, tales como iniciar y detenerla grabación, reproducir las imágenes o acceder al contenido del disco. De esta forma, brinda laoportunidad de aprovechar al máximo las prestaciones de estos dispositivos con suma facilidad,
ya sea al desarrollar aplicaciones que se ajustan a necesidades específicas o al emplear las
herramientas mencionadas anteriormente. Esperamos ver pronto lo que crearás.

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)

443

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)

444

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)445

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)446

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)447

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)448

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)449

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)450

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)451

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundInformación para desarrolladores (en inglés)452

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)453

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)454

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)455

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)456

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)

457

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)458

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)459

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)

460

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)461

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)462

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)463

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)464

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)465

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)466

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)467

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)

468

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)469

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)470

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)471

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Información para desarrolladores (en inglés)472

AyudaCómo obtener ayuda
Visite nuestra página de soporte técnico para obtener ayuda rápidamente y acceder al material deapoyo más reciente para los productos descritos en este manual.

Página de soporte técnico
Las versiones más recientes de este manual, los distintos programas mencionados y el material deapoyo se encuentran disponibles en nuestra página de soporte técnico.

Foro
El foro de Blackmagic Design permite compartir ideas creativas y constituye un recurso útil paraobtener más información sobre nuestros productos. Por otra parte, brinda la posibilidad deencontrar rápidamente respuestas suministradas por usuarios experimentados o por el personal deBlackmagic Design. Para acceder al foro, visite la página https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Cómo ponerse en contacto con Blackmagic Design
Si no encuentra la ayuda que necesita, solicite asistencia mediante el botón Enviar correo
electrónico, situado en la parte inferior de nuestra página de soporte técnico. De manera
alternativa, haga clic en el botón Soporte técnico local para acceder al número telefónico del centro
de atención más cercano.

Cómo comprobar la versión del software instaladoPara comprobar la versión del programa instalada en su equipo informático, acceda al menú About
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 En macOS, ejecute el programa desde la carpeta de aplicaciones. Seleccione el menú About
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup en la barra superior de la ventana para ver el número de versión.
 En Windows, ejecute el programa Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup haciendo clic en el ícono
situado en el menú Inicio. En el menú Help, seleccione la opción About Blackmagic HyperDeck
Setup para ver el número de versión.

Cómo obtener las actualizaciones más recientes
Después de verificar la versión del programa instalado, visite nuestra página de soporte técnicopara comprobar si hay actualizaciones disponibles. Aunque generalmente es recomendable instalar
las versiones más recientes, evite realizar modificaciones al sistema operativo interno del dispositivo
si se encuentra en medio de un proyecto importante.

Ayuda

473

Normativas
Tratamiento de residuos de equipos eléctricos y electrónicos en la Unión Europea:
Este símbolo en el producto indica que el dispositivo no debe desecharse con otros
residuos domésticos. Por lo tanto, es su responsabilidad entregarlo a un centro derecolección para su posterior reciclado. Esto ayuda a preservar los recursos naturales ygarantiza que dicho procedimiento se realice protegiendo la salud y el medioambiente.
Para obtener más información en este sentido, comuníquese con el centro de reciclaje más
cercano o el distribuidor donde adquirió el producto.
Según las pruebas realizadas, este equipo cumple con los límites indicados paradispositivos digitales Clase A, en conformidad con la sección 15 de las normas establecidas
por la Comisión Federal de Comunicaciones. Esto permite proporcionar una protección
razonable contra interferencias nocivas al operar el dispositivo en un entorno comercial.
Este equipo usa, genera y puede irradiar energía de radiofrecuencia, y si no se instala outiliza de acuerdo con el manual de instrucciones, podría ocasionar interferencias
perjudiciales en las comunicaciones radiales. El funcionamiento de este equipo en una
zona residencial podría ocasionar interferencias significativas, en cuyo caso el usuario
deberá solucionar dicho inconveniente por cuenta propia.
El funcionamiento de este equipo está sujeto a las siguientes condiciones:
1

Este dispositivo no puede causar interferencias nocivas y,2

El dispositivo debe admitir cualquier interferencia recibida, incluidas aquellas quepudieran provocar un funcionamiento incorrecto del mismo.

R-R-BMD-20211410001

Declaración ISED (Canadá)
Este dispositivo cumple con las normas del gobierno de Canadá relativas a equipos
digitales clase A.
Cualquier modificación o uso indebido del mismo podría acarrear un incumplimiento dedichas normas.
Las conexiones a interfaces HDMI deberán realizarse mediante cables blindados.
Este equipo cumple con las normas descritas anteriormente al emplearse en entornos
comerciales. Nótese que podría ocasionar interferencia radial al utilizarlo en ambientes
domésticos.

Normativas

474

Seguridad
Este equipo puede utilizarse en climas tropicales, a una temperatura ambiente máxima de 40 ºC.
Compruebe que haya suficiente ventilación en torno a la unidad.
La reparación de los componentes internos del equipo no debe ser llevada a cabo por el usuario.
Comuníquese con nuestro centro de atención más cercano para obtener información al respecto.

Evite utilizar el equipo a una altura mayor de 2000 metros.

Declaración del Estado de California
Las partes plásticas de este producto pueden contener trazas de compuestos químicos, tales comopolibromobifenilos (PBB), que el Estado de California reconoce como causantes de cáncer,
anomalías congénitas o daños reproductivos.
Consulte el sitio www.P65Warnings.ca.gov para obtener más información al respecto.

European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Seguridad475

Garantía
12 meses de garantía limitada
Blackmagic Design ofrece una garantía de 12 meses a partir de la fecha de compra de este producto
por defectos relativos a los materiales o la fabricación. Si el producto resulta defectuoso durante elperíodo de validez de la garantía, Blackmagic Design podrá optar por reemplazarlo o repararlo sin
cargo alguno por concepto de piezas y/o mano de obra.
Para acceder al servicio proporcionado de acuerdo con los términos de esta garantía, el Cliente deberá
dar aviso del defecto a Blackmagic Design antes del vencimiento del período de garantía y encargarsede los arreglos necesarios para la prestación del mismo. El Cliente será responsable del empaque yel envío del producto defectuoso al centro de servicio técnico designado por Blackmagic Design, ydeberá abonar las tarifas postales por adelantado. El Cliente será responsable de todos los gastos deenvío, seguros, aranceles, impuestos y cualquier otro importe que surja con relación a la devolución
de productos por cualquier motivo.
Esta garantía carecerá de validez ante defectos o daños causados por un uso indebido del productoo por falta de cuidado y mantenimiento. Blackmagic Design no tendrá obligación de prestar el servicio
estipulado en esta garantía para (a) reparar daños provocados por intentos de personal ajeno a
Blackmagic Design de instalar el producto, repararlo o realizar un mantenimiento del mismo; (b) reparardaños resultantes del uso de equipos incompatibles o conexiones a los mismos; (c) reparar cualquierdaño o mal funcionamiento provocado por el uso de piezas o repuestos no suministrados por
Blackmagic Design; o (d) brindar servicio técnico a un producto que haya sido modificado o integrado
con otros productos, cuando dicha modificación o integración tenga como resultado un aumento dela dificultad o el tiempo necesario para reparar el producto. ESTA GARANTÍA OFRECIDA POR
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN REEMPLAZA CUALQUIER OTRA GARANTÍA, EXPRESA O IMPLÍCITA. POR
MEDIO DE LA PRESENTE, BLACKMAGIC DESIGN Y SUS DISTRIBUIDORES RECHAZAN CUALQUIERGARANTÍA IMPLÍCITA DE COMERCIALIZACIÓN O IDONEIDAD PARA UN PROPÓSITO PARTICULAR.
LA RESPONSABILIDAD DE BLACKMAGIC DESIGN EN CUANTO A LA REPARACIÓN O SUSTITUCIÓN
DE PRODUCTOS DEFECTUOSOS CONSTITUYE UNA COMPENSACIÓN COMPLETA Y EXCLUSIVAPROPORCIONADA AL CLIENTE POR CUALQUIER DAÑO INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, FORTUITO OEMERGENTE, AL MARGEN DE QUE BLACKMAGIC DESIGN O SUS DISTRIBUIDORES HAYAN SIDO
ADVERTIDOS CON ANTERIORIDAD SOBRE LA POSIBILIDAD DE TALES DAÑOS. BLACKMAGIC DESIGNNO SE HACE RESPONSABLE POR EL USO ILEGAL DE EQUIPOS POR PARTE DEL CLIENTE. BLACKMAGICDESIGN NO SE HACE RESPONSABLE POR DAÑOS CAUSADOS POR EL USO DE ESTE PRODUCTO.
EL USUARIO UTILIZA EL PRODUCTO BAJO SU PROPIA RESPONSABILIDAD.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Todos los derechos reservados. Blackmagic Design, DeckLink, HDLink, Videohub
Workgroup, Multibridge Pro, Multibridge Extreme, Intensity y «Leading the creative video revolution» son marcas registradas
en Estados Unidos y otros países. Todos los demás nombres de compañías y productos pueden ser marcas comerciales de lasrespectivas empresas a las que estén asociados.

Garantía476

2024年7月

安装操作手册

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
中文欢迎辞感谢您购买Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD硬盘录机！
早在构思原版Blackmagic HyperDeck硬盘录机时，我们的目标就是设计出一款能使用高速SSD
存储方案更快捷地记录并播放视频的产品。如今，我们终于推出了HyperDeck Shuttle HD！

HyperDeck Shuttle HD是一款采用小巧便携设计的台式HDMI视频记录设备。它搭载大尺寸搜
索旋钮和熟悉的播放控制，能实现单手操控，是搭配ATEM Mini切换台进行现场制作的理想搭档。
此外，HyperDeck Shuttle HD还可以作为一台提词器来使用！
HyperDeck Shuttle HD能使用ProRes、DNxHD或H.264编码格式将文件记录到SD卡或外部
闪存盘上，实现非常快速的记录和播放。
请登陆公司网站www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn，访问支持页面获取最新版操作手册以及HyperDeck软件更新。请注意定期更新您的软件以便获得最新功能。下载软件时，请注册您的相关信息，以便我们发布新软件时能及时通知您。我们将不断致力于产品的功能开发和性能改进，诚挚期待您的意见和建议！

Grant Petty
Blackmagic Design首席执行官

目录
开始使用  480

设置

505
511

连接电源

480

更新内部软件连接视频和音频481

通过网络传输文件  512连接存储介质

481

记录视频  482播放  483
使用搜索旋钮

484

更改设置  486设置  487

Developer Information  516Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

516

Protocol Commands

516

Protocol Details

523

HyperDeck Control REST API

538

Transport Control API

538

System Control API

543

记录菜单

487

监看菜单

488

音频菜单

488

存储菜单

489

Media Control API

546

设置菜单

491

Timeline Control API

548

后面板  498

Event Control API

550

存储介质  499

Clips Control API

551

HyperDeck Control API

551

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

561

messages

561

Device Properties

563

SD卡

499

外接硬盘

500

格式化存储介质  500在Mac计算机上格式化存储介质

500

在Windows计算机上格式化存储介质

501

宗卷导航  502

帮助  568

使用提词器功能  503

监管告知  569

503

安全信息  570

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup  504

保修  571

控制提词器播放速度

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

479

开始使用
HyperDeck Shuttle HD使用前的准备工作很简单，只要连接电源，连接HDMI视频源，插入SD卡或外
接存储介质，然后按下记录就可以了！
本手册的这一部分介绍了开始使用HyperDeck Shuttle HD前的准备事项。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

连接电源
为HyperDeck Shuttle HD连接电源时，请将内附的电源适配器连接到设备后面板的电源输入接口。旋紧电源线的锁定环，防止连接意外断开。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

将电源适配器妥善连接到HyperDeck Shuttle HD的电源输入接口

开始使用

480

连接视频和音频
要将视频连接到HyperDeck Shuttle HD，请将HDMI视频源连接设备后面板的HDMI输入接口。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

将目标设备连接到HDMI输出接口。比如ATEM Mini切换台或HDMI电视。

HDMI输出也可用来在更改HyperDeck的设置时查看设置菜单。因为设置菜单可通过在HDMI输出上显示视频叠加进行查看。更多关于菜单设置的信息，请阅读本手册后续在“更改设置”部分的介绍。

提示 如果您无法在所连接的显示器上看到输入视频，这可能是因为设备处于播放模式下。按记
录按钮启用记录模式。

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INHDMI
将HDMI输出连接到目标设备，如HDMI电视或ATEM Mini切换台连接存储介质
所有HyperDeck Shuttle HD硬盘录机拆封后便可立即开始记录，无需进行任何配置或设置。您需要准备的只有一个经过格式化的SD卡或外部存储盘。
存储介质可通过菜单设置轻松完成格式化，或者使用计算机进行格式化。详情请阅读本手册中“格式化存储介质”部分的介绍。该部分还具体介绍了哪类存储介质适合用于视频记录，以及推荐使用的SD卡和外部硬盘列表相关信息。
插入SD卡步骤如下：1

手持SD卡，将其金色接触点朝上并对准存储介质插槽。然后，将存储卡轻轻推入卡槽，直至插入到位。

开始使用

481

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2SETETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

您的HyperDeck将验证插入的SD卡。此时，HyperDeck Shuttle HD上方的SD卡提示灯会亮起
绿色。验证完毕后，提示灯会熄灭。

DISK

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

至此，HyperDeck Shuttle HD的准备工作全部完成，您现在就可以开始记录和播放了！
请继续阅读本操作手册，了解更多关于如何记录和播放片段、如何更改设置等方面的详细信息。

记录视频
SCR

在HDMI目标设备上确认视频源显示后，就可以立即开始记录了！
要开始记录，请按记录按钮。使用SD卡记录时，设备上的SD提示灯会亮起红色，并且记录和播放按钮也会
相应亮起。使用外部存储盘记录时，设备上的存储盘提示灯会亮起红色。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

要结束记录，请按停止按钮。

记录视频

482

播放
按下播放按钮可开始片段播放。播放期间，播放按钮会亮起，并且相应的“DISK”或“SD”存储介质插槽提示灯会亮起绿色。
如果记录了多个片段，您可以按向前和向后跳过按钮在这些片段之间快速移动。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

使用跳过按钮
按向后跳过按钮可以跳转到片段开始的位置。反复按该按钮可逐个退回到之前记录的片段。
按向前跳过按钮可以逐个向前跳转片段。当在HyperDeck Setup中勾选“Identify HyperDeck”（识别HyperDeck）复选框后，跳过按钮也会闪烁。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

使用向前或向后跳过按钮可跳转到每个片段的开始位置

提示 要在HyperDeck上播放视频文件，需要设置相应的编解码以匹配记录文件时所使用的编解码。您可以使用菜单来完成这一操作。详情请阅读本手册后续在“更改设置”部分的介绍。

循环片段
播放期间，再次按下播放按钮可将您的HyperDeck Shuttle HD设置为循环所有片段，按停止按钮可终
止循环播放。
如果要循环单个片段，可将HyperDeck设置为“CLIP”（片段）模式。该模式下，按播放按钮一次可开始播放，再次按下播放按钮可循环播放。
循环所有片段播放期间，再次按下播放按钮可循环播放所有记录片段。

循环当前片段在片段模式下，再次按下播放按钮可循环播放当前片段。

播放

483

片段模式
片段模式能将播放限制为单个片段。比如，启用片段模式后，您可以快速运行或跳到某个片段，然后按下播放键，播放将会在片段结束时停止。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

选中片段模式时，再次按下播放按钮将会循环播放当前片段。

使用搜索旋钮
使用搜索旋钮可以在片段之间快速移动，选择某个具体部分进行播放，或者逐帧查看。这是一项重要的功能，您可以转动旋钮以直观的方式查看片段，找到某个特定位置。此外，您还可以使用它将播放头停在特定的提示点做好准备，以便在直播期间切入片段。
搜索旋钮模式包括慢速搜索、极速搜索和快速搜索。

慢速

极速

快速

逐帧播放片段内容，从而实现精准控制。
极速模式能快速地在所有记录的媒体文件中向前或向后移动。在您转动搜索旋钮的时候，极速模式会与您的转动操作绑定，从而全面控制播放的位置。

SCR按钮还可以调出宗卷导航窗口，可显示您当前正在播放的视频文件路径。
更多关于宗卷导航功能的信息，请阅读本手册后续在“宗卷导航”部分的介绍。
同时按下“JOG”和“SCR”按钮可进入快速模式。进入快速模式后，只要向左或向右旋转旋钮，就可以在媒体文件之间快退或快进。在您转动旋钮的时候，媒体文件的速度移动会加快，直至达到x50的最大速度。要将快速运行速度降
低到停止状态，可转动旋钮使其回到开始位置。快速运行期间，如果想在某个
特定位置停止，可按停止按钮；按播放按钮可在当前位置重新开始播放运行。
此外，使用设置菜单也可以降低最大快速运行速度。详情请参考本手册“设置”
部分的内容。

播放

484

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

按下专设的“JOG”和“SCR”按钮可相应选择慢速和极速搜索模式

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

选定搜索模式后，转动旋钮进行搜索

提示 要回到正常播放模式，可按播放或停止按钮。

播放

485

更改设置
按“MENU”（菜单）按钮可打开设置菜单，该菜单会以视频叠加信息的形式显示在所连接HDMI显示器的
左下角。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

按“MENU”按钮打开设置菜单。
SCR

使用搜索旋钮在子菜单或各项设置之间导航

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

按“SET”按钮选择相应的子菜单或设置

要调整设置，可转动搜索旋钮，或者使用向前、向后跳过按钮。按“SET”按钮确认选择。
要退出菜单界面，可按“MENU”按钮逐层返回各级选项并回到主页面。

提示 您可以使用设置菜单将菜单显示放置在屏幕四角的任意一角上。建议您完成设置更改后关闭
菜单显示，从而确保HDMI输出连接ATEM Mini Extreme等HDMI切换台时为干净的画面信号。

更改设置

486

设置
设置菜单一共分为5个不同类别，具体是记录、监看、音频、存储以及设置。每个子菜单都包含相关的设置，
大部分设置都能通过使用HyperDeck Shuttle HD控制面板进行调整。部分设置仅供显示，并且呈灰色
字体，比如“文件名前缀”。在本例中，设置可通过HyperDeck Setup实用程序进行调整。

记录菜单

输入
可显示HyperDeck Shuttle HD的HDMI输入。

编解码HyperDeck Shuttle HD都可使用H.264、Apple ProRes和DNxHD编解码记录压缩视频。如要使用
提词器功能，可选择“提词器”。

触发记录共有两种触发记录模式，“视频开始/停止”和“时间码运行”。
包括Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K在内的部分摄影机可通过HDMI向外部记录设备发送
开始和停止记录的信号。选择“视频开始/停止”选项后，按摄影机上的记录按钮就可以触发HyperDeck
开始或停止记录。
使用“时间码运行”选项时，只要设备通过HDMI输入接收到有效时间码信号，就会触发开始记录的动作。
当信号停止时，记录也停止。选择“无”选项可禁用触发记录功能。

备注 从HDMI摄影机记录时，请确保设备输出的是无叠加信息的纯画面，因为任何显示在摄影
机视频输出画面上的叠加信息都将被一同记录下来。

设置

487

监看菜单

提词器布局
监看菜单包含将HyperDeck Shuttle HD作为提词器使用时所需的全部设置。
字体大小选择相应的字体大小选项后，按下SET按钮，完成文本大小调整。顺时针转动旋钮可放大字体，逆时针转动可缩小字体。
行距转动旋钮来增加或减少行距。
侧边距调整提词器显示的两侧宽度。
翻转如果提词器的显示器是设置为反射到玻璃上的，比如在摄影机前或演讲台上，就需要使用翻转设置，方便
主持人或演讲者阅读。翻转模式共有两种：
水平翻转 - 如果提词器显示器的底部被安装固定在最靠近玻璃底部的位置，可使用这一模式。
垂直翻转 - 如果提词器显示器的底部被安装固定在远离玻璃底部的位置，可使用这一模式。

音频菜单

设置

488

录音通道

HyperDeck Shuttle HD一次可记录多达8声道PCM音频。要选择记录通道的数量，请扩展录音频通道

列表，选择2、4或8声道。

如果编解码被设为H.264，您可以选择2声道AAC音频，以便直接将记录内容上传到YouTube。

存储菜单连接的存储介质将会显示在存储设置中。存储介质 1会显示所连接的SD卡名称列表，存储介质 2会显示连接到外部存储盘接口的USB硬盘。使用Blackmagic MultiDock 10G等USB集线器设备时，当前活跃的存储盘会被显示出来。

活跃存储介质
使用HyperDeck Shuttle时，您可以同时连接一张SD卡、多个外部存储盘以及网络存储。这意味着您从
一台HyperDeck Shuttle硬盘录机上就可以访问数TB的录制空间。
如果您只连接了一张SD卡或存储盘，那么这个SD卡或存储盘就会作为用于所有播放和录制的活跃存储介质。如果您使用多个存储方案，可以根据需要选择任何一个用于录制和播放。
选择您想使用的活跃存储介质：

1

使用搜索旋钮，将存储菜单中的“活跃存储介质”选项高光显示，然后按闪烁的“SET”按钮。

2

所连接的存储介质会显示在该列表中。使用搜索旋钮选中您想要用于录制的存储介质。

设置

489

设置网络位置
HyperDeck Shuttle可以通过以太网播放来自Blackmagic Cloud和其他网络存储上的HD媒体文件。
连接到网络存储文件夹：

1

使用搜索旋钮和SET按钮，选择“设置网络位置”。此时会出现一个本地网络搜索对话框。

2

所有位于您本地网络上的服务器都会出现在列表中。使用搜索旋钮，将相应服务器的名称高光显示，
再按SET按钮将其选中。此时，界面会出现服务器上可用的共享位置列表。使用搜索旋钮，将您想要选择的共享位置高光显示，并按SET按钮，然后继续操作，直到您想要使用的文件夹显示在屏幕顶部。

3文件夹名称会出现在LCD屏幕的顶部。如果要选择这个文件夹用于录制和播放，可使用搜索旋钮选择“设置该位置”，并按SET按钮。此时，该选项右侧会出现一个勾号。

4完成连接后，这一位置会出现在网络位置下的存储介质 2存储列表中。

HyperDeck Shuttle硬盘录机的第二个存储介质插槽会被分配为USB和所连接的网络文件夹。要在所连
接的USB存储盘和网络存储之间选择，可从存储介质菜单中选择“存储介质 2”，并按闪烁的SET按钮。从
存储介质 2列表中选择您想要使用的存储介质，并按SET按钮。此时您将返回到存储菜单。您还可以使用
存储介质 2菜单移除网络存储，在菜单的底部选择“移除网络位置”。

备注 从网络宗卷上播放时，HyperDeck Shuttle HD会假定使用访客登录服务器。目前使用
菜单和SET按钮不支持需要登录和密码的服务器访问，但您可以通过HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol来输入凭证。

设置

490

USB溢写如果使用Blackmagic MultiDock 10G或类似产品通过标有“EXT DISK”的USB接口连接多个存储盘，
开启“USB溢写”功能可以确保记录内容将从一个外部存储盘跳转到下一个外部存储盘。

格式化存储介质通过“EXT DISK”接口连接的SD卡和其他存储介质可直接在设备上或通过Mac或Windows计算机格式化。

使用HyperDeck Shuttle HD格式化存储介质：
1

使用搜索旋钮和“SET”按钮，选择“格式化存储介质”。

2

从列表中选择要格式化的存储介质，并按“SET”按钮。

3

选定格式后，按“SET”按钮。

4

随后会出现确认窗口，显示即将被格式化的存储介质以及选定的格式化选项，选择“格式化”。

5

格式化完毕后会出现一个提示窗口，选择“确定”。

HFS+也被称为Mac OS X扩展格式，因为它支持“日志功能”，所以被广为推荐。一旦发生存储介质损坏的情
况，具有日志功能的存储介质更易恢复数据。HFS+受Mac系统的原生支持。exFAT则受Mac和Windows系统的支持，无需使用额外软件，但不支持日志功能。要在Mac或Windows计算机上格式化存储介质，请
参考“格式化存储介质”部分的内容。

设置菜单设置菜单包含语言选项和默认格式，以及菜单显示、网络设置和时间码等选项。

设置

491

名称
如果网络中存在多台HyperDeck Shuttle HD，您可以对它们进行命名加以区分。该操作可通过BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup或Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol终端程序操作完成。设备名称将会
出现在设置菜单中。

语言HyperDeck Shuttle HD支持13种语言界面，包括英语、中文、日语、韩语、西班牙语、德语、法语、俄语、
意大利语、葡萄牙语、土耳其语、乌克兰语以及波兰语。
选择语言步骤如下：1

当设置菜单高光显示时，按“SET”按钮。

2

旋转搜索旋钮向下滚动菜单，选择“语言”，按“SET”按钮。

3使用搜索旋钮选择相应语言，按“SET”按钮。选定后，系统将自动返回设置菜单。

软件可显示当前安装的软件版本。

摄影机
当使用HyperDeck记录多台摄影机的ISO单独文件，然后要将其在DaVinci Resolve中作为多机位时间线剪辑时，该设置就非常有用。
每台单独的摄影机的识别性字符都将显示在文件的元数据中，从而DaVinci Resolve在使用同步媒体夹
功能时可以轻松识别每个角度。

通过A-Z或者1-9来指派摄影机

默认格式有时，HyperDeck Shuttle HD无法判断您想要使用什么视频格式。这一设置可以让HyperDeck明确
大多数情况下您想要使用的视频格式。
一个很好的例子就是，如果您开启了HyperDeck Shuttle HD，设备上并未连接视频输入，此时您插入一块硬盘，硬盘中含有两种不同视频格式的文件，那么HyperDeck会播放哪种视频格式？ 默认视频格式功能会提示设备您所偏好的视频格式，让设备切换到这一格式来播放这些文件。
另外，当您首次开启HyperDeck Shuttle HD，并且没有连接任何视频输入，也没有插入任何存储介质时，默认视频格式功能也会很有帮助。在这类情况下，HyperDeck无法判断应该使用哪类视频格式进行
监看输出。此时，默认视频格式会引导设备进行操作。

设置

492

但是，默认视频格式只是作为指引，它不会覆盖任何内容。因此，如果您的存储介质中只含有一类视频文件，当您按下播放键时，HyperDeck硬盘录机会切换到对应的视频格式进行播放。此时默认视频格式功能会被忽略，因为很明显此时只需要播放存储介质上的文件即可。
记录期间的情况也会类似。当您按下记录键后，HyperDeck只会以连接到视频输入上的视频格式进行记录。此外，当您记录完成后，HyperDeck Shuttle HD会以相同视频格式播放存储介质上的文件，即使存储介质上存在其他匹配默认视频格式的文件。因为设备会认为您想要使用和刚才所记录文件相同的视频
格式来进行播放。只有在您将存储介质拔出后再次插入设备的时候，设备才会启用默认视频格式让您选择使用哪类文件播放。
默认视频格式只是作为指引，在HyperDeck Shuttle HD不确定如何操作的情况下帮助其进行判断。该
功能不属于覆盖命令，因此不会强制录机以任何特定方式运行。

快速运行最大速度
HyperDeck Shuttle HD的最大快速运行速度为x50倍速。如果您想要降低这一速度，只要在其他速度预设选项中选择一项即可。

日期和时间
正确设置日期和时间，不仅可以确保您的HyperDeck Shuttle拥有和您的网络一致的时间和日期信息，还可以防止和一些网络系统发生冲突。

自动设置日期和时间
如果要自动设置日期和时间，请将“自动设置日期和时间”选项设置为开启状态。如果设置为自动调整日
期和时间，HyperDeck会使用NTP栏中设置的网络时间协议服务器。如果要手动覆盖日期和时间，可选择“关闭”。

NTP
默认的NTP服务器为time.cloudflare.com，您也可以使用HyperDeck Setup手动输入其他NTP服务器。更多关于如何设置NTP服务器的信息，请阅读本手册后续在HyperDeck Setup部分的介绍。
日期要手动输入日期，请选择“日期”栏，然后按“SET”按钮。使用菜单旋钮选择日、月、年。
时间要调整时间，请选择“时间”，然后按“SET”按钮。使用菜单旋钮调整小时和分钟。内部时钟采用24小时制。

设置

493

菜单设置
您可以使用菜单设置来调整菜单在所连接HDMI显示器上的位置和外观。

外观可将HyperDeck的屏幕菜单设置为深色或浅色模式。浅色模式可提供更高的对比度，适用于较暗的媒体
素材，或者搭配提词器模式使用。

不透明度
可通过调整来降低所连接显示器上菜单叠加信息的不透明度，调整范围为100%（默认）到20%。
位置
菜单叠加信息的默认位置是屏幕左下角。如果要移动菜单的位置，可选择“位置”然后按“SET”按钮，就可以选择将其移动到屏幕的左上角、右上角、左下角或者右下角了。

网络设置

设置

494

协议

Blackmagic HyperDeck出厂设置为DHCP，因此连接后，您的网服务器会自动指派一个IP地址，无需调整其他网络设置。如果需要手动设置地址，可通过静态IP连接。
选中“协议”后，按下“SET”按钮，滚动到菜单中的“静态IP”然后按“SET”。

IP地址、子网掩码、网关、主DNS服务器和次DNS服务器选中“静态IP”后，就可以手动输入网络信息了。
要更改IP地址：1

通过搜索旋钮将“IP地址”高光选中，按下HyperDeck控制面板上的“SET”按钮。

2使用搜索旋钮调整IP地址：旋转搜索旋钮更改IP地址，按“SET”按钮确认，然后再调整下一个数值。

3

按下“SET”以确认更改，并跳至下个值。

输入完IP地址后，重复这些步骤调整子网掩码和网关。完成后，按“MENU”按钮退出并返回主页面。

时间码设置设置时间码输入和输出选项，包括在记录源时间码、当日时间码或手动设置时间码之间选择。

输入记录时，共有四个时间码输入选项。

视频输入选择“视频输入”将从带有SMPTE RP 188元数据的HDMI信号源提取其嵌入式时间码。该操作将保存HDMI信号源和HyperDeck Shuttle HD所记录文件之间的同步。

内部

使用此选项可记录通过内置时间码发生器所产生的当日时间码。

从上个片段生成为时间码输入选择“从上个片段生成”选项时，每个文件将从上一个片段尾帧的下一帧开始。例如，如果首个片段以10:28:30:10结束，那么下一个片段时间码将从
10:28:30:11开始。

预设

如果想要手动设置时间码，选择预设选项。记录的片段会按照“预设”中设置的时间码开始，本章节之后会显示。

设置

495

丢帧
对于29.97或59.94帧率NTSC信号源，您可以选择“丢帧”或“无丢帧”时间码。如果是未知信号源，选择
“默认”。这样将保持输入格式，或如果没有有效时间码默认为丢帧。
预设
如果要手动设置时间码，可按“SET”按钮，并使用搜索旋钮和“SET”按钮来输入起始时间码。请确保输入菜单中的“预设”选项被勾选。
输出为您的输出选择时间码选项。
时间线要为记录在存储卡或硬盘上的所有片段输出连续时间码，请选择时间线。

片段

选择片段选项可输出每个单独片段的时间码。

文件设置

文件名前缀
首次设置时，您的HyperDeck Shuttle HD将采用以下文件名规范将片段记录至SD卡或USB闪存盘。
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

前缀

HyperDeck_0001

片段编号您可以通过HyperDeck Setup实用程序修改文件名前缀。更多信息请参考本手册中“BlackmagicHyperDeck设置”部分的内容。

设置

496

时间戳文件后缀默认设置下，时间戳添加至文件名是关闭状态。如果您想要将日期和时间记录到文件名中，可将“时间戳文件后缀”选项切换至“开启”状态。
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

文件名前缀HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

年

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

月

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

日HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

时HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

分HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

片段编号

远程设置
远程设置可以让HyperDeck被其他视频设备远程控制，比如ATEM Mini Extreme切换台。

远程选择“远程”启用以太网远程控制。取消远程控制可回到本机控制。

重置设置

恢复出厂设置在设置菜单中高光“恢复出厂设置”可将HyperDeck恢复到出厂时的设置。按下“SET”时，设备会弹出确
认信息。

设置

497

后面板
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1

电源

2

SD卡

3

以太网

+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

HyperDeck Shuttle HD通过一块AC适配器获得电源。提示 附带的电源线配有防止断开的带锁接口，
但您也可以使用任何36W 12V的电源线为HyperDeck Shuttle HD供电。
将SD卡插入卡槽内可实现记录和播放。

设备的以太网端口可用来连接您的网络，以便可以录制到网络存储上，或者通过Web媒体管理器实
现快速ftp传输和http传输。此外，您还可以使用REST api或HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol以太网协议远程控制该设备。如需了解更多关于通过Web媒体管理器或FTP客户端传输文件的信息，请
参阅本手册后续在“通过网络传输文件”部分的介绍。
连接到ATEM切换台所在的同一个网络下时，您还可以使用ATEM切换台或ATEM硬件控制面板来
控制HyperDeck。

4

外接硬盘

5

HDMI

将硬盘连接至USB-C接口，您可以高达5Gb/s的速度记录至外接硬盘。您还可以连接多端口USB-C
集线器或Blackmagic MultiDock 10G，从而连接一个或多个SSD。

将HDMI输出连接到HDMI电视机、监视器或者ATEM Mini Extreme等切换台。HDMI输出还可用于查看菜单叠加。

后面板

498

存储介质
SD卡
为获得高质量HD记录，我们建议使用高速UHS-I型SD卡。这些卡需要具备超过220MB/s的写入速度，
可记录高达Ultra HD 2160p60的影像。
但是，如果您以低比特率记录更高压缩格式，那么或许能使用更低速的存储卡。通常来讲，卡的速度越快
越好。
请定期关注本操作手册是否已有更新版本，以便获得最新信息。请到 Blackmagic Design 网站www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support进行下载。

HyperDeck Shuttle HD应使用哪些SD卡？
建议您使用以下几款SD卡记录最高60fps的1080p影像：

品牌

型号

容量

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

存储介质

499

外接硬盘
所有HyperDeck型号都可以直接记录到USB-C存储盘上。这类存储盘速度快，容量大，可进行长时间视频记录。您可以将硬盘连接到计算机，直接在硬盘上进行剪辑！
如要获得更大的存储空间，可以连接USB-C存储盘坞或外置硬盘。如要连接Blackmagic MultiDock 10G
或USB-C存储盘，可使用线缆将USB-C设备连接到HyperDeck后方的“EXT DISK”端口。

HyperDeck Shuttle HD应使用哪些USB-C存储盘？
建议使用以下几款USB-C存储盘记录最高60fps的1080p ProRes HQ影像：
品牌

型号

容量

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

建议使用以下几款USB-C存储盘记录最高60fps的1080p DNxHD 220x影像：
品牌

型号

容量

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

建议使用以下几款USB-C存储盘记录最高60fps的1080p H.264影像：
品牌

型号

容量

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

格式化存储介质
在Mac计算机上格式化存储介质Mac系统自带的“磁盘工具”应用程序可以将硬盘格式化为HFS+或exFAT格式。
由于格式化后硬盘内所有文件都会被清除，因此请务必在格式化前备份硬盘上的所有重要文件。

1通过外部连接器或数据线将USB硬盘连接至电脑，忽略任何关于使用SSD作为Time Machine备份选择的信息。SD卡可通过外部读卡器连接到您的计算机。

2

进入“应用程序/实用工具”界面，运行“磁盘工具”程序。

3

点击SD卡或USB硬盘图标，再点击“抹掉”按钮。

4将格式设置为“Mac OS扩展（日志式）”或“exFAT”。

5输入新增分区的名字，点击“抹掉”。您的存储介质会迅速格式化，以备HyperDeck使用。

格式化存储介质500

在Windows计算机上格式化存储介质
使用Windows PC的格式化对话框可将硬盘格式化为exFAT。由于格式化后SSD硬盘或SD卡内所有文
件都会被清除，因此请务必在格式化前备份硬盘上的所有重要文件。

1通过外接硬盘座或数据线将USB硬盘连接至计算机。SD卡可通过外部读卡器连接到您的计算机。

2

打开“开始菜单”或“开始画面”，选择“我的电脑”。右键点击USB硬盘或SD卡。

3

从上下文菜单中选择“格式化”。

4将文件系统设置为“exFAT”，将分配单元大小设置成128kb。

5输入卷标，选择“快速格式化”，点击“开始”。

6您的存储介质会迅速格式化，以备HyperDeck使用。

格式化存储介质501

宗卷导航
宗卷导航可以打开一个文件路径叠加信息，以便您定位片段在媒体存储卡、存储盘以及网络存储盘上的位置。启用该功能后，叠加信息会出现在HDMI输出上，您可以使用SCR按钮、CLIP按钮以及搜索轮在目
录中导航。

1

按标有“SCR”字样的极速按钮可打开宗卷导航窗口。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

按SCR按钮可在HDMI输出上打开宗卷导航窗口2

搓擦或快进显示器画面中的素材，直到您在文件夹中找到感兴趣的片段。

3

按SCR按钮可在宗卷中向下移动，按CLIP按钮可在宗卷中向上移动。

要关闭宗卷导航窗口，可按停止按钮；要关闭宗卷导航窗口并立即开始播放，可按播放按钮。

备注 要查看使用不同编解码、分辨率或帧率记录的片段，请将HyperDeck的编解码和默认格式设为匹配选项。

宗卷导航

502

使用提词器功能
使用标准RTF或TXT纯文本文件时，您可以将Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD作为提词器使用。
在TextEdit或WordPad中创建文件，以13中支持语言中的任何一种保存为多信息文本格式或纯文本文件。
用HyperDeck Shuttle HD打开后，您可以调整稿件文本的字体大小和行距。
如要使用提词器功能：1

将HyperDeck Shuttle HD的HDMI输出与您希望使用的HDMI显示器连接。

2

插入包含稿件文本的SD卡或者连接USB硬盘。

3在记录菜单中选择编解码选项。前往“提词器”设置，按下“SET”按钮。

稿件文本会出现在显示器上。然后您可以用播放按钮开始自动播放，或者通过旋钮进行其他控制。

控制提词器播放速度
HyperDeck Shuttle HD上的大尺寸旋钮在提词器模式下可以用于控制播放，就像播放媒体一样。加载稿件文本后，同时按下“JOG”和“SCR”按钮可以启用变速播放。选定后转动旋钮。稿件文本的移动速度会
根据旋钮的移动而变化。比如，转动旋钮的速度越快，稿件文本滚动的速度就会越快。

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

如要获得固定的速度，您可以单独使用JOG和SCR按钮。选定后，在慢速搜索模式下旋转旋钮，稿件文本
会按照固定的低速移动，在极速模式下会以更快的速度移动。
要在SD卡或外部硬盘上的文件之间浏览，可以按前进和倒退按钮。

使用提词器功能503

提词器会识别到文件中的字体大小、颜色以及粗体设置。此外，当您把显示内容投射到分光镜上时，可以使用监看菜单调整字体大小、行距、侧边距，还能水平或垂直翻转显示内容。详情请参考本手册前面“菜单设置”部分的内容。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup是一款软件实用程序，可用于更改HyperDeck的各项设置并更新其内部软件。

要安装软件：

1

登陆网址www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support，下载最新Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
安装程序。

2

运行Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup安装程序，根据屏幕提示完成安装。

3

安装完成后，将HyperDeck Shuttle HD通过后面板的USB或以太网端口连接到计算机。

4运行Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup程序，并根据屏幕提示更新内部软件。如果系统未弹出任何提示信息，即表示当前内部软件已是最新版本，无需升级。

点击HyperDeck画面或者设置图标可以打开设置菜单。
屏幕主页会显示HyperDeck Shuttle HD和设备名称。当您的计算机连接了一台以上的HyperDeck时，该名称可用于识别设备，也可以通过实用程序中的设置菜单进行设置。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

504

设置
如果您拥有多台HyperDeck硬盘录机，请为每台设备单独命名，以便加以区分。您可以在名称栏中输入新的命名，并点击“Set”按钮。需要注意的是，更改HyperDeck名称会使得所使用的数字证书无效，因此，最好是在生成证书签名请求或自签名证书之前更改其名称。

识别HyperDeck
点击“Identify HyperDeck ”复选框后，HyperDeck Shuttle上的跳过按钮将会闪烁。如果您拥有多台
HyperDeck Shuttle，想要识别出哪一台是您通过HyperDeck Setup实用程序所连接的设备时，这个选项会很有帮助。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup505

日期和时间
点击该复选框可自动设置日期和时间。如果设置为自动调整日期和时间，HyperDeck Shuttle HD会使用
NTP字段中设置的网络时间协议服务器。默认的NTP服务器为time.cloudflare.com，您也可以手动输入
另一个NTP服务器，然后点击“Set”（设置）。
如果要手动键入日期和时间，可使用这些输入栏键入日期、时间和时区。正确设置日期和时间可确保您的记录拥有和网络一样的时间和日期信息，并且可以防止和一些网络存储系统发生冲突。

网络设置
协议
如果要用ATEM切换台控制HyperDeck Shuttle HD，或者通过HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol以太网协议对设备进行远程控制，那么HyperDeck Shuttle HD就需要和其他使用DHCP的设备位于同一网络
下，或者您也可以手动添加固定的IP地址。

DHCP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD硬盘录机默认使用DHCP设置。动态主机配置协议也叫DHCP，
这个网络服务器可以自动寻找您的HyperDeck硬盘录机并为其指派一个IP地址。DHCP方
便易用，可通过以太网连接设备，并确保设备的IP地址相互不冲突。大部分计算机和网络交
换机支持DHCP。

静态IP

即“Static IP”，选中该选项后，您可以手动输入具体的网络信息。当您进行手动设置IP地址
以便让所有设备都能建立通信时，这些设备必须共享同一个子网掩码和网关设置。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

506

访问网络
HyperDeck Shuttle HD可通过网络进行文件传输，并通过HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol进行远程控制。默认设置下，这些访问是开启状态，但当使用Web媒体管理器或HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
时，您可以选择单独禁用访问或通过用户名和密码访问来提高安全性。

文件传输协议
通过该复选框可开启或禁用通过FTP的访问。如果您通过CyberDuck等FTP客户端进行访问，点击该图标可复制FTP地址。更多信息，请参阅“通过网络传输文件”部分的内容。

Web媒体管理器
记录在SD卡或外部存储盘上的媒体文件可使用Web媒体管理器通过网页浏览器进行访问。当您点击该链接或将其复制粘贴到您的网页浏览器时，会打开一个简单的界面，让您可以通过网络直接上传或下载
文件到SD卡上。
默认设置下，通过HTTP访问是启用状态，但您可以完全禁用访问或通过“Enabled with Security Only”（仅以安全性启用）来安全登录。当使用数字证书时，Web媒体管理器连接通过HTTPS加密。更多关于数
字证书的信息，请参阅“安全证书设置”部分的介绍。

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
您可以通过 HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol 和您计算机上的命令行程序（例如，Mac 上的Terminal，Windows计算机上的PuTTY等）连接到HyperDeck硬盘录机。您可以启用带有或不带用户名和密码的访问，或者完全禁用访问。在使用netcat等实用程序时，您可以使用SSL程序来加密访问。
更多关于可用命令的信息，请阅读本手册在“Developer Information”（开发人员信息）部分的介绍。
允许实用程序管理当您的硬盘录机通过网络或通过USB连接时，可访问Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup。要防止用户通过网络访问，请选择“USB only”（仅USB）。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup507

安全登录设置

如果您为HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol访问选择了“Enabled with Security”（以安全性启用），
就需要输入用户名和密码。键入用户名和密码，并点击“Save”（保存）。输入密码后，密码字段会显示空白。
一旦用户名和密码设置后，如果选择了“Enabled with Security”（以安全性启用），那么当访问Web媒体管理器时需要先输入该信息。

安全证书要启用通过HTTPS访问Web媒体管理器，或当HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol配置为仅以安全性访问，那么您将需要一个安全证书。该数字证书可充当您的HyperDeck Shuttle HD身份识别，因此任何收到的连接都可以确认它们连接到正确的设备。除了确认设备身份之外，使用安全证书还可确保HyperDeck
Shuttle HD与计算机或服务器之间传输的数据得到加密。使用安全登录设置时，连接不仅会被加密，而且需要身份验证才能访问。
与HyperDeck Shuttle一起使用的证书有两类，一类是由认证机构签署的安全证书，或者另一类是自签
名证书。对于某些用户的工作流程，例如仅通过本地网络访问HyperDeck Shuttle HD的情况，自签名证书可能已经足够安全了。
要生成自签名证书，请点击“Create Certificate”（创建证书）。系统将提示您确认是否了解使用自签名证书的风险。一旦点击“Create”（创建），证书的详细信息会自动填充到HyperDeck Setup实用程序中的“Domain”（域）、“Issuer”（颁发者）和“Valid untill”（有效期至）栏。

恢复出厂设置后，任何当前证书都会被删除，但您也可以随时通过点击“Remove”按钮，并按照提示将其移除。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup508

当使用自签名证书通过HTTPS访问媒体文件时，您的网页浏览器会提醒您访问该站点的风险。有些浏览器会在您确认了解风险后允许您继续操作，但有些网页浏览器可能会阻止您继续操作。

为确保授予对任何网页浏览器的访问权限，您将需要使用签名证书。要获得签名证书，您首先需要使用
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup实用程序生成证书签名请求（CSR）。然后将这一签名请求发送到证书颁发机构（CA）或您的IT部门进行签名。完成后，系统会返回一个带有.cert、.crt或.pem文件扩展名的签
名证书，您可以将其导入HyperDeck Shuttle HD。
HyperDeck
MENU

证书

认证机构

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

生成证书签名请求CSR步骤如下：1

点击“Generate Signing Request”（生成签名申请）按钮。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

509

2

会出现一个窗口提示您键入HyperDeck的公用名和主题备用名称。根据需要使用以下列表调整其
他信息。

信息

描述

示例

Common Name（公用名）

您将要使用的域名

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative Name（主题备用名称）

备用的域名hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Country（国家）您的机构所在的国家

AUState（省）省份、区域、县或州

Victoria

Location（位置）城、镇、乡等地区名称。

Port Melbourne

Organization Name（机构名称）

您机构的名称Blackmagic Design3填完证书信息后，按“Generate”。

生成.csr时，您还将同时创建公钥和私钥。公钥将包含在签名请求中，而私钥将保留在设备中。在CA或IT部门和您的机构核实并验证CSR中的信息后，他们就会生成包含上述详细信息以及公钥的签名证书。
导入后，HyperDeck Shuttle HD将使用公钥和私钥来确认HyperDeck的身份，并在使用SSL程序时通
过HTTPS或HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol以太网协议来加密和解密数据共享。
导入签名证书步骤如下：1

点击“Import Signed Certificate”（导入签名证书）按钮。

2

使用文件浏览器导航到签名证书所在位置，选择文件后单击“Open”（打开）。

“Domain”（域）、“Issuer”（颁发者）和“Valid untill”（有效期至）栏将使用来自您CA的信息进行更新。
通常签名证书的有效期约为一年，请您务必在证书即将到期时重复申请过程。

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup510

由于选择了域名，您需要与您的IT部门讨论如何解析HyperDeck Shuttle HD设备的DNS条目。这会将
HyperDeck Shuttle HD的IP地址的所有流量指向签名请求中选定的域地址。
这也将是您通过Web媒体管理器访问文件时所使用的HTTPS地址，例如：
https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com
需要注意的是，恢复出厂设置后该证书会失效，需要生成并签署一个新的证书。

文件设置

初次设置时，HyperDeck Shuttle HD将会使用“HyperDeck”前缀把片段记录在SD卡或外部USB硬盘上。您可以输入新的文件名修改前缀。
默认设置下，时间戳添加至文件名是关闭状态。如果您希望在文件名中记录日期和时间，可以将其设为开启状态。HyperDeck Shuttle HD的屏幕菜单中也有文件名前缀和时间戳的设置。

重置
选择“恢复出厂设置”后可将HyperDeck恢复到出厂时的设置。恢复出厂设置后，当前证书会失效。如果
使用了安全证书，您需要生成一个新的证书签名请求，交由证书颁发机构或IT部门签名。

更新内部软件
更新内部软件步骤如下：

1

最新版Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup安装程序下载链接：2运行Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup安装程序，根据屏幕提示完成安装。

3

安装完成后，将HyperDeck Shuttle HD通过后面板的USB或以太网端口连接到计算机。

www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

511

4

运行Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup程序，并根据屏幕提示更新内部软件。如果系统未弹出任何提示信息，即表示当前内部软件已是最新版本，无需升级。

通过网络传输文件
HyperDeck Shuttle HD支持通过超文本传输协议安全（HTTPS）和文件传输协议（FTP）两种方式进行文件传输。这项功能可让您通过本地网络可提供的快速网络，将文件从您的计算机直接复制到HyperDeck上。
例如，您可以将新文件复制到HyperDeck设备，用于在监视器墙或数字标牌上进行播放。
您的HyperDeck可以发送和接收任何文件，但请注意，如果您需要在HyperDeck Shuttle HD上播放任
何文件，该文件必须符合HyperDeck所支持的编解码器和分辨率。

提示 您可以在HyperDeck录制的同时通过网络传输文件。HyperDeck会自动调整传输速度，确保记录不受影响。

使用这两个协议中的任何一个都可以通过HyperDeck Setup实用程序启用或禁用HyperDeck Shuttle
HD。例如，您可以同时禁用FTP访问并启用HTTPS访问。

通过HTTPS连接HyperDeck Shuttle HD
要通过Web媒体管理器访问HyperDeck Shuttle HD，您将需要通过网络访问设置可用的URL。当您的计算机通过USB或以太网连接后，网络访问设置会出现在HyperDeck Setup实用程序中，但仅连接以太网时会被禁用。

1

使用USB-C线缆，将您的计算机通过HyperDeck Shuttle HD后面板上的USB端口连接，并打开HyperDeck Setup。在设备名称旁边可以看到USB连接图标。点击圆形图标或产品图像的任何位
置可打开该设置。

2

使用自签名证书时，导航至网络访问设置并点击URL一侧的复制图标。该URL基于您的HyperDeck
名称。要修改该URL，可修改设备名称。

通过网络传输文件

512

使用自签名证书时，请点击链接。

3如果您导入了由CA或IT部门签署的证书，请将地址复制并粘贴到当前证书的域字段中。

将域地址复制并粘贴到浏览器中4打开您的网页浏览器，将该地址粘贴到新的窗口。如果您启用了仅以安全性访问设置，那么您需要在HyperDeck Setup实用程序中输入用户名和密码。

使用自签名证书时，浏览器会出现有关连接隐私的警告，这意味着尚未通过HyperDeck Setup实用程序导入受信任的签名证书。
要继续以有效受信任的证书进行操作，请按照您浏览器的提示确认风险并进入网站。

使用Web媒体管理器传输文件
当您第一次打开Web媒体管理器的浏览器视图时，会看到您的文件通过相关存储介质插槽进行排序。
sd1SD卡上的媒体文件。

USB

所连接的USB存储盘将以前缀USB/列出。

双击存储介质可显示SD卡或存储盘上的内容。

通过网络传输文件

513

点击“Upload”（上传）按钮添加文件

要远程添加文件进行播放，请点击“Upload”（上传）按钮。使用文件浏览器导航到您的文件，并点击“Upload”（上传）。上传过程中会出现一个状态窗口。如有需要，您还可以使用“Create Folder”（创建文件夹）按钮添加文件夹。
要下载文件，请使用最右侧的箭头图标。您的浏览器可能会提示您允许从该站点下载。点击“Allow”（允许）。
要删除文件，请点击垃圾桶图标，在弹出的删除文件窗口中，点击“Delete”按钮完成删除操作。

通过FTP传输文件如果您的计算机和HyperDeck Shuttle HD位于同一个网络，您所需要的只是一个FTP客户端和您HyperDeck Shuttle HD的IP地址或HyperDeck Setup实用程序中的FTP URL。

1

在用来连接HyperDeck Shuttle HD的计算机上下载安装FTP客户端。我们推荐Cyberduck、FileZilla
或Transmit，但大多数FTP应用程序都可以使用。Cyberduck与FileZilla均可免费下载。

2

将HyperDeck Shuttle HD连接到网络后，打开HyperDeck Setup并点击FTP URL，或按复制图标手动粘贴。如果FTP程序没有打开连接，您可能需要再次点击该链接。

3

如果您手动打开FTP连接，请将URL粘贴到服务器字段中。如果可用，请勾选“Anonymous Login”（匿名登录）。

通过网络传输文件

514

4SD卡可通过“sd1”识别。

现在，您就可以使用FTP界面拖放文件了。

通过网络传输文件

515

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

通过网络传输文件

516

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}通过网络传输文件

517

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

通过网络传输文件

518

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline通过网络传输文件

519

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks通过网络传输文件

520

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

通过网络传输文件

521

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

通过网络传输文件

522

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵通过网络传输文件

523

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported通过网络传输文件

524

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

通过网络传输文件

525

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

通过网络传输文件

526

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:stop↵

通过网络传输文件

527

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

通过网络传输文件

528

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵通过网络传输文件

529

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

通过网络传输文件

530

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵通过网络传输文件

531

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

通过网络传输文件

532

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

通过网络传输文件

533

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

通过网络传输文件

534

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

通过网络传输文件

535

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

通过网络传输文件

536

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

通过网络传输文件

537

HyperDeck Control REST API
If you are a software developer you can build custom applications or leverage ready to use
tools such as REST client or Postman to seamlessly control and interact with HyperDeck disk
recorders using HyperDeck Control REST API. This API enables you to perform a wide range
of operations, such as starting or stopping recordings, managing playback, accessing disk
information and much more. Whether you’re developing a custom application tailored to yourspecific needs or utilizing existing tools, this API empowers you to unlock the full potential ofHyperDeck disk recorders with ease. We look forward to seeing what you come up with!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

通过网络传输文件

538

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

通过网络传输文件

539

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

通过网络传输文件

540

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

通过网络传输文件

541

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

通过网络传输文件

542

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

通过网络传输文件

543

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

通过网络传输文件

544

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

通过网络传输文件

545

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

通过网络传输文件

546

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found通过网络传输文件

547

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string通过网络传输文件

548

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

通过网络传输文件

549

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

通过网络传输文件

550

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

通过网络传输文件

551

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

通过网络传输文件

552

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

通过网络传输文件

553

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

通过网络传输文件

554

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

通过网络传输文件

555

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

通过网络传输文件

556

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

通过网络传输文件

557

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

通过网络传输文件

558

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

通过网络传输文件

559

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

通过网络传输文件

560

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

通过网络传输文件

561

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

通过网络传输文件

562

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

通过网络传输文件

563

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

通过网络传输文件

564

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

通过网络传输文件

565

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

通过网络传输文件

566

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark通过网络传输文件

567

帮助
获得帮助
获得帮助最快捷的途径是登陆Blackmagic Design在线支持页面并浏览有关Blackmagic HyperDeck
硬盘录机的最新支持信息和材料。

Blackmagic Design在线支持页面
请登陆Blackmagic Design支持中心www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support获得最新版操作手
册、软件以及技术答疑文章。

Blackmagic Design论坛您可以登陆我们的网站访问Blackmagic Design论坛，获得更多信息和有用的创意资源。访问论坛也是获取帮助的一个捷径，因为论坛中不乏经验丰富的用户和Blackmagic Design的员工，他们都能为您答
疑解惑。请登陆网址http:// forum.blackmagicdesign.com进入论坛。

联系Blackmagic Design支持中心
如果我们提供的支持信息和论坛均无法解答您的疑问，请到支持页面下点击“给我们发送电子邮件”按钮
即可发送技术支持请求。或者，您也可以点击支持页面下的“查找您所在地区的支持团队”按钮，致电您所
在地区的Blackmagic Design支持中心获得帮助。

查看当前安装的软件版本
要检查您计算机上的Blackmagic HyperDeck软件版本，请打开“About Blackmagic HyperDeck
Setup”窗口查看。
 在Mac OS系统下，请到“应用程序”文件夹下打开Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup。到程序菜单中
点击“About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup”即可查看版本号。
 在Windows系统下，请到开始菜单或开始界面打开Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup实用程序。点击“Help”（帮助）菜单并选择“About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup”即可查看版本号。

如何获得软件更新检 查完电 脑上安装的 B lack magic

H y p e r D e c k S e t u p 软 件 版本号之 后，请 登 陆 网 址
www.blackmagicdesign.com/cn/support，访问Blackmagic Design支持中心查看最新版本。请及
时将软件升级到最新版本，但切勿在重要项目制作过程中升级软件。

帮助

568

监管告知
在欧盟范围内处置电子垃圾和电子设备的注意事项。
根据产品所附的提示标志，本设备不得与其它废弃材料共同处置。处置废弃设备时，必须交给
指定收集点进行回收。对废弃设备进行单独收集并回收能够节省自然资源，且回收方式不会损害环境和人体健康。获取更多关于废弃设备回收点的信息，请联系您所在城市的回收站，或当时购买设备的经销商。
本设备经过测试，符合FCC规则的第15部分对A类数字设备的限制。这些限制旨在为运行于商业环境中的设备提供合理保护，使其免受有害干扰的影响。本设备可生成、使用且辐射射频能量，如果未按照安装手册来安装和使用本设备，则可能导致对无线电通信的有害干扰。在住宅区运行本
产品可能会产生有害干扰，在这种情况下将由用户自行承担消除干扰的费用。
必须满足以下条件后方可操作：

1

设备不会造成有害干扰。

2设备必须能够承受任何干扰，包括可能导致意外操作的干扰。

R-R-BMD-20211410001
加拿大ISED认证声明
本设备符合加拿大A类数码产品的相关标准。
任何对本产品的改装或预期用途之外的使用均可能导致相关标准认证无效。
必须使用有高品质屏蔽的HDMI电缆连接HDMI接口。
本设备经检测符合商业环境使用要求。在家用环境中，本设备可能会造成无线电干扰。

监管告知

569

安全信息
本产品适合在环境温度低于40 º C的热带地区使用。
确保设备四周留有足够的空间，不受阻碍。
设备内部没有操作人员可维护的零件。维修服务请联系当地Blackmagic Design服务中心。

请在海拔高度2000米以下的地区使用。

加利福尼亚安全声明
该产品可能会使您暴露于微量的化学制品之下，比如塑料部分中含有的多溴化联苯，该物质已被加利福尼亚州列为可导致癌症、出生缺陷或其他生殖伤害。
详情请访问网址www.P65Warnings.ca.gov。
欧洲办事处Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

安全信息

570

保修
12个月有限保修
Blackmagic Design保证本产品自购买之日起12个月内不会有材料和工艺上的缺陷。若本产品在保修期
内出现质量问题，Blackmagic Design可选择为产品提供免费修理或更换零部件，或者更换缺陷产品。
为确保消费者有权享受本保修条款中的服务，如遇产品质量问题请务必在保修期内联系Blackmagic
Design并妥善安排保修事宜。消费者应将缺陷产品包装并运送到Blackmagic Design的指定服务中心进行维修，运费由消费者承担并预先支付。若消费者因任何原因退货，所有运费、保险费、关税等各项税
务以及其他费用均由消费者承担。
本保修条款不适用于任何因使用、维护不当或保养不周造成的缺陷、故障或损坏。根据本保修服务，Blackmagic Design的保修服务范围不包括以下内容：1. 对由非Blackmagic Design专门人员进行的安装、维修或保养所造成的损坏进行维修，2. 对因使用不当或连接到不兼容设备所造成的损坏进行维
修，3. 对因使用了非Blackmagic Design生产的零部件所导致的损坏或故障进行维修，及 4. 对经过改装
或和其他产品进行组装的产品进行保养维修（因为产品经改装或组装后会增加保养维修所需时间或保养难度）。本保修条款由BLACKMAGIC DESIGN提供，它可取代所有其他明示或隐含的保修。BLACKMAGICDESIGN及其供应商对任何有关适销性及就特定用途的适用性等隐含保证不作任何担保。BLACKMAGICDESIGN负责为消费者提供缺陷产品的维修或更换服务是完整和排他性补救措施，不论BLACKMAGICDESIGN或其供应商是否事先获悉发生间接、特殊、偶然或必然损坏等损坏的可能性。若消费者对本设备进
行非法使用，BLACKMAGIC DESIGN概不负责。对因使用本产品造成的损失，BLACKMAGIC DESIGN
概不负责。本产品的操作风险由用户自行承担。
© 版权所有 2024 Blackmagic Design。保留一切权利。“Blackmagic Design”、“DeckLink”、“HDLink”、“Workgroup Videohub”、“Multibridge Pro”、“Multibridge Extreme”、“Intensity”以及“Leading the creative video revolution”均为美国及其他国家的注册商标。所有其他公司名称及产品名称可能是其他所有者的注册商标。

保修

571

2024년 7월설치 및 사용 설명서

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD한국어환영합니다
Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD 디스크 레코더를 구매해 주셔서 감사합니다.
Blackmagic HyperDeck 디스크 레코더를 처음 개발할 당시 저희는 속도가 빠른 SSD 스토리지를
사용하여 비디오 녹화 및 재생을 쉽게 할 수 있는 제품을 만들고자 했습니다. 이제 이렇게

HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 출시하게 되어 매우 기쁩니다.
HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 책상에 두고 사용할 수 있도록 설계된 작은 크기의 휴대용 HDMI 비디오레코더입니다. 커다란 검색 다이얼과 친숙한 트랜스포트 컨트롤을 사용해 레코더를 한 손으로운영할 수 있기 때문에 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 라이브 프로덕션 작업 시 ATEM Mini 스위처와함께 사용하기 완벽한 제품입니다. HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 텔레프롬프터로도 사용 가능합니다!

HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 ProRes, DNxHD, H.264 코덱을 사용하여 SD 카드나 외장 플래시디스크에 영상을 녹화하기 때문에 매우 빠른 녹화 및 재생 속도를 제공합니다.
또한 자사 웹사이트 www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr 고객지원 페이지에서 최신 버전의사용 설명서와 HyperDeck 관련 업데이트를 확인하시기 바랍니다. 최신 버전의 소프트웨어로
업데이트해야 모든 신규 기능을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 소프트웨어를 다운로드할 때 사용자정보를 등록하시면 새로운 소프트웨어가 출시될 때마다 업데이트 소식을 받아보실 수 있습니다.
저희는 새로운 기능과 제품 향상을 위해서 끊임없이 노력하고 있으며, 항상 고객 여러분의 의견을기다립니다.

Blackmagic Design의 CEO
그랜트 패티

목차
시작하기

575

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup599

전원 연결하기

575

설정(Setup)

600

비디오 및 오디오 연결하기

576

내부 소프트웨어 업데이트

606

미디어 연결하기

576

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기

607

비디오 녹화하기

577

Developer Information

611

재생

578

Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol

611

검색 다이얼 사용하기

579

Protocol Commands

611

설정 변경하기

581

618

582

Protocol Details

설정

582

HyperDeck Control REST API633

녹화 메뉴

583

Transport Control API

633

모니터링 메뉴

583

System Control API

638

오디오 메뉴저장 공간 메뉴584

Media Control API

641

설정 메뉴

586

Timeline Control API

643

뒷면 패널

593

Event Control API

645

저장 미디어

594

Clips Control API

646

SD 카드

594

HyperDeck Control API

646

외장 디스크

595

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

656

미디어 포맷하기

595

messages656컴퓨터에서 미디어 준비하기

595

Device Properties

658

Windows 컴퓨터에서 미디어 포맷하기

596

지원 

663

볼륨 내비게이션

597

규제 사항

664

텔레프롬프터 기능 사용하기 598

안전 정보

665

텔레프롬프터 재생 속도 제어하기

598

보증

666

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

574

시작하기
HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 간단히 전원을 연결하고 HDMI 비디오 소스에 연결한 다음 SD 카드나 외장미디어를 연결해 녹화 버튼을 누르기만 하면 사용 준비가 완료됩니다.
여기서는 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 사용하는 방법에 대해 설명합니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

전원 연결하기
HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 전원을 연결하려면 우선 전원 어댑터를 뒷면 패널에 있는 전원 입력에연결하세요. 전원 케이블이 실수로 빠지는 일이 없도록 잠금 링을 단단히 조이세요.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN전원 어댑터를 HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 전원 입력에 연결하세요.

시작하기

575

비디오 및 오디오 연결하기HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 비디오를 연결하려면, HDMI 비디오 소스를 뒷면 패널의 HDMI 입력 단자에연결하세요.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI 출력 단자에는 수신 장비를 연결하세요. 수신 장비로는 ATEM Mini 스위처나 HDMI TV가있습니다.

HDMI 출력은 또한 HyperDeck의 설정 변경 시 설정 메뉴를 확인하는 용도로도 사용합니다. 이는 설정메뉴를 HDMI 출력의 비디오 오버레이를 통해 볼 수 있기 때문입니다. 이러한 설정 변경 방법에 대한자세한 정보는 본 사용 설명서의 [설정 변경하기] 부분을 참고하세요.

정보 연결된 디스플레이에 입력 비디오 소스가 나타나지 않을 경우, 현재 모드가 재생 모드로설정되어 있지 않은지 확인하세요. 녹화 버튼을 누르면 녹화 모드가 활성화됩니다.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
HDMI TV나 ATEM Mini 스위처 같은 수신 장비는 HDMI 출력에 연결하세요.

미디어 연결하기
모든 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 디스크 레코더는 설정 변경 없이 바로 녹화할 수 있는 상태로 출고됩니다.
포맷된 SD 카드 또는 외장 디스크만 있으면 바로 녹화를 시작할 수 있습니다.
메뉴 설정을 통해 미디어를 쉽게 포맷할 수 있습니다. 컴퓨터에서 미디어를 포맷할 수도 있습니다. 더자세한 정보는 본 설명서의 [미디어 포맷하기] 부분을 참고하세요. 영상 녹화에 가장 적합한 미디어 유형과권장 SD 카드 및 외장 디스크 목록에 대한 정보도 확인할 수 있습니다.

SD 카드 장착하기1

SD 카드의 금색 접촉부가 위쪽으로 향하도록 잡고 미디어 슬롯에 잘 맞추세요. 이제 카드를 슬롯에집어넣고 완전히 장착될 때까지 부드럽게 밀어 넣으세요.

시작하기

576

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2

ETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

이제 HyperDeck 에서 SD 카드를 인식합니다. 그러면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 상단에 있는 SD카드 표시등에 녹색불이 들어옵니다. 확인 과정이 끝나면 표시등의 불이 꺼집니다.

DISK

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

이것으로 모든 준비가 완료되었습니다. 이제 HyperDeck Shuttle HD로 영상을 녹화 및 재생할 수있습니다.
사용 설명서를 끝까지 읽고 클립 녹화 및 재생, 설정 변경 등에 대한 자세한 정보를 확인하세요.

SCR

비디오 녹화하기비디오 소스가 HDMI 수신 장비에 나타나는 걸 확인하고 나면 녹화를 바로 시작할 수 있습니다.
녹화를 시작하려면 녹화 버튼을 누르세요. SD 카드에 녹화할 경우, SD 표시등에 빨간불이 들어오며 녹화및 재생 버튼에도 불이 들어옵니다. 외장 디스크에 녹화할 경우엔 디스크 표시등에 빨간불이 들어옵니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

녹화를 마치려면 정지 버튼을 누르세요.

비디오 녹화하기

577

재생재생 버튼을 누르면 재생이 시작됩니다. 재생 중에는 재생 버튼에 불이 들어오며 DISK 또는 SD 미디어슬롯 표시등에 녹색불이 들어옵니다.
여러 개의 녹화 클립이 존재할 경우, 건너뛰기 및 뒤로 가기 버튼을 눌러 클립 간을 이동할 수 있습니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

스킵 버튼 사용하기뒤로 가기 버튼을 누르면 클립이 시작 부분으로 큐잉됩니다. 버튼을 한 번 이상 누르면 이전 녹화 클립으로이동됩니다.
건너뛰기 버튼을 눌러 클립 간을 이동할 수 있습니다. HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티에서 ‘ Identify

HyperDeck ’ 확인란이 선택된 경우에도 뒤로 가기/건너뛰기 버튼에 불이 들어옵니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

건너뛰기 및 뒤로 가기 버튼을 누르면 각 클립의 시작 지점으로 큐잉됩니다.

정보 HyperDeck 에서 비디오 파일을 재생하려면, 파일 녹화에 사용된 코덱과 일치하는코덱으로 설정해야 합니다. 이 설정은 메뉴를 통해 설정할 수 있습니다. 더 자세한 정보는 본설명서 뒤편의 [설정 변경하기] 부분을 참고하세요.

클립 반복 재생클립 재생 중에 재생 버튼을 한 번 더 누르면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에서 정지 버튼을 누를 때까지 모든클립을 반복 재생합니다.
클립 하나만 반복 재생하고자 할 경우, HyperDeck을 ‘클립’ 모드로 하고 재생 버튼을 한 번 누르면재생이, 한 번 더 누르면 반복 재생이 실행됩니다.

재생

578

전체 클립 루프클립 재생 중에 재생 버튼을 한 번 더 누르면 녹화된 모든 클립이 반복 재생됩니다.

현재 클립 루프클립 모드에서 재생 버튼을 한 번 더 누르면 현재 클립이 반복 재생됩니다.

클립 모드클립 모드에서는 재생이 단일 클립으로 제한됩니다. 예를 들어, 클립 모드를 활성화하면 클립을셔틀하거나 다른 클립으로 건너뛸 수 있으며, 이후 재생 버튼을 누르면 클립이 끝나는 지점에서 재생이종료됩니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

클립 모드가 선택된 상태에서 재생 버튼을 한 번 더 누르면 현재 클립이반복 재생됩니다.

검색 다이얼 사용하기검색 다이얼을 사용해 클립 간을 신속하게 이동할 수 있으며, 특정 부분을 골라 재생하거나 프레임 단위로검토할 수 있습니다. 이는 특정 부분을 찾을 때 중요한 기능으로, 다이얼을 돌려 클립을 시각적으로
모니터링할 수 있습니다. 또한 플레이헤드를 특정 큐 지점으로 이동시켜 생방송 도중 내보낼 클립을준비할 때 유용한 기능입니다.
검색 다이얼 모드에는 조그, 셔틀, 스크롤이 있습니다.

조그클립 전체를 재생해 프레임 단위로 정확하게 컨트롤할 수 있습니다.
스크롤 모드에서는 신속하게 앞/뒤로 이동하면서 녹화된 모든 미디어를검색할 수 있습니다. 검색 다이얼을 돌리면 다이얼을 돌리는 만큼스크롤되어 재생 위치를 원하는 곳으로 완벽하게 조절할 수 있습니다.

스크롤스크롤 버튼을 누르면 볼륨 내비게이션 창도 나타나 현재 재생 중인 비디오파일 경로를 확인할 수 있습니다. 볼륨 내비게이션 기능에 관한 자세한정보는 본 성명서 뒷부분의 [볼륨 내비게이션] 부분을 참고하세요.

JOG 및 SCR 버튼을 동시에 누르면 셔틀 모드로 전환됩니다. 셔틀 모드로셔틀전환되면 다이얼을 좌/우로 돌려 미디어를 되감기 또는 빨리 감기 할 수있습니다. 다이얼을 돌리면 최대 50 배속에 다다를 때까지 미디어가 빠른속도로 셔틀됩니다. 셔틀 속도를 줄여서 완전히 멈추려면, 검색 다이얼을처음 위치로 다시 돌리세요. 셔틀 도중에 특정 지점에서 멈추려면, 정지버튼을 누르거나 재생 버튼을 눌러 현재 위치에서 재생이 다시 시작되도록
하세요. ‘설정’ 메뉴를 사용해 최대 셔틀 속도를 줄일 수 있다는 점을기억하세요. 더 자세한 정보는 본 설명서 뒤편의 [설정] 부분을 참고하세요.

재생

579

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

JOG 또는 SCR 버튼을 눌러 조그 및 스크롤 검색 모드를 선택하세요.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

검색 모드를 선택한 다음 검색 다이얼을 돌리세요.

정보 일반 재생 모드로 돌아가려면 재생 또는 정지 버튼을 누르세요.

재생

580

설정 변경하기
MENU 버튼을 누르면 연결된 HDMI 디스플레이의 좌측 하단에 비디오 오버레이 형태로 설정 메뉴가나타납니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

MENU 버튼을 눌러 설정 메뉴에 접속하세요.
JOG

SCR

검색 다이얼을 사용해 하위 메뉴 또는 설정 화면으로 이동하세요.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

SET 버튼을 눌러 하위 메뉴 또는 설정 항목을 선택하세요.

검색 다이얼이나 건너뛰기 및 뒤로 가기 버튼을 사용해 설정을 조정하세요. SET 버튼을 눌러 선택을완료하세요.

MENU 버튼을 누르면 이전 메뉴 항목으로 이동해 시작 화면으로 되돌아갑니다.

정보 설정 메뉴를 사용해 메뉴가 디스플레이의 네 모서리 중 원하는 부분에 나타나도록 할수 있습니다. 설정 변경을 마치고 나면 해당 메뉴를 끄는 것이 좋습니다. 그래야 ATEM Mini

Extreme과 같은 HDMI 스위처에 연결했을 때 HDMI 출력이 클린 피드로 출력됩니다.

설정 변경하기

581설정이 설정 메뉴는 녹화, 모니터링, 오디오, 저장 공간, 설정의 총 5개 카테고리로 구성되어 있습니다. 각 하위메뉴에는 관련 설정이 포함되어 있으며, 대부분은 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 컨트롤 패널에서도 조절할 수
있습니다. 파일명 접두사와 같은 일부 설정은 편집이 불가능하기 때문에 회색으로 처리되어 나타납니다.
이런 경우엔 HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티에서 해당 설정을 조절할 수 있습니다.

녹화 메뉴

입력
HyperDeck Shuttle HD HDMI 입력이 디스플레이됩니다.

코덱HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 H.264, Apple ProRes 및 DNxHD 코덱을 사용해 압축 비디오로녹화합니다. 텔레프롬프트 기능을 사용하려면 ‘텔레프롬프터’를 선택하세요.

트리거 녹화
‘비디오 시작/정지’와 ‘타임코드 런’의 두 가지 모드 중 선택할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K 같은 일부 카메라는 외부 녹화 장비에 녹화를 시작하거나정지할 때 HDMI를 통해 명령을 전송합니다. ‘비디오 시작/정지’ 모드를 선택하면 촬영 카메라에서 녹화버튼이 눌러지는 시점에 HyperDeck이 녹화를 시작/정지합니다.
‘타임코드 런’ 옵션은 유효한 타임코드 신호가 HDMI 입력을 통해 전송되는 시점에 녹화를 시작하도록
합니다. 타임코드 신호 입력이 멈추면 녹화도 자동으로 멈춥니다. ‘사용 안 함’을 선택하면 트리거가비활성화됩니다.

참고 HDMI 카메라 영상을 녹화할 경우, 출력에 나타나는 오버레이도 영상과 함께 녹화되므로
오버레이 기능을 끈 상태에서 클린 피드만 출력되는지 확인하세요.

설정

582

모니터링 메뉴텔레프롬프터 레이아웃모니터링 메뉴에는 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 텔레프롬프터로 사용할 때 필요한 모든 설정이 포함되어
있습니다.
폰트 크기

‘폰트 크기’ 설정을 선택한 다음 SET 버튼을 눌러 텍스트 크기를 조절하세요. 다이얼을 시계 방향으로돌려 증가시키거나 시계 반대 방향으로 돌려 감소시킬 수 있습니다.
줄 간격다이얼을 돌려 줄 간격을 늘리거나 줄일 수 있습니다.
측면 여백프롬프터 디스플레이의 양쪽 측면 여백 폭을 조절합니다.
반전카메라나 단상 앞에 텔레프롬프터 모니터가 유리에 반사되도록 설치해둔 경우, 진행자가 화면 내용을 읽을수 있도록 반전 설정을 사용해야 합니다. 반전 모드는 두 가지 모드로 지원됩니다.
가로 뒤집기 - 텔레프롬프터 모니터가 유리의 바닥 면과 가깝게 설치된 경우에 사용하세요.
세로 뒤집기 - 텔레프롬프터 모니터가 유리의 바닥 면에서 멀리 떨어진 곳에 설치된 경우에 사용하세요.

오디오 메뉴

설정

583

녹음된 오디오 채널

HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 사용하여 한 번에 최대 8개의 PCM 오디오 채널을 녹음할 수 있습니다.
녹화할 채널 수를 선택하려면, 녹음된 오디오 채널 목록을 확장한 다음 2채널 또는 8채널 중에서선택하세요.
코덱이 H.264로 설정된 경우, 2채널의 AAC 오디오를 선택하면 유튜브에 바로 업로드할 수 있습니다.

저장 공간 메뉴‘저장 공간’ 설정에는 연결된 미디어가 나타납니다. ‘미디어 1 ’에는 연결된 SD 카드명이, ‘미디어 2 ’에는

EXT DISK 단자에 연결된 모든 USB 플래시 디스크명이 표시됩니다. Blackmagic MultiDock 10G 와 같은USB 허브를 사용할 경우, 활성화된 디스크가 표시됩니다.

활성화된 미디어
HyperDeck Shuttle 사용 시 한 번에 SD 카드 1개와 여러 개의 외장 드라이브, 네트워크 스토리지를동시에 연결할 수 있습니다. 따라서 한 대의 HyperDeck Shuttle 디스크 레코더를 사용해 테라바이트에달하는 저장 공간을 녹화에 사용할 수 있습니다.
만약 한 개의 SSD 또는 드라이브만 연결되어 있다면 이 저장 공간이 모든 재생 및 녹화에 사용되는미디어로 활성화됩니다. 하나 이상의 미디어를 사용한다면 재생 및 녹화에 어느 것을 사용할지 선택할 수있습니다.
활성화된 미디어 선택하기1검색 미디어를 사용하여 스토리지 메뉴의 ‘활성화된 미디어’를 하이라이트하고 깜박거리는 SET
버튼을 누르세요.

2

연결된 미디어가 목록에 나타납니다. 검색 다이얼을 사용해 녹화할 미디어를 선택하세요.

설정

584

네트워크 위치 설정
HyperDeck Shuttle은 이더넷을 통해 Blackmagic Cloud 및 기타 네트워크 스토리지에 저장된 HD
미디어를 재생할 수 있습니다.
네트워크 스토리지 폴더에 연결하기1검색 다이얼 및 SET 버튼을 사용하여 ‘네트워크 위치 설정’을 누르세요. 로컬 네트워크 검색 창이나타납니다.

2사용자의 네트워크에서 검색된 모든 서버가 목록에 나타납니다. 검색 다이얼로 서버를하이라이트한 뒤, SET 버튼을 눌러 선택하세요. 서버의 사용 가능한 공유 목록이 나타납니다.
검색 다이얼을 사용하여 선택하려는 공유 목록을 하이라이트하고 SET 버튼을 누른 다음,사용하려는 폴더가 화면 상단에 표시될 때까지 계속하세요.

3

이제 LCD 화면 상단에 폴더명이 나타납니다. 이 폴더에 녹화 및 재생하려면 검색 다이얼을사용해 ‘현재 위치를 네트워크 위치로 설정’을 선택하고 SET 버튼을 누르세요. 확인란이오른쪽에 나타납니다.

4연결이 완료되면 ‘미디어 2 ’의 스토리지 목록 중 ‘네트워크 위치’ 밑에 해당 위치가 나타납니다.

HyperDeck Shuttle 디스크 레코더의 두 번째 미디어 슬롯은 USB 및 연결된 네트워크 폴더용입니다.
연결된 USB 드라이브 및 네트워크 스토리지 중 하나를 선택하려면 미디어 스토리지 메뉴에서 ‘미디어 2 ’을 선택하고 깜박거리는 SET 버튼을 누르세요. ‘미디어 2 ’ 목록에서 사용하고자 하는 스토리지를 선택한다음 SET 버튼을 누르세요. 이제 자동으로 스토리지 메뉴로 돌아갑니다. ‘미디어 2 ’ 메뉴 하단에 있는 ‘네트워크 위치 삭제’를 선택하여 네트워크 스토리지를 삭제할 수도 있습니다.

설정

585

참고 네트워크 볼륨으로부터 영상을 재생할 경우, HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 게스트가 서버에로그인한 것으로 간주합니다. MENU 및 SET 버튼을 사용하기 때문에 로그인 및 비밀번호를
요구하는 서버 접속 기능은 현재 지원되지 않지만, HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을 사용해로그인 정보를 입력하도록 설정할 수 있습니다.

USB 연속 녹화Blackmagic MultiDock 10G 등의 장비에 있는 EXT DISK 단자에 USB를 연결하여 하나 이상의드라이브를 연결하고자 할 경우, ‘ USB 연속 녹화’ 기능을 활성화하여 녹화가 한 외장 디스크에서 다른디스크로 이어질 수 있도록 하세요.

미디어 포맷
SD 카드와 뒷면 EXT DISK 단자에 연결된 미디어는 장치에서 바로 포맷하거나, Mac/Windows컴퓨터에서 포맷할 수 있습니다.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD에서 미디어 사용 준비하기1검색 다이얼과 SET 버튼으로 포맷할 미디어를 선택하세요.

2

해당 목록에서 포맷하려는 미디어를 선택하고 SET 버튼을 누르세요.

3

포맷을 선택하고 SET 버튼을 누르세요.

4포맷하려는 카드와 선택된 포맷 옵션을 보여주는 확인 창이 나타납니다.

5작업 완료 후, 포맷 창이 나타나면 ‘확인’을 선택하세요.

Mac OS X 확장 포맷으로도 알려진 HFS+는 저널링이 가능하므로 사용을 권장합니다. 사용하는 저장미디어에 문제가 생길 경우, 저널링이 적용된 미디어 카드의 데이터는 복원될 가능성이 훨씬 높습니다.

HFS+는 Mac에서 기본 지원됩니다. exFAT는 Mac 과 Windows에서 기본 지원되므로 추가 소프트웨어가
필요하지 않으나, 저널링을 지원하지는 않습니다. Mac/Windows 컴퓨터에서 미디어를 포맷하려면 [미디어포맷하기] 부분을 참고하세요.

설정 메뉴‘설정’ 메뉴에는 언어 선택, 기본 표준 설정, 메뉴 디스플레이, 네트워크 설정, 타임코드 설정 옵션이포함되어 있습니다.

설정

586

이름
한 대 이상의 HyperDeck Shuttle HD가 네트워크에 연결된 경우, 고유의 이름을 설정하여 다른 장치를쉽게 구분할 수 있습니다. 이는 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 또는 터미널 응용 프로그램을 사용하는Blackmagic HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을 통해서도 설정할 수 있습니다. 해당 이름은 ‘설정’ 메뉴에나타납니다.

언어
HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 한국어, 영어, 중국어, 일본어, 스페인어, 독일어, 불어, 러시아어, 이탈리아어,포르투갈어, 터키어, 우크라이나어, 폴란드어를 포함해 총 13개 언어를 지원합니다.
언어 설정 방법1

‘설정’ 메뉴가 하이라이트되면 SET 버튼을 누르세요.

2

검색 다이얼로 스크롤하여 ‘언어’를 선택한 뒤, SET 버튼을 누르세요.

3

검색 다이얼로 원하는 언어를 선택한 뒤, SET 버튼을 누르세요. 언어가 선택되면 자동으로 설정메뉴로 되돌아갑니다.

소프트웨어현재 소프트웨어의 버전을 표시합니다.
카메라이 설정은 HyperDeck을 사용해 여러 대의 카메라로부터 개별 카메라 파일을 녹화하여 DaVinci Resolve의멀티카메라 타임라인으로 편집할 경우에 유용한 기능입니다.
파일 메타데이터에 개별 카메라 식별 글자가 나타나 DaVinci Resolve에서 동기화 빈 기능을 사용해각각의 카메라 앵글을 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다.

A~Z 또는 1~9 를 사용해 카메라를 지정하세요.

기본 비디오 표준
HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 때때로 사용자가 사용하길 원하는 비디오 표준이 무엇인지 알지 못합니다.
이 설정을 통해 HyperDeck이 사용자가 가장 선호하는 비디오 표준을 알 수 있습니다.
한 가지 좋은 예는, HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 켰을 때 연결된 비디오 입력이 없고 삽입된 디스크에저장된 파일들이 2개의 서로 다른 비디오 표준을 가지는 경우입니다. 이런 경우엔 HyperDeck 에서어느 비디오 표준을 사용하여 재생할까요? ‘기본 비디오 표준’ 설정은 사용자가 선호하는 비디오 표준을파악하여 해당 포맷으로 파일을 전환해 재생하도록 합니다.
‘기본 비디오 표준’은, 처음으로 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 켰을 때 연결된 비디오 및 삽입된 미디어디스크가 없을 시에도 유용하게 사용됩니다. 이 경우, HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 모니터링 출력에 어느비디오 표준을 사용할지 알지 못합니다. 이때 ‘기본 비디오 표준’ 설정이 이를 알려줍니다.
설정

587

하지만, ‘기본 비디오 표준’은 단순히 가이드 역할을 하며, 다른 어떤 설정도 덮어쓰지 않습니다. 따라서,1개의 파일이 담긴 미디어 디스크를 재생하면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에서 해당 파일의 비디오 표준으로전환하여 재생을 실행합니다. 이는 단순히 디스크에 저장된 파일을 재생하려는 사용자의 의도가 명확하기때문에 ‘기본 비디오 표준’ 설정을 무시하게 됩니다.
녹화에도 비슷한 상황이 적용됩니다. 녹화 버튼을 누르면, HyperDeck은 비디오 입력 단자에 연결된비디오 표준과 상관없이 그대로 녹화합니다. 또한 녹화를 마친 뒤, ‘기본 비디오 표준’과 일치하는 다른파일이 디스크에 있더라도 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 디스크에 방금 녹화한 비디오 표준 파일을재생합니다. 이는 사용자가 방금 녹화한 비디오 표준과 동일한 비디오 표준으로 재생을 원하는 것으로가정하기 때문입니다. 만약 미디어 디스크를 빼낸 후 다시 삽입하면 ‘기본 비디오 표준’ 기본 설정을사용하여 재생할 파일을 고르게 됩니다.
‘기본 비디오 표준’ 설정은 HyperDeck Shuttle HD가 어떤 결정을 내려야 할지 불명확할 때 오로지가이드로써 사용됩니다. 이는 특정 방식으로 실행시키도록 우선하는 기능은 아닙니다.

최대 셔틀 속도HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 최대 셔틀 속도는 50배속입니다. 속도를 줄이려면 다른 속도 프리셋을 선택하세요.

날짜 및 시간시간 및 날짜를 정확하게 설정해야 HyperDeck Shuttle에서 녹화 정보가 네트워크 정보와 일치하게 될뿐 아니라 일부 네트워크 스토리지 시스템에서 발생할 수 있는 충돌을 예방할 수 있습니다.

날짜 및 시간 자동 설정날짜 및 시간을 자동으로 설정하게 하려면 ‘날짜 및 시간 자동 설정’ 기능을 ‘ON ’으로 설정하세요. 날짜 및시간이 자동으로 설정되도록 하면 HyperDeck가 NTP 필드에서 설정된 네트워크 시간 프로토콜 서버를사용합니다. 날짜 및 시간을 수동으로 설정하려면 이를 ‘OFF ’로 설정하세요.

NTP
NTP 서버는 time.cloudflare.com으로 기본 설정되어 있지만, HyperDeck Setup을 사용하여 다른
NTP 서버를 수동으로 입력할 수 있습니다. NTP 서버 설정에 대한 더 자세한 정보는 본 설명서 뒷부분의[HyperDeck Setup] 부분을 참고하세요.
날짜날짜를 수동으로 입력하려면, 입력란을 선택하고 SET 버튼을 누르세요. 메뉴 다이얼을 사용하여 년/월/일을 선택하세요.

설정

588

시간

시간을 설정하려면 ‘시간’을 선택하고 SET 버튼을 누르세요. 메뉴 다이얼을 사용하여 시간과 분을조절하세요. 내부 시계는 24시간 형식으로 표시됩니다.

메뉴 설정하기메뉴 설정을 사용하면 연결된 HDMI 디스플레이에 나타나는 메뉴의 위치와 화면 모드를 조절할 수 있습니다.

화면 모드

HyperDeck의 온스크린 메뉴를 다크 또는 라이트 모드로 설정할 수 있습니다. 라이트 모드는 미디어화면이 어두울 경우나 텔레프롬프터 모드 사용 시 더욱 풍부한 콘트라스트를 제공합니다.

불투명도이 레벨을 조절할 경우, 연결된 디스플레이에 나타나는 메뉴 오버레이 불투명도를 기본 설정된 100%에서

20%까지 줄일 수 있습니다.
위치메뉴 오버레이는 화면 좌측 하단에 나타나도록 기본 설정되어 있습니다. 메뉴를 다른 위치로 옮기려면‘위치’를 선택한 다음 SET 버튼을 누르세요. 그러면 이제 메뉴 위치를 좌측 상단, 우측 상단, 좌측 하단,우측 하단으로 설정할 수 있습니다.

네트워크 설정

설정

589

프로토콜

Blackmagic HyperDeck은 DHCP로 기본 설정되어 있으므로, 장치를 연결하면 사용하는 네트워크서버가 자동으로 IP 주소를 지정하여 다른 네트워크 설정을 변경하지 않아도 됩니다. 수동으로 IP 주소를입력해야 하는 경우, 고정 IP 주소를 통해 연결하세요.
‘프로토콜’을 선택한 상태에서 깜빡이는 SET 버튼을 눌러 메뉴에 접속한 뒤, ‘고정 IP ’로 스크롤해 SET
버튼을 누르세요.

IP 주소, 서브넷 마스크, 게이트웨이, 프라이머리 DNS, 세컨더리 DNS
고정 IP를 선택한 후 네트워크 세부사항을 직접 입력할 수 있습니다.

IP 주소 변경하기검색 다이얼을 사용하여 'IP address'로 맞춘 뒤, HyperDeck의 전면 패널에서 깜박이는 SET

1

버튼을 누르세요.
검색 다이얼을 사용하여 IP 주소를 조정한 다음 '설정'을 눌러 확인한 후 다음 값 설정 단계로

2넘어갑니다.

SET 버튼을 눌러 변경 사항을 확인하고 다음 값으로 이동하세요.

3

IP 주소 입력이 끝나면 위 단계를 반복하여 서브넷 마스크 및 게이트웨이를 조정할 수 있습니다. 완료되면깜박이는 MENU 버튼을 눌러 종료하고 시작 화면으로 돌아갑니다.

타임코드 설정하기소스 타임코드, 타임코드 입력 및 출력 옵션과 현재 시각 타임코드, 또는 수동 타임코드 설정 등 타임코드입/출력 옵션을 설정하세요.

입력녹화 시 총 4개의 타임코드 입력 중 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다.

비디오 입력비디오 입력을 선택하면 SMPTE RP 188 메타데이터가 있는 HDMI 소스에서타임코드를 가져와 사용합니다. 이를 통해 HDMI 소스와 HyperDeck Studio 녹화파일 간 동기화가 유지됩니다.

내장 타임코드내장 타임임코드 생성기를 통한 현재 시간 타임코드를 사용하고자 할 경우, 이 옵션을선택하세요.

마지막 클립
이어가기이 옵션을 선택하면, 이전 클립 마지막 프레임의 바로 다음 프레임에 이어 타임코드가
시작됩니다. 예를 들어, 첫 번째 클립이 10:28:30:10에 끝난다면 다음 클립의타임코드는 10:28:30:11에서 시작합니다.

프리셋타임코드를 수동으로 설정하는 경우 프리셋 옵션을 선택하세요. 녹화 클립은 프리셋설정을 통한 특정 타임코드에서 시작합니다. 다음의 자세한 설명을 확인하세요.

설정

590

드롭 프레임

29.97 혹은 59.94 프레임 레이트의 NTSC 소스로부터 타임코드를 전송받는 경우 ‘드롭 프레임’ 또는 ‘논드롭프레임’ 타임코드를 선택할 수 있습니다. 소스가 불명확할 시 ‘기본값’을 선택하세요. 이 경우, 입력 소스의표준을 그대로 사용하거나, 유효한 타임코드 입력이 없는 경우에는 드롭 프레임 방식으로 처리합니다.
프리셋타임코드를 수동으로 설정하려면 SET 버튼을 누르고 검색다이얼과 SET 버튼을 사용하여 시작 시간을입력하세요. 입력 메뉴의 하위 항목에 있는 ‘프리셋’을 선택해야 합니다.
출력출력을 위한 타임코드 옵션은 다음과 같습니다.
타임라인카드 또는 드라이브에 녹화된 모든 클립에 대해 연속 타임 코드를 출력하려면
‘타임라인’을 선택하세요.

클립‘클립’을 선택하면 각 개별 클립의 타임코드가 출력됩니다.

파일 설정하기파일명 접두사처음 설치 시, HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 SD 카드나 USB 플래시 디스크에 녹화할 때 다음과 같은파일명 규칙을 사용합니다.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck _0001

접두사HyperDeck_0001

클립 번호이러한 파일명 접두사는 HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티에서 변경할 수 있습니다. 자세한 정보는 본설명서의 뒷편의 [Blackmagic HyperDeck 셋업] 부분을 참고하세요.

설정

591

타임스탬프 파일 접미사타임스탬프가 파일명에 포함되는 기능은 OFF로 기본 설정되어 있습니다. 파일명에 날짜와 시간을포함하려면 ‘타임스탬프 파일 접미사’ 기능을 ON으로 변경하세요.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck _2201061438_0001

파일명 접두사

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

연도HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

월HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

일HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

시HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

분HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

클립 번호원격 기능 설정하기원격 기능 설정을 통해 ATEM Mini Extreme 스위처와 같은 다른 영상 장비에서 HyperDeck을 제어할 수
있습니다.

원격

‘원격’ 기능을 활성화하면 이더넷을 통한 원격 제어가 가능합니다. 장치를 직접 제어하려면 이 옵션을비활성화 하세요.

초기화 설정하기공장 초기화

HyperDeck을 공장 초기화 설정으로 돌리려면 ‘설정’ 메뉴의 ‘공장 초기화’ 메뉴로 가세요. SET 버튼을누르면 선택을 확인하는 메시지가 뜹니다.

설정

592

뒷면 패널
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

전원

HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 AC 플러그 팩을 통해 전원을 공급받습니다. 함께 제공되는 전원케이블은 안전한 연결을 위해 잠금 커넥터가 있습니다. 하지만 다른 케이블을 사용하고자 할 경우,종류에 관계 없이 36W 12V 전원 케이블을 연결하여 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 전원을 공급할 수
있습니다.

2

SD 카드

녹화 및 재생을 위해 SD 카드를 슬롯에 삽입하세요.

3이더넷이더넷 포트를 통해 네트워크에 연결하여 네트워크 스토리지로 녹화할 수 있으며, 웹 미디어매니저를 통한 빠른 FTP 전송 및 http 전송이 가능합니다. 또한 REST API 또는 HyperDeck 이더넷프로토콜을 사용하여 유닛을 원격으로 제어할 수 있습니다. 웹 미디어 매니저 또는 FTP 클라이언트를통한 파일 전송에 관한 자세한 내용은 본 사용 설명서 뒤편의 [네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기]부분을 참고하세요.

ATEM 스위처와 공유하는 네트워크에 연결하면 ATEM 스위처 또는 ATEM 하드웨어 패널을 사용하여HyperDeck을 제어할 수 있습니다.
4외장 디스크

USB- C 단자에 플래시 디스크를 연결하여 최대 5Gb/s의 속도로 녹화할 수 있습니다. 이 외에도
다포트 USB- C 허브를 연결하거나 Blackmagic MultiDock 10G 를 연결하여 한 개 또는 여러 개의
SSD 카드를 사용할 수도 있습니다.
5

HDMI

HDMI 출력을 HDMI TV 및 모니터, ATEM Mini Extreme 스위처 등으로 연결하세요. HDMI 출력을통해 메뉴 오버레이를 표시할 수 있습니다.

뒷면 패널

593

저장 미디어
SD 카드고화질의 HD로 녹화할 경우, 초고속 UHS-I SD 카드를 사용할 것을 권장합니다. SD 카드는 최대

2160p60의 UHD 화질의 녹화 시 220MB/s 이상의 쓰기 속도를 지원해야 합니다.
하지만, 낮은 비트 전송률의 고압축 영상으로 녹화할 경우에는 이렇게 빠른 카드를 사용할 필요가
없습니다. 일반적으로 카드 속도는 빠를수록 좋습니다.
최신 버전의 설명서를 통해 주기적으로 최신 정보를 확인하는 것이 좋습니다. Blackmagic Design웹사이트 www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD에는 어떤 SD 카드를 사용해야 하나요?
다음은 최대 60 fps의 1080p 녹화에 권장되는 SD 카드 목록입니다.
제조사

모델

용량

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS- II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS- II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS- II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS- I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2- 64U3 UHS- II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS- II 150MB/s
SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF - G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS- II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS- II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF - G64T UHS- II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS- II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS- II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS- II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS- II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS- II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS- II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS- II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB저장 미디어

594외장 디스크
HyperDeck 전체 모델은 USB- C 플래시 디스크에 바로 녹화할 수 있습니다. 이 디스크는 속도가 빠르고용량이 커서 장시간 녹화에 사용할 수 있습니다. 녹화 후에는 플래시 디스크를 컴퓨터에 연결하여 바로편집 작업을 시작할 수 있습니다.
더 큰 저장 공간을 사용하고 싶다면 USB- C 도크 장비나 외장 하드 드라이브를 연결할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic MultiDock 10G 또는 USB- C 플래시 디스크를 연결하기 위해서는 해당 USB- C 장비와
HyperDeck 후면 패널의 EXT 디스크 단자를 케이블로 연결하세요.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD로 녹화 시, 어떤 USB-C 드라이브를 사용해야 하나요?
다음은 최대 60 fps의 1080p ProRes HQ 녹화에 권장되는 USB-C 드라이브 목록입니다.
제조사

모델

용량

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD - PHE500U3- BA

500GB다음은 최대 60 fps의 1080p DNxHD 220x 녹화에 권장되는 USB- C 드라이브 목록입니다.
제조사

모델

용량

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

다음은 최대 60 fps의 1080p H.264 녹화에 권장되는 USB- C 드라이브 목록입니다.
제조사

모델

용량

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

미디어 포맷하기
컴퓨터에서 미디어 준비하기Mac 컴퓨터를 이용하여 미디어 포맷하기Mac에 포함된 디스크 유틸리티를 사용하여 각 드라이브를 HFS+ 또는 exFAT 형식으로 포맷하세요.
포맷이 진행되면 디스크의 모든 정보가 삭제되므로 중요한 정보는 포맷 전에 반드시 백업해 두어야합니다.

1외장 도크 또는 케이블 어댑터를 사용하여 USB 플래시 디스크를 컴퓨터에 연결하세요. SSD를타임머신 백업 용도로 사용할 것인지 묻는 메시지는 모두 거절하세요. SD 카드를 포맷하려면 외장카드 리더기에 장착해 컴퓨터에 연결하세요.

2‘응용 프로그램 > 유틸리티’로 이동해 ‘디스크 유틸리티’를 실행하세요.

3

SD 카드 또는 USB 플래시 디스크 아이콘을 클릭한 뒤, ‘지우기’ 탭을 클릭하세요.

4포맷을 ‘ Mac OS 확장(저널링)’ 또는 ‘exFAT ’로 설정하세요.

5새로운 볼륨의 이름을 입력하고 ‘지우기’를 클릭하세요. 미디어가 신속하게 포맷되어 HyperDeck에사용할 준비가 완료됩니다.

미디어 포맷하기

595

Windows 컴퓨터에서 미디어 포맷하기Windows PC 의 포맷 대화 상자에서 드라이브를 exFAT 형식으로 포맷할 수 있습니다. 포맷이 진행되면SSD 또는 SD 카드의 모든 정보가 삭제되므로 중요한 정보는 포맷하기 전에 반드시 백업해 두어야합니다.

1외장 도크 또는 케이블 어댑터를 사용하여 USB 플래시 디스크를 컴퓨터에 연결하세요. SD 카드를포맷하려면 외장 카드 리더기에 장착해 컴퓨터에 연결하세요.

2‘시작 메뉴’ 또는 ‘시작 화면’을 열고 ‘내컴퓨터’를 선택하세요. USB 플래시 디스크 또는 SD 카드를우클릭하세요.

3나타나는 메뉴에서 ‘포맷’을 선택하세요.

4‘파일 시스템’을 ‘exFAT ’으로 설정한 뒤, ‘할당 단위’를 ‘ 128킬로바이트’로 설정하세요.

5볼륨 라벨을 입력하고 ‘빠른 포맷’을 선택한 뒤, ‘시작’을 클릭하세요.

6미디어가 신속하게 포맷되어 HyperDeck 에 사용할 준비가 완료됩니다.

미디어 포맷하기

596

볼륨 내비게이션볼륨 내비게이션 기능을 통해 파일 경로가 오버레이로 나타나 미디어 카드, 디스크, 네트워크드라이브에서 클립을 검색할 수 있습니다. 이 기능이 활성화되면 오버레이가 HDMI 출력에 나타나기때문에 SCR 버튼과 CLIP 버튼, 조그 휠을 사용해 디렉토리를 검색할 수 있습니다.

1

SCR이라고 표시된 스크롤 버튼을 누르면 볼륨 내비게이션 창이 열립니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

SCR 버튼을 누르면 HDMI 출력에 볼륨 네비게이션 창이 열립니다.

2폴더에서 관심 있는 클립을 찾을 때까지 화면에서 푸티지를 스크러빙하거나 건너뛰세요.

3

SCR 버튼을 눌러 아래쪽 볼륨으로, CLIP 버튼을 눌러 위로 이동할 수 있습니다.

볼륨 내비게이션 창을 닫으려면 정지 버튼을 누르세요. 재생 버튼을 누르면 창이 종료된 직후에 재생이시작됩니다.

참고 서로 다른 코덱, 해상도, 프레임 레이트를 사용해 녹화된 클립을 보려면 HyperDeck 에서코덱 및 기본 설정된 표준이 매칭되도록 설정하세요.

볼륨 내비게이션

597

텔레프롬프터 기능 사용하기표준 RTF 또는 기본 TXT 파일을 사용하여 Backmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 텔레프롬프터로사용할 수 있습니다. TextEdit 또는 WordPad에서 파일을 생성한 후, 지원되는 13개 언어 중 하나로 ‘리치텍스트 형식(RTF)’ 또는 기본 텍스트 파일로 저장하세요. HyperDeck Shuttle HD로 열면 스크립트의글꼴 크기와 줄 간격을 조정할 수 있습니다.
텔레프롬프터 사용하기1HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 HDMI 출력을 사용하려는 HDMI 디스플레이에 연결하세요.

2

SD 카드를 삽입하거나 스크립트가 저장된 외장 USB 플래시 디스크를 연결하세요.

3‘녹화’ 메뉴에서 ‘코덱’ 옵션을 선택하세요. '텔레프롬프터' 설정으로 이동한 후 SET 버튼을 누르세요.

스크립트가 디스플레이에 나타납니다. 여기에서 재생 버튼을 사용하여 자동으로 재생을 시작하거나
다이얼을 사용하여 이 외의 제어 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다.

텔레프롬프터 재생 속도 제어하기HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 큰 다이얼을 사용하여 미디어를 재생하는 방식과 동일하게 텔레프롬프터
모드에서 재생을 제어할 수 있습니다. 스크립트가 로딩된 상태에서 JOG 및 SCR 버튼을 함께 눌러가변 속도 재생 기능을 켜세요. 선택한 후 다이얼을 돌리세요. 스크립트는 다이얼이 움직이는 속도로이동합니다. 예를 들어 다이얼을 빨리 돌릴수록 스크립트가 더 빨리 스크롤됩니다.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

일정한 속도의 경우 조그 및 스크롤 버튼을 개별적으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 버튼을 선택 후, 다이얼을돌리면 조그 모드에서 일정하게 낮은 속도로 스크립트를 이동하거나 스크롤 모드에서 더 빠른 속도로스크립트를 이동시킬 수 있습니다.

SD 카드 또는 외장 디스크의 파일을 탐색하려면 앞으로 가기 및 뒤로가기 키를 누르세요.
텔레프롬프터 기능 사용하기598

텔레프롬프터는 글꼴 크기, 색상 및 파일에서 볼드체로 설정되었는지 여부를 확인합니다. 또한 글꼴 크기,줄 간격, 여백을 조정하거나, 모니터 메뉴를 사용하여 디스플레이를 빔 스플리터 글래스에 투사하는경우를 위해 디스플레이를 수평 또는 수직으로 뒤집을 수 있습니다. 정보 더욱 자세한 정보는 본 설명서의[메뉴 설정하기] 부분을 참고하세요.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup은 HyperDeck 설정을 변경하고 내부 소프트웨어를 업데이트하는
소프트웨어 유틸리티입니다.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 소프트웨어 설치하기1

www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support 에서 최신 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 인스톨러를
다운받으세요.

2컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 설치 프로그램을 실행하고 화면에 나타나는 지시사항을 따르세요.

3

설치가 완료되면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 뒷면 패널에 있는 이더넷 단자 또는 USB를 통해 컴퓨터에연결하세요.

4Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup을 실행한 뒤, 화면에 나타나는 지시 사항에 따라 내부 소프트웨어
업데이트를 진행하세요. 내부 소프트웨어가 최신 버전일 경우 아무런 메시지가 나타나지 않으며 더이상의 추가 작업이 필요하지 않습니다.

HyperDeck 이미지 또는 설정 아이콘을 클릭하여 설정 메뉴를 여세요.
홈 화면에 HyperDeck Shuttle HD와 기기명이 표시됩니다. 기기명은 컴퓨터에 두 대 이상의 HyperDeck이연결되어 있을 때 장치를 식별하는 데 도움이 되며 소프트웨어의 설정 메뉴를 사용하여 설정할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

599

설정(Setup)한 대 이상의 HyperDeck 디스크 레코더를 운용할 경우, 쉽게 확인할 수 있도록 기기명을 다르게 설정할수도 있습니다. 이름란에 새로운 이름을 입력한 다음 ‘ Set ’ 버튼을 클릭하면 됩니다. HyperDeck 이름을변경하면 현재 사용 중인 모든 인증서의 효력이 상실되기 때문에 인증서 서명 요청 또는 자가 서명인증서를 생성하기 전에 이름을 변경하는 것이 좋습니다.

HyperDeck 식별하기(Identify HyperDeck)이 확인란을 클릭하면 HyperDeck Shuttle 상단에 있는 뒤로 가기/건너뛰기 버튼에 불이 들어옵니다.
한 대 이상의 HyperDeck Shuttle을 운용할 경우, HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티를 통해 연결된 유닛을확인할 수 있어 유용합니다.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

600날짜 및 시간(Date and Time)이 확인란을 클릭해 날짜 및 시간이 자동으로 설정되도록 하세요. 날짜 및 시간이 자동으로 설정되도록
하면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD가 NTP 필드에서 설정된 네트워크 시간 프로토콜 서버를 사용합니다. NTP
서버는 time.cloudflare.com으로 기본 설정되어 있지만, 다른 NTP 서버를 수동으로 입력한 다음 ‘ Set ’버튼을 누를 수도 있습니다.
날짜 및 시간을 수동으로 입력할 경우, 해당 필드를 사용해 날짜와 시간, 시간대를 입력하세요. 시간 및날짜를 정확하게 설정해야 녹화 영상의 정보가 네트워크 정보와 일치하게 될 뿐 아니라 일부 네트워크스토리지 시스템에서 발생 가능한 충돌을 예방할 수 있습니다.

네트워크 설정(Network Settings)
프로토콜(Protocol)

HyperDeck Shuttle HD와 ATEM 스위처를 함께 제어하거나, HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을통해 원격으로 제어하려는 경우, DHCP를 사용하거나, 수동으로 고정 IP 주소를 추가하는 방식으로HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 다른 장비에서 사용하는 네트워크에 연결해야 합니다.

DHCP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD 디스크 레코더는 DHCP로 기본 설정되어 있습니다.
DHCP(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)는 자동으로 HyperDeck 디스크레코더를 검색하여 IP 주소를 지정하는 네트워크 서버의 서비스입니다.
또한 DHCP는 이더넷을 통해 장비를 쉽게 연결하도록 돕고 지정된 IP 주소가 서로 충돌하지않도록 하는 훌륭한 서비스입니다. 대부분의 컴퓨터와 네트워크 스위처는 DHCP를지원합니다.

고정 IP (Static IP)‘ Static IP ’를 선택한 후 네트워크 세부 사항을 직접 입력할 수 있습니다. 모든 장치가 통신할수 있도록 고정 IP 주소를 수동으로 설정할 경우, 동일한 서브넷 마스크 및 게이트웨이설정을 공유하도록 해야 합니다.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

601네트워크 접속(Network Access)HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 네트워크를 통해 파일을 전송하고 HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을통해 원격으로 제어할 수 있습니다. 접속이 활성화되도록 기본 설정되어 있지만, 웹 미디어 매니저나HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을 사용해 개별적으로 접속을 비활성화하거나 사용자 이름 및 비밀번호를입력해 접속이 활성화되도록 보안 설정을 강화할 수 있습니다.

파일 전송 프로토콜(FTP)이 확인란을 사용해 파일 전송 프로토콜을 통해 접속이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 설정하세요.

CyberDuck과 같은 FTP 클라이언트를 통해 접속되도록 할 경우, 아이콘을 클릭해 FTP 주소를복사하세요. 더 자세한 정보는 [네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기] 부분을 참고하세요.
웹 미디어 매니저( Web Media Manager)

SD 카드나 외장 디스크에 녹화된 미디어는 웹 미디어 매니저를 사용하여 웹브라우저를 통해 접속할 수
있습니다. 링크를 클릭하거나 링크를 웹 브라우저에 붙여 넣으면 간단한 인터페이스가 열립니다. 여기서네트워크를 통해 파일을 SD 카드로 직접 업로드 및 다운로드할 수 있습니다.

HTTP를 통해 접속이 활성화되도록 기본 설정되어 있지만, ‘ Enabled with security only ’ 옵션을 사용해모든 접속을 비활성화하거나 보안 인증서를 요구하도록 할 수 있습니다. 디지털 인증서를 사용할 경우,

HTTPS를 통해 웹 미디어 매니저 연결이 암호화됩니다. 디지털 인증서에 관한 자세한 정보는 [보안인증서] 부분에서 확인할 수 있습니다.

HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜(HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol)
HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜과 Mac의 터미널 및 Windows 컴퓨터의 PuTTY와 같은 컴퓨터의 커맨드라인 프로그램을 사용하여 HyperDeck 디스크 레코더에 연결할 수 있습니다. 자동으로 접속되도록하거나 사용자 이름 및 비밀번호를 사용해 접속되도록 설정할 수 있으며, 완전히 비활성화되도록 설정할수도 있습니다. Netcat 과 같은 유틸리티 프로그램을 사용할 경우, SSL 프로그램을 사용해 연결을암호화할 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 명령어에 대한 자세한 정보는 본 설명서의 [개발자 정보] 부분을참고하세요.
유틸리티 관리 허용하기(Allow Utility Administration)

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup는 디스크 레코더가 네트워크나 USB를 통해 연결되었을 경우에 접속가능합니다. 사용자들이 네트워크를 통해 접속하지 못하도록 설정하려면 ‘ via USB ’ 설정을 선택하세요.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup602로그인 보안 설정(Secure Login Settings)

HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜 접속을 위해 ‘ Enable with security only ’를 선택한 경우, 사용자 이름과비밀번호를 입력해야 합니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력한 다음 ‘ Save’를 클릭하세요. 비밀번호를
입력하면 입력란이 공란으로 표시됩니다. 사용자 이름과 비밀번호가 설정된 이후에 ‘ Enable withsecurity only ’ 항목을 선택할 경우, 웹 미디어 매니저에 접속하려면 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력해야합니다.

보안 인증서HTTPS를 통해 웹 미디어 매니저를 활성화하고자 할 경우, 또는 ‘ HyperDeck Ethernet protocol’에서‘ Enable with security only ’ 항목을 선택한 경우엔 보안 인증서가 요구됩니다. 이 디지털 인증서는HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 위한 식별 카드처럼 작동해 들어오는 모든 연결이 올바른 유닛으로연결되는지 확인할 수 있습니다. 유닛 식별 기능과 함께 보안 인증서를 사용하면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD와컴퓨터 또는 서버가 주고받는 데이터가 암호화됩니다. 보안 로그인 설정을 사용하면 데이터가 암호화될 뿐아니라 접속 인증 과정도 거쳐야 합니다.

HyperDeck Shuttle은 인증 기관에서 서명받은 보안 인증서나 자가 서명 인증서를 사용하는 두 가지인증서 유형과 함께 사용 가능합니다. 자가 서명 인증서는 안전한 옵션으로, 특히 HyperDeck ShuttleHD에 접속 시 로컬 네트워크를 통해서만 접속하는 일부 사용자 워크플로에 사용하기 적합합니다.
자가 서명 인증서를 생성하려면 ‘Create Certificate’를 클릭하세요. 그러면 자가 서명 인증서 사용 시 발생가능한 위험성 인지 여부를 확인하는 메시지가 나타납니다. ‘Create’를 클릭하면 HyperDeck Setup유틸리티에서 인증서 세부 정보 섹션의 ‘ Domain’, ‘ Issuer ’, ‘ Valid until ’ 항목이 자동 입력됩니다.

공장 초기화 이후엔 현재 사용 중인 모든 인증서가 삭제되지만, ‘ Remove’ 버튼을 클릭하고 화면에나타나는 지시에 따라 언제든지 인증서를 삭제할 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup603자가 서명 인증서를 사용할 경우, HTTPS를 통해 미디어 파일 접속을 시도하면 웹 브라우저에서 해당사이트 접속 시 발생 가능한 위험성에 대해 경고합니다. 일부 브라우저는 사용자가 위험성을 인지했다고
확인하면 접속을 허용하지만, 다른 웹 브라우저의 경우엔 다음 단계로 넘어가는 것 자체가 불가능하기도
합니다.

모든 웹 브라우저에서 접속을 승인받으려면 서명 인증서를 사용해야 합니다. 서명 인증서를 얻으려면, 우선Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup을 사용해 인증서 서명 요청(CSR)을 생성하세요. 이후 이 서명 요청은서명서 인증 기관(CA)이나 IT 부서로 전송되어 서명을 받게 됩니다. 서명이 완료되면 .cert, .crt, .pem 파일확장자 포맷의 서명 인증서가 되돌아오는데, 이를 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 임포트할 수 있습니다.

HyperDeck
MENU

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

인증서 서명 요청(CSR) 생성하는 방법

1‘Generate Signing Request ’ 버튼을 클릭하세요.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

604

2

HyperDeck의 도메인 이름 및 주체 대체 이름을 입력하라는 창이 하나 나타납니다. 아래 표를 참고해다른 세부 사항을 조정하세요.

정보

설명

예시

도메인 이름

사용하려는 도메인 이름

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

주체 대체 이름사용 가능한 대체 도메인 이름

hyperdeck.melbourne.net국가기관이 속한 국가AU시/도지방, 지역, 자치주, 주Victoria장소시, 도, 군Port Melbourne

기관 이름

기관명

Blackmagic Design3인증서 세부 사항을 적은 다음 ‘Generate’를 누르세요.

.csr을 생성할 때 공개 키와 비공개 키가 동시에 생성됩니다. 공개 키는 서명 요청에 포함되지만 비공개키는 유닛에 그대로 남아 있습니다. 인증 기관(CA)이나 IT 부서에서 CSR에 담긴 정보와 요청 기관이일치하는지 확인하고 나면, 위의 세부 정보와 공개 키를 바탕으로 서명 인증서를 생성합니다.
인증서를 임포트하면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에서 공개 키와 비공개 키를 사용해 HyperDeck을 식별한다음 HTTPS를 통해, 혹은 SSL 프로그램을 사용할 경우, HyperDeck 이더넷 프로토콜을 통해 데이터공유를 암호화하거나 암호를 해독합니다.
서명 인증서 임포트하는 방법1‘ Import Signed Certificate’를 클릭하세요.

2

파일 브라우저를 사용해 서명 인증서의 위치를 검색해 파일을 선택한 다음 ‘Open’을 클릭하세요.

‘ Domain’, ‘ Issuer ’, ‘ Valid until ’ 항목이 인증 기관(CA) 정보에 맞게 업데이트됩니다. 보통 서명 인증서의유효 기간은 1년이기 때문에 인증서 만료일이 다가오면 같은 과정을 반복해 인증서를 업데이트하세요.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

605도메인 이름을 선택하고 나면 IT 부서에 연락해 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 유닛을 위한 DNS 도메인
이름을 IP 주소로 변환해달라고 요청하세요. 그러면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 IP 주소에 대한 모든트래픽이 서명 요청에서 선택한 도메인 주소로 연결됩니다. 이는 또한 웹 미디어 매니저를 통한 파일접속에 사용하는 https://hyperdeckextreme.melbourne.com 같은 HTTPS 주소가 될 수 있습니다.
공장 초기화 이후엔 인증서가 효력을 상실하기 때문에 새로운 인증서를 생성해 서명을 받아야 합니다.

파일 설정(File Settings)

처음 설정 시, HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 ‘ HyperDeck ’을 접두사로 사용하여 SD 카드 또는 USB 플래시디스크에 클립을 녹화합니다. 접두사를 변경하려면 새 파일 이름을 입력하세요.
타임스탬프가 파일명에 포함되는 기능은 OFF로 기본 설정되어 있습니다. 파일명에 날짜와 시간을기록하려면 ON으로 전환하세요. 파일명 접두어 및 타임스탬프 설정은 HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 화면메뉴를 통해서도 사용할 수 있습니다.

초기화HyperDeck을 공장 초기화 상태로 되돌리려면 ‘ Factory reset ’을 선택하세요. 공장 초기화 이후엔 현재사용 중인 인증서의 효력이 상실됩니다. 보안 인증서를 사용 중일 경우, 새로운 인증서 서명 요청을 생성해인증 기관이나 IT 인증 부서를 통해 서명받아야 합니다.

내부 소프트웨어 업데이트내부 소프트웨어 업데이트하기

1

www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support에서 최신 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 설치프로그램을 다운받으세요.

2컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup 설치 프로그램을 실행하고 화면에 나타나는 지시사항을 따르세요.

3

설치가 완료되면 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 뒷면 패널에 있는 이더넷 단자 또는 USB를 통해 컴퓨터에연결하세요.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

606

4

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup을 실행한 뒤, 화면에 나타나는 지시 사항에 따라 내부 소프트웨어
업데이트를 진행하세요. 내부 소프트웨어가 최신 버전일 경우 어떠한 메시지도 나타나지 않으며 더이상의 추가 작업이 필요하지 않습니다.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기HyperDeck Shuttle HD 는 하이퍼텍스트 전송 프로토콜 보안(HTTPS) 및 파일 전송 프로토콜(FTP)을
통해 파일을 전송합니다. 이는 네트워크를 통해 컴퓨터에서 바로 HyperDeck 장비에 파일을 전송하는기능으로, 로컬 네트워크에서 제공하는 최고의 속도로 전송할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 새 파일을 복사하여HyperDeck 으로 전송하면 모니터 월이나 디지털 사이니지에서 영상을 재생할 수 있습니다.
HyperDeck에서 모든 파일을 주고받을 수 있지만 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에서 재생하려는 모든 파일은
HyperDeck에서 지원하는 코덱 및 해상도를 준수해야 합니다.

정보 HyperDeck 에서 녹화가 진행되는 동안 네트워크를 통해 파일을 전송할 수 있습니다.

HyperDeck이 자동으로 전송 속도를 조절하기 때문에 녹화에 영향을 끼치지 않습니다.
둘 중 하나의 프로토콜을 사용하여 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 접속하는 기능은 HyperDeck Setup유틸리티를 통해 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, FTP 접속을 비활성화하는 동시에

HTTPS 접속을 활성화시킬 수 있습니다.

HTTPS를 통해 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 연결하기웹 미디어 매니저를 통해 HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 접속하려면 네트워크 접속 설정에서 사용할 URL을준비해야 합니다. USB 및 이더넷을 통해 컴퓨터를 연결한 경우엔 네트워크 접속 설정이 HyperDeck

Setup 유틸리티에 나타나지만, 이더넷으로만 연결된 경우엔 비활성화됩니다.
1

USB- C 케이블을 사용해 컴퓨터와 HyperDeck Shuttle HD 뒷면 패널의 USB 포트를 연결한 다음
HyperDeck Setup을 실행하세요. 그러면 USB 연결 아이콘이 유닛 이름 옆에 나타납니다. 원형아이콘이나 제품 이미지를 클릭하면 설정 창이 열립니다.

2

자가 서명 인증서를 사용할 경우, ‘ Network Access’ 항목으로 이동한 다음 URL 옆에 있는 복사아이콘을 클릭하세요. 이 URL은 HyperDeck의 이름을 기반으로 합니다. URL을 변경하려면 유닛이름을 변경하세요.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기607

자가 서명 인증서를 사용할 경우, 링크를 클릭하세요.

3

인증 기관(CA)이나 IT 부서를 통해 서명받은 인증서를 임포트한 경우, ‘ Domain’ 항목에 현재 인증서주소를 복사 및 붙여넣기 하세요.

도메인 주소를 복사한 뒤 브라우저에 붙여넣기 하세요.

4웹 브라우저를 열고 주소를 새로운 창에 붙여넣기 하세요. ‘ Enabled access with security only ’옵션을 선택한 경우, HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티에서 설정한 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력하라는
메시지가 나타납니다.

자가 서명 인증서를 사용할 경우에 연결 보안과 관련된 브라우저 경고가 나타난다면, 이는 HyperDeck

Setup 유틸리티를 통해 신뢰할만한 로그인 인증서를 불러오지 못했다는 사실을 의미합니다.
신뢰할 수 있는 유효한 인증서 없이 진행하려면, 브라우저에 나타나는 위험 감수 내용을 확인한 다음웹사이트로 이동하세요.

웹 미디어 매니저를 사용해 파일 전송하기웹 미디어 매니저 브라우저를 처음 열면 관련 미디어 슬롯에 따라 분류된 파일이 나타납니다.
SD1

SD 카드에 저장된 미디어USB

연결된 USB가 ‘ USB/’라는 접두사와 함께 목록으로 나타납니다.

해당 미디어를 더블 클릭하면 SD 카드 또는 드라이브에 담긴 콘텐츠가 나타납니다.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기608

‘ Upload ’ 버튼을 클릭해 파일을 추가하세요.

파일을 원격으로 추가해 재생하려면 ‘ Upload ’ 버튼을 클릭하세요. 파일 브라우저를 사용해 파일을 검색한다음 ‘ Upload ’ 버튼을 클릭하세요. 업로드 중에는 상태 창이 나타납니다. ‘Create Folder ’ 버튼을 사용해필요에 따라 폴더를 추가할 수도 있습니다.
파일을 다운로드하려면 오른쪽 끝부분에 있는 화살표 아이콘을 사용하세요. 현재 사용 중인 브라우저에따라 파일 다운로드를 허용하라는 메시지가 나타날 수 있습니다. ‘Allow ’를 클릭하세요. 파일을삭제하려면 쓰레기통 아이콘을 클릭하세요. 그러면 파일 삭제 창이 나타납니다. ‘ Delete’를 클릭하세요.

FTP를 통해 파일 전송하기사용하는 컴퓨터와 HyperDeck Shuttle HD가 동일한 네트워크상에 있는 경우, FTP 클라이언트와

HyperDeck Shuttle HD의 IP 주소나 HyperDeck Setup 유틸리티의 FTP URL만 있으면 연결가능합니다.

1HyperDeck Shuttle HD에 연결하려는 컴퓨터에 FTP 클라이언트를 다운로드하여 설치하세요.
Cyberduck, FileZilla, Transmit 등의 사용을 추천하지만, 대부분의 FTP 클라이언트 소프트웨어와호환 가능합니다. Cyberduck과 FileZilla는 무료로 다운로드할 수 있습니다.

2HyperDeck Shuttle HD 를 네트워크에 연결한 상태에서 HyperDeck Setup을 실행한 다음 FTP
URL을 누르거나 복사 아이콘을 눌러 주소를 수동으로 붙여 넣으세요. FTP 프로그램을 통해 연결이실행되지 않을 경우, 링크를 한 번 더 누르세요.

3

FTP 연결을 수동으로 실행할 경우, URL 주소를 ‘ Server ’ 필드에 붙여 넣으세요. ‘Anonymous Login’항목이 활성화된 경우엔 해당란을 체크하세요.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기

609

4

SD 카드는 ‘sd1 ’ 표시를 통해 식별 가능합니다.

이제 FTP 인터페이스를 사용해 파일을 드래그/드롭할 수 있습니다.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기610

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기611

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기612

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기613

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기614

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기615

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기616

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기617

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기618

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기619

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기620

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기621

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:stop↵네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기622

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기623

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기624

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기625

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기626

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기627

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기628

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기629

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기630

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기631

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기632

HyperDeck Control REST API
소프트웨어 개발자의 경우, 커스텀 응용 프로그램을 만들거나 곧바로 사용 가능한 REST 클라이언트나

Postman 같은 도구를 활용하여 HyperDeck Control REST API를 통해 HyperDeck 디스크 레코더를매끄럽게 제어 및 소통할 수 있습니다. 이 API를 사용하면 녹화 시작 및 정지, 재생 관리, 디스크 정보접속 등 다양한 방법의 운영이 가능합니다. 특정 작업에 필요한 커스텀 응용 프로그램을 개발하거나기존의 도구를 활용하는 경우, 이 API를 활용해 HyperDeck 디스크 레코더에 잠재된 모든 기능을 손쉽게극대화할 수 있습니다. 저희는 고객들이 새로운 방안을 고안해 낼 수 있기를 기대하고 있습니다!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기633

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기634

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기635

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기636

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기637

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기638

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기639

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기640

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기641

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기642

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기643

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기644

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기645

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기646

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기647

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기648

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기649

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기650

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기651

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기652

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기653

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기654

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기655

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기656

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기657

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기658

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기659

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기660

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기661

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark네트워크를 통해 파일 전송하기

662

지원
지원 받기
가장 빠르게 지원받을 수 있는 방법은 Blackmagic Design 온라인 고객지원 페이지에 접속하여 해당Blackmagic HyperDeck 디스크 레코더 관련 최신 지원 정보를 확인하는 것입니다.

Blackmagic Design 온라인 고객 지원 페이지최신 사용 설명서와 소프트웨어, 지원 노트는 Blackmagic 고객 지원 센터(www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support)에서 확인하실 수 있습니다.

Blackmagic Design 포럼저희 웹사이트에 있는 Blackmagic Design 포럼은 유용한 정보를 제공하는 곳으로, 방문을 통해 자세한정보와 창의적인 아이디어를 얻을 수 있습니다. 또한 숙련된 사용자나 Blackmagic Design 직원들이기존에 올려놓은 해결책을 통해 원하는 해답을 얻을 수도 있으므로 신속하게 도움을 받아 한 단계 성장할수 있는 방법이기도 합니다. 포럼은 http://forum.blackmagicdesign.com을 방문해 이용할 수 있습니다Blackmagic Design 고객 지원에 문의하기고객 지원 페이지나 포럼에서 원하는 정보를 얻지 못한 경우에는 [이메일 보내기] 버튼을 클릭하여 지원요청 이메일을 보내주세요. 다른 방법으로는, 고객지원 페이지의 [지역별 고객 지원팀 찾기] 버튼을클릭하여 가장 가까운 Blackmagic Design 고객지원 사무실에 문의하세요.

현재 설치된 소프트웨어 버전 확인하기컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic HyperDeck 소프트웨어 버전을 확인하려면 [About BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup] 창을 여세요.
 Mac OS에서는 애플리케이션 폴더에 있는 Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup을 실행하세요.

애플리케이션 메뉴에서 [About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup]을 선택하고 버전을 확인하세요.
 윈도우에서는 ‘시작’ 메뉴 또는 시작 화면에서 HyperDeck Setup을 실행하세요. 도움말 메뉴를클릭한 뒤 [About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup]을 선택해 버전을 확인할 수 있습니다.

최신 버전 소프트웨어로 업데이트하기
컴퓨터에 설치된 Blackmagic Cloud Setup 소프트웨어 버전을 확인한 뒤, Blackmagic Design 고객지원 센터(www.blackmagicdesign.com/kr/support)에 방문하여 최신 업데이트를 확인하세요. 최신버전으로 업데이트하는 것을 권장하지만, 중요한 프로젝트를 실행하는 도중에는 소프트웨어 업데이트를하지 않는 것이 좋습니다.

지원

663

규제 사항유럽 연합 국가 내의 전기전자제품 폐기물 처리 기준제품에 부착된 기호는 해당 제품을 다른 폐기물과는 별도로 처리되어야 함을 나타냅니다.
제품을 폐기하려면 반드시 재활용 지정 수거 장소에 폐기해야 합니다. 폐기물 제품을 분리수거및 재활용으로 처리하는 것은 자연 자원을 보전하고 인간의 건강과 환경을 보호할 수 있도록폐기물을 재활용할 수 있는 방법입니다. 재활용을 위한 제품 폐기물 장소에 관한 자세한 정보는해당 지역 시청의 재활용 센터 혹은 해당 제품을 구입한 상점으로 문의하세요.
본 제품은 테스트 결과 FCC 규정 제15항에 따라 A급 디지털 기기 제한 사항을 준수하는 것으로확인되었습니다. 해당 제한 사항은 본 제품을 상업적 환경에서 사용할 시 발생할 수 있는 유해혼선으로부터 적절한 보호를 제공하기 위함입니다. 이 제품은 무선 주파수를 생성 및 사용,방출할 수 있습니다. 따라서 설명서의 안내에 따라 제품을 설치 및 사용하지 않을 시, 무선 통신을방해하는 전파 혼선을 일으킬 수 있습니다. 해당 제품을 주거 지역에서 사용할 경우 유해 전파혼선이 발생할 가능성이 있으며, 이 경우 사용자는 자체 비용으로 전파 혼선 문제를 해결해야합니다.
제품 작동은 다음 두 가지 조건을 전제로 합니다.

1

본 기기는 유해 혼신을 일으키지 않습니다.

2 본 기기는 원치 않는 작동을 일으킬 수 있는 혼신을 포함하여 모든 혼신을 수용합니다.
R-R-BMD -20211410001
ISED 캐나다 성명본 기기는 캐나다 표준 A급 디지털 장치 규정을 준수합니다.
정해진 사용 목적 이외의 다른 목적의 사용 또는 제품 변경은 표준 규정 위반으로 간주할 수있습니다.

HDMI 인터페이스 연결 시에는 반드시 고품질의 쉴드 HDMI 케이블을 사용해야 합니다.
이 기기는 업무용 환경에서 사용할 목적으로 적합성 평가를 거쳤습니다. 가정용 환경에서사용하는 경우 전파간섭의 우려가 있습니다.

규제 사항

664

안전 정보본 제품은 주위 온도가 최대 40ºC인 열대 지역에서 사용하기 적합합니다.
공기가 잘 통할 수 있도록 제품을 통풍이 잘되는 곳에 두세요.
제품 내부에는 사용자가 수리 가능한 부품이 없습니다. 제품 수리는 해당 지역 Blackmagic Design서비스 센터에 문의하세요.

최대 작동 고도는 해수면 기준 2000m입니다.

캘리포니아주 성명본 제품을 사용하는 사용자는 제품의 플라스틱 내 폴리브롬화 비페닐에 노출될 수 있으며캘리포니아주에서는 해당 물질이 암, 선천적 결손증, 기타 생식기능의 손상을 유발하는 것으로 알려져있습니다.
더욱 자세한 정보는 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov을 확인하세요.
유럽 사무실

Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

안전 정보

665

보증
12개월 한정 보증Blackmagic Design은 본 제품의 부품 및 제조에 어떠한 결함도 없음을 제품 구매일로부터 12개월 동안보증합니다. 보증 기간 내에 결함이 발견될 경우, Blackmagic Design은 당사의 결정에 따라 무상 수리 또는새로운 제품으로 교환해드립니다.
구매 고객은 반드시 보증 기간이 만료되기 전에 결함 사실을 Blackmagic Design에 통지해야 적절한 보증서비스를 제공받을 수 있습니다. 구매 고객은 지정된 Blackmagic Design 서비스 센터로 결함 제품을 포장및 운송할 책임이 있으며, 운송 비용은 선불로 지급되어야 합니다. 구매 고객은 또한 이유를 불문하고 제품반송에 대한 운송료, 보험, 관세, 세금, 기타 비용을 부담해야 합니다.
이 보증은 부적절한 사용, 관리 및 취급으로 인한 파손, 고장, 결함에는 적용되지 않습니다. Blackmagic

Design은 다음과 같은 경우에 보증 서비스를 제공할 의무가 없습니다. a) Blackmagic Design 판매 대리인이아닌 개인에 의해 발생한 제품 손상. b) 부적절한 사용 및 호환하지 않는 장비와의 연결로 인한 제품 손상. c)
Blackmagic Design사의 부품 및 공급품이 아닌 것을 사용하여 발생한 손상 및 고장. d) 제품을 개조하거나다른 제품과 통합하여 제품 작동 시간 증가 및 기능 저하가 발생한 경우. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN 에서제공하는 제품 보증은 다른 모든 명시적 또는 묵시적 보증을 대신합니다. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN사와관련 판매 회사는 상품성 및 특정 목적의 적합성과 관련된 모든 묵시적 보증을 부인합니다. 구매 고객에게제공되는 BLACKMAGIC DESIGN의 결함 제품 수리 및 교환 관련 책임은 BLACKMAGIC DESIGN 또는판매 회사에서 관련 위험의 가능성에 대한 사전 통보의 여부와 관계없이 모든 간접적, 특별, 우발적, 결과적손해에 대한 유일한 배상 수단입니다. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN은 장비의 불법적 사용과 관련하여 어떤 법적책임도 지지 않습니다. Blackmagic Design은 본 제품의 사용으로 인해 발생하는 손해에 대해서는 어떤법적 책임도 지지 않습니다. 제품 사용으로 인해 발생할 수 있는 위험에 대한 책임은 본인에게 있습니다.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. 모든 권리 보유. ‘ Blackmagic Design ’, ‘ DeckLink ’, ‘ HDLink ’, ‘ Workgroup
Videohub ’, ‘ Multibridge Pro ’, ‘ Multibridge Extreme ’, ‘ Intensity ’, ‘ Leading the creative video revolution ’은모두 미국 및 기타 국가에 등록된 상표입니다. 다른 회사명 및 제품 이름은 관련 회사의 등록 상표일 수 있습니다.

보증

666

Июль 2024 г.

Руководство по установке и эксплуатации

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HDРусский

Уважаемый пользователь!
Благодарим вас за покупку устройства Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Когда мы разрабатывали первые дисковые рекордеры HyperDeck, то стремились
создать доступное для каждого решение, которое позволяет записыватьи воспроизводить видео с помощью скоростных SSD-накопителей. Сейчас эта линейка
пополнилась новой моделью HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Она представляет собой небольшой портативный рекордер с HDMI-интерфейсом,предназначенный для размещения на рабочем столе. Знакомые элементы управленияи удобный диск для навигации позволяют использовать его одной рукой, что делает
устройство идеальным решением для создания контента в реальном времени приработе с микшером ATEM Mini. Кроме того, HyperDeck Shuttle HD может служить кактелесуфлер.
Для быстрой записи и воспроизведения материала этот рекордер позволяет
вести сохранение как на традиционные SD-карты, так и на внешние накопителив форматах ProRes, DNxHD и H.264.
Последнюю версию руководства и обновления ПО для HyperDeck можно найтив разделе поддержки на веб-сайте www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru. Использование
актуальной версии ПО гарантирует доступ ко всем имеющимся функциям. Чтобы
своевременно узнавать о выходе релизов, зарегистрируйтесь при загрузке ПО. Мыпостоянно работаем над совершенствованием наших продуктов, поэтому ваши отзывы
помогут нам сделать их еще лучше.

Грант Петти
Генеральный директор Blackmagic DesignСодержание
Подготовка к работе

670

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup694Подключение питания

670

Настройка

695Подключение источника
видео- и аудиосигнала

671Обновление встроенного
программного обеспечения

701Подключение накопителей

671Передача файлов по сети

702

Запись видео

672

Developer Information

706Воспроизведение

673Круглая ручка поиска

674Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol

706Изменение настроек

676

Protocol Commands

706Настройки

677

Protocol Details

713Запись

677

HyperDeck Control REST API

728

Монитор

678

Transport Control API

728

Звук

678

System Control API

733

Сохранение

679

Media Control API

736

Настройка

681

Timeline Control API

738

Задняя панель

688

Event Control API

740

Работа с накопителями

689

Clips Control API

741

SD-карта

689

HyperDeck Control API

741

Внешний диск

690

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

751Форматирование накопителя

690

messages751Форматирование накопителя
на Mac

690

Device Properties

753Навигация по томам

692Помощь

758

Использование функции
телесуфлера

693Соблюдение нормативных
требований

759

Скорость телесуфлера привоспроизведенииПравила безопасности

760

693

Гарантия

761

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

669

Подготовка к работе
Чтобы начать работу с рекордером HyperDeck Shuttle HD, достаточно подключить питание,подсоединить источник HDMI-сигнала, установить SD-карту или внешний накопитель, а затем
нажать кнопку записи.
В этом разделе описан порядок подготовки к началу работы с рекордером HyperDeck
Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Подключение питанияДля подачи электроэнергии подключите прилагаемый сетевой адаптер к гнезду на задней
панели рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Затяните фиксирующее кольцо для предотвращения
случайного отсоединения кабеля.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INПодключите сетевой адаптер к силовому разъему на HyperDeck Shuttle HDПодготовка к работе

670

Подключение источника видео- и аудиосигналаДля подключения источника видеосигнала к HyperDeck Shuttle HD подсоедините HDMIкабель к соответствующему входу на задней панели устройства.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INПодключите оборудование, предназначенное для получения сигнала (например, микшерATEM Mini или HDMI-телевизор), к HDMI-выходу рекордера.
Данный разъем также предназначен для просмотра выводимого поверх видео менюнастроек при изменении параметров устройства. Подробнее см. раздел «Настройки» ниже.

СОВЕТ. Если видеоисточник на подключенном дисплее не отображается, возможно,используется режим воспроизведения. Для начала записи нажмите
соответствующую кнопку.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMIПодключите оборудование, предназначенное для получения сигналов (например,микшер ATEM Mini или HDMI-телевизор), к HDMI-выходу рекордера

Подключение накопителей
Рекордеры HyperDeck Shuttle HD поставляются готовыми к работе и не требуют
дополнительной установки настроек. Все, что нужно, — это отформатированная SD-карта иливнешний накопитель.
Носители легко отформатировать с помощью меню настроек. Также это можно сделать накомпьютере. Подробнее см. раздел «Форматирование накопителей» ниже. Там же приводится
информация о типах носителей, наиболее подходящих для записи видео, а также список
рекомендуемых SD-карт и внешних дисков.

Порядок установки SD-карты
1Возьмите SD-карту так, чтобы позолоченные контакты были направлены вверх,и установите ее в соответствующий слот. Осторожно надавите на карту, чтобы она вошлав него до конца.

Подготовка к работе

671

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INРекордер выполнит проверку SD-карты. В это время индикатор SD-слота на верхней
панели устройства будет гореть зеленым цветом. После окончания проверки он погаснет.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Теперь рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD готов к записи и воспроизведению материала.
Подробнее о записи и воспроизведении видео, установке настроек и работе с рекордером
HyperDeck Shuttle HD см. следующие разделы этого руководства.

SCRЗапись видео
Прежде всего убедитесь, что к оборудованию, предназначенному для получения HDMIсигнала, подключен нужный источник. После этого можно приступать к записи контента.
Для ее начала нажмите соответствующую кнопку. При записи материала на SD-карту
индикатор слота будет гореть красным цветом, а кнопки записи и воспроизведения — белым.
Во время сохранения на внешний накопитель индикатор его слота также будет гореть
красным цветом.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Чтобы прекратить запись, нажмите кнопку остановки.

Запись видео

672

ВоспроизведениеДля воспроизведения нажмите соответствующую кнопку. После этого она загорится белым
цветом, а индикаторы внешнего накопителя или SD-карты — зеленым.
Для перехода между несколькими сохраненными клипами можно использовать кнопки
перемотки вперед или назад.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Использование кнопок перемотки
Нажмите кнопку перемотки назад для перехода к началу текущего клипа. Нажатие более
одного раза позволит вернуться к ранее записанным видео.
Нажмите кнопку перемотки вперед для перехода к следующим клипам. Обе кнопки перемотки
будут мигать, если в настройках утилиты HyperDeck Setup выбрана опция Identify HyperDeck.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Для перехода к началу каждого клипа служат кнопки перемотки вперед и назад

СОВЕТ. Для обеспечения правильного воспроизведения видеофайлов нарекордере HyperDeck требуется выбрать надлежащий кодек. Это можно сделатьс помощью меню настроек. Подробнее см. раздел «Изменение настроек» ниже.

Циклическое воспроизведение клиповДля перевода воспроизведения в циклический режим при просмотре контента на рекордере
HyperDeck Shuttle HD следует еще раз нажать кнопку воспроизведения. Чтобы из него выйти,используйте кнопку остановки.
Для проигрывания текущего видеофайла в циклическом режиме нажмите клавишу CLIP,а затем кнопку воспроизведения еще два раза.

Воспроизведение

673

Циклическое воcпроизведение
всех клиповВо время воспроизведения контента нажмите
соответствующую кнопку еще раз для воспроизведения
всех клипов в циклическом режиме.

Циклическое воcпроизведение
текущего клипаВ режиме CLIP нажмите кнопку воспроизведения еще раздля циклического воспроизведения текущего клипа.

Режим CLIPРежим CLIP позволяет настраивать воспроизведение в рамках одного клипа. При егоактивации можно выполнить переход к нужному файлу с помощью соответствующей кнопкиили режима перемотки, а затем нажать клавишу воспроизведения. Оно автоматически
остановится, когда выбранный клип закончится.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

В режиме CLIP нажмите кнопку воспроизведения еще раздля циклического воспроизведения текущего клипа

Круглая ручка поиска
Ручка поиска позволяет быстро переходить от одного клипа к другому, а также выбирать
отдельные фрагменты и выполнять покадровый просмотр. Это дает возможность оперативно
находить нужный участок визуально и устанавливать точку начала проигрывания клипа длявывода его в эфир при потоковом вещании.
На данном устройстве доступны режимы протяжки, перемотки и прокрутки.
Протяжка

Воспроизведение клипа на покадровом уровне.

Прокрутка

Режим прокрутки позволяет оперативно просматривать ранее
записанный материал. Поворот круглой ручки поиска с механизмом
фиксации обеспечивает полный контроль и дает возможность перейти ктому месту, с которого нужно начать воспроизведение.
Кнопка SCR дополнительно позволяет открыть окно со списком томов,отображающее путь к файлу видеоклипа, который воспроизводится втекущий момент. Подробнее об этом см. соответствующий раздел ниже.

ПеремоткаДля перехода к этому режиму нажмите одновременно кнопки JOG
и SCR. Поворот круглой ручки поиска вправо или влево позволит
выполнить перемотку вперед или назад, а также увеличить ее значениедо максимального 50-кратного ускорения. Чтобы уменьшить еговплоть до полного прекращения, верните круглую ручку в исходное
положение. Кнопка остановки поможет остановить перемотку, аклавиша воспроизведения — возобновить проигрывание с текущей
позиции. Значение максимальной скорости перемотки можно уменьшитьс помощью меню настроек. Подробнее см. раздел «Настройки» ниже.

Воспроизведение

674

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Для выбора режимов протяжки и прокрутки
используют соответственно кнопки JOG и SCR

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

После выбора режима поиска поверните круглую ручку

СОВЕТ. Чтобы вернуться в обычный режим воспроизведения, нажмите кнопку
воспроизведения или остановки.

Воспроизведение

675

Изменение настроекПри нажатии кнопки MENU на рекордере в нижнем левом углу подключенного HDMIмонитора поверх изображения откроется меню настроек.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Для перехода к меню настроек нажмите кнопку MENU
SCRДля перехода к подменю или отдельной настройке используйте круглую ручку поиска

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Для выбора подменю или изменяемой настройки нажмите кнопку SETРегулировку настроек выполняют с помощью круглой ручки или кнопок перемотки.
Для подтверждения выбора нажмите SET.
Чтобы выйти из меню и вернуться на один шаг назад вплоть до начальной страницы,используют кнопку MENU.

СОВЕТ. Меню настройки можно расположить в любом углу экрана. После
изменения необходимых параметров рекомендуется закрыть меню, чтобы приподключении к HDMI-микшеру, например ATEM Mini Extreme, на HDMI-выход
передавался чистый сигнал.

Изменение настроек

676

Настройки
Меню настроек состоит из пяти отдельных вкладок: «Запись», «Монитор», «Звук»,«Сохранение» и «Настройка». На этих страницах изменяют соответствующие параметры,причем большинство из них можно отрегулировать с панели управления на HyperDeck
Shuttle HD. Некоторые настройки отключены и отображены неактивными, например меткав имени файла. В данном случае их можно изменить через утилиту BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup.

Запись

ВводОтображает HDMI-вход на HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

КодекМодель HyperDeck Shuttle HD позволяет записывать видео с компрессией в форматах H.264,
Apple ProRes и DNxHD. Чтобы воспользоваться функцией телесуфлера, выберите
соответствующую опцию.

Запуск записиДля этой настройки доступны две опции: «Начало/остановка видео» и «По тайм-коду».
Некоторые камеры (например, Blackmagic Pocket Cinema 4K) используют HDMI-интерфейс дляпередачи сигнала о запуске и остановке записи на внешних рекордерах. При выборе данной
опции сохранение на HyperDeck будет начинаться и прекращаться при соответствующем
нажатии кнопки записи на камере.
При выборе второй опции запись на рекордере будет начинаться при поступлении на
HDMI-вход действительного тайм-кода. В отсутствие сигнала сохранение остановится.
Для отключения данной настройки нужно выбрать «Нет».

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. При записи с HDMI-камеры убедитесь в том, что используется чистый
сигнал, так как в противном случае вместе с изображением будут записаны
выводимые параметры.

Настройки

677

Монитор

Формат телесуфлераПри использовании HyperDeck Shuttle HD в качестве телесуфлера все параметры этойфункции можно установить в меню «Монитор».

Размер шрифта
Размер шрифта можно установить, выбрав необходимое значение и нажав кнопку SET. Чтобыего увеличить, ручку нужно повернуть по часовой стрелке, а чтобы уменьшить – в обратном
направлении.

Междустрочный интервал
Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить междустрочный интервал, нужно повернуть круглую ручку.

Боковое полеЭта настройка позволяет регулировать ширину бокового поля по обе стороны дисплея телесуфлера.

Поворот
Если необходимо зеркально отобразить текст с телесуфлера (например, когда он расположен
перед камерой или на сцене для выступающих), можно использовать настройки поворота.
Предусмотрены два режима.
Поворот по горизонтали: применяется, когда нижняя часть экрана телесуфлера
установлена близко к основанию светоделительного стекла.
Поворот по вертикали: применяется, когда нижняя часть экрана телесуфлера
установлена на расстоянии от основания светоделительного стекла.

ЗвукНастройки

678

Записанные аудиоканалы
HyperDeck Shuttle HD позволяет одновременно записывать до восьми каналов звука PCM.
Чтобы задать количество каналов записи, откройте список данной настройки и выберите
значение 2, 4 или 8.
Если используется кодек H.264, можно также выбрать два канала AAC-аудио, что позволит
напрямую выгружать записанный материал на платформу YouTube.

СохранениеВ настройках сохранения указываются подключенные накопители. Поля «Слот 1» и «Слот 2»показывают имя подключенной SD-карты и любого флеш-накопителя USB, подсоединенного
через разъем EXT DISK, соответственно. При использовании USB-разветвителя, например
станции Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, отображается активный носитель.

Активный слотПри работе с дисковыми рекордерами HyperDeck Shuttle можно одновременно подключить
одну карту SD, несколько внешних накопителей и сетевое хранилище, что позволяет
получать доступ к терабайтам пространства для сохранения материала.
Если с устройством используется только один носитель, именно он будет являться активным.
При работе с двумя и более накопителями можно выбрать тот, который станет служить длязаписи и воспроизведения.
Выбор активного носителя
1С помощью ручки поиска выберите соответствующую опцию в меню сохранения инажмите мигающую кнопку SET.

2Появится список подключенных носителей. С помощью ручки поиска задайте для записи
материала нужный из них.

Настройки

679

Добавление сетевого адреса
Рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle может воспроизводить HD-материал из хранилища Blackmagic
Cloud и других сетевых аналогов через Ethernet-соединение.
Порядок подключения к папке сетевого хранилища
1Перейдите к соответствующей настройке, используя круглую ручку поиска и кнопку SET.
Появится диалоговое окно поиска.

2

Все серверы, находящиеся в локальной сети, отобразятся в списке. Перейдите к нужному изних с помощью круглой ручки и кнопки SET. На дисплее откроется перечень доступных
общих ресурсов. Используя ручку поиска, выберите один из них, нажмите SET и повторяйте
действие, пока желаемая папка не появится на экране.

3

Ее имя будет отображаться в верхней части ЖК-дисплея. Чтобы выбрать данную папку длязаписи и воспроизведения материала, задайте соответствующую опцию с помощью ручки
поиска и нажмите SET. Справа появится галочка.

4После завершения операции добавленное местоположение отобразится в соответствующем
списке раздела «Слот 2».

На рекордерах HyperDeck Shuttle он предназначен как для USB-дисков, так и для подключенных
сетевых папок. Чтобы выбрать желаемую опцию, перейдите к нему в меню сохранения и нажмите
мигающую кнопку SET. Задайте нужный вариант из списка и используйте ту же клавишу еще раз.
После этого вы снова окажетесь в меню сохранения. Кроме того, сетевое хранилище можно
удалить из перечня, применив соответствующую настройку в нижней части раздела «Слот 2».

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. При воспроизведении из сети на рекордере HyperDeck Shuttle HDнеобходимо выполнить гостевой вход на сервер. Доступ, требующий ввода имени
пользователя и пароля, в настоящее время не поддерживается при работе с кнопками MENUи SET, однако можно указать учетные данные с помощью протокола HyperDeck Ethernet.
Настройки

680

Переход на USBЕсли для подключения нескольких накопителей через USB-разъем EXT DISK используется
станция Blackmagic MultiDock 10G или другое аналогичное устройство, то при заполнении
одного из носителей активация опции «Переход на USB» обеспечит автоматическое
сохранение данных на другом.

Форматирование
SD-карты и накопители, подключенные к разъему EXT DISK на задней панели устройства,можно отформатировать непосредственно на рекордере или компьютере с операционной
системой Mac или Windows.

Подготовка накопителя на HyperDeck Shuttle HD1Перейдите к настройке «Форматирование» поворотом круглой ручки и выберите еес помощью кнопки SET.

2Из списка выберите накопитель для форматирования и нажмите SET.

3Укажите желаемый формат и нажмите SET.

4Появится подтверждение, содержащее имя карты и заданный формат. Выберите
«Форматировать».

5После завершения процедуры появится окно форматирования. Выберите «ОК».

Формат HFS+ также известен как Mac OS X Extended и является предпочтительным, так как онподдерживает протоколирование. В этом случае при повреждении носителя содержащиеся нанем данные будет проще восстановить. Формат HFS+ совместим с операционной системой
Mac, а exFAT можно использовать на платформах Mac и Windows без дополнительного
программного обеспечения, однако он не предусматривает протоколирования. Инструкции поформатированию накопителей в ОС Mac и Windows приведены в соответствующем разделе.

Настройка
Вкладка «Настройка» содержит такие параметры, как язык, заданный стандарт, а также опции
отображения меню, сетевых параметров и работы с тайм-кодом.

Настройки

681

Имя рекордера
Когда к сети подключено несколько рекордеров HyperDeck Shuttle HD, им следует присвоить
отдельные имена, чтобы их было легко различать. Для этого можно использовать
утилиту Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup или протокол Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet. Имяпоявится в меню «Настройка».

ЯзыкHyperDeck Shuttle HD имеет пользовательский интерфейс на 13 основных языках, включая
английский, китайский, японский, корейский, испанский, немецкий, французский, русский,итальянский, португальский, турецкий, украинский и польский.

Выбор языка
1Выберите меню «Настройка» и нажмите SET.

2Перейдите к опции «Язык» поворотом круглой ручки и нажмите SET.

3Выберите нужный язык с помощью круглой ручки и нажмите SET. После этого на экране
снова появится основное меню настроек.

Программное обеспечение
Отображает текущую версию программного обеспечения.

Камера
Данную настройку используют при записи многоракурсного контента в виде отдельных
файлов, которые затем редактируют на специальной временной шкале в приложении
DaVinci Resolve.
В метаданных файлов каждая из камер будет иметь свое обозначение, что позволит легко
определить все доступные ракурсы с помощью синхроящика.

Для наименования камер можно использовать обозначения A-Z или 1-9Заданный формат
Иногда HyperDeck Shuttle HD не в состоянии определить, какой видеоформат следует
использовать. Данная настройка поможет рекордеру выбрать формат, применяемый чаще всего.
В качестве примера возьмем ситуацию, когда при включении HyperDeck Shuttle HDотсутствует источник видео, а на вставленном диске записаны файлы двух форматов. Какойиз них следует рекордеру воспроизвести? В данном случае устройство будет использовать
формат, заданный по умолчанию.
Эта функция также применяется, когда при первом включении HyperDeck Shuttle HD к немуне подсоединен источник видео и не вставлен диск. В данном случае для вывода сигнала
мониторинга рекордер использует формат, заданный по умолчанию.

Настройки

682

Тем не менее такой вариант является всего лишь рекомендуемым, а не обязательным. Еслина диске содержатся файлы только одного типа, при воспроизведении HyperDeckпереключится на их формат. Рекордер не будет использовать заданный формат, так какв данном случае выбор очевиден.
То же происходит и во время сохранения контента. Используемый при записи на HyperDeckформат соответствует формату поступающего на него видеосигнала. Он будет применяться
рекордером при воспроизведении этого материала, даже если на диске есть другие файлы,которые имеют формат, заданный по умолчанию. Предполагается, что при записии воспроизведении форматы должны быть одинаковыми. Если диск извлечь, а затем снова
вставить, только тогда для проигрывания устройство переключится на формат по умолчанию.
Заданный по умолчанию формат является всего лишь рекомендуемым, а не обязательным,и предназначен только для тех случаев, когда автоматический выбор затруднен.

Максимальная скорость перемотки
Максимальное значение перемотки на HyperDeck Shuttle HD соответствует 50-кратному
ускорению. При необходимости можно выбрать другие доступные варианты.

Дата и время
Правильная установка подобной информации обеспечивает совпадение данных записанных
файлов и сети, а также позволяет предотвратить ошибки, которые могут возникнуть приработе с некоторыми системами сетевого хранения.

Автоматическая установка даты и времениДля автоматической установки даты и времени активируйте соответствующую опцию. В этомслучае будет применяться протокол сетевого времени, выбранный в поле NTP. Чтобы
отменить сделанные изменения, выберите в меню нужную опцию.

NTP
По умолчанию используется сервер Cloudflare (time.cloudflare.com), однако вручную можно
указать другую платформу с помощью утилиты HyperDeck Setup. Подробнее см. раздел
«Утилита Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup».

ДатаЧтобы изменить дату, выберите соответствующий параметр и нажмите SET. С помощью
круглой ручки установите день, месяц и год.

ВремяЧтобы изменить время, выберите соответствующий параметр и нажмите SET. С помощью
круглой ручки установите часы и минуты. На устройствах используется 24-часовой формат.

Настройки

683

Меню
С помощью вкладки «Меню» можно задать положение и вид меню настроек на подключенном
через HDMI-интерфейс экране.

ВидЗдесь можно выбрать темный или светлый вариант отображения меню HyperDeck. Присветлом варианте повышается контрастность, если изображение является темным или прииспользовании функции телесуфлера.

Непрозрачность
Степень непрозрачности выводимого на подключенный экран меню можно отрегулироватьс заданных по умолчанию 100% до 20%.

ПоложениеПо умолчанию выводимое меню всплывает в нижнем левом углу экрана. Чтобы перенестиего в другое место, нужно выбрать поле «Положение» и нажать кнопку SET. Теперь менюможно разместить в любом углу экрана – верхнем левом, верхнем правом, нижнем левомили нижнем правом.

Сетевые параметры

Настройки

684

ПротоколВ поставляемых рекордерах Blackmagic HyperDeck по умолчанию используется протокол
DHCP. При подключении устройства к сети сервер автоматически присвоит ему IP-адрес,поэтому выполнять дополнительную настройку не требуется. Чтобы внести адрес вручную,следует выбрать «Статический IP-адрес».
Выделите настройку «Протокол» и нажмите кнопку SET. Перейдите к параметру «Статический
IP-адрес» и еще раз нажмите SET.

IP-адрес, маска подсети, шлюз, первичный DNS и вторичный DNSКогда выбран «Статический IP-адрес», сетевые настройки можно задавать вручную.
Порядок изменения IP-адреса
1Выделите настройку «IP-адрес» с помощью круглой ручки и нажмите кнопку SET наконтрольной панели рекордера HyperDeck.

2Внесите изменения в IP-адрес поворотом круглой ручки. Для подтверждения одного
сегмента и перехода к следующему нажмите кнопку SET.

3Чтобы подтвердить изменение и перейти к следующему значению, нажмите SET.

После ввода IP-адреса выполните те же операции для настройки маски подсети и шлюза.
Когда установка параметров завершена, нажмите кнопку MENU, чтобы вернутьсяк начальной странице.

Настройки тайм-кодаЭто меню позволяет задать параметры ввода и вывода тайм-кода, в том числе запись с таймкодом источника, временем суток или установленным вручную значением.

ВводПри записи доступны четыре опции использования тайм-кода.

ВидеовходЭта опция позволяет использовать встроенный тайм-код из HDMI-источниковс метаданными SMPTE RP 188. Она обеспечивает синхронизацию HDMI-сигналас файлом, сохраняемым на HyperDeck Studio HD.

ВнутреннийЭту опцию используют для записи времени суток, получаемого от встроенного
генератора тайм-кода.

ВозобновлениеПри выборе этой опции тайм-код каждого последующего файла будет
продолжаться с того значения, на котором закончился предыдущий клип. Например,если первый клип остановился на 10:28:30:10, то второй начнется с 10:28:30:11.

ПредустановкаДля ввода тайм-кода вручную выберите опцию «П/установка». Запись контента
начнется по тайм-коду, который задан с помощью настройки «П/установка»(см. соответствующий раздел ниже).

Настройки

685

Пропуск кадровПри работе с видео в NTSC на частоте 29,97 или 59,94 fps можно использовать опцию«С пропуском кадров» или «Без пропуска кадров». Если параметры источника неизвестны,выберите «По умолчанию». В этом случае сохраняется формат входящего сигнала, а приотсутствии действительного тайм-кода выполняется пропуск кадров.

Предустановка
Чтобы ввести тайм-код вручную, нажмите кнопку SET, установите значение с помощью круглой
ручки и снова нажмите SET. Убедитесь, что в меню «Ввод» выбрана опция «П/установка».

ВыводЭта настройка задает вывод тайм-кода.
Временная
шкалаДанная настройка позволяет выводить непрерывный тайм-код для всех клипов,записываемых на карту или диск.

КлипПри выборе этой опции выводится тайм-код каждого отдельного клипа.

Настройки файла

Метка в имени файла
После первоначальной настройки рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD при записи клипов на
SD-карту или флеш-диск USB файлам присваиваются имена по приведенному ниже образцу.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

МеткаHyperDeck_0001

Номер клипа

Метку можно изменить программным способом. Подробнее см. раздел «Утилита BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup».

Настройки

686

Индекс с меткамиПо умолчанию индекс с метками времени не добавляется к имени файла. Чтобы активироватьэту функцию, ее нужно включить.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Метка в имени файла

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

ГодHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

МесяцHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

ДеньHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

ЧасыHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Минуты

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Номер клипа

Настройки ДУДистанционное управление позволяет контролировать рекордер HyperDeck с другого
оборудования (например, с видеомикшера ATEM Mini Extreme).

ДУДля активации удаленного контроля через Ethernet нужно включить функцию «ДУ». Чтобы
перейти к обычному способу управления, ее следует отключить.

Настройки сброса

Сброс к заводским настройкам
Чтобы восстановить первоначальные параметры, выберите «Сброс к заводским настройкам».
После нажатия кнопки SET появится сообщение с просьбой подтвердить действие.

Настройки

687

Задняя панель
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

ПитаниеДля энергоснабжения рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD служит блок питания
переменного тока. Входящий в комплект поставки силовой кабель имеет
фиксирующий разъем, который позволяет предотвратить случайное отсоединение.
Также можно также использовать любой другой электрический кабель (мощность
36 Вт, напряжение 12 В).

2SD CARDЭтот слот позволяет использовать SD-карты для записи и воспроизведения.

3

ETHERNETПорт Ethernet позволяет подключаться к сети для прямой записи материала всоответствующее хранилище, а также быстрой FTP- или HTTP-передачи файлов
через веб-менеджер. Кроме того, можно дистанционно управлять рекордером,используя интерфейс REST API или протокол HyperDeck Ethernet. Подробнее см.
раздел «Передача файлов по сети» ниже.
Рекордером HyperDeck также можно управлять с помощью микшера ATEM илипульта ATEM, если они подключены к единой сети.

4

EXT DISKЧерез разъем USB-C с пропускной способностью до 5 Гбит/с можно вести запись навнешний носитель. Также допускается подключение к концентраторам USB-Cи к станции MultiDock 10G для сохранения материала на один или несколько
твердотельных накопителей.

5

HDMI
HDMI-выход позволяет подключать телевизоры и мониторы, а также видеомикшеры,оснащенные соответствующим разъемом (например, ATEM Mini Extreme). Этотинтерфейс можно дополнительно использовать для вывода меню.

Задняя панель

688

Работа с накопителями
SD-карта
Для HD-материала высокого качества рекомендуется использовать скоростные SD-карты
класса UHS-I. Эти носители способны работать на скорости свыше 220 МБ/с при сохранении
Ultra HD-видео в форматах вплоть до 2160p/60.
При записи с более низким битрейтом и высоким сжатием можно работать с другими
носителями, однако скоростные накопители обычно обеспечивают наилучший результат.
Эта информация регулярно обновляется, поэтому мы рекомендуем обращаться к самой
последней версии данного руководства, которую можно загрузить на сайте Blackmagic Designпо адресу www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support.

Выбор SD-карт при работе с HyperDeck Shuttle HDРекомендуемые карты SD для записи в формате 1080p с частотой до 60 кадров/сПроизводитель

Модель

ЕмкостьAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256 ГБAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128 ГБAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64 ГБ

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64 ГБ

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64 ГБ

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128 ГБ

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512 ГБ

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64 ГБ

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128 ГБ

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64 ГБDelkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 ГБ

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 ГБ

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128 ГБ

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 ГБРабота с накопителями

689

Внешний дискВсе модели HyperDeck позволяют вести запись непосредственно на флеш-диски USB-C.
Эти носители имеют большую емкость и обеспечивают запись в течение долгого времени.
Затем можно подключить их к компьютеру и сразу приступить к монтажу.
Чтобы получить еще больше места для хранения видео, можно добавить док-станциюс портом USB-C или внешний жесткий диск. Для подключения станции Blackmagic MultiDock
10G или флеш-диска USB-C используют кабель USB-C, который соединяют с разъемом EXT
DISK на задней панели рекордера HyperDeck.

Выбор дисков USB-C при работе с HyperDeck Shuttle HDРекомендуемые диски USB-C для записи в формате 1080p ProRes HQ с частотой
до 60 кадров/сПроизводитель

Модель

Емкость

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256 ГБOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБBUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500 ГБ

Рекомендуемые диски USB-C для записи в формате 1080p DNxHD 220x с частотой
до 60 кадров/сПроизводитель

Модель

ЕмкостьOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБ

Рекомендуемые диски USB-C для записи в формате 1080p H.264 с частотой до 60 кадров/сПроизводитель

Модель

ЕмкостьOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБ

Форматирование накопителя
Форматирование накопителя на Mac
Для форматирования диска под систему HFS+ или exFAT воспользуйтесь дисковой утилитой,которая входит в пакет Mac.
Выполните резервное копирование всех важных данных, потому что при форматировании
носителя они будут удалены.
1Подключите USB-диск к компьютеру при помощи внешней док-станции или переходного
кабеля и пропустите сообщение, предлагающее использовать диск для создания
резервной копии Time Machine. При работе с SD-картой подключите накопительк компьютеру через внешний картридер.

2Выберите «Программы» > «Утилиты» и запустите приложение «Дисковая утилита».

3Щелкните кнопкой мыши по значку SD-карты или USB-диска и выберите вкладку «Стереть».

4Выберите формат Mac OS Extended (журналируемый) или exFAT.

5Введите название нового тома и выберите «Стереть». По окончании форматирования
носитель будет готов к использованию на HyperDeck.

Форматирование накопителя

690

Форматирование накопителя на WindowsНа компьютере под управлением Windows форматирование диска под систему exFATвыполняется с помощью диалогового окна «Форматировать». Выполните резервное
копирование всех важных данных, потому что при форматировании SSD-диска или SD-картыони будут удалены.
1Подключите USB-диск к компьютеру с помощью внешней док-станции или переходного
кабеля. При работе с SD-картой подключите накопитель к компьютеру через внешний
картридер.

2Откройте меню или экран «Пуск» и выберите «Компьютер». Щелкните правой кнопкой
мыши по значку USB-диска или SD-карты.

3

В контекстном меню выберите «Форматировать».

4Выберите файловую систему exFAT и установите размер кластера, равный 128 Кб.

5Укажите метку тома, выберите «Быстрое форматирование» и нажмите «Начать».

6По окончании форматирования носитель будет готов к использованию на HyperDeck.

Форматирование накопителя

691

Навигация по томам
Навигация по томам позволяет отобразить путь к файлу поверх экрана, чтобы быстрее найти
нужные клипы на картах памяти, накопителях и сетевых дисках. Когда функция включена,информацию легко вывести через HDMI-выход, а перемещаться по списку можно с помощью
кнопок SCR и CLIP, а также ручки прокрутки.
1Откройте окно навигации по томам, нажав кнопку SCR.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Нажмите кнопку SCR, чтобы вывести окно навигации по томам через HDMI-выход

2Применяя функцию перемотки или перехода, просмотрите записанный материал наэкране и найдите клип из нужной папки.

3Используйте кнопки SCR и CLIP для перемещения по списку томов вниз или вверх
соответственно.

Чтобы закрыть окно навигации, нажмите STOP. Кнопка PLAY вместе с этим позволит сразу женачать воспроизведение материала.

ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Для просмотра клипов, записанных с использованием другого
формата, разрешения или частоты кадров, задайте соответствующие кодек истандарт на HyperDeck.

Навигация по томам

692

Использование функции телесуфлера
Рекордер Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD позволяет использовать функцию телесуфлера.
Для этого достаточно создать файл .rtf или .txt в приложении TextEdit или WordPad и сохранитьего в любом из 13 поддерживаемых языков. Когда такой файл открыт на HyperDeck Shuttle HD,для текста можно изменить размер шрифта и междустрочный интервал.
Порядок использования телесуфлера
1Подключите HDMI-выход рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD к HDMI-дисплею.

2Установите SD-карту или подключите внешний USB-диск с текстом сценария.

3

В меню «Запись» выберите опцию «Кодек». Перейдите к настройке «Телесуфлер»и нажмите SET.

Сценарий будет отображаться на дисплее. Для автоматического запуска нажмите кнопку
воспроизведения, а для дополнительного управления выводом используйте круглую ручку.

Скорость телесуфлера при воспроизведении
Круглая ручка на рекордере HyperDeck Shuttle HD позволяет регулировать скорость
телесуфлера так же, как при воспроизведении медиаконтента. Когда сценарий загружен,нажмите одновременно кнопки JOG и SCR, чтобы активировать вывод с изменяемым
значением данного параметра. Затем поверните ручку. Скорость ее движения определяет,как быстро будет сменяться текст на экране: чем она интенсивнее, тем выше этот темп.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Если нужно использовать постоянную скорость, с кнопками JOG и SCR работают поотдельности. После нажатия одной из них при повороте круглой ручки выполняется
медленная (в первом случае) или быстрая (во втором) смена текста на экране.
Для навигации по файлам на SD-карте или внешнем диске используют кнопки перехода
вперед и назад.
Использование функции телесуфлера

693

При выводе на телесуфлер учитываются такие параметры, как шрифт, цвет и выделение
полужирным. Дополнительно можно настроить размер текста, междустрочный интервал, поляи поворот по горизонтали или вертикали, когда проецирование на светоделительное стекло
выполняют с помощью меню «Монитор». Подробнее см. раздел «Меню настроек».

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup представляет собой программную утилиту, которая позволяет
изменять настройки и обновлять прошивку рекордера.

Порядок установки программного обеспечения
1Загрузите последнюю версию Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup в разделе поддержки поадресу www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support.

2Запустите установщик Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup и следуйте инструкциям на экране.

3После установки подключите HyperDeck Shuttle HD к компьютеру через порт USB илиразъем Ethernet на задней панели устройства.

4Для обновления программного обеспечения запустите Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupи следуйте инструкциям на экране. Если они не появятся, используемая версия
является актуальной.

Щелкните кнопкой мыши по изображению HyperDeck или значку настроек, чтобы получить
доступ к меню.
На начальной странице будет показан рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD со своим именем.
Это облегчает идентификацию устройства, если к компьютеру подключено несколько единиц
такой техники. Имя можно задать с помощью меню настроек в утилите.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup694НастройкаПри наличии нескольких рекордеров HyperDeck с ними будет легче работать по присвоенным
идентификаторам. Введите новое имя в соответствующем поле, а затем нажмите кнопку Set дляподтверждения операции. Стоит отметить, что изменение идентификатора рекордера HyperDeckприведет к аннулированию всех используемых цифровых сертификатов, поэтому следует
присвоить его перед созданием запроса на удостоверение или самоподписанной версии.

Идентификация рекордера HyperDeckПри выборе данной опции кнопки перемотки на верхней панели рекордера HyperDeck Shuttleбудут мигать. Это полезно, когда при работе с несколькими устройствами нужно определить, ккакому из них в данный момент выполняется подключение с помощью утилиты HyperDeck Setup.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

695Дата и время
Чтобы установить дату и время автоматически, поставьте флажок для соответствующей
настройки. В этом случае будет применяться протокол сетевого времени, выбранный в полеNTP. По умолчанию используется сервер Cloudflare (time.cloudflare.com), однако вручную
можно указать другую платформу, а затем нажать кнопку Set.
Если настройки выбирают вручную, следует указать дату, время и часовой пояс всоответствующих полях. Правильная установка подобной информации обеспечивает
совпадение данных записанных файлов и сети, а также позволяет предотвратить ошибки,которые могут возникнуть при работе с некоторыми системами сетевого хранения.

Сетевые параметры
Протокол
Чтобы использовать рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD с видеомикшерами ATEM илидистанционно управлять им по протоколу HyperDeck Ethernet, устройство нужно подключитьк локальной сети с применением протокола DHCP или фиксированного IP-адреса.

Протокол
DHCPРекордеры HyperDeck Shuttle HD по умолчанию используют протокол DHCP.
DHCP — это протокол динамической настройки узла, используемый сетевыми
серверами для автоматического обнаружения устройства HyperDeck иприсвоения ему IP-адреса. Данная функция, которая поддерживается
большинством компьютеров и сетевых маршрутизаторов, значительно облегчает
подключение оборудования через Ethernet и не допускает конфликта IP-адресов.

Статический
IP-адрес

Когда выбран cтатический IP-адрес, сетевые настройки можно задавать вручную.
Чтобы между устройствами существовал канал связи, они должны иметь
одинаковые настройки маски подсети и шлюза.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

696Сетевой доступ
Рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD доступен в сети для передачи файлов и удаленного
управления по протоколу HyperDeck Ethernet. Эта опция активирована по умолчанию, однакоее можно отключить или включить с использованием имени пользователя и пароля дляповышения уровня безопасности при работе с веб-менеджером или упомянутым протоколом.

Протокол передачи файлов (FTP)Включите или отключите доступ по FTP, выбрав соответствующую опцию (Enabled илиDisabled). При использовании FTP-приложения (например, CyberDuck) щелкните на значкедля копирования FTP-адреса. Подробнее см. раздел «Передача файлов по сети».

Веб-менеджер
Материал, записанный на карты SD или внешние диски, доступен посредством вебменеджера. Если щелкнуть по ссылке либо скопировать и вставить ее в веб-браузер,откроется базовый интерфейс для выгрузки или загрузки файлов непосредственно нанакопители SD по компьютерной сети.
По умолчанию активирован доступ по HTTP, но его можно отключить. Кроме того, есть опция
Еnabled with security only, которая позволит запрашивать для аутентификации сертификат
безопасности. При использовании цифрового сертификата соединения с веб-менеджером
шифруются по протоколу HTTPS. Подробнее об. этом см. соответствующий раздел.

HyperDeck Ethernet ProtocolПодключение к рекордеру HyperDeck можно выполнить с помощью протокола HyperDeck
Ethernet и программы командной строки (например, «Терминал» на Mac или PuTTY на
Windows). Доступ предоставляют с именем пользователя и паролем или без них либополностью запрещают. При работе с такой утилитой, как netcat, для шифрования своей сессии
можно применять программу SSL. Подробнее см. раздел с информацией для разработчиков.

Допуск к управлению утилитой
Утилита Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup доступна в тот момент, когда рекордер подключен через
компьютерную сеть или USB. Чтобы запретить работу с ней по сети, выберите опцию сразрешением только для USB.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

697Настройки безопасного входа

Если для доступа через веб-менеджер или по протоколу HyperDeck Ethernet выбрана опция
Enabled with security only, потребуется указать имя пользователя и пароль. Введите нужную
информацию и щелкните Save. После заполнения пароля соответствующее поле будет
отображаться пустым. Если для доступа через веб-менеджер выбрана опция Enabled with security
only, необходимо каждый раз вводить заранее установленные имя пользователя и пароль.

Сертификат безопасностиДля предоставления доступа к веб-менеджеру через протоколы HTTPS или HyperDeck
Ethernet при выборе соответствующей опции необходим сертификат безопасности. Онпозволяет идентифицировать рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD для корректного приема
входящих сигналов. Кроме того, его применение гарантирует, что данные, передаваемые
между HyperDeck и компьютером или сервером, будут зашифрованы. При активированных
настройках безопасного входа соединение не только является зашифрованным, но и требует
прохождения дополнительной аутентификации.
Существует два типа сертификатов, которые можно использовать при работе с рекордером
HyperDeck Shuttle: подписанный удостоверяющим центром или собственным ИТ-отделом.
Второй из них обеспечивает достаточную безопасность для некоторых процессов, включая
предоставление доступа к HyperDeck Shuttle HD только через локальную сеть.
Чтобы сгенерировать самоподписанную версию, нажмите Create Certificate («Создать
сертификат»). Система предложит подтвердить, что вы осознаете риски, связанные с егоиспользованием. После нажатия Create («Создать») предусмотрено автоматическое
заполнение информации о таком сертификате в полях Domain («Домен»), Issuer («Издатель) и
Valid until («Действителен до») в утилите HyperDeck Setup.

После сброса к заводским настройкам текущий сертификат будет удален, однако его также можно
заменить новым в любое время, нажав кнопку Remove («Удалить») и следуя дальнейшим подсказкам.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

698При использовании самоподписанного сертификата для доступа к медиафайлам попротоколу HTTPS браузер предупредит о том, что подключение не защищено, и либопозволит получить доступ к сайту после соответствующего подтверждения, либо нет.

Чтобы обеспечить доступ при работе с любым веб-браузером, необходимо использовать
подписанный сертификат. С этой целью сначала нужно создать соответствующий запрос наподпись (CSR) с помощью утилиты Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Затем его направляют вудостоверяющий центр или ИТ-отдел для подписания. После завершения процедуры такой
сертификат будет возвращен с расширением файла .cert, .crt или .pem, и его можно
импортировать на HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

HyperDeck
MENUСертификат

Удостоверяющий
центр

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Порядок создания запроса на подпись сертификата
1Чтобы сгенерировать запрос на подпись сертификата, щелкните Generate Signing Request.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

699

2

3

Появится окно с предложением ввести имя и его альтернативную версию для рекордера
HyperDeck. При необходимости можно отредактировать любые другие данные,используя приведенную ниже таблицу.

Информация

Описание

Пример

ИмяДоменное имя, которое будет
использовано

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Альтернативное имя субъекта

Альтернативное доменное имя

hyperdeck.melbourne.netСтрана

Страна организации

Австралия (AU)ШтатПровинция, регион илидругая административнотерриториальная единица

Виктория

Локация

Населенный пункт

Порт-Мельбурн

Название организации

Название организации,запрашивающей сертификат

Blackmagic DesignПосле того, как вы заполнили данные сертификата, нажмите Generate.

Вместе с файлом .csr одновременно создаются публичный и приватный ключи. Публичный
ключ включается в запрос на подпись, а приватный — хранится на устройстве. После того,как удостоверяющий центр или ИТ-отдел проверит предоставленную информацию оборганизации, будет сгенерирован подписанный сертификат с указанными выше данными ипубличным ключом.
После импорта HyperDeck Shuttle HD станет применять публичный и приватный ключи дляподтверждения идентификации устройства, а также для шифрования и дешифрования общих
данных через протоколы HTTPS или HyperDeck Ethernet при использовании программы SSL.
Импорт подписанного сертификата
1Нажмите кнопку Import Signed Certificate.

2Перейдите к местоположению подписанного сертификата с помощью соответствующего
браузера и после выбора файла нажмите Open.

Данные в полях Domain, Issuer и Valid until будут обновлены в соответствии с информацией изудостоверяющего центра. Как правило, подписанный сертификат действителен около года,поэтому процесс необходимо повторить по истечении срока действия.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

700Поскольку доменное имя было выбрано, необходимо обратиться за помощью к ИТ-отделу сцелью настройки значения DNS для рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Таким образом, все данные
для IP-адреса HyperDeck будут направлены на адрес домена, указанный в запросе на подпись.
Он также станет адресом HTTPS, который используют для доступа к файлам через вебменеджер, например https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com.
Следует помнить, что при сбросе к заводским настройкам сертификат становится
недействительным, поэтому потребуется заново создать и подписать его.

Настройки файла

После первоначальной настройки рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD при записи клипов на
SD-карту или флеш-диск USB файлы будут содержать метку «HyperDeck». Если ее нужно
изменить, введите новое имя файла.
По умолчанию индекс с метками не добавляется к имени файла. Чтобы активировать этуфункцию (Timestamp File Suffix), ее нужно включить. Задать метки для имени и времени можнос помощью соответствующих настроек в меню на HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

СбросЧтобы восстановить первоначальные параметры, выберите «Сброс к заводским настройкам».
Эта операция сделает текущий сертификат недействительным. После завершения этойоперации сертификат безопасности станет недействительным, и его нужно будет создать
снова для подписания удостоверяющим центром или отделом ИТ.

Обновление встроенного программного обеспечения
Порядок обновления внутреннего ПО1Загрузите последнюю версию Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup в разделе поддержки поадресу www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support.

2Запустите установщик Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup и следуйте инструкциям на экране.

3После установки подключите HyperDeck Shuttle HD к компьютеру через порт USB илиразъем Ethernet на задней панели устройства.

4Для обновления программного обеспечения запустите Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup иследуйте инструкциям на экране. Если они не появятся, используемая версия является
актуальной.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

701Передача файлов по сетиHyperDeck Shuttle HD поддерживает передачу файлов по двум протоколам: HTTPS и FTP.
Это позволяет быстро копировать материалы с компьютера непосредственно на устройство полокальной сети. Например, можно перенести изображение на рекордер HyperDeck, который
используется для вывода на видеостены и цифровые рекламно-информационные панели.
HyperDeck Shuttle HD позволяет импортировать и экспортировать любые файлы, однако ихвоспроизведение возможно только в том случае, если рекордер поддерживает
используемые кодек и разрешение.

СОВЕТ. Передавать файлы по сети можно в то время, когда HyperDeck ведет запись.
В этом случае скорость обмена данными корректируется автоматически.

Чтобы включить или отключить доступ к HyperDeck Shuttle HD по одному из этих протоколов,нужна утилита HyperDeck Setup. Например, можно одновременно заблокировать опцию FTP иактивировать — HTTPS.

Подключение к HyperDeck Shuttle HD по протоколу HTTPSЧтобы получить доступ к HyperDeck Shuttle HD через веб-менеджер, потребуется URL-адрес,который можно найти в сетевых настройках. Он отображается в утилите HyperDeck Setup приподключении компьютера через USB или Ethernet, но будет деактивирован, еслииспользуется только Ethernet.
1Используя кабель USB-C, подключите компьютер к рекордеру HyperDeck Shuttle HDчерез порт USB на задней панели и откройте утилиту HyperDeck Setup. Рядом с именем
устройства появится обозначение USB-соединения. Чтобы открыть настройки, щелкнитена круглом значке или в любой области изображения устройства.

2

При использовании самоподписанного сертификата перейдите к настройкам сетевого
доступа и щелкните на значке копирования рядом с URL. В основе URL-адреса лежит имярекордера HyperDeck. Чтобы изменить его, задайте другое имя устройства.

Передача файлов по сети702

При использовании самоподписанного сертификата щелкните на ссылке

3После импорта сертификата, подписанного удостоверяющим центром или ИТ-отделом,скопируйте и вставьте адрес в поле Domain для текущего сертификата.

Скопируйте адрес домена и вставьте в браузер

4Откройте веб-браузер и вставьте адрес в новое окно. Когда выбрана опция безопасного
доступа Enabled with security only, в утилите HyperDeck Setup потребуется ввести имяпользователя и пароль.

Если появится предупреждение о незащищенности соединения, подписанный сертификат небыл импортирован с помощью утилиты HyperDeck Setup.
Чтобы продолжить работу без действительного и доверенного сертификата, примите
связанные с этим риски и перейдите к веб-сайту.

Передача файлов с помощью веб-менеджераПри первом открытии веб-менеджера можно увидеть, что файлы в нем сгруппированы посоответствующим слотам накопителей.
sd1

Файлы, сохраненные на картах SD.

USBПодключенные USB-диски указаны с меткой USB/.

Дважды щелкните на носителе, чтобы открыть содержимое карты SD или накопителя.

Передача файлов по сети703

Нажмите кнопку Upload, чтобы добавить файлы

Чтобы добавить файлы для воспроизведения в удаленном режиме, нажмите кнопку Upload.
Используя соответствующий браузер, перейдите к файлу и нажмите Upload. Во время
загрузки появится окно статуса. В случае необходимости можно добавить папки с помощью
кнопки Create Folder.
Чтобы скачать файл, используйте значок стрелки, расположенный справа от его имени.
Браузер может предложить дополнительно разрешить загрузку с сайта. Нажмите Allow.
Чтобы удалить файл, щелкните на значке корзины, после чего появится соответствующее
окно. Нажмите Delete, чтобы продолжить.

Передача файлов через FTP-протоколДля обмена файлами между компьютером и HyperDeck Shuttle HD в одной локальной сетипотребуются приложение для работы с FTP-протоколом и IP-адрес рекордера либо адрес FTP
URL из утилиты HyperDeck Setup.
1Загрузите и установите приложение для работы с FTP-протоколом на компьютер, который
будет подключен к рекордеру. Рекомендуется использовать Cyberduck, FileZilla илиTransmit, однако подойдут и другие аналогичные программы. Cyberduck и FileZillaпредлагаются бесплатно.

2Когда рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD подключен к локальной сети, откройте утилиту
HyperDeck Setup и щелкните на адресе FTP URL или значке копирования, чтобы вставитьего вручную. Возможно, потребуется нажать на ссылку еще раз, если программа FTP неначала выполнять соединение.

3Если FTP-соединение выполняется вручную, вставьте URL-адрес в поле Server. Выберите
анонимный вход, если эта опция доступна.

Передача файлов по сети

704

4

Карты SD будут идентифицированы по метке sd1.

Теперь файлы можно перетаскивать с помощью FTP-интерфейса.

Передача файлов по сети705

Developer Information
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Developer Information

706

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Developer Information

707

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Developer Information

708

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Developer Information

709

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Developer Information

710

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Developer Information

711

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Developer Information

712

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Developer Information

713

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Developer Information

714

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Developer Information

715

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Developer Information

716

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Developer Information

717

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Developer Information

718

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Developer Information

719

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Developer Information

720

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Developer Information

721

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Developer Information

722

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Developer Information

723

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Developer Information724

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Developer Information

725

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Developer Information

726

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Developer Information

727

HyperDeck Control REST API
При наличии навыков самостоятельной разработки программного обеспечения можно
создавать собственные приложения или использовать готовые инструменты, такие какклиент REST или сервис Postman, для контроля рекордеров HyperDeck посредством
интерфейса HyperDeck Control REST API. Он обеспечивает выполнение широкого спектра
операций, включая запуск и остановку записи материала, управление воспроизведением,а также получение доступа к информации о диске. Независимо от выбранной стратегии этотфункционал позволит профессионалам с легкостью раскрыть весь потенциал решений
HyperDeck, а творческие горизонты станут еще шире!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Developer Information

728

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Developer Information

729

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Developer Information

730

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Developer Information

731

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Developer Information

732

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Developer Information

733

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Developer Information

734

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Developer Information

735

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Developer Information736

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found

Developer Information

737

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Developer Information

738

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Developer Information

739

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Developer Information

740

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Developer Information

741

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Developer Information

742

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Developer Information

743

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Developer Information

744

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Developer Information

745

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Developer Information

746

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Developer Information

747

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Developer Information

748

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Developer Information

749

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Developer Information

750

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Developer Information

751

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Developer Information

752

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Developer Information753

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Developer Information

754

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Developer Information

755

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Developer Information

756

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Developer Information

757

ПомощьКак получить помощь
Самый быстрый способ получить помощь — обратиться к страницам поддержки на сайте
Blackmagic Design и проверить наличие последних справочных материалов порекордерам HyperDeck.

Раздел поддержки на сайте Blackmagic DesignПоследние версии руководства по эксплуатации, программного обеспеченияи дополнительную информацию можно найти в центре поддержки Blackmagic Design настранице www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support.

Форум Blackmagic DesignПосетите форум сообщества Blackmagic Design на нашем веб-сайте, чтобы получить
дополнительную информацию и узнать об интересных творческих идеях. На нем можно
поделиться своими идеями, а также получить помощь от персонала поддержки и других
пользователей. Адрес форума https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com.

Обращение в службу поддержки Blackmagic DesignЕсли с помощью доступных справочных материалов решить проблему не удалось,воспользуйтесь формой «Отправить нам сообщение» на странице поддержки. Можно также
позвонить в ближайшее представительство Blackmagic Design, телефон которого вы найдетена нашем веб-сайте.

Проверка используемой версии программного обеспечения
Чтобы узнать версию утилиты Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, установленной на вашем
компьютере, откройте окно About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 На компьютере с операционной системой Mac OS откройте Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupв папке «Программы». В меню выберите About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, чтобы узнать
номер версии.
 На компьютере с операционной системой Windows откройте Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupв меню «Пуск» или выберите на начальном экране. В меню «Справка» выберите About
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, чтобы узнать номер версии.

Загрузка последних версий программного обеспечения
Узнав установленную версию Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, перейдите в центр поддержки
Blackmagic на странице www.blackmagicdesign.com/ru/support, чтобы проверить наличие
обновлений. Рекомендуется всегда использовать последнюю версию программного
обеспечения, однако обновление лучше всего выполнять после завершения
текущего проекта.

Помощь

758

Соблюдение нормативных
требований
Утилизация электрооборудования и электронной аппаратуры в Европейском Союзе
Изделие содержит маркировку, в соответствии с которой его запрещается
утилизировать вместе с бытовыми отходами. Непригодное для эксплуатации
оборудование необходимо передать в пункт вторичной переработки. Раздельный
сбор отходов и их повторное использование позволяют беречь природные ресурсы,охранять окружающую среду и защищать здоровье человека. Чтобы получить
подробную информацию о порядке утилизации, обратитесь в местные
муниципальные органы или к дилеру, у которого вы приобрели это изделие.
Данное оборудование протестировано по требованиям для цифровых устройств
класса A (раздел 15 спецификаций FCC) и признано соответствующим всемпредъявляемым критериям. Соблюдение упомянутых нормативов обеспечивает
достаточную защиту от вредного излучения при работе оборудования в нежилых
помещениях. Так как это изделие генерирует и излучает радиоволны, принеправильной установке оно может становиться источником радиопомех. Еслиоборудование эксплуатируется в жилых помещениях, высока вероятность
возникновения помех, влияние которых в этом случае пользователь должен
устранить самостоятельно.
До эксплуатации допускаются устройства, соответствующие двум главным
требованиям.
1Оборудование не должно быть источником вредных помех.

2Оборудование должно быть устойчивым к помехам, включая те, которые могут
вызвать сбой в работе.

R-R-BMD-20211410001

Соответствие требованиям ISED (Канада)Данное оборудование соответствует канадским стандартам для цифровых
устройств класса A.
Любая модификация или использование изделия не по назначению могут
повлечь за собой аннулирование заявления о соответствии этим стандартам.
Подключение к HDMI-интерфейсу должно выполняться с помощью
качественного экранированного кабеля.
Данное оборудование протестировано по требованиям, предъявляемымк устройствам при работе в нежилых помещениях. При использовании в бытовых
условиях оно может становиться источником помех для радиосигнала.

Соблюдение нормативных требований

759

Правила безопасности
Допускается его эксплуатация в условиях тропического климата с температурой
окружающей среды до 40º C.
Для работы устройства необходимо обеспечить достаточную вентиляцию.
Внутри корпуса не содержатся детали, подлежащие обслуживанию. Для выполнения
ремонтных работ обратитесь в местный сервисный центр Blackmagic Design.

Допускается эксплуатация в местах не выше 2000 метров над уровнем моря.

Уведомление для жителей штата КалифорнияПри работе с этим оборудованием существует возможность контакта с содержащимисяв пластмассе микропримесями многобромистого бифенила, который в штате Калифорния
признан канцерогеном и увеличивает риск врожденных дефектов и пороков
репродуктивной системы.
Подробнее см. информацию на сайте www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Европейское представительство
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Правила безопасности

760

Гарантия
Ограниченная гарантия сроком 12 месяцев
Компания Blackmagic Design гарантирует отсутствие в данном изделии дефектов материалаи производственного брака в течение 12 месяцев с даты продажи. Если во время гарантийного
срока будут выявлены дефекты, Blackmagic Design по своему усмотрению выполнит ремонт
неисправного изделия без оплаты стоимости запчастей и трудозатрат или заменит такое
изделие новым.
Чтобы воспользоваться настоящей гарантией, потребитель обязан уведомить компанию
Blackmagic Design о дефекте до окончания гарантийного срока и обеспечить условия дляпредоставления необходимых услуг. Потребитель несет ответственность за упаковку и доставку
неисправного изделия в соответствующий сервисный центр Blackmagic Design с оплатой почтовых
расходов. Потребитель обязан оплатить все расходы по доставке и страхованию, пошлины,налоги и иные сборы в связи с возвратом изделия вне зависимости от причины возврата.
Настоящая гарантия не распространяется на дефекты, отказы и повреждения, возникшие из-заненадлежащего использования, неправильного ухода или обслуживания. Компания Blackmagic Designне обязана предоставлять услуги по настоящей гарантии: а) для устранения повреждений,возникших в результате действий по установке, ремонту или обслуживанию изделия лицами,которые не являются персоналом Blackmagic Design; б) для устранения повреждений, возникшихв результате ненадлежащего использования или подключения к несовместимому оборудованию;в) для устранения повреждений или дефектов, вызванных использованием запчастей илиматериалов других производителей; г) если изделие было модифицировано или интегрированос другим оборудованием, когда такая модификация или интеграция увеличивает время илиповышает сложность обслуживания изделия. НАСТОЯЩАЯ ГАРАНТИЯ ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕТСЯ
КОМПАНИЕЙ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ВМЕСТО ЛЮБЫХ ДРУГИХ ПРЯМО ВЫРАЖЕННЫХ ИЛИПОДРАЗУМЕВАЕМЫХ ГАРАНТИЙ. КОМПАНИЯ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN И ЕЕ ДИЛЕРЫ ОТКАЗЫВАЮТСЯОТ ЛЮБЫХ ПОДРАЗУМЕВАЕМЫХ ГАРАНТИЙ КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ ЦЕННОСТИ ИЛИ ПРИГОДНОСТИДЛЯ КАКОЙ-ЛИБО ОПРЕДЕЛЕННОЙ ЦЕЛИ. ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ПОРЕМОНТУ ИЛИ ЗАМЕНЕ НЕИСПРАВНЫХ ИЗДЕЛИЙ ЯВЛЯЕТСЯ ПОЛНЫМ И ИСКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫМ
СРЕДСТВОМ ВОЗМЕЩЕНИЯ, ПРЕДОСТАВЛЯЕМЫМ ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЮ В СВЯЗИ С КОСВЕННЫМИ,ФАКТИЧЕСКИМИ, СОПУТСТВУЮЩИМИ ИЛИ ПОСЛЕДУЮЩИМИ УБЫТКАМИ, ВНЕ ЗАВИСИМОСТИОТ ТОГО, БЫЛА ИЛИ НЕТ КОМПАНИЯ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN (ЛИБО ЕЕ ДИЛЕР) ПРЕДВАРИТЕЛЬНО
ИЗВЕЩЕНА О ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ ТАКИХ УБЫТКОВ. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕТ
ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТИ ЗА ПРОТИВОПРАВНОЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ СО СТОРОНЫ
ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЯ. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕТ ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТИ ЗА УБЫТКИ, ВОЗНИКАЮЩИЕ
ВСЛЕДСТВИЕ ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЯ ЭТОГО ИЗДЕЛИЯ. РИСКИ, СВЯЗАННЫЕ С ЕГО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИЕЙ,ВОЗЛАГАЮТСЯ НА ПОТРЕБИТЕЛЯ.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Все права защищены. Blackmagic Design, DeckLink, HDLink, Workgroup Videohub,
Multibridge Pro, Multibridge Extreme, Intensity и "Leading the creative video revolution" зарегистрированы как товарные
знаки в США и других странах. Названия других компаний и наименования продуктов могут являться товарными знаками
соответствующих правообладателей.

Гарантия

761

Luglio 2024

Manuale di istruzioni

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
ItalianoGentile utente
Grazie per aver acquistato il registratore su disco Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD!
Abbiamo sviluppato i primi HyperDeck per semplificare la registrazione e la riproduzionedel video usando supporti di memoria SSD veloci. Ora siamo felici di presentare
HyperDeck Shuttle HD!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD è un registratore video HDMI piccolo e portatile pensato per lascrivania. La grande manopola di ricerca e i comuni controlli di trasporto permettono dioperarlo con una mano, ideale in congiunzione allo switcher ATEM Mini nella produzione
dal vivo. Puoi usare HyperDeck Shuttle HD anche come teleprompter!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD registra sulle schede SD e sui flash disk esterni nei codec ProRes,
DNxHD o H.264, offrendo registrazione e riproduzione fulminee.
La versione più recente del manuale e gli aggiornamenti del software HyperDecksono disponibili alla pagina www.blackmagicdesign.com/it. Consigliamo di aggiornare
regolarmente il dispositivo per accedere alle ultime funzioni. Quando scarichi il software,registra i tuoi dati personali per stare al passo con gli aggiornamenti che rilasciamo. Siamo
sempre al lavoro per mettere a disposizione nuove funzioni e miglioramenti, e ti invitiamo
a condividere i tuoi preziosi suggerimenti!

Grant Petty
CEO Blackmagic Design

Indice
Operazioni preliminari

765Blackmagic HyperDeck SetupCollegare l'alimentazione

765

Setup 790

Collegare video e audio

766

Aggiornare il software interno

796Collegare i supporti di memoria

766

Trasferire i file in rete

797

Registrazione

767

Riproduzione

768

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori(inglese)

801

Usare la manopola

769Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

801

Cambiare le impostazioni

771

Protocol Commands

801

Impostazioni

772

789

Protocol Details

808

Registrazione 772

HyperDeck Control REST API

823

Monitoraggio

Transport Control API

823

Audio 773

System Control API

828

Archiviazione 774

Media Control API

831

Configurazione

776

Timeline Control API

833

Lato posteriore

783

Event Control API

835

Supporti di memoria

784

Clips Control API

836

Schede SD

784HyperDeck Control API

836

Dischi esterni

785

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

846

Formattare i supporti di memoria 785

messages846

Formattare su Mac

785

Device Properties

848

Formattare su Windows

786

Assistenza

853

Navigare tra i volumi

787

Normative 854

Usare la funzione Teleprompter

788

Sicurezza

855

Velocità di scorrimento del testo

788

Garanzia 

856

773

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

764

Operazioni preliminari
Per preparare HyperDeck Shuttle HD all’utilizzo basta collegare l’alimentazione e una sorgente
video HDMI, inserire una scheda SD o un supporto di memoria esterno e premere REC.
Questa parte del manuale illustra come mettere in pratica queste operazioni.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Collegare l'alimentazione
Inserisci l’adattatore in dotazione nell’ingresso di alimentazione sul retro di HyperDeck Shuttle
HD, avvitando l’anello di bloccaggio per evitare che il cavo si scolleghi.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Inserisci e blocca l’adattatore nell’ingresso di alimentazione

Operazioni preliminari

765

Collegare video e audio
Collega una sorgente video nell’ingresso HDMI sul retro di HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Collega un dispositivo di destinazione all’uscita HDMI, per esempio uno switcher ATEM Minio una televisione HDMI.
Mentre cambi le impostazioni di HyperDeck, l’uscita HDMI consente di visualizzare il menù insovraimpressione sul video. Le informazioni sui menù sono fornite nella sezione “Cambiare leimpostazioni”.

SUGGERIMENTO Se il display connesso non visualizza la sorgente video in entrata,
è probabile che HyperDeck sia in modalità di riproduzione. Premi il tasto REC perabilitare la modalità di registrazione.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Collega l’uscita HDMI a un dispositivo di destinazione, ad esempio
una televisione HDMI o uno switcher ATEM Mini

Collegare i supporti di memoria
I registratori HyperDeck Shuttle HD sono già pronti per registrare e non richiedono una
configurazione preliminare. Basta inserire una scheda SD o un disco esterno formattati.
I supporti di memoria si possono formattare dal menù o su un computer. La sezione “Formattare
i supporti di memoria” contiene tutte le informazioni necessarie, compresi i supporti migliori per
registrare il video e la lista delle schede SD e dei dischi esterni consigliati.
Inserire una scheda SD
1 Accosta la scheda allo slot con i connettori dorati rivolti verso l’alto. Spingi delicatamente
la scheda nello slot fino a bloccarla in posizione.

Operazioni preliminari766

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HyperDeck verificherà la scheda. Durante questa fase, la spia SD frontale è illuminata diverde. La spia si spegne a verifica effettuata.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Ora HyperDeck Shuttle HD è pronto per registrare e riprodurre.
Continua a leggere il manuale per scoprire come registrare e riprodurre le clip e cambiare leimpostazioni.

SCR

Registrazione
Dopo aver verificato la sorgente video sul dispositivo HDMI di destinazione, puoi iniziare aregistrare.
Premi REC per avviare la registrazione. Se registri su una scheda SD, la spia SD diventa rossae i tasti REC e PLAY si illuminano. Se registri su un disco esterno, la spia DISK diventa rossa.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Premi STOP per interrompere la registrazione.

Registrazione

767

Riproduzione
Premi PLAY per avviare la riproduzione. Il tasto PLAY si illumina e la spia SD o DISK diventa verde.
Se la registrazione contiene diverse clip, puoi scorrere con i tasti SKIP Avanti e Indietro.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Usare i tasti SKIP
Premi SKIP Indietro per raggiungere l’inizio della clip; premilo più di una volta per indietreggiare
tra le clip registrate.
Premi SKIP Avanti per avanzare tra le clip registrate. I tasti lampeggiano quando è spuntata lacasella “Identify HyperDeck” nell’utility HyperDeck Setup.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Premi SKIP Avanti e Indietro per raggiungere l’inizio di ogni clip

SUGGERIMENTO Per riprodurre i file video è necessario che il codec coincida conquello usato per registrarli. Questa impostazione è disponibile nel menù. Consulta lasezione “Cambiare le impostazioni” per tutti i dettagli.

Riproduzione continua
Durante la riproduzione, premi di nuovo PLAY per abilitare la riproduzione continua di tutte leclip; premi STOP per disabilitarla.
Per riprodurre continuamente una sola clip è necessario impostare HyperDeck sulla modalità
Clip, ovvero selezionare CLIP e poi premere due volte PLAY.
Tutte le clip

Durante la riproduzione, premi due volte PLAY per riprodurre continuamente tutte
le clip.

Una clip

In modalità Clip, premi due volte PLAY per riprodurre continuamente la clip corrente.

Riproduzione

768

Modalità Clip
Limita la riproduzione a una sola clip. Quando è abilitata, puoi scorrere o spostarti su una clip
con shuttle o SKIP e riprodurla. La riproduzione terminerà dove termina la clip.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Premi CLIP e poi due volte PLAY per riprodurre
continuamente la clip corrente in modalità Clip

Usare la manopola
La manopola consente di scorrere con rapidità le clip e trovare parti specifiche da riprodurre,o rivedere fotogramma per fotogramma. È utile per cercare un momento specifico della clip
osservando le immagini, e per posizionare con precisione la playhead nel punto da mandare in
onda durante la trasmissione.
La manopola funziona in modalità jog, shuttle o scroll.
Jog

Riproduci fotogramma per fotogramma con precisione.
Spostati velocemente in avanti e indietro tra i file registrati. La
manopola risponde ai tuoi movimenti con esattezza, per un controllo
preciso del posizionamento ai fini del playback.

ScrollShuttleQuesto tasto serve anche per aprire la finestra di navigazione deivolumi, che mostra il percorso del video correntemente riprodotto.
Consulta “Navigare tra i volumi” per maggiori informazioni su questa
funzione.
Premi insieme i tasti JOG e SCR per passare alla modalità shuttle.
In questa modalità, ruota la manopola verso destra o sinistra per
spostarti avanti o indietro veloce tra tutti i file multimediali, a una
velocità massima di x50. Per diminuire la velocità fino a un punto diarresto, ruota la manopola verso la posizione di partenza. Durante
lo shuttle, premi STOP per interrompere la riproduzione in un
punto esatto e premi PLAY per farla ripartire da quel punto. Puoi
cambiare la velocità massima della funzione di shuttle nel menùConfigurazione. Consulta la sezione “Impostazioni” per tutti i dettagli.

Riproduzione

769

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Abilita la modalità jog, scroll o shuttlepremendo i tasti corrispondenti

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Ruota la manopola per scorrere nella modalità selezionata

SUGGERIMENTO Premi PLAY o STOP per tornare alla modalità di riproduzione
normale.

Riproduzione

770

Cambiare le impostazioni
Premi il tasto MENU per vedere il menù in sovraimpressione in basso a sinistra del video
visualizzato sul display HDMI connesso.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Premi MENU per visualizzare il menùSCR

Ruota la manopola per navigare i sottomenù e le impostazioni

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Premi SET per selezionare un sottomenù o un’impostazione

Puoi cambiare le impostazioni usando la manopola o i tasti SKIP Avanti e Indietro. Premi SET
per confermare le selezioni.
Premi MENU per indietreggiare nelle impostazioni fino a tornare alla schermata principale.

SUGGERIMENTO Puoi posizionare il menù in uno qualsiasi dei quattro angoli deldisplay. Dopo aver cambiato le impostazioni, consigliamo di nascondere il menùsull’uscita HDMI per vedere solo il clean feed dello switcher HDMI connesso, ad
esempio ATEM Mini Extreme.

Cambiare le impostazioni

771

Impostazioni
Le impostazioni sono organizzate in 5 menù: Registrazione, Monitoraggio, Audio, Archiviazione
e Configurazione. La maggior parte delle impostazioni si può modificare dal pannello dicontrollo di HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Le impostazioni non selezionabili, per esempio il prefissodel nome del file, si possono modificare solo dall’utility HyperDeck Setup.

Registrazione

Ingresso
Indica l’ingresso HDMI di HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Codec
HyperDeck Shuttle HD può registrare video compresso nel codec H.264, Apple ProRes o
DNxHD. Seleziona Teleprompter per usare questa funzione.

Innesco Rec
La funzione di innesco della registrazione è disponibile in due modalità: Video Start/Stope Timecode.
Alcune camere, per esempio Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, inviano un segnale tramite
HDMI per avviare e interrompere la registrazione sui registratori esterni. Scegli Video Start/Stop
per far sì che HyperDeck avvii e interrompa la registrazione quando viene premuto Rec sulla
telecamera.
Scegli Timecode per far sì che HyperDeck avvii la registrazione quando riceve un segnale ditimecode valido dall’ingresso HDMI. Se il segnale si disconnette, la registrazione si interrompe.
Scegli Off per disabilitare la funzione di innesco della registrazione.

NOTA Se la telecamera è HDMI, controlla che il segnale in uscita non mostri
informazioni in sovraimpressione per evitare di registrarle con l'immagine.

Impostazioni

772

Monitoraggio

Layout teleprompter
Queste impostazioni servono per gestire il teleprompter di HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Dimensione carattere
Regola la dimensione del testo e premi SET per confermare. Ruota la manopola perincrementare o ridurre la percentuale.
Spaziatura
Ruota la manopola per incrementare o ridurre la spaziatura tra le righe.
Margine laterale
Regola la larghezza dei due margini laterali del teleprompter.
Gira
Se il monitor del tuo teleprompter è impostato per riflettere su vetro, ad esempio davanti a una
telecamera o su un podio, gira il testo per consentirne la lettura. Sono disponibili due opzioni:
Gira in orizzontale - Quando la parte inferiore del teleprompter è montata vicino alla basedel vetro riflettente.
Gira in verticale - Quando la parte inferiore del teleprompter è montata lontano dalla basedel vetro riflettente.

Audio

Impostazioni

773

Canali registrati
Il deck consente di registrare fino a 8 canali di audio PCM alla volta. Apri questa impostazione
e scegli 2, 4 o 8 canali dalla lista.
Se il codec è H.264, puoi selezionare 2 canali di audio AAC per caricare le registrazioni
direttamente su YouTube.

Archiviazione

Queste impostazioni si riferiscono ai supporti di memoria collegati. Supporto 1 mostra il nomedella scheda SD inserita. Supporto 2 indica il flash disk USB collegato al connettore EXT DISK;
nel caso di un hub USB, come Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, indica il disco attivo.

Supporto attivo
HyperDeck Shuttle consente di collegare contemporaneamente una scheda SD, vari drive
esterni e un archivio in rete, offrendo molti terabyte di spazio di registrazione in un solo
dispositivo.
Se è inserito un solo supporto di archiviazione, il dispositivo lo utilizza di default per laregistrazione e la riproduzione. Se sono inseriti più supporti, puoi scegliere quale usare.
Per scegliere il supporto di memoria:
1

Con la manopola, evidenzia Supporto attivo nel menù Archiviazione e premi il pulsantelampeggiante SET.

2

I supporti connessi appariranno nella lista. Con la manopola seleziona il supporto su cui
registrare.

Impostazioni

774

Scegli destinazione in rete
HyperDeck Shuttle è in grado di riprodurre file in HD da Blackmagic Cloud e da altri archivi inrete accessibili tramite ethernet.
Per connetterti a una cartella di un archivio in rete:1

Con la manopola e il pulsante SET seleziona Connetti drive in rete. Apparirà una finestra di
ricerca della rete locale.

2

I server trovati nella rete locale compariranno in una lista. Ruota la manopola fino al drive
desiderato e premi SET per selezionarlo. Apparirà la lista delle cartelle condivisibili nel
server. Sempre con la manopola evidenzia quella che ti interessa, premi SET e continua
finché la cartella desiderata non viene visualizzata in alto sullo schermo.

3

Il nome della cartella appare in alto sullo schermo LCD. Per selezionare la cartella per laregistrazione e la riproduzione usa la manopola e seleziona Scegli questa destinazione,
poi premi SET. Apparirà una spunta sulla destra.

4

Una volta connessa, la destinazione apparirà nella lista del Supporto 2, sotto
Destinazione in rete.

Il secondo slot sugli HyperDeck Shuttle è dedicato sia ai supporti USB che alle cartelle in retecollegate. Per selezionare i drive USB o l’archivio in rete collegati, seleziona Supporto 2 dalmenù Archiviazione e premi il pulsante lampeggiante SET. Dalla lista del Supporto 2 seleziona
il supporto / archivio desiderato e premi SET. Ritornerai al menù Archiviazione. È anche
possibile rimuovere un archivio in rete utilizzando il menù per il Supporto 2 e selezionando
Rimuovi destinazione in rete.

Impostazioni

775

NOTA Per riprodurre materiale da un volume in rete, HyperDeck Shuttle HD richiede
un login come ospite sul server. Al momento non è consentito l’accesso al server che
richiede il login con la password tramite il menù e il pulsante SET, ma puoi inserire lecredenziali utilizzando HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

Continua su USB
Se usi Blackmagic MultiDock 10G o un dispositivo simile per collegare diversi drive tramite ilconnettore EXT DISK, abilita questa impostazione per far sì che la registrazione prosegua da un
disco esterno all’altro.

Formatta
Le schede SD e i supporti di memoria collegati al connettore EXT DISK si possono formattare
su HyperDeck o su un computer Mac o Windows.

Formattare su HyperDeck Shuttle HD
1

Ruota la manopola fino all’impostazione Formatta e premi SET.

2

Seleziona il supporto da formattare dalla lista e premi SET.

3

Seleziona il formato e premi SET.

4

Nella finestra che conferma il supporto e il formato selezionati, procedi con Formatta.

5

Nella finestra che conferma la formattazione effettuata, procedi con OK.

HFS+ è conosciuto come Mac OS X Extended ed è il formato consigliato poiché supporta iljournaling, che facilita il recupero dei dati in caso di danneggiamento del supporto di memoria.
HFS+ è supportato nativamente da Mac; exFAT è supportato nativamente da Mac e Windows
senza richiedere altri software ma non supporta il journaling. Leggi la sezione “Formattare i
supporti di memoria” per formattare su Windows o su Mac.

Configurazione
Queste impostazioni permettono di gestire la lingua del software, lo standard di default,
l’aspetto del menù, le opzioni di rete e il timecode.

Impostazioni

776

Nome
Se in rete ci sono vari HyperDeck Shuttle HD, conviene dare un nome a ciascuno per
distinguerli. Puoi farlo nell’utility Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup o mediante BlackmagicHyperDeck Ethernet Protocol con una applicazione terminale. Il nome inserito compare inquesta voce.

LinguaHyperDeck Shuttle HD si può usare in 13 lingue: inglese, cinese, giapponese, coreano,spagnolo, tedesco, francese, russo, italiano, portoghese, turco, ucraino e polacco.
Selezionare la lingua
1

Seleziona il menù Configurazione e premi SET.

2

Ruota la manopola fino alla voce Lingua e premi SET.

3

Ruota la manopola fino alla lingua desiderata e premi SET. La schermata tornerà
automaticamente al menù Configurazione.

Software
Indica la versione attuale del software.

CameraQuesta impostazione è utile se usi HyperDeck per registrare i file di ciascuna camera
separatamente e montarli nella timeline multicamera di DaVinci Resolve.
La lettera identificativa comparirà nei metadati del file, consentendo a DaVinci Resolve diidentificare le inquadrature sfruttando la funzione del Sync Bin.

Assegna alla camera una lettera A-Z o un numero 1-9Standard default
Questa impostazione è utile quando HyperDeck non è in grado di determinare quale standard
video usare.
Per esempio se al deck non è connesso nessun ingresso video e colleghi un disco contenente
file di due standard video differenti, quale dei due verrà riprodotto? Abilitando questa
impostazione, il deck seleziona lo standard più adatto e riproduce i file pertinenti.
L’impostazione dello standard video di default è utile anche alla prima accensione diHyperDeck Shuttle HD, in assenza di un ingresso video e di un supporto di memoria. Nonessendo in grado di determinare quale standard video usare sull’uscita di monitoraggio, il decksi basa su quello suggerito da questa impostazione.

Impostazioni

777

Lo standard di default è solo una guida e non prevarica sulle altre funzioni. Ad esempio secolleghi un disco contenente file video dello stesso standard e premi PLAY, HyperDeck passa aquello standard per riprodurre i file, tralasciando lo standard di default.
Lo stesso si verifica nella registrazione. Se premi REC, HyperDeck registra lo standard videodell’ingresso video collegato. Terminata la registrazione, riprodurrà i file in questo stesso
standard video, anche se il disco contiene altri file il cui standard video combacia con quello didefault. Dà per scontato che voglia riprodurre i file nello stesso standard video con cui sono
stati registrati. Solo se scolleghi e ricolleghi il disco, il deck adotterà lo standard video di default
e riprodurrà i file pertinenti.
Lo standard video di default è un ausilio che consente ad HyperDeck Shuttle HD di effettuare laselezione più adatta nelle circostanze menzionate, senza comprometterne il
funzionamento consueto.

Velocità max shuttle
La velocità massima della funzione di shuttle è x50. Scegli una delle opzioni disponibili
per ridurla.

Data e ora
Impostando la data e l’ora esatte, il tuo HyperDeck Shuttle avrà le stesse informazioni di data e
ora della tua rete, evitando possibili conflitti con altri sistemi di archiviazione in rete.

Data e ora automaticheSeleziona Automatiche > On per impostare automaticamente la data e l’ora. Il dispositivo
adotterà il server del Network Time Protocol indicato alla voce NTP. Seleziona Off per
impostare la data e l’ora manualmente.
NTP
Il server NTP di default è time.cloudflare.com, ma puoi inserirne manualmente un altro daHyperDeck Setup. Consulta la sezione “Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup” per maggiori
informazioni.
Data
Seleziona questa voce e premi SET. Ruota la manopola per impostare il giorno, il mese e l’anno.
Ora
Seleziona questa voce e premi SET. Ruota la manopola per impostare l’ora e i minuti. L’orologio
interno utilizza il formato 24 ore.

Impostazioni

778

Menù
Queste impostazioni permettono di modificare la posizione e l’aspetto del menù insovraimpressione sul display HDMI collegato.

AspettoScegli se visualizzare il menù con uno sfondo chiaro o scuro. Lo sfondo chiaro è più adatto se ilmateriale multimediale è scuro o se usi il teleprompter.

OpacitàRegola l’opacità del menù in sovraimpressione sul display collegato tra il 100% di default e il 20%.
Posizione
Di default, il menù in sovraimpressione compare in basso a sinistra sul display collegato. Apriquesta impostazione e scegli un’altra opzione per riposizionarlo in alto a sinistra, in alto a destra
o in basso a destra.

Rete

Impostazioni

779

Protocollo
HyperDeck è impostato su DHCP di default: una volta connesso, il server di rete gli assegna
automaticamente un indirizzo IP e non c’è bisogno di configurare nessun’altra impostazione.
Per impostare manualmente l’indirizzo è necessario un IP statico.
Seleziona Protocollo e premi SET; seleziona IP statico dalla lista e premi SET.
Indirizzo IP, Sottorete, Gateway, DNS primario e DNS secondario
Dopo aver selezionato l’opzione di IP statico, puoi inserire i valori manualmente.
Cambiare indirizzo IP
1

Ruota la manopola fino all’impostazione Indirizzo IP e premi SET.

2

Ruota la manopola per cambiare i campi dell’indirizzo IP.

3Premi SET per confermare un campo e passare al successivo.

Segui lo stesso procedimento per modificare Sottorete e Gateway. Premi MENU per tornare
alla schermata principale.

Timecode
Queste impostazioni servono per definire il timecode in entrata e uscita, e scegliere diregistrare il timecode sorgente, ora del giorno o predefinito.

Ingresso
Sono disponibili quattro opzioni per il timecode in entrata.
Ingresso video

Utilizza il timecode integrato nelle sorgenti HDMI con metadati SMPTE RP 188.
Questa opzione rispetta la sincronizzazione tra la sorgente HDMI e il file registrato
dal deck.

InternoRegistra l’ora del giorno attraverso il generatore interno di timecode.

Ultima clip

Fa partire ogni file un fotogramma dopo l’ultimo fotogramma della clip
precedente. Per esempio se la prima clip finisce a 10:28:30:10, il timecode dellaclip successiva inizia a 10:28:30:11.

Predefinito

Utilizza il timecode da te impostato. Le clip registrate partono dal timecodedefinito nell’impostazione Predefinito descritta più avanti.

Impostazioni

780

Drop frame
Scegli Drop frame o Senza drop frame per le sorgenti NTSC con frame rate di 29.97 o 59.94.
Scegli Default se la sorgente è sconosciuta. Questa opzione mantiene lo standard
dell’ingresso, o passa a Drop frame in assenza di un timecode valido.
Predefinito
Ruota la manopola per impostare il timecode di inizio e premi SET per confermare. Scegli
questa opzione nell’impostazione Ingresso per usare il timecode predefinito.
UscitaScegli come usare il timecode per le uscite.
Timeline

Trasmette un timecode continuo per tutte le clip registrate su una scheda o su un
drive.

Clip

Trasmette il timecode di ciascuna clip.

Impostazioni filePrefisso
Inizialmente, HyperDeck Shuttle HD registra le clip sulla scheda SD o sul flash disk USB con ladenominazione riportata di seguito.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Prefisso

HyperDeck_0001

Numero clip

È necessario aprire l’utility HyperDeck Setup per modificare il prefisso del nome del file.
Consulta la sezione “Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup” per tutti i dettagli.

Impostazioni

781

Suffisso timestamp
L’impostazione della marca temporale del nome del file è disabilitata di default. Abilitala per
integrare la data e l’ora registrate nel nome del file.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Prefisso

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Anno

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Mese

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

GiornoHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Ora

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinutiHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Numero clip

RemotoHyperDeck si può controllare da un dispositivo video remoto, ad esempio da uno switcher
ATEM Mini Extreme.

RemotoAbilita questa impostazione per attivare il controllo remoto tramite ethernet; disabilitala percontrollare il deck a livello locale.

Reset

Impostazioni di fabbrica
Ripristina le impostazioni di fabbrica di HyperDeck. Un messaggio ti chiederà di procedere oannullare l’operazione.

Impostazioni782

Lato posteriore
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

Alimentazione
Collega l’adattatore AC in dotazione per alimentare il deck. Il connettore dell’adattatore
dispone di un anello di bloccaggio per evitare che si scolleghi. Sono compatibili anche i
cavi 12V 36W.

2

Slot SD
Inserisci una scheda SD per registrare e riprodurre.

3

Ethernet
Tramite la porta ethernet puoi connetterti alla tua rete per registrare in un archivio in rete e
trasferire file con FTP e HTTP tramite il web media manager. Inoltre puoi controllare il
dispositivo in remoto con le API REST o mediante HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. I dettagli
sul trasferimento dei file tramite il web media manager o un client FTP si trovano nellasezione “Trasferire i file in rete”.
Se HyperDeck è connesso alla stessa rete di uno switcher ATEM, è possibile controllarlo daquest’ultimo o da un pannello ATEM.

4

Disco esterno
Il connettore USB-C permette di collegare e registrare su un flash disk esterno fino a
5Gb/s. Puoi anche collegare gli hub USB-C o Blackmagic MultiDock 10G per usare unoo più SSD.

5

HDMI
L’uscita HDMI permette di collegare televisioni HDMI, monitor e persino switcher, per
esempio ATEM Mini Extreme. Serve anche per visualizzare il menù in sovraimpressione.

Impostazioni

783

Supporti di memoria
Schede SD
Consigliamo di usare schede SD UHS-I veloci per registrare in HD ad alta qualità. Hanno una
velocità di scrittura superiore a 220MB/s ideale per l’Ultra HD 2160p60.
Per registrare a bit rate più bassi con una compressione maggiore potrebbero essere sufficienti
schede più lente, ma in generale è preferibile scegliere schede veloci.
Consigliamo di visitare regolarmente la pagina www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support per
scaricare l’ultima versione del manuale con le informazioni aggiornate.

Quali schede SD usare con HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Queste schede SD sono consigliate per registrare a 1080p fino a 60 fps
Marca

Modello

CapienzaAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Supporti di memoria784

Dischi esterni
Tutti i modelli HyperDeck sono in grado di registrare sui flash disk USB-C, drive veloci e ad altacapacità che consentono registrazioni di lunga durata. Poi basta collegare i drive al computer
per montare il materiale direttamente da lì.
Per una capienza maggiore puoi collegare un dock USB-C o un hard drive esterno. Per usare
Blackmagic MultiDock 10G o un flash disk USB-C, collega un cavo USB-C dal dispositivo alla
porta EXT DISK di HyperDeck.

Quali drive USB-C usare con HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Questi drive USB-C sono consigliati per registrare in ProRes HQ 1080p fino a 60 fps
Marca

Modello

Capienza

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

Questi drive USB-C sono consigliati per registrare in DNxHR HQX 1080p fino a 60 fps
Marca

Modello

Capienza

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Questi drive USB-C sono consigliati per registrare in H.264 1080p fino a 60 fps
Marca

Modello

Capienza

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Formattare i supporti di memoria
Formattare su Mac
L’applicazione Utility Disco del Mac consente di formattare i drive in HFS+ o exFAT.
Ricorda di fare il backup dei contenuti importanti archiviati sul disco perché la formattazione
li elimina permanentemente.
1

Nel caso di un flash disk USB, collegalo al computer tramite un dock esterno o un cavo
adattatore e ignora il messaggio che suggerisce di usare l’SSD per i backup della Time
Machine. Nel caso di una scheda SD, collegala al computer tramite un lettore esterno
di schede.

2

Vai su Applicazioni > Utility Disco.

3

Clicca sull’icona del disco della scheda SD o del flash disk USB e clicca sulla tab Inizializza.

4

Seleziona il formato Mac OS Extended (Journaled) o exFAT.

5

Dai un Nome al nuovo volume e poi clicca su Elimina. La formattazione durerà pochi istanti
e il supporto di archiviazione sarà pronto all'uso.

Formattare i supporti di memoria785Formattare su Windows
Usa la finestra di dialogo Formatta su Windows per formattare i drive in exFAT. Ricorda di fareil backup dei contenuti importanti archiviati sulla scheda SD o sull’SSD perché la formattazione
li elimina permanentemente.
1

Nel caso di un flash disk USB, collegalo al computer tramite un dock esterno o un cavo
adattatore. Nel caso di una scheda SD, collegala al computer tramite un lettore esterno
di schede.

2

Seleziona Computer dal menù Start o dalla schermata iniziale. Fai clic destro sul flash disk
USB o sulla scheda SD.

3

Seleziona Inizializza dal menù contestuale.

4

Imposta File system su exFAT e Dimensioni unità di allocazione su 128 kilobyte.

5

Dai un nome al volume, seleziona Formattazione veloce e clicca su Esegui.

6

La formattazione durerà pochi istanti e il supporto di archiviazione sarà pronto all'uso.

Formattare i supporti di memoria

786Navigare tra i volumi
Il percorso di file delle clip salvate nelle schede, nei dischi o nei drive in rete compare insovraimpressione sull’uscita HDMI e si può navigare usando i tasti SCR e CLIP e la manopola.
1

Premi il tasto SCR per aprire la finestra di navigazione dei volumi.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Premi il tasto SCR per aprire la finestra di navigazione dei volumi sull’uscita HDMI

2

Scorri o salta all’interno del filmato visualizzato per trovare le clip e le cartelle che tiinteressano.

3

Premi i tasti SCR e CLIP per scorrere rispettivamente verso il basso e verso l’alto.

Premi il tasto STOP per chiudere la finestra di navigazione; premi il tasto PLAY per chiudere lafinestra di navigazione e avviare la riproduzione all’istante.

NOTA Per visualizzare le clip registrate con codec, risoluzione o frame rate differenti ènecessario cambiare il codec e lo standard di default di HyperDeck.

Navigare tra i volumi

787

Usare la funzione TeleprompterBlackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD si può usare come teleprompter con file RTF standard o
TXT di solo testo. Basta creare un file su TextEdit o su WordPad e salvarlo in RTF o TXT in unadelle 13 lingue compatibili. Dopo aver aperto il file con HyperDeck Shuttle HD, puoi modificare
le dimensioni del carattere e la spaziatura del testo.
Usare il teleprompter
1

Collega l’uscita HDMI di HyperDeck Shuttle HD al display HDMI desiderato.

2

Inserisci la scheda SD o collega il flash disk USB esterno su cui è salvato il testo.

3

Scegli un codec nel menù Registrazione. Vai all’impostazione Teleprompter e premi SET.

Il testo comparirà sul display. A questo punto puoi avviare la riproduzione premendo PLAY e
gestirla con la manopola.

Velocità di scorrimento del testo
Come la riproduzione dei file multimediali, anche lo scorrimento del testo del teleprompter sipuò controllare con la manopola di HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Dopo aver caricato un testo, premi
insieme i tasti JOG e SCR per abilitare la modalità di scorrimento variabile. Il testo scorrerà alla
stessa velocità con cui ruoti la manopola.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Se invece premi singolarmente i tasti JOG o SCR, ruotando la manopola il testo scorrerà a una
velocità bassa e costante (jog) o a una velocità alta e costante (scroll).
Premi i tasti SKIP Avanti e Indietro per navigare tra i file sulla scheda SD o sul disco esterno.

Usare la funzione Teleprompter788

Il teleprompter rileva le dimensioni, il colore e il grassetto del testo. Nel menù Monitoraggio puoi
modificare le dimensioni del carattere, la spaziatura, i margini e la posizione verticale/orizzontale
del testo per lavorare con un vetro riflettente. Leggi la sezione “Impostazioni” per tutti i dettagli.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
L’utility Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup consente di modificare le impotazioni e di aggiornare
il software interno di HyperDeck.

Installare l’utility
1

Scarica l’installer Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup più recente da
www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support

2

Apri l’installer e segui le istruzioni a schermo per installare l’utility sul computer.

3

Completata l’installazione, collega HyperDeck Shuttle HD al computer tramite i connettori
USB o ethernet sul retro del dispositivo.

4

Lancia Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e segui le istruzioni nella finestra che compare peraggiornare il software interno. Se la finestra non compare, il software interno è già
aggiornato e non dovrai fare nient’altro.

Clicca sull'icona circolare sotto l’immagine di HyperDeck per accedere alle impostazioni.
La schermata principale mostra HyperDeck Shuttle HD e il suo nome. Il nome è utile perdistinguere i deck collegati al computer e si può inserire dall’utility.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

789

SetupSe lavori con più registratori su disco HyperDeck, assegna un nome a ciascuno per identificarlicon facilità. Digita il nome nel campo Name e conferma con il pulsante Set. Nota checambiando il nome si invalida il certificato di sicurezza. Consigliamo di cambiare il nome primadi generare una richiesta di firma del certificato (CSR) o un certificato auto-firmato.

Identify HyperDeck
Spunta questa casella per far lampeggiare i tasti SKIP sulla parte in alto dell’HyperDeck Shuttle.
È utile per identificare l’unità collegata all’utilità HyperDeck Setup in presenza di variHyperDeck Shuttle.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup790

Date and Time
Spuntando la casella Set date and time automatically si attiva il rilevamento automatico di datae ora, per la quale HyperDeck Shuttle HD si avvale del protocollo NTP. Il server NTP di default
è time.cloudflare.com, ma puoi inserirne manualmente un altro e poi cliccare su Set.
Se inserisci data e ora manualmente, utilizza i campi Date and Time e Time zone. Impostare
data e ora correttamente fa sì che le registrazioni abbiano le stesse informazioni di data e ora
della tua rete, evitando conflitti con alcuni sistemi di archiviazione in rete.

Network Settings
ProtocolPer controllare HyperDeck Shuttle HD da uno switcher ATEM o in remoto con HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol, i dispositivi devono trovarsi sulla stessa rete sfruttando il DHCP oconfigurando manualmente un indirizzo IP fisso.

DHCP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD è impostato su DHCP di default. Il protocollo di configurazione
IP dinamica (DHCP) è un servizio sui server di rete che trova e assegna
automaticamente un indirizzo IP all’HyperDeck. Questo servizio facilita la connessione
dei dispositivi tramite ethernet, evitando che gli indirizzi IP entrino in conflitto tra loro.
Gran parte dei computer e degli interruttori di rete è compatibile con il DHCP.

Static IP

Seleziona questa opzione per inserire manualmente le impostazioni di rete. Per potercomunicare, tutte le unità devono avere le stesse impostazioni di maschera disottorete e gateway.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup791

Network Access
HyperDeck Shuttle HD è accessibile tramite rete per il trasferimento dei file e per il controllo
remoto tramite HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. L’accesso è abilitato di default, ma è possibile
disabilitarlo a piacimento, o abilitarlo con un livello di sicurezza più alto fornendo username epassword per usare il web media manager o HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

File Transfer Protocol
Abilita o disabilita l’accesso tramite FTP con le opzioni Enabled e Disabled. Se fai l’accesso
tramite un client FTP come CyberDuck, clicca sull’icona a lato dell’indirizzo FTP per copiarlo.
Per maggiori informazioni, vai alla sezione “Trasferire i file in rete”.
Web media manager
I file registrati sulle schede SD o sui drive esterni sono accessibili da un browser tramite il web
media manager. Quando clicchi sul link o lo copi su un browser, si apre un’interfaccia. Qui puoi
caricare e scaricare i file direttamente sulle schede SD attraverso la rete.
L’accesso è abilitato tramite HTTP di default, ma potrai disabilitare l’accesso o richiedere un
certificato di sicurezza selezionando l’opzione Enabled with security only. Se utilizzi uncertificato digitale, la connessione al web media manager è criptata tramite HTTPS. Consulta lasezione “Secure Certificate” per maggiori informazioni sui certificati digitali.
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
Accedi al tuo HyperDeck mediante HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol e un programma con linee dicomando sul tuo computer, per esempio Terminal su Mac o PuTTY su Windows. Si può optare
di accedere con username e password, o senza. Puoi avvalerti di un programma SSL per
criptare la tua sessione se utilizzi una utility come netcat. Consulta la sezione per gli sviluppatori(in inglese) per maggiori informazioni sui comandi disponibili.
Allow Utility Administration
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup è accessibile quando il tuo registratore su disco è connesso
tramite rete o USB. Per evitare che altri utenti possano accedervi in rete, seleziona via USB.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

792

Secure Login Settings

Se selezioni l’opzione di sicurezza Enabled with security only alla voce HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol, è necessario inserire username e password. Digita username e password e clicca
Save. Il campo della password apparirà vuoto una volta inserita. Dopo aver salvato username epassword, dovrai inserirli per accedere al web media manager quando è selezionata l’opzione
Enabled with security only.

Secure Certificate
Per abilitare l’accesso al web media manager tramite HTTPS, o con l’accesso sicuro diHyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, è necessario un certificato di sicurezza. Questo certificato digitale
funge da carta d’identità per il tuo HyperDeck Shuttle HD, in modo che ogni connessione inentrata abbia conferma di essere collegata all’unità giusta. Oltre a confermare l’identità deldispositivo, il certificato digitale garantisce anche che i dati trasmessi tra HyperDeck Shuttle HDe un computer o un server vengano criptati. Quando si usano le impostazioni di login sicuro,
oltre ad essere criptata la connessione richiederà l’autenticazione per l’accesso.
Ci sono due tipi di certificato utilizzabili con HyperDeck Shuttle: un certificato di sicurezza
firmato da una Certificate Authority, o uno auto-firmato. Quest’ultimo tipo di certificato può
essere abbastanza sicuro per alcuni flussi di lavoro, per esempio quando si accede aHyperDeck Shuttle HD solo tramite una rete locale.
Per generare un certificato auto-firmato clicca Create certificate. Ti verrà chiesto di accettare
i rischi derivanti dall’uso di un certificato auto-firmato. Una volta selezionato Create, i campi
domain, issuer e valid until verranno automaticamente compilati nell’utility HyperDeck Setup
con i dati del certificato.

Ricorda che a seguito del ripristino delle impostazioni di fabbrica qualsiasi certificato viene
eliminato. È inoltre possibile rimuoverlo in qualsiasi momento cliccando Remove e seguendo
le istruzioni su schermo.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup793

Quando si utilizza il certificato auto-firmato per l’accesso ai file multimediali tramite HTTPS,
comparirà un avviso sui potenziali rischi di accedere al sito. Alcuni browser ti consentono diprocedere una volta accettati i rischi, altri potrebbero impedirti di proseguire.

Per consentire l’accesso da qualsiasi browser, dovrai usare un certificato digitale firmato.
Per ottenerlo è necessario generare una richiesta di firma del certificato, detta CSR, con l’utility
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Tale richiesta viene poi inviata a una Certificate Authority (CA),o al tuo reparto IT per la firma. Una volta completata, riceverai un certificato firmato con
un’estensione di file .cert, .crt o .pem, che potrai importare su HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
HyperDeck
MENU

Certificato

Authority

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Per generare una richiesta di firma del certificato (CSR):
1

Clicca il pulsante Generate Signing Request.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

794

2

Apparirà una finestra dove inserire il nome del dominio che userai e del dominio alternativo
per HyperDeck. La tabella qui sotto offre alcuni esempi per i vari dati da compilare.

Informazione

Descrizione

Esempio

Common Name

Il nome del dominio che userai

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative Name

Il nome di un dominio alternativo

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Country

Il paese della tua organizzazione

AU

State

La tua provincia, regione, o territorio

Victoria

Location

Il tuo comune, città, frazione, ecc.

Port Melbourne

Organization Name

Il nome della tua organizzazione

Blackmagic Design3

Una volta compilati i dati del certificato, clicca Generate.

Quando generi un .csr vengono create sia una chiave pubblica che una privata. La chiave
pubblica viene inclusa nella richiesta di firma, mentre quella privata rimane nell’unità. Una volta
verificate le informazioni nel CSR con la tua organizzazione, la CA o il reparto IT generano un
certificato digitale firmato con questi dettagli identificativi e una chiave pubblica.
Il certificato viene poi importato su HyperDeck Shuttle HD, che usa la chiave privata perconfermare l’identità dell’HyperDeck e per criptare e decriptare i dati condivisi tramite HTTPS
o mediante HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol quando si usa un programma SSL.
Per importare un certificato firmato:1

Clicca il pulsante Import Signed Certificate.

2

Cerca sul browser il file del certificato firmato, selezionalo e aprilo con Open.

I campi domain, issuer, e valid until si aggiorneranno con le informazioni fornite dalla CA.
Solitamente un certificato firmato è valido per circa un anno, quindi è necessario ripetere
questo processo in prossimità della scadenza.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup795

Dopo aver selezionato il nome del dominio, sarà necessario contattare il reparto IT per
individuare il DNS da assegnare all’unità HyperDeck Shuttle HD. In questo modo tutto il traffico
diretto all’indirizzo IP di HyperDeck Shuttle HD verrà instradato all’indirizzo del dominio
selezionato in fase di richiesta di firma. È lo stesso indirizzo HTTPS che userai per accedere ai
file tramite il web media manager, per esempio https://hyperdeckextreme.melbourne
Ricorda che a seguito del ripristino delle impostazioni di fabbrica il certificato non sarà più
valido. Sarà quindi necessario generare e far firmare un nuovo certificato.

File Settings

HyperDeck Shuttle HD registra le clip sulla scheda CFast o sul disco USB esterno usando“HyperDeck” come prefisso nel nome del file. Per cambiarlo, scrivi un altro prefisso nel campo
Filename Prefix.
L’impostazione della marca temporale Timestamp File Suffix è disabilitata di default. Seleziona
On per aggiungere al nome del file la data e l’ora registrate. Le impostazioni del prefisso e dellamarca temporale sono disponibili anche nel menù touch di HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Reset
Seleziona Impostazioni di fabbrica per resettare HyperDeck. Il reset invalida il certificato disicurezza, e sarà necessario generare e far firmare un nuovo certificato a una Certificate
Authority o al reparto IT.

Aggiornare il software interno
Per aggiornare il software interno:
1

Scarica l’installer Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup più recente da
www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support

2

Apri l’installer Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sul computer e segui le istruzioni a schermo.

3

Al termine dell’installazione, collega il computer ad HyperDeck Shuttle HD tramite le porte
USB o ethernet sul pannello posteriore.

4

Apri Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e aggiorna il software interno come suggerito dallafinestra che compare. Se la finestra non compare, il software interno è già aggiornato.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

796

Trasferire i file in rete
HyperDeck Shuttle HD supporta il trasferimento dei file sia tramite il protocollo per lacomunicazione sicura (HTTPS) che tramite il protocollo di trasferimento file (FTP). Grazie aquesta funzione è possibile copiare i file dal computer direttamente su HyperDeck all’interno
di una rete, alla velocità offerta dalla rete locale. Per esempio puoi copiare nuovi filesull’HyperDeck da usare per riprodurre video sui video wall o sulle insegne digitali.
Puoi trasferire qualsiasi file da e su HyperDeck, ma ricorda che i file che intendi riprodurre con
HyperDeck Shuttle HD devono essere compatibili con le risoluzioni e con i codec supportati
dal dispositivo.

SUGGERIMENTO Puoi trasferire file in rete mentre il deck sta registrando. HyperDeck
regolerà automaticamente la velocità di trasferimento per non compromettere la
registrazione.
Puoi abilitare o disabilitare l’accesso ad HyperDeck Shuttle HD tramite questi protocolli conl’utility HyperDeck Setup. Per esempio, puoi disabilitare l’accesso FTP e abilitare quello tramite
HTTPS contemporaneamente.

Connettere HyperDeck Shuttle HD tramite HTTPSPer accedere ad HyperDeck Shuttle HD tramite il web media manager bisogna inserire l’URL
disponibile nelle impostazioni alla voce Network Access, che apparirà nell’utility HyperDeck
Setup una volta connesso il dispositivo al computer tramite USB o ethernet. Queste
impostazioni non sono abilitate se l’unità è connessa solo tramite ethernet.
1

Con un cavo USB-C, connetti il computer alla porta USB sul retro di HyperDeck Shuttle HD,
poi apri HyperDeck Setup. L’icona dell’USB comparirà a lato del nome dell’unità. Clicca
sull’icona circolare o su qualsiasi parte dell’immagine del prodotto per aprire leimpostazioni.

2

Se usi un certificato auto-firmato, vai alla voce Network Access e clicca sull’icona di copia adestra dell’URL. L’URL si basa sul nome del tuo HyperDeck. Per modificarlo, cambia il nomedell’unità.

Trasferire i file in rete797

Se usi un certificato auto-firmato, clicca sul link3

Se hai importato un certificato firmato da una CA o dal reparto IT, copia e incolla l’indirizzo
nel campo Domain del certificato.

Copia l’indirizzo del dominio e incollalo su un browser

4

Apri il browser e incolla l’indirizzo in una nuova finestra. Se hai abilitato l’accesso sicuro ti
verrà chiesto di inserire l’username e la password impostati nell’utilità HyperDeck Setup.

Se quando si utilizza un certificato auto-firmato appare un avviso sulla privacy dellaconnessione significa che non è stato importato un certificato digitale firmato sicuro tramite
l’utilità HyperDeck Setup.
Per procedere senza un certificato valido sicuro, segui le istruzioni del browser e conferma che
desideri accedere al sito accettandone i rischi.

Trasferire i file con il web media manager
Quando apri il browser del web media manager per la prima volta, troverai i file organizzati inbase agli slot per supporti di memoria utilizzati.
SD1

File presenti nelle schede SD.

USB

I drive USB connessi sono elencati con il prefisso USB/.

Clicca due volte sul supporto per visualizzare i contenuti.

Trasferire i file in rete798Clicca il pulsante Upload per aggiungere i file

Per aggiungere i file in remoto per la riproduzione, clicca il pulsante Upload. Usa il browser per
selezionarli e clicca il pulsante Upload. Apparirà una finestra di stato del caricamento. È anche
possibile aggiungere cartelle con il pulsante Create folder.
Per scaricare i file, usa l’icona del download sulla destra. Se il browser chiede il tuo permesso
per scaricare dal sito, conferma con Allow. Per eliminare un file, clicca l’icona del cestino sulla
destra. Apparirà una finestra di conferma, clicca Delete per procedere.

Trasferire i file tramite FTP
Assicurati che HyperDeck Shuttle HD e il computer siano sulla stessa rete. Per procedere sononecessari un client FTP e l’indirizzo IP del deck o l’URL FTP salvato nell’utility HyperDeck Setup.
1

Scarica e installa un client FTP sul computer a cui vuoi connettere HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Consigliamo Cyberduck, FileZilla o Transmit, ma la maggior parte delle applicazioni FTP è
compatibile. Cyberduck e FileZilla sono gratuiti.

2

Ora che HyperDeck Shuttle HD è connesso alla tua rete, apri HyperDeck Setup e clicca
sull’URL FTP o sull’icona di copia per incollarlo manualmente. A volte è necessario cliccare
il link una seconda volta se con la prima il programma FTP non apre la connessione.

3

Per aprire manualmente una connessione FTP, copia l’URL nel campo Server. Spunta
Anonymous login se disponibile.

Trasferire i file in rete

799

4

Le schede SD vengono identificate con sd1.

Ora puoi trascinare i file con l’interfaccia FTP.

Trasferire i file in rete

800

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)801

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)802

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)803

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

804

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

805

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

806

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)807

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)808

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

809

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)810

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)811

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)812

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)813

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)814

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)815

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)816

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)817

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)818

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)819

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)820

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)821

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)822

HyperDeck Control REST API
Gli sviluppatori potranno creare applicazioni su misura o servirsi di strumenti esistenti comeun client REST o Postman per controllare e interagire liberamente con i registratori HyperDeck
tramite HyperDeck Control REST API. Questa API permette di eseguire svariate operazioni,
tra cui avviare o interrompere la registrazione, riprodurre contenuti, accedere ai dati del disco
e molto altro. L’API consente di accedere all’enorme potenziale dei registratori HyperDeckcon facilità, ed è utile sia a chi sviluppa un’applicazione su misura sia a chi si affida a strumenti
esistenti. Non vediamo l’ora di scoprire che uso ne farai!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)823

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

824

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

825

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

826

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)827

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

828

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

829

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)830

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)831

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundInformazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

832

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)833

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)834

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)835

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

836

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

837

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

838

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

839

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

840

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

841

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

842

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)843

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)

844

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)845

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)846

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)847

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)848

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)849

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)850

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)851

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Informazioni per gli sviluppatori (inglese)852

Assistenza
Ottenere assistenza
Il modo più veloce per ottenere assistenza è consultare il materiale di riferimento più recente
alla pagina Supporto del sito di Blackmagic Design.

Supporto online Blackmagic Design
Il manuale, il software e le note di supporto più recenti sono disponibili alla
pagina www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support

Blackmagic ForumIl Blackmagic Forum sul nostro sito web è un'ottima risorsa per ottenere informazioni utili e
condividere idee creative. Qui trovi le risposte alle domande più frequenti, oltre ai consigli
forniti da utenti esperti e dal team Blackmagic Design. Visita il Forum alla pagina
https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Contattare Blackmagic Design
Se il materiale di supporto disponibile e il Blackmagic Forum non rispondono alle tue domande,
clicca su Invia una email o su Trova un team di supporto per contattare direttamente il team diBlackmagic Design più vicino a te.

Verificare la versione del software
Per verificare quale versione del software HyperDeck è installata sul tuo computer, lancia
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 Su Mac OS, apri la cartella Applicazioni e seleziona Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
Il numero della versione del software è indicato nel menù About BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup.
 Su Windows, seleziona Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup dal menù Start o dalla schermata
iniziale. Clicca su Help e seleziona About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup per leggere il
numero della versione del software.

Scaricare gli aggiornamenti software
Dopo aver verificato quale versione del software HyperDeck è installata sul tuo computer, visita
il Centro assistenza di Blackmagic Design su www.blackmagicdesign.com/it/support per
scaricare gli ultimi aggiornamenti. Consigliamo di non aggiornare il software in pienosvolgimento di un progetto importante.

Assistenza853

Normative
Smaltimento di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche nell'Unione Europea
Questo simbolo indica che il dispositivo non deve essere scartato insieme agli altririfiuti, ma consegnato a uno degli appositi centri di raccolta e riciclaggio. La raccolta e
lo smaltimento differenziato corretto di questo tipo di apparecchiatura evita lo spreco dirisorse e contribuisce alla sostenibilità ambientale e umana. Per tutte le informazioni suicentri di raccolta e riciclaggio, contatta gli uffici del tuo comune di residenza o il punto
vendita presso cui hai acquistato il prodotto.
Questo dispositivo è stato testato e dichiarato conforme ai limiti relativi ai dispositivi
digitali di Classe A, ai sensi dell'articolo 15 del regolamento FCC. Tali limiti sono stati
stabiliti con lo scopo di fornire protezione ragionevole da interferenze dannose inambienti commerciali. Questo dispositivo genera, usa e può irradiare energia aradiofrequenza e, se non è installato o usato in conformità alle istruzioni, può causareinterferenze dannose che compromettono le comunicazioni radio. Operare questo
dispositivo in ambienti residenziali può causare interferenze dannose, nella cui
evenienza l'utente dovrà porvi rimedio a proprie spese.
Il funzionamento è soggetto alle due condizioni seguenti:
1

Questo dispositivo non deve causare interferenze dannose.

2

Questo dispositivo deve accettare eventuali interferenze ricevute, incluse leinterferenze che possono causare un funzionamento indesiderato.

R-R-BMD-20211410001
Dichiarazione ISED (Canada)
Questo dispositivo è conforme agli standard canadesi sui dispositivi digitali
di Classe A.
Qualsiasi modifica o utilizzo del dispositivo al di fuori di quello previsto potrebbero
invalidare la conformità a tali standard.
Connettere le interfacce HDMI usando cavi schermati HDMI di alta qualità.
Questo dispositivo è stato testato per l’uso in ambienti commerciali. Se utilizzato inambienti domestici, può causare interferenze radio.

Normative854

Sicurezza
Questo dispositivo è adatto all'uso nei luoghi tropicali con una temperatura ambiente nonsuperiore ai 40ºC.
Lasciare uno spazio adeguato intorno al dispositivo per consentire sufficiente ventilazione.
Le parti all'interno del dispositivo non sono riparabili dall'utente. Contattare un centro
assistenza Blackmagic Design per le operazioni di manutenzione.
Usare il dispositivo a un'altitudine non superiore a 2000 m sopra il livello del mare.

Dichiarazione dello Stato della California
Questo dispositivo può esporre l’utente a sostanze chimiche, per esempio tracce di bifenili
polibromurati nelle parti in plastica, che nello Stato della California sono considerati causa dicancro e difetti congeniti o altri danni riproduttivi.
Per maggiori informazioni, visitare www.P65Warnings.ca.gov
European OfficeBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Sicurezza855

Garanzia
Garanzia limitata di 12 mesiBlackmagic Design garantisce che questo prodotto è fornito privo di difetti nei materiali e nella
manifattura per un periodo di 12 mesi a partire dalla data d'acquisto. Durante il periodo di garanzia,
Blackmagic Design, a sua scelta, riparerà il prodotto difettoso senza alcun costo per le parti o la
manodopera, o sostituirà il prodotto purché questo venga restituito dal/la Cliente.
Per ottenere l'assistenza prevista dalla presente garanzia, il/la Cliente deve notificare
Blackmagic Design del difetto entro il periodo di garanzia e accordarsi sulla prestazione del servizio.
Il/la Cliente è responsabile del costo di imballaggio e di spedizione del prodotto difettoso al centro
assistenza indicato da Blackmagic Design, con spese di spedizione prepagate. Le spese dispedizione, l’assicurazione, le tasse, la dogana e altre spese pertinenti la resa del prodotto a
Blackmagic Design sono a carico del/la Cliente.
Questa garanzia perde di validità per difetti, malfunzionamento o danni causati da utilizzo improprio
o da manutenzione e cura inadeguate del prodotto. Blackmagic Design non ha obbligo di fornire
assistenza sotto questa garanzia: a) per riparare danni causati da tentativi di installazione, riparazioneo manutenzione da parte di personale che non sia autorizzato da Blackmagic Design, b) per riparare
danni causati da uso improprio o connessione ad attrezzatura incompatibile, c) per riparare dannio malfunzionamenti causati dall’uso di parti o ricambi non originali Blackmagic Design, o d) per
fare manutenzione se il prodotto è stato modificato o integrato ad altri prodotti con il risultato diallungare i tempi della manutenzione o di renderla più difficoltosa. LA PRESENTE GARANZIA DI
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN SOSTITUISCE QUALSIASI ALTRA GARANZIA, ESPLICITA O IMPLICITA.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN E I SUOI FORNITORI ESCLUDONO QUALSIASI ALTRA GARANZIA IMPLICITADI COMMERCIABILITÀ O DI IDONEITÀ AD UN USO SPECIFICO. L'INTERA RESPONSABILITÀ DI
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN E L'UNICO ESCLUSIVO RICORSO DEL/LA CLIENTE PER QUALSIASI DANNOARRECATO DI NATURA INDIRETTA, SPECIFICA, ACCIDENTALE O CONSEQUENZIALE, ANCHEQUALORA BLACKMAGIC DESIGN O UN SUO FORNITORE FOSSERO STATI AVVERTITI DELLA
POSSIBILITÀ DI TALI DANNI, È LA RIPARAZIONE O LA SOSTITUZIONE DEI PRODOTTI DIFETTOSI.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NON SI ASSUME ALCUNA RESPONSABILITÀ PER QUALSIASI USOILLEGALE DEL DISPOSITIVO DA PARTE DEL/LA CLIENTE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NON SI ASSUME
ALCUNA RESPONSABILITÀ PER DANNI DERIVANTI DALL'USO DI QUESTO PRODOTTO. IL/LA
CLIENTE USA QUESTO PRODOTTO A PROPRIO RISCHIO.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Tutti i diritti riservati. “Blackmagic Design”, “DeckLink”, “HDLink”, “Workgroup Videohub”,“Multibridge Pro”, “Multibridge Extreme”, “Intensity” e “Leading the creative video revolution” sono marchi registrati negli Stati
Uniti e in altri Paesi. Altri nomi di prodotti e aziende qui contenuti potrebbero essere marchi dei rispettivi proprietari.

Garanzia

856

Julho 2024

Manual de Instalação e Operação

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
PortuguêsPrezado cliente,
Obrigado por adquirir um gravador de disco Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Quando criamos os gravadores de disco Blackmagic HyperDeck originais, nossa intenção
era facilitar a gravação e reprodução de vídeos utilizando mídias SSD rápidas. Agora, temos oorgulho de apresentar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD é um gravador de vídeo HDMI compacto e portátil, desenvolvido
para uso em mesa. O seletor de busca grande e os controles de transporte familiares
permitem que você opere o gravador com uma mão só, o que torna o HyperDeck Shuttle HD
a companhia perfeita para produção ao vivo com um switcher ATEM Mini. Você pode inclusive
utilizar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD como um teleprômpter.
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD grava em cartões SD ou discos flash externos usando codecs
ProRes, DNxHD ou H.264 para gravação e reprodução ultrarrápidas.
Consulte a página de suporte em www.blackmagicdesign.com/br para obter a versão mais
recente deste manual e das atualizações do software HyperDeck. Para garantir que vocêreceba todos os recursos mais recentes, mantenha o seu programa atualizado. Ao baixar
o software, registre suas informações para que possamos mantê-lo atualizado quando
novos programas forem lançados. Estamos sempre trabalhando com novos recursos eaprimoramentos, então adoraríamos ouvir a sua opinião.

Grant Petty
Diretor-Executivo da Blackmagic DesignÍndice
Primeiros Passos

860Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup884Conexão de alimentação

860

Setup

885

Conexão de vídeo e áudio

861

Atualizar o software interno

891

Conexão de mídias

861Transferir Arquivos via Rede

892

Gravação de Vídeo

862
863

Informações para Desenvolvedores

896

Reprodução
Usar o seletor de busca

864

Alterar Configurações

866

Configurações 

867

Menu Gravação

867

Menu Monitoramento

868

Menu Áudio

868

Menu Armazenamento

869

Menu Configuração

871

Painel Traseiro

878

Mídias de Armazenamento

879Cartão SD

Blackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

896

Protocol Commands

896

Protocol Details

903

HyperDeck Control REST API

918

Transport Control API

918

System Control API923

Media Control API

926

Timeline Control API

928

Event Control API

930

879

Clips Control API

931

Discos externos

880

HyperDeck Control API

931

Formatar Mídias

880

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

941

Preparar mídias em um computador

880

messages941

Formatar mídias em um
computador Windows

881

Device Properties

943

Navegação por Volume

882

Ajuda

948

Usar a Função Teleprômpter

883

Informações Regulatórias

949

Controlar a Velocidade de
Reprodução do Teleprômpter

Informações de Segurança

950

883

Garantia

951

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

859

Primeiros Passos
Para começar a usar o seu HyperDeck Shuttle HD, basta conectar a alimentação, plugar uma fontede vídeo HDMI, inserir um cartão SD ou mídia externa e pressionar o botão de gravação.
Esta seção do manual mostra como começar a usar o seu HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Conexão de alimentação
Para alimentar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD, conecte a fonte de alimentação fornecida à entrada dealimentação no painel traseiro. É recomendável utilizar o anel de travamento para fixar o cabo dealimentação e prevenir desconexões acidentais.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Prenda o adaptador de alimentação na entrada dealimentação do HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Primeiros Passos

860

Conexão de vídeo e áudio
Para conectar vídeo ao HyperDeck Shuttle HD, plugue uma fonte de vídeo HDMI na entrada HDMI
no painel traseiro.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Conecte o seu equipamento de destino na saída HDMI. Por exemplo, um switcher ATEM Mini ou
uma televisão HDMI.
A saída HDMI também é usada para visualizar o menu de configurações ao alterar definições no seu
HyperDeck. Isso ocorre porque o menu de configurações é visualizado através de uma
sobreposição de vídeo na saída HDMI. Para mais informações sobre o menu de configurações,consulte a seção “Alterar Configurações” deste manual.

DICA Caso não consiga visualizar sua fonte de entrada de vídeo na tela conectada, épossível que você esteja no modo de reprodução. Pressione o botão de gravação para
habilitar o modo de gravação.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Conecte a saída HDMI ao equipamento de destino, como uma televisão HDMI ou um switcher ATEM Mini.

Conexão de mídias
Todos os gravadores de disco HyperDeck Shuttle HD são comercializados prontos para gravar
imediatamente sem precisar ajustar nenhuma configuração. Tudo que você precisa é de um cartão
SD ou disco externo formatado.
Você pode formatar mídias facilmente através das configurações do menu. Você também podeformatar usando um computador. Para mais informações, consulte a seção ‘Formatar Mídias’ neste
manual. Você também pode encontrar informações sobre os tipos de mídia mais indicados para
gravar vídeos e uma lista de cartões SD e discos externos recomendados.
Para plugar um cartão SD:
1

Segure o cartão SD com os conectores dourados voltados para cima e alinhe-o com ocompartimento de mídia. Agora, insira o cartão no compartimento cuidadosamente até que ele
se encaixe firmemente no lugar.

Primeiros Passos

861

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INO HyperDeck verificará o cartão SD. O indicador verde “SD” acenderá na parte superior doHyperDeck Shuttle HD. Após a verificação, o indicador desligará.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Seu HyperDeck Shuttle HD está pronto para gravar e reproduzir!
Continue lendo este manual para obter informações detalhadas sobre como gravar e reproduzir
clipes, alterar configurações e muito mais.

SCR

Gravação de Vídeo
Depois de confirmar que sua fonte de vídeo está sendo exibida no equipamento HDMI de destino,você pode começar a gravar imediatamente.
Para iniciar a gravação, pressione o botão de gravação. Ao gravar em um cartão SD, o indicador SD
acenderá em vermelho. Os botões de gravação e reprodução também acenderão. Ao gravar em um
disco externo, o indicador de disco acenderá em vermelho.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pressione o botão “Stop” para finalizar a gravação.

Gravação de Vídeo

862

Reprodução
Pressione o botão “Play” para iniciar a reprodução. Durante a reprodução, o botão “Play” acenderáe o indicador de compartimento de mídia “Disk” ou “SD” acenderá em verde.
Se houver vários clipes gravados, você pode alternar entre eles pressionando os botões de avançoe retrocesso.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Usar os botões Skip
Pressione o botão de retrocesso para saltar ao início do clipe. Pressionar mais de uma vez navegará
pelos clipes gravados anteriormente.
Pressione o botão de avanço para navegar pelos clipes em avanço. Os botões de avanço eretrocesso também piscarão quando a caixa de seleção “Identify HyperDeck” estiver selecionada
no utilitário HyperDeck Setup.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Use os botões de avanço e retrocesso para saltar ao início de cada clipe.

DICA Para reproduzir arquivos de vídeo no seu HyperDeck, você precisará corresponder ocodec usado para gravar os arquivos. Isso pode ser feito no menu. Consulte a seção“Alterar Configurações” neste manual para mais informações.

Repetição de clipes
Durante a reprodução, pressionar o botão “Play” novamente configurará o seu HyperDeck Shuttle
HD para repetir todos os clipes até que você pressione o botão “Stop”.
Caso deseje repetir um único clipe, configure o seu HyperDeck no modo “Clipe” e pressione obotão “Play” uma vez para reproduzir e novamente para repetir.
Repetir todos

Durante a reprodução, pressione o botão “Play” uma segunda vez para repetir todos
os clipes gravados.

Repetir atual

No modo clipe, pressione o botão “Play” uma segunda vez para repetir o clipe atual.
Reprodução

863

Modo clipe
No modo clipe, é possível restringir a reprodução a um único clipe apenas. Por exemplo, com omodo clipe habilitado, você pode navegar ou pular para um clipe e, em seguida, pressionar “Play”
sabendo que a reprodução cessará quando o clipe terminar.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Quando o modo clipe é selecionado, pressionar“Play” uma segunda vez repetirá o clipe atual.

Usar o seletor de busca
O seletor de busca oferece uma maneira rápida de navegar pelos seus clipes e selecionar
momentos específicos para reproduzi-los, ou revisá-los quadro a quadro. Isso pode ser importantecaso você precise localizar um momento específico monitorando o clipe visualmente à medida quevocê gira o seletor. Também é útil para posicionar o cursor de reprodução em um ponto de
indicação específico, pronto para colocar o clipe no ar durante uma transmissão ao vivo.
Os modos de busca do seletor são: jog, scroll e shuttle.
Jog

ScrollShuttleReproduz o clipe quadro por quadro, oferecendo controle preciso.
Este modo de rolagem permite navegar em avanço ou retrocesso
por todas as suas mídias gravadas. Conforme você gira o seletor,
a rolagem é fixada ao seu movimento, oferecendo controle total sobreo posicionamento da reprodução.
O botão scroll também exibirá a janela de navegação de volume que
mostra o caminho do arquivo do vídeo que você está reproduzindo no
momento. Para mais informações sobre a função de navegação por
volume, consulte a seção ‘Navegação por Volume’ neste manual.
Pressione os botões “JOG” e “SCR” simultaneamente para entrar no
modo shuttle. No modo shuttle, você pode retroceder ou avançar pela
sua mídia girando o seletor para a esquerda ou direita. Conforme vocêgira o seletor, a mídia se movimenta mais rápido, até a velocidade
máxima de 50x. Para reduzir a velocidade de navegação a zero,gire o seletor de volta à posição inicial. Caso deseje parar em um
ponto específico durante a navegação, pressione o botão “Stop”;
ou pressione “Play” para continuar a reprodução na posição atual.
É importante observar que a velocidade máxima de navegação podeser reduzida no menu de configurações. Para mais informações,consulte a seção “Configurações” neste manual.

Reprodução

864

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pressione os botões “JOG” ou “SCR” paraselecionar os modos de busca jog e scroll.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Após selecionar um modo de busca, gire o seletor.

DICA Para retornar à reprodução normal, pressione o botão “Play” ou “Stop”

Reprodução

865

Alterar Configurações
Pressionar o botão “Menu” abrirá o menu de configurações, que será exibido como uma
sobreposição de vídeo no canto inferior esquerdo da tela HDMI conectada.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Pressione o botão “Menu” para acessar o menu de configurações.
SCR

Use o seletor de busca para navegar até um submenu ou configuração.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pressione o botão “Set” para selecionar um submenu ou configuração.

Ajuste as configurações usando o seletor de busca ou os botões de avanço e retrocesso. Confirmea seleção pressionando o botão “Set”.
Para sair do menu, pressione “Menu” para retornar pelas opções até a tela inicial.

DICA Você pode posicionar o menu em qualquer um dos quatro cantos da sua tela usandoo menu de configurações. Recomendamos desabilitar o menu após alterar as
configurações para garantir que a saída HDMI forneça uma alimentação limpa quando
conectada a um switcher HDMI, como o ATEM Mini Extreme.

Alterar Configurações

866

Configurações
O menu de configurações é dividido em cinco categorias diferentes, incluindo Gravação,Monitoramento, Áudio, Armazenamento e Configuração. Cada um desses submenus contém
configurações relacionadas, a maioria das quais podem ser ajustadas usando o painel de controle
do HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Algumas configurações são exibidas apenas para referência eaparecerão sombreadas, como “Prefixo do Arquivo”, por exemplo. Nestes casos, as configurações
podem ser ajustadas através do utilitário HyperDeck Setup.

Menu Gravação

EntradaExibe a entrada HDMI do HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Codec
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD pode gravar vídeos compactados usando codecs H.264, Apple ProRes e
DNxHD. Para usar a função de teleprômpter, selecione “Teleprômpter”.

Disparo de Gravação
Há dois modos de disparo de gravação disponíveis: “Iniciar/Parar Vídeo” e “Timecode de Execução”.
Algumas câmeras, como a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, enviam um sinal via HDMI para
iniciar e cessar a gravação em gravadores externos. A configuração “Iniciar/Parar Vídeo” acionará oHyperDeck para que inicie ou pare a gravação quando você pressionar o botão de gravação
na câmera.
Utilize a opção “Timecode de Execução” para acionar a unidade e iniciar a gravação quando ela
receber um sinal de código de tempo válido através da entrada HDMI. Quando o sinal parar, agravação também irá parar. Você pode desabilitar o disparo de gravação selecionando aopção “Nenhum”.

OBSERVAÇÃO Ao gravar com uma câmera HDMI, certifique-se de que a saída esteja
limpa e com as sobreposições desativadas, pois qualquer sobreposição presente na saída
de vídeo da sua câmera será gravada com a sua imagem.

Configurações

867

Menu Monitoramento

Layout do Teleprômpter
O menu de monitoramento contém todas as configurações necessárias para utilizar o HyperDeck
Shuttle HD como um teleprômpter.
Tamanho da Fonte
Ajuste o tamanho do texto selecionando a opção “Tamanho da Fonte” e pressionando “Set”. Gire oseletor no sentido horário para aumentar ou no sentido anti-horário para reduzir.
Espaçamento de Linhas
Gire o seletor para aumentar ou reduzir o espaçamento entre linhas.
Margem Lateral
Ajuste a largura das margens em ambos os lados da tela do teleprômpter.
Girar
Se o monitor do seu teleprômpter estiver configurado para refletir em um vidro, por exemplo, diantede uma câmera ou um púlpito, será necessário ajustar as configurações no menu “Girar” para que otexto fique legível para o apresentador. Duas opções estão disponíveis:
Girar Horizontalmente - Utilize essa opção quando a parte inferior do monitor do
teleprômpter estiver instalada mais perto da base do vidro.
Girar Verticalmente - Utilize essa opção quando a parte inferior do monitor do
teleprômpter estiver instalada mais distante da base do vidro.

Menu Áudio

Configurações

868

Canais de Áudio Gravados
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD pode gravar até oito canais de áudio PCM por vez. Para selecionar aquantidade de canais para gravação, expanda a lista de canais de áudio gravados e selecione
2, 4 ou 8 canais.

Menu Armazenamento
As mídias conectadas aparecerão nas configurações de armazenamento. Mídia 1 mostrará o nome
do cartão SD conectado e Mídia 2 mostrará quaisquer discos flash USB plugados no conector “ExtDisk”. Ao utilizar um hub USB, como a Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, o disco ativo será exibido.

Mídia Ativa
Com os gravadores de disco HyperDeck Shuttle, você pode conectar um cartão SD, vários drives
externos e armazenamento em rede ao mesmo tempo e acessar vários terabytes de espaço degravação, tudo a partir de um gravador de disco HyperDeck Shuttle.
Se você tiver apenas um drive ou cartão SD conectado, essa será a mídia ativa para todas asreproduções e gravações. Se estiver usando mais de um, pode selecionar qual deseja usar para
gravação e reprodução.
Para selecionar a mídia ativa:
1

Usando o seletor de busca, selecione “Mídia Ativa” no menu de armazenamento e pressione obotão “Set” piscante.

2

A mídia anexada aparecerá na lista. Use o seletor de busca para selecionar a mídia na qual vocêdeseja gravar.

Configurações

869

Definir o Local de RedeO HyperDeck Shuttle pode reproduzir mídias HD da Blackmagic Cloud e de outros armazenamentos
de rede via Ethernet.
Para conectar a uma pasta de armazenamento de rede:1

Usando o seletor de busca e o botão “Set”, selecione “Definir Local de Rede”. Uma caixa dediálogo de pesquisa de rede local aparecerá.

2

Qualquer servidor encontrado na sua rede aparecerá nessa lista. Usando o seletor de busca,
destaque o nome do servidor e pressione “Set” para selecioná-lo. Uma lista decompartilhamentos disponíveis no servidor aparecerá. Usando o seletor de busca, destaque ocompartilhamento que deseja selecionar e pressione “Set” até que a pasta que deseja usar seja
exibida na parte superior da tela.

3

O nome da pasta aparecerá na parte superior da tela LCD. Para selecionar a pasta para gravação
e reprodução, use o seletor de busca para selecionar “Definir Este Local” e pressione “Set”. Umtique aparecerá à direita.

4

Uma vez conectado, o local aparecerá na lista de armazenamento da mídia 2, em “Locais de Rede”.

O segundo compartimento de mídia nos gravadores de disco HyperDeck Shuttle é alocado para pastas
USB e pastas de rede conectadas. Para selecionar as unidades USB conectadas e o armazenamento em
rede, selecione “Mídia 2” no menu de mídia de armazenamento e pressione o botão piscante “Set”. Na
lista da Mídia 2, selecione o armazenamento que deseja usar e pressione o botão “Set”. Agora vocêretornará ao menu de armazenamento. Você também pode remover o armazenamento de rede usandoo menu “Mídia 2” e selecionando “Remover Local de Rede” na parte inferior do menu.

Configurações870

OBSERVAÇÃO Ao reproduzir a partir de um volume de rede, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD
pressupõe que o servidor aceita usuários convidados. O acesso a servidores que exigem
login e senha utilizando o menu e o botão “Set” não é suportado no momento. No entanto,você pode inserir credenciais usando o HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

USB Sequencial
Caso esteja utilizando uma Blackmagic MultiDock 10G ou similar para conectar mais de um drive
através da conexão USB “Ext Disk”, ativar o recurso “USB Sequencial” garantirá que a gravação
passe de um disco externo para o próximo.

Formatar MídiaCartões SD e mídias conectadas à porta rotulada “Ext Disk” na parte traseira podem ser formatados
diretamente no HyperDeck ou através de um computador Mac ou Windows.

Para preparar mídias no HyperDeck Shuttle HD:
1

Usando o seletor de busca e o botão “Set”, selecione “Formatar Mídia”.

2

Selecione a mídia a ser formatada na lista e pressione “Set”.

3

Escolha o formato e pressione “Set”.

4

Uma janela de confirmação será exibida, detalhando qual cartão será formatado e o formato
selecionado. Selecione “Formatar”.

5

Uma vez concluída, uma janela de formatação será exibida. Selecione “Ok”.

O HFS+ também é conhecido como Mac OS Expandido. Esse é o formato recomendado, pois écompatível com “journaling”. Os dados em mídias com o recurso “journaling” têm uma probabilidade
maior de recuperação na rara eventualidade da sua mídia de armazenamento se corromper. O HFS+é suportado nativamente por Mac. Já o exFAT é suportado nativamente por Mac e Windows sem anecessidade de adquirir outro software adicional. No entanto, o formato exFAT não é compatível
com “journaling”. Para formatar mídias em um computador Mac ou Windows, consulte a seção
‘Formatar Mídias’ neste manual.

Menu Configuração
Este menu oferece várias configurações, incluindo seleção de idioma e padrão principal, além desubmenus para ajustar a exibição do menu, configurações de rede e código de tempo.

Configurações

871

Nome
Quando mais de um HyperDeck Shuttle HD estiver na rede, é recomendável nomear os gravadorespara ajudar a identificá-los. Isso pode ser feito através do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup ou do
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol usando um aplicativo terminal. O nome será exibido nomenu de configurações.

IdiomaO HyperDeck Shuttle HD suporta 13 idiomas, incluindo inglês, chinês, japonês, coreano, espanhol,alemão, francês, russo, italiano, português, turco, ucraniano e polonês.
Para selecionar o idioma:
1

Após destacar o menu “Configuração”, pressione “Set”.

2

Gire o seletor de busca para escolher “Idioma” e pressione “Set”.

3

Utilize o seletor para escolher o idioma e pressione “Set”. Após a seleção, você retornará aomenu de configurações automaticamente.

SoftwareExibe a versão do software instalado.

CâmeraEsta configuração é útil ao usar o HyperDeck para gravar arquivos ISO de várias câmeras e, em
seguida, editá-los em uma linha de tempo multicâmera no DaVinci Resolve.
Cada letra de identificação de câmera aparecerá nos metadados dos arquivos, permitindo que o
DaVinci Resolve identifique cada ângulo facilmente ao usar o recurso de compartimento sincronizado.

Identifique sua câmera usando caracteres de A a Z; ou 1 a 9.

Padrão Principal
Em alguns casos, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD não consegue identificar qual é o padrão de vídeo quevocê deseja usar. Este recurso indicará ao HyperDeck qual é o padrão de vídeo que você mais usa.
Um bom exemplo é quando você habilita um HyperDeck Shuttle HD sem uma entrada de vídeo
conectada e insere um disco com arquivos em dois padrões de vídeo diferentes. Qual padrão devídeo o HyperDeck deve reproduzir? O recurso de padrão principal indicará o padrão de vídeo desua preferência, alternará para esse formato e reproduzirá os arquivos.
O padrão principal também é útil quando você inicializa um HyperDeck Shuttle HD pela primeira vez enão há uma entrada de vídeo ou um disco de mídias inserido. Neste caso, o HyperDeck não consegue
identificar qual padrão de vídeo usar para a saída de monitoramento. O padrão principal de vídeo
indicará o que fazer.

Configurações

872

Contudo, o recurso do padrão de vídeo principal é apenas um guia. Ele não substituirá nada. Por isso,
se você tiver um disco de mídia com somente um tipo de arquivo de vídeo e acionar a reprodução, ogravador de disco HyperDeck alternará para esse padrão de vídeo e reproduzirá. O padrão principal
de vídeo será ignorado, já que é óbvio que você deseja apenas reproduzir os arquivos do disco.
É uma situação semelhante com a gravação. Se você acionar a gravação, o HyperDeck simplesmente
gravará qualquer padrão de vídeo que esteja conectado à entrada de vídeo. Depois que você concluir
a gravação, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD reproduzirá os arquivos no mesmo padrão de vídeo do disco,
mesmo se existirem outros arquivos no disco que correspondam ao padrão principal. É presumido quevocê deseja reproduzir o mesmo padrão de vídeo que acabou de gravar. Se você desconectar o discode mídia e plugá-lo novamente, somente então o padrão principal será utilizado para selecionar quais
tipos de arquivo você deseja reproduzir.
O recurso de padrão principal é apenas um guia para ajudar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD a tomar decisões
sobre o que fazer quando ele não tiver certeza. Ele não é uma substituição que força o deck a secomportar de uma maneira específica.

Velocidade de Shuttle Máx.
A velocidade de shuttle máxima do HyperDeck Shuttle HD é 50x. Caso queira reduzi-la, você podeselecionar uma das outras predefinições de velocidade.

Data e Hora
Definir a data e a hora corretamente garante que o HyperDeck Shuttle tenha as mesmas informações dehora e data que a rede, além de evitar possíveis conflitos com sistemas de armazenamento em rede.

Definição Automática
Para definir a data e hora automaticamente, ative a opção “Definição Automática”. Ao ajustar data ehora automaticamente, o HyperDeck usará o servidor de protocolo de hora da rede configurado no
campo NTP. Para definir a data e a hora manualmente, selecione “Não”.
NTP
O servidor NTP padrão é time.cloudflare.com, mas você também pode inserir manualmente um
servidor NTP alternativo usando o HyperDeck Setup. Para mais informações sobre como configuraro servidor NTP, consulte a seção ‘HyperDeck Setup’ mais adiante neste manual.
Data
Para ajustar a data, selecione “Data” e pressione “Set”. Use o seletor para selecionar dia, mês e ano.
Hora
Para ajustar a hora, selecione “Hora” e pressione “Set”. Use o seletor para ajustar as horas e os
minutos. O relógio interno utiliza o padrão 24 horas.

Configurações

873

Menu
Use as configurações de Menu para ajustar a posição e a aparência do menu na tela HDMI conectada.

Aparência
Você pode configurar o menu na tela do HyperDeck no modo “Aparência Clara” ou “Aparência
Escura”. O modo “Aparência Clara” oferece mais contraste ao utilizar mídas mais escuras, assim
como no modo teleprômpter.

Opacidade
Ajuste os níveis para reduzir a opacidade da sobreposição do menu na tela conectada de 100%(nível padrão) para 20%.
Posição
Por padrão, o menu será sobreposto ao canto inferior esquerdo da tela. Para alterar a posição domenu, selecione “Posição” e pressione o botão “Set”. Agora você pode selecionar o canto superior
esquerdo, superior direito, inferior esquerdo ou inferior direito da tela.

Rede

Configurações

874

Protocolo
O Blackmagic HyperDeck vem configurado de fábrica como DHCP, portanto, uma vez conectado, oservidor de rede atribuirá um endereço IP automaticamente e nenhuma outra configuração de redeprecisará ser ajustada. Caso precise definir um endereço manualmente, você pode conectar usando
um IP estático.
Com “Protocolo” selecionado, pressione o botão “Set” para acessar o menu, navegue até “IP
Estático” e pressione “Set”.
Endereço IP, Máscara de Sub-rede, Gateway, DNS Primário e DNS Secundário
Quando “IP Estático” estiver selecionado, você pode inserir as informações da sua rede manualmente.
Para alterar o endereço IP:
1

Use o seletor de busca para destacar “Endereço IP” e pressione o botão “Set” no painel frontal
do HyperDeck.

2

Usando o seletor de busca, ajuste o seu endereço IP, pressionando “Set” para confirmar antes
de ajustar o próximo valor.

3

Pressione “Set” para confirmar a alteração e passar para o próximo valor.

Após inserir seu endereço IP, você pode repetir esses passos para ajustar a Máscara de Sub-rede eo Gateway. Quando concluir, pressione o botão “Menu” para sair e retornar à tela inicial.

Timecode
Defina suas opções de entrada e saída de código de tempo. É possível gravar o código de tempo
de origem, código de tempo da hora do dia ou definir seu código de tempo manualmente.

EntradaHá quatro opções de entrada de código de tempo disponíveis durante a gravação.
Entrada deVídeo

A seleção da entrada de vídeo obterá o código de tempo embutido de fontes HDMI
com metadados SMPTE RP 188. Isso manterá a sincronização entre sua fonte HDMIe o arquivo gravado no HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

InternoUse esta opção para gravar timecode de hora do dia através do gerador detimecode integrado.

Regen. Último
Clipe

Selecionando a opção “Regen. Último Clipe” para sua entrada de código detempo, cada arquivo iniciará um quadro após o último quadro do clipe anterior.
Por exemplo, se o primeiro clipe terminar em 10:28:30:10, o código de tempo dopróximo clipe começará em 10:28:30:11.

Predefinição

Caso deseje definir um código de tempo manualmente, selecione a opção
“Predefinição”. Os clipes gravados começarão no código de tempo definido atravésda configuração “Predefinição”, descrita abaixo.

Configurações

875

Descarte
Para fontes NTSC com taxas de quadros de 29,97 ou 59,94, você pode selecionar entre “Descartar
Quadros” e “Sem Descartar Quadros”. Caso a fonte seja desconhecida, selecione “Padrão”. Isso manterá opadrão da entrada ou gravará com descarte de quadros se não houver nenhum código de tempo válido.
Predefinição
Você pode definir seu código de tempo manualmente ao pressionar o botão “Set” e inserir o código
de tempo de início usando o seletor de busca e o botão “Set”. Certifique-se de que a opção
“Predefinição” esteja selecionada no menu “Entrada”.
Saída
Selecione as opções de código de tempo para as saídas.
Linha deTempo

Para enviar um código de tempo contínuo a todos os clipes gravados em umcartão ou drive, selecione “Linha de Tempo”.

Clipe

Selecionar a opção “Clipe” enviará o código de tempo de cada clipe individual.

Configurações de Arquivo

Prefixo do Arquivo
Quando configurado pela primeira vez, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD gravará clipes no seu cartão SD ou
disco flash USB usando a seguinte convenção de nome de arquivo:
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Prefixo

HyperDeck_0001

Número do ClipeVocê pode alterar o prefixo do nome do arquivo através do utilitário HyperDeck Setup. Para mais
informações, consulte a seção ‘Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup’ neste manual.

Configurações

876

Sufixo com Timestamp
O carimbo de data/hora adicionado ao nome do arquivo é desativado por padrão. Caso queira
registrar a data e a hora no nome do arquivo, habilite a opção “Sufixo com Timestamp”.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Prefixo do Arquivo

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Ano

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MêsHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Dia

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Hora

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Minutos

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Número do Clipe

RemotoEsta configuração permite que o HyperDeck seja controlado remotamente por outro equipamentode vídeo, como um switcher ATEM Mini Extreme.

RemotoSelecione “Remoto” para habilitar o controle remoto via Ethernet. Basta desativar “Remoto” para
controlar a unidade localmente.

RedefinirPadrão de Fábrica
Destaque “Padrão de Fábrica” no menu de configurações para redefinir seu HyperDeck com as
configurações de fábrica. Quando você pressionar “Set”, será solicitado que você confirme sua seleção.

Configurações

877

Painel Traseiro
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

Alimentação
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD é alimentado através de um kit de alimentação AC. O cabo dealimentação fornecido tem um conector com trava para prevenir desconexões, mas vocêtambém pode usar qualquer cabo 12 V 36 W para alimentar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

2Cartão SD
Insira cartões SD no compartimento para gravação e reprodução.

3

Ethernet
Através da porta Ethernet você pode se conectar à sua rede para gravação em armazenamentode rede, transferências rápidas por FTP e transferências por HTTP através do Web MediaManager. Além disso, você pode controlar a unidade remotamente usando a API REST ou oHyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Para mais detalhes sobre a transferência de arquivos através do
Web Media Manager ou de um cliente de FTP, consulte a seção ‘Transferir Arquivos via Rede’neste manual.
Quando conectado à mesma rede compartilhada com um switcher ATEM, você também podecontrolar seu HyperDeck usando o switcher ATEM ou um painel ATEM físico.

4

Disco Externo
Conecte um disco flash no conector USB-C para gravar em unidades externas a até 5 Gb/s.
Você também pode utilizar hubs USB-C multiporta ou uma Blackmagic MultiDock 10G para
conectar um ou vários SSDs.

5

HDMI
Conecte a saída HDMI a televisores, monitores ou até mesmo um switcher HDMI, como o
ATEM Mini Extreme. A saída HDMI também é usada para visualizar a sobreposição de menu.

Painel Traseiro

878

Mídias de ArmazenamentoCartão SD
Para gravações HD de alta qualidade, recomendamos cartões SD UHS-I de alta velocidade. Essescartões precisam ser capazes de obter velocidades de gravação acima de 220 MB/s para
gravações de até Ultra HD 2160p60.
No entanto, caso esteja gravando a uma taxa de bits mais baixa com compactação mais elevada,você deve conseguir usar cartões mais lentos. Geralmente, quanto mais rápidos forem os cartões,melhores eles serão.
É recomendável verificar regularmente a última versão deste manual, que pode ser baixado aqualquer momento no site da Blackmagic Design em www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support

Quais cartões SD devo usar com o HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Os seguintes cartões SD são recomendados para 1080p a até 60 fps:
Marca

ModeloCapacidade

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Mídias de Armazenamento879

Discos externos
Todos os modelos HyperDeck podem gravar diretamente em unidades flash USB-C. Essas unidades
rápidas e de capacidade superior possibilitam a gravação de vídeos por períodos prolongados.
Depois, você pode conectar a unidade flash ao seu computador e editar diretamente dela.
Para capacidades de armazenamento ainda mais elevadas, você pode conectar uma doca ou um
disco rígido externo USB-C. Para conectar sua Blackmagic MultiDock 10G ou unidade flash USB-C,
conecte um cabo do seu dispositivo USB-C à porta “EXT DISK” na parte traseira do HyperDeck.

Quais drives USB-C devo utilizar com o HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Os seguintes drives USB-C são recomendados para 1080p ProRes HQ a até 60 fps:
Marca

ModeloCapacidade

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

Os seguintes drives USB-C são recomendados para 1080p DNxHD 220x a até 60 fps:
Marca

ModeloCapacidade

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Os seguintes drives USB-C são recomendados para 1080p H.264 a até 60 fps:
Marca

ModeloCapacidade

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Formatar Mídias
Preparar mídias em um computador
O Utilitário de Disco incluído no Mac pode formatar um drive nos formatos HFS+ ou exFAT.
Lembre-se de fazer o backup de gravações importantes do seu disco, pois todos os dados serão
perdidos após a formatação.
1

Conecte um disco flash USB ao seu computador através de uma doca externa ou adaptador decabo e ignore qualquer mensagem relativa à utilização do SSD para backups com Time Machine.
Para cartões SD, faça a conexão com o seu computador usando um leitor externo.

2

Vá até “Aplicativos/Utilitários” e inicie “Utilitário de Disco”.

3

Clique no ícone de disco do seu cartão SD ou disco flash USB e, em seguida, clique na
aba “Apagar”.

4

Defina o formato como “macOS Expandido (Journaling)” ou “exFAT”.

5

Digite um nome para o novo volume e clique em “Apagar”. A sua mídia será formatada
rapidamente e disponibilizada para uso com o HyperDeck.

Formatar Mídias

880

Formatar mídias em um computador Windows
A caixa de diálogo “Formatar” permite formatar um drive no formato exFAT em um computador
Windows. Lembre-se de fazer o backup de gravações importantes do seu SSD ou cartão SD, pois
todos os dados serão perdidos após a formatação.
1

Conecte um disco flash USB ao seu computador com uma doca externa ou cabo adaptador.
Para cartões SD, faça a conexão com o seu computador usando um leitor externo.

2Abra o menu “Iniciar” ou a “Tela Inicial” e selecione “Computador”. Clique com o botão direito
do mouse no seu disco flash USB ou cartão SD.

3

No menu contextual, selecione “Formatar”.

4

Defina o sistema de arquivo como “exFAT” e o tamanho da unidade de alocação para 128
kilobytes.

5

Digite um rótulo de volume, selecione “Formatação Rápida” e clique em “Iniciar”.

6

A sua mídia será formatada rapidamente e disponibilizada para uso com o HyperDeck.

Formatar Mídias

881

Navegação por Volume
A navegação por volume permite abrir uma sobreposição de caminho de arquivo para que vocêpossa localizar clipes em cartões de mídia, discos e drives de rede. Quando ativada, a sobreposição
aparece na saída HDMI e você pode navegar pelos diretórios usando o botão “Scroll”, o botão “Clip”
e o seletor de busca.
1

Abra a janela de navegação por volume pressionando o botão de rolagem rotulado “SCR”.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Pressione o botão “Scroll” para abrir a janela de navegação por volume na saída HDMI.

2

Depure ou percorra as imagens exibidas até encontrar um clipe da pasta desejada.

3

Pressione o botão “Scroll” para descer pelos volumes e o botão “Clip” para subir.

Para fechar a janela de navegação por volume, pressione o botão “Stop”, ou pressione “Play” para
fechar a janela e iniciar a reprodução imediatamente.

OBSERVAÇÃO Para visualizar clipes que foram gravados em um codec, resolução ou taxade quadros diferente, defina o codec e o padrão principal do seu HyperDeck de modo que
correspondam.

Navegação por Volume882

Usar a Função Teleprômpter
Com um arquivo RTF padrão ou texto simples TXT, você pode usar o Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle
HD como um teleprômpter. Crie seu arquivo no Editor de Texto ou WordPad e salve como um
arquivo .rtf ou .txt em qualquer um dos 13 idiomas suportados. Uma vez aberto com o HyperDeck
Shuttle HD, você pode ajustar o tamanho da fonte e o espaçamento entre linhas do seu texto.
Para usar o teleprômpter:
1

Conecte a saída HDMI do HyperDeck Shuttle HD à tela HDMI que deseja utilizar.

2

Insira um cartão SD ou conecte um disco flash USB externo contendo o seu texto.

3

No menu “Gravação”, selecione a opção “Codec”. Navegue até a configuração “Teleprômpter”
e pressione “Set”.

O texto aparecerá na sua tela. Agora, você pode iniciar a reprodução automaticamente usando obotão “Play” ou, para controle adicional, utilizando o seletor.

Controlar a Velocidade de Reprodução do Teleprômpter
O seletor do HyperDeck Shuttle HD pode ser usado para controlar a reprodução no modo
teleprômpter da mesma maneira que na reprodução de mídias. Após carregar o texto, pressione osbotões “Jog” e “Scr” ao mesmo tempo para habilitar a reprodução de velocidade variável.
Em seguida, gire o seletor. A rolagem do texto acompanhará a velocidade do movimento do seletor.
Ou seja, quanto mais rápido você girar o seletor, mais rápido o texto se movimentará.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Para velocidades constantes, você pode usar os botões “Jog” e “Scroll” individualmente. No modo
jog, girar o seletor movimentará o texto em uma velocidade lenta constante. No modo scroll, avelocidade será mais alta.
Para navegar pelos arquivos no seu cartão SD ou disco externo, pressione os botões de avançoe retrocesso.
Usar a Função Teleprômpter883

O teleprômpter reconhecerá o tamanho, cor e se o texto está em negrito. Além disso, no menu
“Monitoramento”, você pode ajustar o tamanho da fonte, espaçamento entre linhas, margens ou
inverter a exibição horizontal ou verticalmente quando estiver projetando a tela em vidros divisoresde feixe. Para mais informações, consulte a seção “Menu” acima.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
O Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup é um utilitário de software para ajustar configurações e atualizar osoftware interno no seu HyperDeck.

Para instalar o programa:
1

Baixe o instalador do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup mais recente em
www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support.

2

Execute o instalador do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e siga as instruções na tela.

3

Após a instalação, conecte o seu HyperDeck Shuttle HD ao computador via o conector USB ou
Ethernet no painel traseiro.

4

Inicie o Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e siga as orientações na tela para atualizar o programainterno. Caso nenhuma instrução apareça, o software interno está atualizado e não há nadamais que você precise fazer.

Clique na imagem do HyperDeck ou no ícone de configuração para abrir o menu de configurações.
A tela inicial mostrará o seu HyperDeck Shuttle HD e o nome da unidade. Este nome é útil para
identificar a unidade quando mais de um HyperDeck estiver conectado ao seu computador e podeser definido utilizando o menu de configurações do utilitário.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

884

SetupCaso você tenha mais de um gravador de disco HyperDeck, é recomendável nomear cada unidadepara facilitar a identificação. Basta inserir um nome no campo “Name” e clicar no botão “Set”.
É importante observar que alterar o nome do HyperDeck invalidará quaisquer certificados digitais
em uso, portanto vale a pena alterar o nome antes de gerar uma solicitação de assinatura decertificado ou certificado autoassinado.

Identify HyperDeck
Clicar na caixa de verificação fará com que os botões de avanço e retrocesso na parte superior doHyperDeck Shuttle pisquem. Isso pode ser útil quando você tiver mais de um HyperDeck Shuttle equeira identificar a qual deles está conectado por meio do utilitário do HyperDeck Setup.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

885

Date and TimePara ajustar data e hora automaticamente, clique na caixa de seleção. Ao ajustar data e hora
automaticamente, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD usará o servidor de protocolo de hora da redeconfigurado no campo NTP. O servidor NTP padrão é time.cloudflare.com, mas você também podeinserir um servidor NTP alternativo manualmente e, em seguida, clicar em “Set”.
Caso esteja configurando data e hora manualmente, utilize os campos para selecionar a data, hora efuso horário. Definir a data e a hora corretamente garante que as gravações tenham as mesmas
informações de hora e data que a rede e também evita potenciais conflitos com alguns sistemas dearmazenamento em rede.

Network Settings
ProtocolPara controlar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD com switchers ATEM ou controlá-lo remotamente através doHyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD precisa estar na mesma rede que o outro
equipamento usando DHCP ou adicionando um endereço IP fixo manualmente.

DHCP

Os gravadores de disco HyperDeck Shuttle HD vêm de fábrica configurados como
DHCP. O protocolo de configuração do host dinâmico, ou DHCP, é um serviço
em servidores de rede que encontra automaticamente o gravador de disco
HyperDeck e atribui um endereço IP. O DHCP facilita a conexão de equipamentos
via Ethernet e garante que seus endereços IP não entrem em conflito entre si.
A maioria dos computadores e switchers de rede suporta DHCP.

Static IP

Quando “Static IP” estiver selecionado, é possível inserir as informações da redemanualmente. Ao definir endereços IP manualmente para que todas as unidades
possam se comunicar, elas devem compartilhar as mesmas configurações demáscara de sub-rede e gateway.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

886

Network Access
O HyperDeck Shuttle HD pode ser acessado através de uma rede para transferência de arquivos
e controle remoto via HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. O acesso será habilitado por padrão, mas vocêpode optar por desabilitar o acesso individualmente ou habilitar o acesso através de nome deusuário e senha para aumentar a segurança ao usar o web media manager ou o HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol.

File Transfer Protocol
Habilite ou desabilite o acesso via FTP utilizando essa caixa de seleção. Caso esteja fornecendoacesso através de um cliente de FTP, como Cyberduck, clique no ícone para copiar o endereço de
FTP. Para mais informações, consulte a seção ‘Transferir Arquivos via Rede’.
Web Media Manager
As mídias gravadas em cartões SD ou discos externos podem ser acessadas através de um
navegador de internet utilizando o web media manager. Quando você clicar no link ou copiar e colarem seu navegador de internet, uma interface simples será aberta, onde você poderá fazer uploadou download de arquivos diretamente para os cartões SD na sua rede.
O acesso é habilitado via HTTP por padrão, mas você pode desativar totalmente o acesso ou exigir
um certificado seguro usando a opção “Enabled with security only”. Ao usar um certificado digital,
as conexões com o web media manager serão criptografadas via HTTPS. Para mais informações
sobre certificados digitais, consulte a seção ‘Certificado Seguro’.
HyperDeck Ethernet ProtocolVocê pode se conectar ao gravador de disco HyperDeck utilizando o HyperDeck Ethernet Protocole um programa de linha de comando no seu computador, como o Terminal, no Mac, e PuTTY, no
Windows. O acesso pode ser habilitado com ou sem nome de usuário e senha; ou desabilitado
completamente. Você pode usar um programa SSL para criptografar sua sessão ao utilizar um
utilitário como o Netcat. Para mais informações sobre os comandos disponíveis, consulte a seção
‘Informações para Desenvolvedores’ neste manual.
Allow Utility Administration
O Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup pode ser acessado quando o seu gravador de disco estáconectado via rede ou USB. Para evitar que outros usuários obtenham acesso através da rede,selecione “via USB”.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

887

Secure Login Settings

Caso você tenha selecionado “Enabled with security only” nas configurações de acesso via
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, será necessário inserir um nome de usuário e senha. Digite um nomede usuário e senha e clique em “Save”. O campo de senha aparecerá vazio quando uma senha for
inserida. Depois que o nome de usuário e senha estiverem definidos, será necessário inseri-los ao
acessar o web media manager caso “Enabled with security only” esteja selecionado.

Certificado Seguro
Para habilitar o acesso ao web media manager via HTTPS, ou quando o HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol estiver definido como “security only”, você precisará de um certificado seguro. Esse
certificado digital atua como um cartão de identificação do HyperDeck Shuttle HD para que todas
as conexões de entrada possam confirmar que estão se conectando à unidade correta. Além deconfirmar a identidade da unidade, o uso de um certificado seguro garante que os dados
transmitidos entre o HyperDeck Shuttle HD e um computador ou servidor sejam criptografados.
Ao usar as configurações de login seguro, a conexão não apenas será criptografada, mas exigirá
autenticação para acesso.
Existem dois tipos de certificado que você pode usar com o HyperDeck Shuttle: um certificado
seguro assinado por uma autoridade de certificação ou um certificado autoassinado. Um certificado
autoassinado pode ser seguro o suficiente para alguns fluxos de trabalho, por exemplo, acessandoo HyperDeck Shuttle HD somente por meio de uma rede local.
Para gerar um certificado autoassinado, clique em “Create Certificate”. Quando solicitado, confirmeque você está ciente dos riscos relacionados ao uso de um certificado autoassinado. Depois declicar em “Create”, os dados do certificado preencherão automaticamente os campos “Domain”,“Issuer” e “Valid until” no utilitário HyperDeck Setup.

Após uma redefinição de fábrica, qualquer certificado atual será excluído, mas você também poderemovê-lo a qualquer momento clicando no botão “Remove” e seguindo as instruções.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

888

Ao usar um certificado autoassinado para acessar arquivos de mídia usando HTTPS, seu navegador
de internet irá alertá-lo sobre os riscos de acessar o site. Alguns navegadores permitirão que vocêprossiga depois de confirmar que entende os riscos, no entanto, outros navegadores podem
impedi-lo de prosseguir.

Para garantir que o acesso seja concedido a qualquer navegador da Web, você precisará usar um
certificado assinado.
Para obter um certificado assinado, primeiro você precisa gerar uma solicitação de assinatura decertificado, ou CSR, usando o utilitário Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Em seguida, essa solicitação
de assinatura será enviada a uma autoridade de certificação, também conhecida como AC, ou ao
departamento de TI. Uma vez concluída, será devolvido um certificado assinado com uma extensão
de arquivo .cert, .crt ou .pem, que você pode importar para o HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

HyperDeck
MENU

Certificado

Autoridade

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Para gerar uma solicitação de assinatura de certificado (CSR):
1

Clique no botão “Generate Signing Request”.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

889

2

3

Uma janela será exibida solicitando que você insira um nome comum e um nome de assunto
alternativo para o HyperDeck. Ajuste quaisquer outros detalhes conforme necessário usando atabela abaixo.
Informação

Descrição

ExemploNome ComumO nome de domínio utilizado

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Nome de Assunto Alternativo

Um nome de domínio alternativo

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

País

País da sua empresa

AU

EstadoProvíncia, região ou estado

Victoria

Local

Nome da cidade, etc

Port Melbourne

Nome da Empresa

Nome da sua empresa

Blackmagic Design

Depois de preencher os detalhes do certificado, clique em “Generate”.

Ao gerar um .csr, você também criará uma chave pública e uma chave privada ao mesmo tempo.
A chave pública será incluída com a solicitação de assinatura, enquanto a chave privada
permanecerá com a unidade. Depois que a autoridade de certificação ou o departamento de TI
verificarem as informações do CSR com a sua empresa, eles gerarão um certificado assinado com
os dados acima, junto com sua chave pública.
Uma vez importada, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD usará a chave pública e privada para confirmar aidentidade do HyperDeck e para criptografar e descriptografar o compartilhamento de dados via
HTTPS ou via HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol ao usar um programa SSL.
Para importar um certificado assinado:
1

Clique em “Import Signed Certificate”.

2

Navegue até o local do certificado assinado usando o navegador de arquivos e, quando oarquivo estiver selecionado, clique em “Open”.

Os campos de domínio, emissor e data de validade serão atualizados com os dados da sua
autoridade de certificação. Geralmente, um certificado assinado será válido por cerca de um ano,
portanto, o processo precisará ser repetido após a data de validade.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

890

Como um nome de domínio foi selecionado, você precisará entrar em contato com o seu
departamento de TI sobre a configuração do DNS para a unidade HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Isso
direcionará todo o tráfego do endereço IP do HyperDeck Shuttle HD para o endereço de domínio
selecionado na solicitação de assinatura.
Esse também será o endereço HTTPS que você usará para acessar arquivos através do web media
manager, por exemplo, https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com.
É importante observar que o certificado será invalidado após uma redefinição de fábrica e um novo
certificado precisará ser gerado e assinado.

File Settings

Quando configurado pela primeira vez, o HyperDeck Shuttle HD gravará clipes no cartão SD ou no
disco flash USB usando “HyperDeck” como prefixo. Digite um novo nome de arquivo para alteraro prefixo.
O carimbo de data/hora adicionado ao nome do arquivo é desativado por padrão. Caso queira
registrar data e hora no nome do arquivo, habilite essa opção. As configurações de prefixo do nome
do arquivo e timestamp também estão disponíveis na tela do HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Reset
Toque em “Factory Reset” para restaurar o HyperDeck para as configurações de fábrica. Após uma
redefinição de fábrica, o certificado seguro se tornará inválido. Se um certificado seguro estiver
sendo usado, você precisará gerar uma nova solicitação de assinatura de certificado e enviar parauma autoridade de certificação ou departamento de TI.

Atualizar o software interno
Para atualizar o software interno:
1Baixe o instalador do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup mais recente em
www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support.

2

Execute o instalador do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e siga as instruções na tela.

3

Após a instalação, conecte o HyperDeck Shuttle HD ao computador via o conector USB ou
Ethernet no painel traseiro.

4

Inicie o Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup e siga as orientações na tela para atualizar o programainterno. Caso nenhuma instrução apareça, o software interno está atualizado e não há nadamais que precise fazer.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup891

Transferir Arquivos via RedeO HyperDeck Shuttle HD suporta transferência de arquivos tanto via Protocolo de Transferência deHipertexto Seguro, conhecido como HTTPS, e Protocolo de Transferência de Arquivos, conhecidocomo FTP. Isso permite que você copie arquivos diretamente do seu computador para o seu
HyperDeck através de uma rede com as velocidades rápidas que uma rede local pode oferecer.
Por exemplo, você pode copiar novos arquivos para uma unidade HyperDeck que está sendo usadapara reproduzir vídeo em paredes de vídeo e sinalização digital.
É possível transferir qualquer arquivo para o HyperDeck ou a partir dele, mas vale a pena ressaltar
que qualquer arquivo que você pretenda reproduzir a partir do HyperDeck Shuttle HD precisará sercompatível com os codecs e as resoluções que o seu HyperDeck suporta.

DICA Você pode transferir arquivos através de uma rede enquanto o HyperDeck estivergravando. O HyperDeck ajustará a velocidade de transferência automaticamente paragarantir que a gravação não seja afetada.

O acesso ao HyperDeck Shuttle HD por meio de qualquer um desses protocolos pode serhabilitado ou desabilitado no utilitário HyperDeck Setup. Por exemplo, você pode desabilitaro acesso FTP e habilitar o acesso HTTPS ao mesmo tempo.

Conectar ao HyperDeck Shuttle HD via HTTPSPara acessar o HyperDeck Shuttle HD através do web media manager, você precisará da URL
disponibilizada nas configurações “Network Access”, que aparecem no utilitário HyperDeck Setup
quando o computador está conectado via USB ou Ethernet, mas são desabilitadas quando apenas a
Ethernet está conectada.
1

Usando um cabo USB-C, conecte o computador ao HyperDeck Shuttle HD através da porta
USB no painel traseiro e abra o HyperDeck Setup. Você verá um ícone de conexão USB ao lado
do nome da unidade. Clique no ícone circular ou em qualquer lugar na imagem do produto para
abrir as configurações.

2

Quando estiver utilizando um certificado autoassinado, navegue até as configurações deacesso à rede e clique no ícone de cópia ao lado da URL. Essa URL é baseada no nome do seu
HyperDeck. Para modificar a URL, altere o nome da unidade.

Transferir Arquivos via Rede892

Ao utilizar um certificado autoassinado, clique no link.

3

Caso tenha importado um certificado assinado por um AC ou departamento de TI, copie e coleo endereço no campo “Domain” para o certificado atual.

Copie o endereço do domínio e cole em um navegador.

4

Abra o seu navegador de internet e cole o endereço em uma nova janela. Se você tiver
habilitado o acesso somente com segurança, será solicitado que você insira o nome de usuário
e a senha definidos no utilitário HyperDeck Setup.

Quando estiver utilizando um certificado autoassinado, o navegador exibirá um aviso sobre a
privacidade da conexão, significa que um certificado assinado confiável não foi importado por meio
do utilitário HyperDeck Setup.
Para continuar sem um certificado válido e confiável, siga as instruções do seu navegador para
reconhecer os riscos e prosseguir para o site.

Transferir Arquivos via Web Media Manager
Ao abrir o navegador do web media manager pela primeira vez, você verá que seus arquivos serão
organizados de acordo com seus respectivos compartimentos de mídia.
SD1

Mídias nos cartões SD.

USB

Drives USB conectados serão listados com o prefixo USB/.

Clique duas vezes na mídia para revelar o conteúdo do cartão SD ou drive.

Transferir Arquivos via Rede893

Clique no botão “Upload” para adicionar arquivos.

Para adicionar arquivos remotamente para reprodução, clique no botão “Upload”. Usando onavegador de arquivos, navegue até o seu arquivo e clique em “Upload”. Uma janela de statusaparecerá durante o carregamento. Você também pode adicionar pastas, se necessário, usando obotão “Create Folder”.
Para baixar arquivos, use o ícone de seta na extremidade direita. Seu navegador pode solicitar quevocê permita downloads do site. Clique em “Permitir”. Para excluir um arquivo, clique no ícone delixeira e uma janela de exclusão de arquivo será exibida. Clique em “Excluir” para prosseguir.

Transferir Arquivos via FTP
Com o seu computador e HyperDeck Shuttle HD na mesma rede, tudo o que você precisa é de um
cliente de FTP e o endereço IP do HyperDeck Shuttle HD ou a URL do FTP no utilitário
HyperDeck Setup.
1

Baixe e instale um cliente FTP no computador ao qual você quer conectar o HyperDeck Shuttle
HD. Recomendamos o Cyberduck, FileZilla ou Transmit, mas a maioria dos aplicativos FTP
funcionará. O download do Cyberduck e do FileZilla é gratuito.

2

Com o HyperDeck Shuttle HD conectado à sua rede, abra o HyperDeck Setup e clique na URL
do FTP ou pressione o ícone de cópia para colá-lo manualmente. Talvez seja necessário clicar
no link uma segunda vez caso o programa FTP não abra uma conexão.

3

Se você estiver abrindo uma conexão FTP manualmente, cole a URL no campo do servidor.
Marque “Anonymous Login”, se disponível.

Transferir Arquivos via Rede

894

4

Os cartões SD serão identificados como “sd1”. Se você expandir a pasta “usb”, todas os drives
USB conectados aparecerão na lista.

Agora você pode arrastar e soltar arquivos usando a interface FTP.

Transferir Arquivos via Rede895

Informações para DesenvolvedoresBlackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Informações para Desenvolvedores

896

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Informações para Desenvolvedores

897

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Informações para Desenvolvedores

898

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Informações para Desenvolvedores

899

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Informações para Desenvolvedores

900

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Informações para Desenvolvedores

901

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

902

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Informações para Desenvolvedores903

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Informações para Desenvolvedores

904

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

905

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

906

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Informações para Desenvolvedores

907

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

908

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Informações para Desenvolvedores

909

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

910

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Informações para Desenvolvedores

911Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

912

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

913

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

914

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

915

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

916

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

917

HyperDeck Control REST API
Se você é um desenvolvedor de software, poderá criar aplicativos personalizados ou usufruir deferramentas prontas para uso, como o cliente REST ou o Postman, para controlar e interagir com
gravadores de disco HyperDeck usando a API HyperDeck Control REST. Essa API permite que vocêexecute uma ampla gama de operações, como iniciar ou parar gravações, gerenciar a reprodução,acessar informações de disco e muito mais. Seja desenvolvendo um aplicativo personalizado
adaptado às suas necessidades específicas ou utilizando ferramentas existentes, essa API permite
que você explore todo o potencial dos gravadores de disco HyperDeck com facilidade.
Aguardamos ansiosamente para conhecer suas soluções criativas.

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

918

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Informações para Desenvolvedores

919

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

920

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

921

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Informações para Desenvolvedores

922

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

923

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

924

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

925

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Informações para Desenvolvedores

926

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundInformações para Desenvolvedores

927

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Informações para Desenvolvedores

928

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

929

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Informações para Desenvolvedores

930

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

931

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Informações para Desenvolvedores

932

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

933

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

934

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

935

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

936

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

937

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

938

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

939

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

940

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informações para Desenvolvedores

941

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informações para Desenvolvedores

942

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Informações para Desenvolvedores

943

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Informações para Desenvolvedores

944

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Informações para Desenvolvedores

945

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Informações para Desenvolvedores

946

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Informações para Desenvolvedores

947

AjudaObtendo Ajuda
A maneira mais rápida de obter ajuda é visitando as páginas de suporte online daBlackmagic Design e consultando os materiais de suporte mais recentes disponíveis para o seu
gravador de disco Blackmagic HyperDeck.

Central de Suporte Técnico Online Blackmagic Design
O manual, o software e as notas de suporte mais recentes podem ser encontrados na Central deSuporte Técnico da Blackmagic Design em www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support.

Fórum Blackmagic Design
O fórum da Blackmagic Design no nosso site é um recurso útil que você pode acessar para obter
mais informações e ideias criativas. Também pode ser uma maneira mais rápida de obter ajuda, pois
já podem existir respostas de outros usuários experientes e da equipe da Blackmagic Design, o que
o ajudará a seguir em frente. Você pode visitar o fórum em https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Entrar em Contato com o Suporte Técnico Blackmagic Design
Caso não encontre a ajuda que precisa no nosso material de suporte ou no fórum, use o botão
“Envie-nos um email” na página de suporte para nos encaminhar uma solicitação de suporte. Comoalternativa, clique no botão “Encontre sua equipe de suporte local” na página de suporte e ligue
para a sua assistência técnica da Blackmagic Design mais próxima.

Verificar a Versão de Software InstaladaPara verificar a versão do software Blackmagic HyperDeck instalada no seu computador, abra a
janela “Sobre Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup”.
 No macOS, abra o Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup na pasta de aplicativos. Selecione “Sobre
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup” no menu de aplicativos para revelar o número da versão.
 No Windows, abra o utilitário Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup a partir do menu “Iniciar” ou da telainicial. Clique em “Ajuda” na barra de menu e selecione “Sobre Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup”
para revelar o número da versão.

Como Obter as Atualizações de Software Mais Recentes
Após verificar a versão do software Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup instalado no seu computador, porfavor visite a Central de Suporte Técnico da Blackmagic Design em
www.blackmagicdesign.com/br/support para conferir as últimas atualizações. Embora sejaaconselhável executar as atualizações mais recentes, você deve evitar atualizar aplicativos caso
esteja no meio de um projeto importante.

Ajuda

948

Informações Regulatórias
Eliminação de resíduos de equipamentos elétricos e eletrônicos dentro da União Europeia
O símbolo no produto indica que este equipamento não pode ser eliminado com outros
materiais residuais. Para descartar seus resíduos de equipamento, ele deve ser entregue aum ponto de coleta designado para reciclagem. A coleta separada e a reciclagem do seu
equipamento descartado no momento do descarte ajudará a conservar os recursos
naturais e garantir que ele seja reciclado de maneira a proteger a saúde humana e o meio
ambiente. Para mais informações sobre onde você pode descartar seu equipamento usado
para reciclagem, entre em contato com a agência de reciclagem da sua cidade local ou orevendedor do produto adquirido.
Este equipamento foi testado e respeita os limites para um dispositivo digital Classe A,
conforme a Parte 15 das normas da FCC. Esses limites foram criados para fornecer proteção
razoável contra interferências prejudiciais quando o equipamento é operado em um
ambiente comercial. Este equipamento gera, usa e pode irradiar energia de radiofrequência
e, se não for instalado ou usado de acordo com as instruções, poderá causar interferências
prejudiciais nas comunicações via rádio. A operação deste produto em uma árearesidencial pode causar interferência prejudicial. Nesse caso o usuário será solicitado a
corrigir a interferência às suas próprias custas.
A operação está sujeita às duas condições a seguir:
1

Este dispositivo não poderá causar interferência nociva.

2

Este dispositivo deve aceitar qualquer interferência recebida, incluindo interferência
que possa causar um funcionamento indesejado.

R-R-BMD-20211410001
Declaração ISED (Canadá)
Este dispositivo está em conformidade com as normas canadenses aplicáveis aos
aparelhos digitais de Classe A.
Quaisquer modificações ou utilização deste produto fora dos limites previstos poderãoanular a conformidade com estas normas.
A conexão às interfaces HDMI deve ser feita com cabos HDMI blindados de altaqualidade.
Este equipamento foi testado para conformidade com o uso pretendido em um ambiente
comercial. Se o equipamento for usado em um ambiente doméstico, ele poderá causar
interferência radioelétrica.

Informações Regulatórias

949

Informações de Segurança
O produto é adequado para uso em locais tropicais com temperatura ambiente de até 40 oC.
Certifique-se de que ventilação adequada seja fornecida ao redor do produto e não esteja
restringida.
Não há componentes internos reparáveis pelo operador. Solicite o serviço de manutenção à
assistência técnica local da Blackmagic Design.
Utilize apenas em altitudes até 2000 m acima do nível do mar.
Declaração do Estado da Califórnia
Este produto pode expô-lo a produtos químicos, tais como vestígios de bifenilos polibromados
dentro de peças de plástico, que é conhecido no estado da Califórnia por causar câncer e defeitoscongênitos ou outros danos reprodutivos.
Para mais informações, visite www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Escritório Europeu
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Informações de Segurança

950

Garantia
12 Meses de Garantia Limitada
A Blackmagic Design garante que este produto estará livre de defeitos de materiais e fabricação porum período de 12 meses a partir da data de compra. Se o produto apresentar defeito durante este
período de garantia, a Blackmagic Design, a seu critério, consertará o produto com defeito sem cobrançapelos componentes e mão de obra, ou providenciará a substituição em troca pelo produto defeituoso.
Para obter o serviço sob esta garantia você, o Consumidor, deve notificar a Blackmagic Design dodefeito antes da expiração do período de garantia e tomar as providências necessárias para odesempenho do serviço. O Consumidor é responsável pelo empacotamento e envio do produto
defeituoso para um centro de assistência designado pela Blackmagic Design com os custos de envio
pré-pagos. O Consumidor é responsável pelo pagamento de todos os custos de envio, seguro, taxas,
impostos e quaisquer outros custos para os produtos que nos forem devolvidos por qualquer razão.
Esta garantia não se aplica a defeitos, falhas ou danos causados por uso inadequado ou manutenção
e cuidado inadequado ou impróprio. A Blackmagic Design não é obrigada a fornecer serviços sob estagarantia: a) para consertar danos causados por tentativas de instalar, consertar ou fornecer assistência
técnica ao produto por pessoas que não sejam representantes da Blackmagic Design, b) para consertar
danos causados por uso ou conexão imprópria a equipamentos não compatíveis, c) para consertar
danos ou falhas causadas pelo uso de componentes ou materiais que não são da Blackmagic Design,d) para fornecer assistência técnica de um produto que foi modificado ou integrado a outros produtos
quando o efeito de tal modificação ou integração aumenta o tempo ou a dificuldade da assistência
técnica do serviço. ESTA GARANTIA É FORNECIDA PELA BLACKMAGIC DESIGN NO LUGAR DEQUAISQUER OUTRAS GARANTIAS, EXPLÍCITAS OU IMPLÍCITAS. A BLACKMAGIC DESIGN E SEUS
FORNECEDORES NÃO OFERECEM QUAISQUER GARANTIAS IMPLÍCITAS DE COMERCIALIZAÇÃOOU ADEQUAÇÃO A UM PROPÓSITO ESPECÍFICO. A RESPONSABILIDADE DA BLACKMAGIC DESIGNDE REPARAR OU SUBSTITUIR PRODUTOS DEFEITUOSOS É O ÚNICO E EXCLUSIVO RECURSOFORNECIDO AO CLIENTE PARA QUAISQUER DANOS INDIRETOS, ESPECIAIS, INCIDENTAIS OUCONSEQUENTES INDEPENDENTEMENTE DE A BLACKMAGIC DESIGN OU O FORNECEDOR TEREM
SIDO AVISADOS PREVIAMENTE SOBRE A POSSIBILIDADE DE TAIS DANOS. A BLACKMAGIC DESIGNNÃO É RESPONSÁVEL POR QUAISQUER USOS ILEGAIS DO EQUIPAMENTO PELO CONSUMIDOR.
A BLACKMAGIC NÃO É RESPONSÁVEL POR QUAISQUER DANOS CAUSADOS PELO USO DESTE
PRODUTO. O USUÁRIO DEVE OPERAR ESTE PRODUTO POR CONTA E RISCO PRÓPRIOS.
© Direitos autorais 2024 Blackmagic Design. Todos os direitos reservados. “Blackmagic Design”, “DeckLink”, “HDLink”, “Workgroup
Videohub”, “Multibridge Pro”, “Multibridge Extreme”, “Intensity” e “Leading the creative video revolution” são marcas comerciais
registradas nos Estados Unidos e em outros países. Todos os outros nomes de empresas e produtos podem ser marcas comerciais
de suas respectivas empresas com as quais elas são associadas.

Garantia951

Temmuz 2024

Kurulum ve Kullanım Kılavuzu

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
TürkçeHoş GeldinizBlackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk kaydedicinizi satın aldığınız için teşekkür ederiz!
İlk Blackmagic HyperDeck disk kaydedicileri tasarladığımızda, hızlı SSD depolama kullanarak
video kaydını ve oynatımını kolaylaştırmak istedik. Şu an, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’yi sunmaktan
heyecan duyuyoruz!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, masaüstünüz için tasarlanmış, küçük, taşınabilir bir HDMI video kayıt
cihazıdır. Büyük bir arama kadranının ve alışık olduğunuz aktarım kontrollerinin, kayıt cihazını tekelle çalıştırmanıza olanak vermesi, canlı yapımda bir ATEM Mini switcher ile birlikte kullanmaküzere HyperDeck Shuttle HD'yi mükemmel bir eş haline getirir. HyperDeck Shuttle HD'yi, bir
teleprompter olarak bile kullanabilirsiniz!
ProRes, DNxHD ya da H.264 kodeklerini kullanan HyperDeck Shuttle HD, yıldırım gibi hızlı kayıt
ve oynatım için SD kartlara veya harici flaş disklere kayıt yapar.
Bu kullanım kılavuzunun en güncel versiyonu ve HyperDeck yazılım güncellemeleri için lütfen,
www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr adresindeki destek sayfamıza bakın. Yazılımınızı güncel tutarak,daima en son özelliklere sahip olduğunuzdan emin olabilirsiniz. Yeni yazılımlar çıktığında
size duyurabilmemiz için yazılımı indirirken, lütfen güncel bilgilerinizle sitemize kaydolun.
Yeni özellikler ve geliştirmeler üzerinde sürekli çalıştığımızdan, yorumlarınızı almaktan
mutluluk duyarız!

Grant Petty
Blackmagic Design CEOİçindekilerBaşlarken 955

Kurulum

980

Güç Kaynağının Takılması

955

Dahili Yazılımın Güncellenmesi

986Video ve Sesin Bağlanması

956

Ortamın Takılması956

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

987

Video Kaydı

957

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler

991

Oynatım

958

Arama Kadranının Kullanımı959

Ayarların Değiştirilmesi

961

AyarlarBlackmagic HyperDeck
Ethernet Protocol

991

Protocol Commands

991

962

Protocol Details

998

Kayıt Menüsü962HyperDeck Control REST API

1013

Monitör Menüsü

963Transport Control API

1013

Ses Menüsü

963

Depolama Menüsü

964

System Control API

1018

Kurulum Menüsü

966Media Control API

1021

Arka Panel

973

Timeline Control API

1023

Depolama Ortamı

974

Event Control API1025

SD Kart

974

Clips Control API

1026

Harici Disk

975

HyperDeck Control API

1026

Ortamın Formatlanması

975

Bir Mac Bilgisayarda Ortamın
Formatlanması

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

1036

975

messages

1036

Ortamın bir Windows
Bilgisayarda Formatlanması976

Device Properties

1038

Klasörde Arama

977

Yardım1043

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler

1044

Teleprompter Fonksiyonunun Kullanımı 978
Teleprompter Oynatım Hızının Kontrolü

978

Güvenlik Bilgileri

1045Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

979

Garanti

1046

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

954Başlarken
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nizi kullanmaya başlamak için; güç kaynağını bağlamanız, bir HDMI video
kaynağı takmanız, bir SD kart veya harici ortam yerleştirmeniz ve ardından kaydet butonuna
basmanız yeterlidir!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınızı kullanmaya nasıl başlayacağınızı, kılavuzun bu bölümü gösterir.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Güç Kaynağının Takılması
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nize güç vermek için beraberinde gelen güç adaptörünü, arka paneldeki
güç girişine takın. Kilitleme halkasının sıkılması, kazayla çıkmasını önlemek üzere güç
kablosunu sabitler.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Güç adaptörünün kablosunu, HyperDeck
Shuttle HD'nin güç girişine bağlayınBaşlarken

955Video ve Sesin Bağlanması
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nize video bağlantısı yapmak için, arka paneldeki HDMI girişine bir HDMI
video kaynağı takın.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Bir ATEM Mini switcher ya da HDMI televizyon gibi hedef ekipmanlarınızı, HDMI
çıkışına bağlayın.
HyperDeck'inizin ayarlarını değiştirirken, ayarlar menüsünü görüntülemek için de HDMI çıkışı
kullanılır. Çünkü ayarlar menüsü, HDMI girişindeki video katmanı aracılığıyla görüntülenir. Menüayarları hakkında daha fazla bilgiyi, bu kılavuzun ilerisindeki ‘Ayarların Değiştirilmesi’ bölümünde
bulabilirsiniz.
BİLGİ Giriş video kaynağınızı, bağlı ekranda göremiyorsanız muhtemelen oynatım
modunda olabilirsiniz. Kayıt modunu etkinleştirmek için ‘kayıt’ butonuna basın.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMI
Bir HDMI televizyon veya ATEM Mini switcher gibi hedef ekipmanlarınızı, HDMI çıkışına bağlayın

Ortamın Takılması
Tüm HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk kayıt cihazları, hiçbir ayarı yapılandırmaya gerek kalmadan,hemen kayıt yapmaya hazır bir şekilde satılırlar. İhtiyacınız olan tek şey, formatlanmış bir SD kart
veya harici disktir.
Menü ayarları üzerinden ortamı kolaylıkla formatlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir bilgisayar kullanarak daformatlayabilirsiniz. Daha fazla bilgi için bu kılavuzdaki 'Ortamın Formatlanması' bölümüne
başvurun. Video kaydetmek için en iyi ortam türleri hakkında bilgiler ile önerilen SD kartlar ve
disklerin bir listesini de orada bulabilirsiniz.
Bir SD kart takmak için:
1 Altın rengindeki konnektörler yukarı bakacak şekilde SD kartı tutun ve ortam yuvasıyla
hizalayın. Sıkı bir şekilde yerine kilitlendiğini hissedene dek, kartı yuvaya yavaşça itin.

Başlarken

956

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HyperDeck’iniz, SD kartı doğrular. HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nin üst tarafındaki ışıklı SDgöstergesi, doğrulama yapılırken yeşil yanar. Doğrulandıktan sonra gösterge kapanır.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Başlamak için yapmanız gerekenlerin hepsi bundan ibarettir ve artık HyperDeck Shuttle HD'niz,kayıt ve oynatım için hazırdır!
Kliplerin nasıl kaydedildiği ve oynatıldığı, ayarların nasıl değiştirildiği ve benzeri birçok konuda
ayrıntılı bilgi için bu kılavuzu okumaya devam edin.

SCR

Video Kaydı
Video kaynağınızın HDMI hedef ekipmanınızda görüntülendiğini teyit ettikten sonra, hemen
kayda başlayabilirsiniz!
Kaydı başlatmak için, ‘kayıt’ butonuna basın. Bir SD karta kayıt yaparken, SD göstergesinin yanısıra, ‘kayıt’ ve ‘oynat’ butonları da kırmızı yanar. Harici bir diske kayıt yaparken, ‘disk’ göstergesi
kırmızı yanar.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Kaydı bitirmek için ‘durdur’ butonuna basın.

Video Kaydı

957

Oynatım
Oynatımı başlatmak için ‘oynat’ butonuna basın. Oynatım sırasında, ‘oynat’ butonunun ışığı yanarve ‘disk’ ya da ‘SD’ ortam yuvasının göstergesi yeşil yanar.
Kaydedilmiş birden fazla klip varsa ‘ileri’ ve ‘geri’ atlama butonlarına basarak bunlar arasında
hızla hareket edebilirsiniz.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Atlama Butonlarının Kullanımı
Klibin başına gitmek için 'geri' atlama butonuna basın. Bu butona birden fazla basmak, dahaönce kaydedilmiş kliplerden geçerek geriye doğru gider.
Klipleriniz boyunca ilerlemek için ‘ileri’ atlatma butonuna basın. HyperDeck Setup yazılımında “identify
HyperDeck” (Hyperdeck’i tanımla) onay kutusu seçildiğinde de atlatma butonları yanıp söner.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Her klibin başına gitmek için 'ileri' ve ‘geri' atlama butonlarını kullanın.

BİLGİ Video dosyalarını oynatmak üzere HyperDeck'inizi, dosyaları kaydetmek içinkullanılan kodekle eşleşecek şekilde ayarlamanız gerekir. Bunu, menüyü kullanarak
yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazla bilgi için, bu kullanım kılavuzunun ilerisindeki 'AyarlarınDeğiştirilmesi' bölümüne başvurun.

Kliplerin Döngüye Alınması
Oynatım sırasında 'oynat' butonuna tekrar basmak, siz 'durdur' butonuna basana kadar
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nizi, tüm klipleri döngüye alacak şekilde ayarlar.
Tek klibi döngüye almak istiyorsanız HyperDeck'inizi ‘klip’ moduna alın ve oynatmak için bir vedöngüye almak için iki kez ‘oynat’ butonuna basın.
Tüm klipleri döngüye al

Oynatım sırasında, kaydedilmiş tüm klipleri döngüye almak için'oynat' butonuna ikinci kez basın

Oynatılan klibi döngüye al

Klip modundayken, oynatılan klibi döngüye almak için 'oynat'
butonuna ikinci kez basın
Oynatım

958

Klip Modu
Klip modu, oynatmayı tek bir kliple sınırlamanıza izin verir. Örneğin, klip modu
etkinleştirildiğinde, bir klibe hızlı geçiş yapabilir veya atlayabilirsiniz ve ardından, klip sonaerdiğinde oynatımın duracağını bilerek oynat butonuna basabilirsiniz.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Klip modu seçildiğinde, ‘oynat’ butonuna ikinci
kez basmak oynatılan klibi döngüye alır

Arama Kadranının Kullanımı
Arama kadranı, kliplerinizin arasında gezinmek ve oynatım için belirli anları seçmek veya kare
kare klipleri gözden geçirmek için hızlı bir yöntem sunar. Bu, kadranı çevirdikçe klibi gözünüzle
takip ederek belirli bir anı bulmanız gerektiğinde önemli olabilir. Ayrıca, canlı bir yayın sırasında
yayına alınacak bir klibin belirli bir noktasında, oynatım çubuğunu bekletmek için de yararlıdır.
Arama kadranı modları arasında; Jog (yavaş oynatım), Scroll (interaktif oynatım) ve Shuttle (hızlı
oynatım) bulunur.
YavaşOynatım
(Jog)

İnteraktif
Oynatım
(Scroll)

Hızlı
Oynatım
(Shuttle)

Klibi kare kare oynatarak hassas kontrol sağlar.
İnteraktif oynatım modu, tüm kayıtlı medyanız arasında hızla ileri
ve geri gitmenizi sağlar. Arama kadranını çevirdikçe, interaktif
oynatım modu hareketinize kilitlenir, böylece oynatımı neredenbaşlatacağınız üzerinde tam kontrole sahip olursunuz.
İnteraktif oynatım butonu (SCR) ayrıca, o anda oynatmaktaolduğunuz videonun dosya yolunu gösteren “klasörde arama”
penceresini de görüntüler. Klasörde arama fonksiyonu hakkındadaha fazla bilgi, bu kılavuzun ilerleyen kısımlarındaki “klasörde
arama” bölümünde bulunabilir.
Hızlı oynatım moduna girmek için ‘jog’ ve ‘scr’ butonlarınaeşzamanlı basın. Hızlı oynatım modundayken kadranı sola veya
sağa çevirerek, medyanızı geri veya hızlı ileri sarabilirsiniz. Kadranıçevirdikçe, medya maksimum hız olan x50’ye ulaşana kadar dahahızlı oynayacaktır. Hızlı oynatımı yavaşlatarak durdurmak içinkadranı tekrar başlangıç konumuna çevirin. Hızlı oynatım esnasında
belirli bir noktada durmak için, durdurma butonuna basın veya
oynatımı mevcut konumdan devam ettirmek için oynat butonuna
basın. Kurulum menüsü kullanılarak maksimum hızlı oynatım hızınındüşürülebileceğini belirtmekte fayda var. Daha fazla bilgi için bu
kılavuzun ilerleyen bölümlerindeki ‘Ayarlar’ kısmına bakınız.

Oynatım

959

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Yavaş oynatım ve interaktif oynatım arama modlarını
seçmek için özel 'JOG' veya 'SCR' butonlarına basın.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Bir arama modu seçildikten sonra, arama kadranını çevirinBİLGİ Normal oynatıma geçmek için, 'oynat' veya 'durdur' butonuna basın.

Oynatım

960

Ayarların Değiştirilmesi‘Menu’ butonuna basmak, ayarlar menüsünü açar. Bu menü, bağlı HDMI ekranınızın sol altköşesinde bir video katmanı olarak görüntülenir.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Ayarlar menüsünü açmak için ‘menu’ butonuna basın
SCR

Alt menüye veya ayara gitmek için arama kadranını kullanın

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Alt menüyü veya ayarı seçmek için 'set' butonuna basın

Arama kadranını ya da ileri ve geri atlama butonlarını kullanarak ayarları düzenleyin. ‘Set’
butonuna basarak seçimi onaylayın.
Menüden çıkmak üzere seçenekler boyunca geri gelerek ana ekrana dönmek için 'menu'
butonuna basın.
BİLGİ Kurulum menüsünü kullanarak, ekranınızın dört köşesinden herhangi birine
menüyü yerleştirebilirsiniz. ATEM Mini Extreme gibi bir HDMI switcher’e bağlanıldığında,ayarlarda değişiklik yapmayı tamamladıktan sonra, HDMI çıkışındaki sinyalin temiz bir
sinyal olduğundan emin olmak için menüyü kapatmanızı tavsiye ederiz.

Ayarların Değiştirilmesi

961

Ayarlar
Ayarlar menüsü; kayıt, monitör, ses, depolama ve kurulum olarak 5 ayrı bölümde düzenlenmiştir.
Bu alt menülerin her biri, HyperDeck Shuttle HD kontrol paneli kullanılarak çoğu ayarlanabilen,
ilgili ayarları kapsar. Dosya adı öneki gibi bazı ayarlar gridir ve yalnızca gösterilirler. Bu durumda,
HyperDeck Kurulum yardımcı programı aracılığıyla ayar yapılabilir.

Kayıt MenüsüGirişHyperDeck Shuttle HD HDMI girişini gösterir.

Kodek
HyperDeck Shuttle HD; H.264, Apple ProRes ve DNxHD kodeklerini kullanarak sıkıştırılmış
video kaydedebilir. Teleprompter işlevini kullanmak için 'teleprompter'i seçin.

Kayıt T0etiklemeGeçerli olan iki kayıt tetikleme modu vardır; video ile başlat/durdur ve zaman kodu ile tetikle.
Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K gibi bazı kameralar, harici kayıt cihazlarında kaydı
başlatmak ve durdurmak için HDMI bağlantısı üzerinden bir sinyal gönderir. 'Video ile başlat/durdur' seçeneğini kullanmak, kamerada kayıt düğmesine basıldığında, kaydı başlatması veya
durdurması için Hyperdeck'i tetikler.
HDMI girişi üzerinden geçerli bir zaman kodu sinyali aldığında kaydı başlatması için cihazı
tetiklemek üzere, 'zaman kodu ile tetikle' seçeneğini kullanın. Sinyal durduğunda, kayıt da durur.
'Hiçbiri' seçeneğini kullanarak kaydı tetiklemeyi etkisiz hale getirin.
NOT Bir HDMI kameradan kayıt yaparken, kameranızın video çıkışında bulunan
herhangi bir katman görüntünüzle birlikte kayıt edileceği için çıkışın temiz vekatmanların ise kapalı olduğundan emin olun.

Ayarlar962

Monitör Menüsü

Teleprompter Düzeni
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'yi teleprompter olarak kullanmak için gereken tüm ayarlar monitör
menüsündedir.
Yazı Boyutu
Yazı boyutu seçeneğini belirleyip ‘set’ butonuna basarak metnin boyutunu ayarlayın. Yazı
boyutunu artırmak için saat yönünde veya azaltmak için saat yönünün tersine kadranı çevirin.
Satır Aralığı
Satır aralığını artırmak veya azaltmak için kadranı çevirin.
Kenar Boşluğu
Teleprompter ekranının her iki tarafındaki kenar boşluklarının genişliklerini ayarlayın.
Ters Çevir
Teleprompter monitörünüz, bir kameranın önü veya bir podyumdaki konuşmacının önü gibi bir
cam üzerine yansıtılacak şekilde ayarlanmışsa sunumu yapan kişi için okunabilir hale getirmeküzere ‘ters çevirme’ ayarlarını kullanmanız gerekecektir. Kullanabileceğiniz iki ters çevirme
modu vardır:
Yatay Ters Çevir - Bunu, teleprompter monitörünün alt kısmı, camın tabanına en yakınmonte edildiğinde kullanın.
Dikey Ters Çevir - Bunu, teleprompter monitörünün alt kısmı, camın tabanından uzağa
monte edildiğinde kullanın.

Ses Menüsü

Ayarlar963

Kaydedilen Ses Kanalları
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, bir seferde 8 kanala kadar PCM ses kaydedebilir. Kaydedilen kanalsayısını seçmek için, kaydedilen ses kanalları listesini genişletin ve 2, 4 veya 8 kanal seçin.
Kodek, H.264 olarak ayarlanmışsa 2 kanal AAC sesi de seçebilirsiniz, böylece kayıtlarıdoğrudan YouTube'ye yükleyebilirsiniz.

Depolama MenüsüBağlanan ortam, depolama ayarlarında belirir. Ortam 1, takılan SD kartın adını listeler ve ortam 2,
harici disk bağlantısına takılan herhangi bir USB flaş diski gösterir. Blackmagic MultiDock 10G
gibi bir USB çoğaltıcı kullanıyorsanız, aktif olan disk görüntülenir.

Etkin Ortam
HyperDeck Shuttle kullanırken, aynı anda 1 adet SD kart, çok sayıda harici disk ve ağ depolamabağlayabilirsiniz. Yani, bir tek HyperDeck Shuttle disk kaydediciden kayıt için terabaytlarcaalana erişim sağlayabilirsiniz!
Sadece bir SD kart veya disk bağlı olduğunda, tüm oynatım ve kayıt için etkin ortamınız bu olur.
Birden fazla ortam kullandığınızda, kayıt ve oynatım için kullanmak üzere istediğiniz ortamı
seçebilirsiniz.
Etkin ortamı seçmek için:
1

Arama kadranını kullanarak depolama menüsünde “etkin ortam” seçeneğini vurgulayın ve
yanıp sönen “set” butonuna basın.

2Bağlı ortamlar listede görünür. Arama kadranını kullanarak kayıt için kullanmak istediğiniz
ortamı seçin.

Ayarlar964

Ağ Konumunu Ayarla
HyperDeck Shuttle, Blackmagic Cloud ve diğer ağ erişimli depolama alanlarındaki HD medyayı
Ethernet aracılığıyla oynatabilir.
Bir ağ depolama klasörüne bağlanmak için:
1

Arama kadranını ve “set” butonunu kullanarak “ağ konumunu ayarla” ibaresini seçin. Bir
yerel ağ arama menü ekranı belirir.

2

Yerel ağınızda bulunan tüm sunucular, bir listede görüntülenir. Arama kadranını kullanarak
sunucu ismine gelin ve seçmek için “set” butonuna basın. Sunucudaki mevcut paylaşımların
bir listesi belirir. Arama kadranını kullanarak seçmek istediğiniz paylaşıma gidin ve “set”
butonuna basın ve kullanmak istediğiniz klasör ekranın üst kısmında görüntüleninceyekadar basmaya devam edin.

3

Klasörün adı artık LCD ekranın üst kısmında görünür. Bu klasörü kayıt ve oynatım içinseçmek üzere arama kadranını kullanarak “bu konumu ayarla” seçeneğine gelin ve “set”
butonuna basın. Klasör adının yanında bir onay işareti belirir.

4Bağlandıktan sonra, Ortam 2 depolama listesindeki ağ konumlarının altında, bu
konum görünür.

HyperDeck Shuttle disk kayıt cihazlarındaki ikinci ortam yuvası hem USB hem de bağlı ağdaki
klasörler için ayrılmıştır. Bağlı olan USB diskler ve ağ depolama arasında seçim yapmak için,
depolama ortamı menüsünden “ortam 2”yi seçin ve yanıp sönen “set” butonuna basın. Ortam 2
listesindeki kullanmak istediğiniz depolama alanını seçin ve “set” butonuna basın. Şimdi,
depolama menüsüne geri döneceksiniz. Ayrıca, ortam 2 menüsündeki “ağ konumunu kaldır”
seçeneğini kullanarak, bir ağ depolama alanını kaldırabilirsiniz.

Ayarlar965

NOT Bir ağ klasöründen oynatım yaparken, HyperDeck Shuttle HD, sunucuda ziyaretçi
olarak oturum açıldığını varsayar. Oturum açma ve şifre gerektiren sunuculara, “menu”
ve “set” butonları kullanılarak erişim henüz desteklenmemektedir ama HyperDeck
Ethernet Protokolü kullanarak bilgileri girebilirsiniz.

Kaydı USB’ye Geçir Ayarı'Harici disk' usb bağlantısı üzerinden birden fazla diski bağlamak için bir Blackmagic MultiDock
10G veya benzer bir cihaz kullanıyorsanız kaydı USB’ye geçir ayarını açmak, kaydın bir harici
diskten diğerine geçmesini sağlar.

Ortamı Formatla
Kartlar ve arkadaki harici disk bağlantısı üzerinden bağlı ortam, doğrudan cihazda veya bir Mac
veya Windows bilgisayar üzerinden formatlanabilir.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD’de Ortamın Hazırlanması:
1

Arama kadranı ve ‘SET’ butonunu kullanarak, ‘Ortamı Formatla' seçeneğini seçin.

2

Formatlamak için listeden ortamı seçin ve ‘SET’ butonuna basın.

3

Formatı seçin ve ‘SET’ butonuna basın.

4

Hangi kartın formatlanacağını ve seçilen format seçeneğini ayrıntılı olarak gösteren bir onay
penceresi görünecektir. Formatla komutunu seçin.

5

Bir formatlama penceresi görünecektir. Formatlama biter bitmez ‘Tamam' butonuna basın.

HFS+ aynı zamanda Mac OS X Extended olarak da bilinir ve ‘journaling’ (günlükleme) tarzı dosya
sistemini desteklediğinden, tavsiye edilen formattır. Günlüklenen ortamdaki verilerin, depolama
ortamınızda nadiren olabilecek bozulma durumunda geri getirilmesi daha muhtemeldir. HFS+ Mac
tarafından yerel olarak desteklenir. exFAT ise herhangi bir ek yazılıma gereksinim duyulmadan,
Mac ve Windows tarafından yerel olarak desteklenir, fakat günlüklemeyi desteklemez. Bir Mac
veya Windows bilgisayarda ortamı formatlamak için, ortamın formatlanması bölümüne bakınız.

Kurulum Menüsü
Dil seçimi ve varsayılan format gibi ayarları kapsayan kurulum menüsü ayrıca; menü ekranı, ağayarları ve zaman kodu seçenekleri için bölümler içerir.

Ayarlar966İsimAğınızda birkaç HyperDeck Shuttle HD olduğunda, farklı cihazları tanımak için onlara ayrı ayrı
isimler vermeyi isteyebilirsiniz. Bu, Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımı üzerinden veya bir
terminal uygulaması kullanılarak Blackmagic Hyperdeck Ethernet Protokolü ile yapılabilir. Ad,
kurulum menüsünde görünür.

Dil
HyperDeck Shuttle HD 13 dili destekler. Desteklenen diller arasında; İngilizce, Çince, Japonca,
Korece, İspanyolca, Almanca, Fransızca, Rusça, İtalyanca, Portekizce, Türkçe, Ukraynaca ve
Polonyaca bulunur.
Dili seçmek için:
1

Kurulum menüsü seçiliyken, ‘set’ butonuna basın.

2

Dili seçmek için arama kadranıyla menüde ilerleyin ve ‘set’ butonuna basın.

3

Arama kadranını kullanarak dili seçin ve ‘set’ butonuna basın. Dil seçilir seçilmez, otomatikolarak kurulum menüsüne dönersiniz.

Yazılım
Mevcut yazılım sürümünü görüntüler.

KameraBu ayar; HyperDeck’i birkaç kameradan ISO kayıt, yani ayrı dosyalar kaydetmek içinkullanırken ve daha sonra onları DaVinci Resolve’de çok kameralı bir zaman çizelgesinde
kurgulamak için faydalıdır.
Her bir kamerayı temsilen kimlik harfleri, dosyaların metaverilerinde görünerek, Senkron Binözelliğini kullanırken, DaVinci Resolve’nin her bir kamerayı kolaylıkla belirlemesini sağlar.

A-Z arasında harfleri veya 1-9 arasında rakamları
kullanarak kameranıza bir kimlik verin.

Varsayılan Format
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, kullanmak istediğiniz video formatını bazen bilemez. Bu ayar, en sık
kullanmayı istediğiniz video formatını HyperDeck'in bilmesini sağlar.
Bir HyperDeck Shuttle HD'yi açtığınızda, bağlı video sinyali yoksa ve 2 farklı video formatınasahip dosyalar içeren bir disk yerleştirdiyseniz, buna iyi bir örnektir. HyperDeck’in hangi video
formatını oynatması gerekir? Varsayılan video formatı, hangi video formatını tercih ettiğiniz
konusunda cihazı yönlendirir ve cihaz, o formata geçerek dosyaları oynatır.
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'yi ilk açtığınızda, bir video giriş sinyalinin ve takılı bir diskin olmadığında
da varsayılan video fotmatı kullanışlıdır. Bu durumda HyperDeck, monitör çıkışı için hangi video
formatını kullanacağını bilmez. Varsayılan video formatı, ne yapacağı konusunda cihazı yönlendirir.
Ayarlar967

Bunların yanında, varsayılan video formatı yalnızca bir kılavuzdur. Hiçbir şeyi geçersiz kılmaz.
Yani, üzerinde sadece 1 tip video dosyası bulunan bir medya diskiniz varsa ve oynat düğmesinebasarsanız HyperDeck disk kaydedici o video formatına geçer ve videoyu oynatır. Bu durumda,
varsayılan video formatını yok sayar, çünkü yalnızca diskteki dosyaları oynatmak istediğiniz açıktır.
Kayıt için de benzer bir durum söz konusudur. Kayıt butonuna bastığınızda, HyperDeck, videogirişine bağlı olan video formatında kayıt yapar. Üstelik, kayıt tamamlandıktan sonra, diskte
varsayılan video formatıyla eşleşen başka dosyalar olsa bile, HyperDeck Shuttle HD diskteki
aynı formattaki video dosyalarını oynatır. Biraz önce kayıt işleminde kullandığınız video formatını
oynatmak istediğiniz varsayılır. Medya diskini cihazdan çıkartır ve tekrar takarsanız, sadece bu
durumda hangi tip dosyaların oynatılacağını seçmek için varsayılan video formatını kullanılır.
Varsayılan video formatı, sadece HyperDeck Shuttle HD ne yapacağı konusunda emin
olmadığında karar vermesine yardımcı olan bir kılavuzdur. Deck’in belirli bir şekilde
davranmasını zorlayan bir geçersiz kılma işlemi değildir.

Hızlı Sarım Azami Hızı
HyperDeck Shuttle HD'deki hızlı oynatımın azami hızı, 50 kat hızındadır. Bu hızı düşürmek
isterseniz farklı hız ön ayarlarından birini seçebilirsiniz.

Tarih ve Saat
Tarih ve saati doğru ayarlamak, HyperDeck Shuttle cihazınızın ağınızla aynı saat ve tarih bilgilerinesahip olmasını sağlar ve ayrıca, bazı ağ sistemlerinde oluşabilecek çakışmaları da önler.

Tarih ve Saati Otomatik Ayarla
Tarih ve saati otomatik olarak ayarlamak için “tarih ve saati otomatik ayarla” seçeneğini “açık”
olarak belirleyin. HyperDeck otomatik olarak tarih ve saati ayarlarken, NTP alanında belirlenmiş
zaman protokolü ağ sunucusunu kullanır. Tarih ve saati manuel olarak ayarlamak için bu
seçeneği “kapalı” olarak belirleyin.
NTP
Varsayılan NTP sunucusu, time.cloudflare.com’dur fakat HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımı ile
manuel olarak alternatif bir NTP sunucusu girebilirsiniz. NTP sunucusunun kurulumu hakkındadaha fazla bilgi için, bu kılavuzdaki “HyperDeck Setup” bölümüne bakın.
Tarih
Tarihi manuel olarak girmek için, tarih alanını seçin ve “set” butonuna basın. Menü kadranını
kullanarak, gün, ay ve yılı seçebilirsiniz.
Saat
Saati ayarlamak için, saati seçin ve “set” butonuna basın. Saat ve dakika ayarını yapmak içinmenü kadranını kullanın. Dahili saat 24 saatlik zaman formatındadır.
Ayarlar968

Menü Ayarları
Menü ayarlarını kullanarak, menünün bağlı olan HDMI ekranındaki yerini ve görünümünü
ayarlayabilirsiniz.

Görünüm
HyperDeck’inizin ekranı üzerindeki menüyü, koyu veya açık moda ayarlayın. Açık mod, medyakoyu olduğunda ya da teleprompter modundayken daha yüksek kontrast sunar.

Görünürlük
Bağlı ekrandaki menü katmanının görünürlüğü varsayılan seviye olan %100'den %20'ye kadardüşürmek için seviyeleri ayarlayın.
Konum
Menü katmanı, varsayılan olarak ekranın sol alt köşesindedir. Menüyü farklı bir yere taşımak için‘konum’u seçin ve ‘SET’ butonuna basın. Artık ekranın sol üst, sağ üst, sol alt veya sağ altköşesini seçebilirsiniz.

Ağ Ayarları

Ayarlar969

Protokol
Blackmagic Hyperdeck, DHCP'ye ayarlanmış olarak gelir, yani bir kez bağlandıktan sonra, ağ
sunucunuz otomatik olarak bir IP adresi atayacaktır ve başka bir ağ ayarının yapılması
gerekmez. Manuel bir adres belirlemeniz gerekiyorsa, statik bir IP üzerinden bağlanabilirsiniz.
Menüye erişmek için 'protokol' seçiliyken 'set' butonuna basın, 'Statik IP' seçeneğine gidin ve
tekrar 'set' butonuna basın.
IP Adresi, Alt Ağ Maskesi, Ağ Geçidi, Birincil DNS ve İkincil DNS
Statik IP seçildikten sonra, ağ bilgilerinizi manuel olarak girebilirsiniz.
IP adresini değiştirmek için:
1

Arama kadranını kullanarak 'IP Adresi' seçeneğini vurgulayın ve HyperDeck'inizin kontrol
panelindeki 'set' butonuna basın.

2

Arama kadranını kullanarak IP adresini ayarlayın, IP adresinizi ayarlamak için arama
kadranını döndürün, bir sonraki basamağı ayarlamadan önce, girdiğiniz değeri teyit etmeküzere 'set' butonuna basın.

3

Yaptığınız değişikliği onaylamak için 'set' butonuna basın ve bir sonraki basamağa ilerleyin.

IP adresini girme işlemini tamamladığınızda, alt ağ maskesini ve ağ geçidini ayarlamak için bu
adımları tekrarlayabilirsiniz. İşlemler tamamlandığında, menüden çıkmak ve ana ekrana geri
dönmek için 'menü' butonuna basın.

Zaman Kodu Ayarları
Kaynak zaman kodunu kaydetme, sistem saati zaman kodunu kaydetme veya zaman kodunuzu
manuel olarak ayarlama arasında seçim yapmak da dahil olmak üzere, zaman kodu giriş ve çıkış
seçeneklerinizi ayarlayın.

Giriş
Kayıt yaparken, dört tane zaman kodu girişi seçeneği vardır.

Video Girişi

Video girişinin seçilmesi, SMPTE RP 188 metaveri içeren HDMI kaynaklarından,
gömülü zaman kodunu alır. Bu, HDMI kaynağınız ile HyperDeck Shuttle HD’dekaydedilen dosya arasındaki senkronu muhafaza eder.

Dahili

Dahili zaman kodu üreteci aracılığıyla günlük saat zaman koduyla kaydetmek için,bu seçeneği kullanın.

Son Klipten Al

Zaman kodu girişiniz için ‘son klipten al’ opsiyonunu seçtiğinizde, dosyaların herbiri bir önceki klibin en son karesinden bir kare sonra başlar. Örneğin, ilk klibiniz
10:28:30:10’da bitiyorsa bir sonraki klibin zaman kodu 10:28:30:11’de başlayacaktır.

ÖnayarZaman kodunu manuel olarak ayarlamak istiyorsanız önayar seçeneğini belirleyin.
Kaydedilen klipler, bu bölümün ilerleyen sayfalarında gösterildiği üzere 'önayar'
ayarı aracılığıyla düzenlenen zaman kodunda başlar.

Ayarlar970

Kare Düşüren
29.97 veya 59.94 kare hızlarındaki NTSC kaynaklar için, ‘kare düşüren’ veya ‘kare düşürmeyen’zaman kodunu seçebilirsiniz. Kaynağın ne olduğu bilinmiyorsa ‘varsayılan’ı seçin. Bu işlem,girişin standardını muhafaza eder veya geçerli bir zaman kodu olmadığında, varsayılan ayar
olarak kare düşüren moda geçer.
ÖnayarZaman kodunuzu; 'set' butonuna basarak ve arama kadranı ile ‘set’ butonunu kullanmak
suretiyle başlangıç zaman kodunu girerek, manuel olarak ayarlayabilirsiniz. Giriş menüsünde'önayar'ın seçildiğinden emin olun.
ÇıkışÇıkışlarınız için zaman kodu seçeneklerinizi belirleyin.
ZamanÇizelgesi

Bir kart veya diskte kayıtlı tüm klipler için kesintisiz bir zaman kodu çıkarmak üzere
zaman çizelgesini seçin.

Klip

Klip seçeneği, her bir klibe ait zaman kodunu çıkarır.

Dosya Ayarları

Dosya Adı Öneki
Kurulumunu ilk yaptığınızda, HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınız aşağıdaki dosya adı düzenini
kullanarak, klipleri SD kartınıza veya USB Flaş diskinize kaydeder.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Ön Ek

HyperDeck_0001

Klip Numarası

Dosya adı öne ekini, HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımı ile değiştirebilirsiniz. Daha fazla bilgi
için, bu kılavuzun ilerleyen kısımlarındaki 'Blackmagic HyperDeck Kurulumu' bölümüne bakın.

Ayarlar971

Dosya Adı Tarih Eki
Dosya adına eklenen tarih bilgisi, fabrika ayarı olarak kapalı durumdadır. Dosya adına tarih vesaat bilgilerinin kaydedilmesini istiyorsanız, ‘dosya adı tarih eki’ seçeneğini etkin hale getirin.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Dosya Adı Öneki

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

YılHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Ay

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Gün

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Saat

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

DakikaHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Klip Numarası

Uzaktan Kontrol Ayarları
Uzaktan kontrol ayarı, HyperDeck'in diğer video ekipmanları, örneğin bir ATEM Mini Extreme
switcher tarafından uzaktan kontrol edilmesini sağlar.

Uzaktan Kontrol
Ethernet üzerinden uzaktan kontrolü etkinleştirmek için ‘uzaktan kontrol’ modunu seç. Cihazı
yerel olarak kontrol etmek için uzaktan kontrol seçimini kaldırın.

Sıfırlama Ayarları

Fabrika Ayarlarına SıfırlaHyperDeck'inizi fabrika ayarlarına geri döndürmek için kurulum menüsünde 'fabrika ayarlarınasıfırla’yı vurgulayın. 'Set' butonuna basar basmaz, sizden seçiminizi onaylamanız istenir.

Ayarlar972

Arka Panel
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

Güç
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, bir AC adaptör ile çalışır. Cihaz ile gelen güç kablosu, güç kesintisiniönlemek için kilitlenebilir bir konektöre sahiptir fakat, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’yi çalıştırmak
için herhangi bir 36W 12V güç kablosunu da kullanabilirsiniz.

2

SD KartKayıt ve oynatım için SD kartları yuvaya yerleştirin.

3

Ethernet
Ethernet portu; ağ depolama alanına kayıt, hızlı ftp aktarımları ve ağ medya yöneticisi
aracılığıyla http aktarımları için ağınıza bağlanmanızı sağlar. Üstelik, REST API veya
HyperDeck Ethernet Protokolünü kullanarak cihazı uzaktan kontrol edebilirsiniz. Ağ medya
yöneticisi veya bir FTP istemcisi aracılığıyla dosyaların aktarılması hakkında daha fazla bilgi
için, bu kılavuzdaki “Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosya Aktarımı” bölümüne bakın.
Bir ATEM switcher’in bağlı olduğu aynı ağı paylaştığında, ATEM switcher veya ATEM
donanım paneli kullanarak da HyperDeck’inizi kontrol edebilirsiniz.

4

Harici Disk
Harici disklere 5Gb/sn’ye kadar hızlarda kayıt yapmak için, USB-C konektöre bir flaş diskbağlayın. Bir veya daha çok sayıda SSD bağlamak üzere çok portlu USB-C hub cihazlarını
veya Blackmagic MultiDock 10G'yi bağlayabilirsiniz.

5

HDMI
HDMI çıkışını; HDMI televizyonlara, monitörlere ve hatta ATEM Mini Extreme gibi bir
switcher’e bağlayın. HDMI çıkışı, menü katmanını görüntülemek için de kullanılır.

Arka Panel973

Depolama Ortamı
SD KartYüksek kalitede HD kayıt için yüksek hızlı UHS-I SD kartları öneriyoruz. Ultra HD 2160p60’akadar kaydedebilmesi için bu kartların, 220MB/sn’nin üzerinde bir yazma hızına sahip
olmaları gerekir.
Ancak, daha yüksek sıkıştırma ile daha düşük bit hızında kayıt yapıyorsanız, daha yavaş kartlar
kullanabilirsiniz. Genel olarak, kartlarınız ne kadar hızlıysa o kadar iyidir.
Daha güncel bilgiler için düzenli olarak bu kılavuzun en güncel sürümüne bakmanızda fayda
vardır ve her zaman www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresindeki Blackmagic Designinternet sitesinden indirilebilir.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD ile hangi SD kartları kullanmalıyım?
60 fps’ye kadar 1080p için, aşağıdaki SD Kartlar önerilir.
Marka

Model

KapasiteAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G128T

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128GB

SONY

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128GB

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64GB

Depolama Ortamı

974

Harici Disk
Tüm HyperDeck modelleri, doğrudan USB-C flaş disklere kayıt yapabilir. Bu hızlı ve yüksek
kapasiteli diskler, uzun süreler boyunca video kaydetmenize olanak verir. Sonra, aynı flaş diski
bilgisayarınıza takabilir ve doğrudan bu diskten kurgulama yapabilirsiniz!
Daha da yüksek depolama kapasiteleri için bir USB-C docking istasyonu veya harici bir sabit
disk bağlayabilirsiniz. Blackmagic MultiDock 10G’nizi veya USB-C flaş diskinizi bağlamak için,
USB-C’ye bağlı olan cihazdan HyperDeck’nizin arka panelindeki ‘ext disk’ (harici disk) portuna
bir kablo bağlayın.

HyperDeck Shuttle HD ile hangi USB-C diskleri kullanmalıyım?
60 fps’ye kadar 1080p ProRes HQ için, aşağıdaki USB-C diskler önerilir.
Marka

Model

Kapasite

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500GB

60 fps’ye kadar 1080p DNxHD 220x için, aşağıdaki USB-C diskler önerilir:
Marka

Model

Kapasite

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

60 fps’ye kadar 1080p H.264 için, aşağıdaki USB-C diskler önerilir.
Marka

Model

Kapasite

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Ortamın Formatlanması
Bir Mac Bilgisayarda Ortamın Formatlanması
Mac ile gelen Disk Utility uygulaması, bir sürücüyü HFS+ veya exFAT formatlarında
formatlayabilir.
Diskte bulunan önemli dosyalarınızı yedeklediğinizden emin olun, çünkü formatlama
yapıldığında, diskteki her şey silinecektir.
1

Harici bir dock veya bir kablo adaptörü ile bilgisayarınıza bir USB flaş disk bağlayın ve
Time Machine yedeklemesi için SSD’nizi kullanma taleplerini içeren mesajları reddedin.
SD kartları, harici bir kart okuyucu üzerinden bilgisayarınıza bağlayın.

2

Uygulamalar/yardımcı yazılımlar sekmesine girin ve Disk Utility uygulamasını başlatın.

3

SD kart veya USB flaş diskinizin disk simgesini tıklayın ve sonra ‘erase’ (sil)sekmesine tıklayın.

4

Formatı ‘Mac OS Extended (Journaled)’ veya ‘exFAT’ olarak ayarlayın.

5

Yeni disk bölümü için bir isim girin ve sonra ‘sil’ üzerine tıklayın. Ortamınız hızlaformatlanacaktır ve HyperDeck ile kullanıma hazır hale getirilecektir.

Ortamın Formatlanması

975Ortamın bir Windows Bilgisayarda Formatlanması‘Format’ diyalog kutusu, bir Windows PC üzerindeki bir diski exFAT formatında formatlayabilir.
SSD veya SD kartınızda bulunan önemli dosyalarınızı yedeklediğinizden emin olun, çünkü
formatlama yapıldığında hepsi silinecektir.
1

Harici bir dock veya kablo adaptörüyle, bilgisayarınıza bir USB flaş disk bağlayın. SD kartları,
harici bir kart okuyucu üzerinden bilgisayarınıza bağlayın.

2Başlat menüsünü veya başlat ekranını açın ve bilgisayarım sekmesini seçin. USB flaşdiskinize veya SD kartınıza sağ tıklayın.

3İçerik menüsünden ‘format’ ibaresini seçin.

4

Dosya sistemini ‘exFAT’ olarak ve birim ayırma boyutunu da 128 kilobyte olarak ayarlayın.

5

Bir disk bölümü adı girin, ‘quick format’ (hızlı format) ibaresini seçin ve ‘start’ üzerine tıklayın.

6

Ortamınız hızla formatlanacaktır ve HyperDeck ile kullanıma hazır hale getirilecektir.

Ortamın Formatlanması

976

Klasörde Arama
Klasörde arama fonksiyonu; ortam kartlarında, disklerde ve ağ sürücülerinde klipleri bulabilmek
için bir dosya yolu katmanı açmanızı sağlar. Etkinleştirildiğinde, bu katman HDMI çıkışında
görünür ve ardından, interaktif oynatım butonunu, klip butonunu ve yavaş sarım tekerini
kullanarak dizinler arasında gezinebilirsiniz.
1

SCR ibareli interaktif oynatım butonuna basarak, klasörde arama penceresini açın.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

“Klasörde arama” penceresini HDMI çıkışında açmak için interaktif oynatım butonuna basın

2

Klasörden ilgilendiğiniz klibi bulana kadar, ekrandaki görüntüler arasında ilerleyin veya atlayın.

3

Klasörler arasında aşağı doğru ilerlemek için interaktif oynatım butonuna ve yukarı ilerlemekiçin klip butonuna basın.

Klasörde arama penceresini kapatmak için durdur butonuna basın veya pencereyi kapatmak vehemen oynatımı başlamak için “oynat” butonuna basın.
NOT Farklı bir kodek, çözünürlük veya kare hızı kullanılarak kaydedilen klipleri
görüntülemek için, HyperDeck’inizin kodeğini ve varsayılan formatını eşleşecek
şekilde ayarlayın.

Klasörde Arama

977

Teleprompter Fonksiyonunun Kullanımı
Standart bir RTF veya düz metin dosyası kullanarak, Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD’yi
teleprompter olarak kullanabilirsiniz. Dosyanızı TextEdit veya WordPad’de oluşturun ve
desteklenen 13 dilden herhangi birinde, zengin metin formatı veya düz metin dosyası olarak
kaydedin. HyperDeck Shuttle HD ile açıldıktan sonra, komut dosyanızın yazı tipi boyutunu ve
satır aralığını ayarlayabilirsiniz.
Teleprompteri kullanmak için:
1

HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nin HDMI çıkışını, kullanmak istediğiniz HDMI ekranına bağlayın.

2

Bir SD kart takın veya komut dosyanızı içeren harici bir USB flaş disk bağlayın.

3

Kayıt menüsünden kodek seçeneğini seçin. ‘Teleprompter’ ayarına gidin ve ‘ayarla’ya basın.

Komut dosyası ekranınızda görünecektir. Oynatım butonunu kullanarak, oynatımı otomatikolarak buradan başlatabilir veya ek kontrol için kadranı kullanabilirsiniz.

Teleprompter Oynatım Hızının Kontrolü
HyperDeck Shuttle HD üzerindeki büyük kadran, medya oynatımı için olduğu gibi teleprompter
modundayken, oynatımı kontrol etmek için de kullanılabilir. Bir komut dosyası yüklendiğinde,değişken hızlı oynatımı açmak için "jog" ve "scr" düğmelerine birlikte basın. Seçildikten sonra
kadranı çevirin. Komut dosyası, kadranın hareketine göre bir hızda hareket edecektir. Örneğin,kadran ne kadar hızlı çevrilirse, komut dosyası o kadar hızlı ilerler.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Sabit hızlar için, yavaş oynatım ve interaktif oynatım butonlarını ayrı ayrı kullanabilirsiniz. Bir kez
seçildiğinde, kadranı çevirmek komut dosyasını yavaş oynatım modunda sabit bir düşük hızda
veya interaktif oynatım modunda daha yüksek bir hızda hareket ettirir.
SD kartınızdaki veya harici diskinizdeki dosyalar arasında gezinmek için ileri ve geri tuşlarına basın.
Teleprompter Fonksiyonunun Kullanımı

978

Teleprompter; dosyadan kalın yazı tipinin ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını, yazı tipi boyutunu ve rengini
tanıyacaktır. Buna ek olarak, monitör menüsünü kullanarak, ekranı teleprompter camınayansıtırken, ekranı yatay veya dikey olarak çevirebilir veya yazı tipi boyutunu, satır aralığını vekenar boşluklarını değiştirebilirsiniz. Daha fazla bilgi için, bu kılavuzun daha önceki
kısımlarındaki 'menü ayarları' bölümüne bakın.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, ayarları değiştirmek ve HyperDeck’inizdeki dahili yazılımı
güncellemek için kullanabileceğiniz bir yardımcı yazılımdır.

Yazılımı yüklemek için:1

www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresinden, en son Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
yükleyici sürümünü indirin.

2

Bilgisayarınızda Blackmagic HyperDeck Kurulum yükleyicisini çalıştırın ve ekran talimatlarını
takip edin.

3

Yükleme tamamlandıktan sonra, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’nizi arka panelindeki USB veya
Ethernet bağlantısı aracılığıyla bilgisayara bağlayın.

4Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımını başlatın ve dahili yazılımı güncellemek içinekrandaki komutları takip edin. Herhangi bir komut belirmezse, bu dahili yazılımın güncel
olduğunu işaret eder ve yapmanız gereken başka bir şey yoktur.

Ayarlar menüsü açmak için HyperDeck görüntüsünü veya ayarlar simgesini tıklayın.
Ana ekran, HyperDeck Shuttle HD'nizi ve cihazın adını gösterecektir. Bu ad, bilgisayarınıza
birden fazla HyperDeck bağlandığında cihazı tanımlamaya yardımcı olur ve yardımcı yazılımın
ayarlar menüsü kullanılarak düzenlenebilir.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

979

Kurulum
Birden fazla HyperDeck disk kaydediciniz varsa kolay tanınmaları için her cihaza farklı bir isim
vermek isteyebilirsiniz. Bunu, isim alanına yeni bir ad girerek ve “set” butonuna tıklayarak
yapabilirsiniz. HyperDeck’in ismini değiştirilmek, kullanılan dijital sertifikaların hepsini geçersiz
kılar, bu yüzden bir sertifika imza talebi veya kendinden imzalı sertifika oluşturmadan önce ismideğiştirmekte fayda var.

HyperDeck’i Tanımla
Bu onay kutusuna tıklamak, HyperDeck Shuttle’nizin üst tarafındaki “atlatma” butonlarının yanıp
sönmesine neden olur. Birden fazla HyperDeck Shuttle’niz olduğunda ve HyperDeck Setup
yardımcı yazılımı aracılığıyla hangisine bağlı olduğunuzu belirlemek istediğinizde, bu
kullanışlı olabilir.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

980

Tarih ve Saat
Bu kutuyu işaretleyerek tarih ve saatinizi otomatik olarak ayarlayın. Tarih ve saati otomatik olarak
ayarlarken, HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınız NTP alanında belirlenmiş olan ağ zaman protokolü
sunucusunu kullanır. Varsayılan NTP sunucu, time.cloudflare.com’dur, fakat alternatif bir NTP
sunucusunu manuel olarak girebilir ve ardından “set” (ayarla) seçeneğini tıklayabilirsiniz.
Tarih ve saatinizi manuel giriyorsanız; tarih, saat ve saat diliminizi girmek için ilgili alanları
kullanın. Tarih ve saatin doğru ayarlanması, kayıtlarınızın ağınızla aynı saat ve tarih bilgilerinesahip olmasını sağlar ve ayrıca, bazı ağ depolama sistemlerinde oluşabilecek çakışmaları önler.

Ağ Ayarları
Protokol
HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınızı ATEM switcher’lerle kontrol etmek veya HyperDeck Ethernet
Protokolü aracılığıyla uzaktan kontrol etmek için sabit bir IP adresini manuel olarak ekleyerek
veya DHCP kullanarak, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’yi diğer ekipmanlarınızla aynı ağabağlamanız gerekir.

DHCP

HyperDeck Shuttle HD disk kaydedicileri, varsayılan olarak DHCP’ye ayarlanmış
olarak gelir. Dinamik ana bilgisayar yapılandırma protokolü veya diğer adıyla DHCP,
HyperDeck disk kaydedicinizi otomatikman tespit eden ve bir IP adresi atayan, ağ
sunucularındaki bir hizmettir. DHCP, Ethernet üzerinden ekipmanların bağlanmasını
ve IP adreslerinin birbirleriyle çakışmasını önlemeyi kolaylaştıran harika bir servistir.
Bilgisayarların ve ağ dağıtıcıların çoğu DHCP’yi destekler.

Statik IP“Static IP” seçiliyken, ağ detaylarınızı manuel olarak girebilirsiniz. Tüm cihazlarınbirbiriyle iletişim kurabilmesi için IP adreslerini manuel olarak ayarlarken, cihazlarınaynı alt ağ maskesi ve ağ geçidi ayarlarını paylaşıyor olması gerekir.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

981

Ağ Erişimi
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol aracılığıyla uzaktan kontrol ve dosya aktarımı için bir ağ üzerinden
HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye erişilebilir. Erişim, varsayılan olarak etkinleştirilmiştir, fakat ağ medya
yöneticisini veya HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol’ü kullanırken, ek güvenlik için bir kullanıcı adı veşifre ile erişim iznini etkinleştirmeyi veya erişimi etkisiz hale getirmeyi seçebilirsiniz.

Dosya Aktarım Protokolü
Onay kutusunu kullanarak, FTP üzerinden erişimi etkinleştirin veya etkisiz hale getirin.
CyberDuck gibi bir FTP istemcisi aracılığıyla erişim sağlıyorsanız, FTP adresini kopyalamak için
ikonu tıklayın. Daha fazla bilgi için, “bir ağ üzerinden dosya transferi” bölümüne bakın.
Web Media Manager
SD kartlara veya harici disklere kaydedilen medyaya, “web media manager” kullanılarak bir web
tarayıcısı aracılığıyla erişilebilir. Link’i tıkladığınızda veya kopyalayıp web tarayıcınıza
yapıştırdığınızda, ağınız üzerinden doğrudan SD kartlara dosya yükleyebileceğiniz veya
indirebileceğiniz basit bir arayüz açılır.
Varsayılan olarak erişim, HTTP aracılığıyla etkinleştirilir, ama erişimi tamamen devre dışıbırakabilir ya da “enabled with security only” (sadece güvenlik ile etkinleştir) seçeneğini
kullanarak, bir güvenlik sertifikası isteyebilirsiniz. Dijital sertifika kullanırken, web medya
yöneticisine bağlantılar HTTPS aracılığıyla şifrelenir. “Güvenlik sertifikası” hakkında daha fazlabilgi, dijital sertifikalar hakkında bölümündedir.
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
Mac bilgisayarlarda Terminal ve Windows bilgisayarlarda PuTTY gibi bir komut satırı yazılımını veHyperDeck Ethernet Protocol’ü kullanarak, HyperDeck disk kaydedicinize bağlanabilirsiniz. Bir
kullanıcı adı ve şifre ile veya bunlar olmadan erişim etkinleştirilebilir ya da tamamen devre dışıbırakılabilir. Netcat gibi bir yardımcı yazılım kullanırken, oturumunuzu şifrelemek için bir SSL
programı kullanabilirsiniz. Kullanılabilir komutlar hakkında daha fazla bilgi için bu kılavuzun“yazılım geliştiricileri için bilgiler” bölümüne bakın.
Yardımcı Yazılım Yönetimine İzin Ver (Allow Utility Administration)
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımına, disk kaydediciniz ağ veya USB aracılığıyla
bağlandığında erişilebilir. Kullanıcıların ağ üzerinden erişimini engellemek için sadece
USB’yi seçin.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

982

Güvenli Giriş Ayarları (Secure Login Settings)

HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol üzerinden erişim için “enabled with security only” (sadece
güvenlik ile etkinleştir) seçeneğini seçtiyseniz bir kullanıcı adı ve şifre girmeniz gerekir. Bir
kullanıcı adı ve şifre yazın ve “save” (kaydet) seçeneğini tıklayın. Şifre girildikten sonra, şifre
alanı boş görünür. Bir kullanıcı adı ve şifre belirlendikten sonra, “enabled with security only”
seçilirse web medya yöneticisine erişirken bu bilgileri girmeniz gerekir.

Güvenlik Sertifikası
HTTPS aracılığıyla web medya yöneticisi erişimini etkinleştirmek için ya da HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol sadece güvenli seçeneğine ayarlandığında, bir güvenlik sertifikasına ihtiyacınız olur. Bu
dijital sertifika, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’niz için bir kimlik kartı işlevi görür, böylece gelen tümbağlantılar, doğru cihaza bağlandıklarını teyit edebilirler. Bir güvenlik sertifikası kullanmak,
cihazın kimliğini doğrulamanın yanı sıra, HyperDeck Shuttle HD ile bir bilgisayar veya sunucu
arasında iletilen verilerin şifrelenmesini sağlar. Güvenli oturum açma ayarlarını kullanırken,bağlantı sadece şifrelenmekle kalmaz, ayrıca erişim için kimlik doğrulaması gerektirir.
Bir sertifika yetkilisi tarafından imzalanmış güvenlik sertifikası veya kendinden imzalı sertifika
olmak üzere, HyperDeck Shuttle ile kullanabileceğiniz iki sertifika türü bulunur. Bazı kullanıcı işakışları için kendinden imzalı bir sertifika yeterince güvenli olabilir. Yerel bir ağ üzerinden
HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye erişim, buna örnektir.
Kendinden imzalı bir sertifika oluşturmak için “create certificate” (sertifika oluştur) seçeneğine
tıklayın. Kendinden imzalı bir sertifika kullanmakla ilgili riskleri anladığınızı doğrulamanız
istenecektir. “Create” (oluştur) tıklandıktan sonra, HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımındaki“domain” (alan adı), “issuer” (düzenleyen) ve “valid until” (son geçerlilik tarihi) alanları, sertifika
bilgileri tarafından otomatik doldurur.

Fabrika ayarlarına sıfırlama işleminin ardından, varolan sertifikaların hepsi silinir, fakat, “remove”
butonunu tıklayarak ve komutları takip ederek, istediğiniz zaman silebilirsiniz.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

983

HTTPS kullanarak medya dosyalarına erişmek için kendinden imzalı bir sertifika kullanırken,
internet tarayıcınız siteye erişmenin riskleri konusunda sizi uyarır. Bazı internet tarayıcıları, riskleri
anladığınızı onayladığınızda ilerlemenize izin verirken, başka internet tarayıcıları ilerlemenizi
tamamen engelleyebilir.

Herhangi bir internet tarayıcısına erişim sağlanmasını garantilemek için, imzalı bir sertifika
kullanmanız gerekir.
İmzalı bir sertifika temin etmek için önce, Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımını
kullanarak bir sertifika imzalama talebi veya CSR oluşturmanız gerekir. Bu imzalama talebi dahasonra imzalanmak üzere CA olarak da bilinen bir sertifika yetkilisine veya BT departmanınıza
gönderilir. Tamamlandığında, HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınıza yükleyebileceğiniz, .cert, .crt
veya .pem dosya uzantılı imzalı bir sertifika geri gönderilecektir.
HyperDeck
MENU

Sertifika

Yetki

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Sertifika imzalama talebini (certificate signing request - CSR) oluşturmak için:
1“Generate signing request” (imza talebi oluştur) butonunu tıklayın.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

984

2

HyperDeck için ortak bir isim ve alternatif konu adı girmenizi isteyen bir pencere belirir.
Aşağıdaki tabloyu kullanarak tüm diğer detayları istediğiniz gibi değiştirin.

Bilgi

Tanım

Örnek

Common Name (Ortak İsim)Kullanacağınız alan adı

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative Name
(Alternatif Konu Adı)

Alternatif bir alan adı

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Country (Ülke)Kurumunuzun bulunduğu ülkeAU

State (Eyalet)İl, bölge, ülke veya eyalet

Victoria

Location (Konum)

Kasaba, şehir, köy vb. isim

Port Melbourne

Organization Name (Kurum Adı)

Kurumunuzun adıBlackmagic Design

3

Sertifika detaylarını doldurduktan sonra, “create” (oluştur) seçeneğine basın.

Bir .csr oluşturduğunuzda, bir genel ve özel anahtar da oluşturmuş olursunuz. Genel anahtar,
imzalama talebine dahil edilecek, özel anahtar ise cihazda kalacaktır. CA veya BT departmanı,imzalama talebindeki bilgileri şirketinizle doğruladıktan sonra, genel anahtarınızla birlikte
yukarıdaki bilgileri içeren, imzalı bir sertifika oluşturacaktır.
Yüklendikten sonra, HyperDeck’in kimliğini doğrulamak ve bir SSL yazılımı kullanırken HTTPS
veya HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol aracılığıyla veri paylaşımını şifrelemek ve şifresini çözmek
için HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazı, genel ve özel anahtarı kullanacaktır.
İmzalı bir sertifikayı yüklemek için:
1“Import signed certificate” (imzalı sertifikayı yükle) ibaresini tıklayın.

2

Dosya tarayıcıyı kullanarak imzalı sertifikanın konumuna gidin ve dosyayı seçtikten sonra“open” (aç) seçeneğini tıklayın.

Alan adı, düzenleyen ve son geçerlilik tarihi alanları, sertifika yetkilisinden gelen bilgilerle
güncellenecektir. Genellikle, imzalı bir sertifika yaklaşık bir yıl geçerlidir, bu nedenle geçerlilik
tarihinin sonuna yaklaşırken, işlemin tekrarlanması gerekecektir.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

985

Bir alan adı seçildiğinden, HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazı için alan adı sistemi (DNS) girdisiniçözümleme konusunda BT departmanınızla konuşmanız gerekecektir. Bu, HyperDeck Shuttle
HD’nin IP adresi için tüm trafiği, imzalama talebinde seçilmiş olan alan adı adresineyönlendirecektir.
Bu ayrıca, “web media manager” aracılığıyla dosyalara erişmek için kullandığınız HTTPS adreside olacaktır. Örneğin, https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com
Fabrika ayarlarına sıfırlama işleminden sonra, sertifikanın geçersiz olacağını ve yeni bir
sertifikanın oluşturulup imzalanması gerekeceğini belirtmekte fayda var.

Dosya Ayarları

İlk kurulduğunda HyperDeck Shuttle HD’niz, ön ek olarak ‘HyperDeck’i kullanarak klipleri SD
kartınıza veya USB flaş diskinize kaydeder. Ön eki değiştirmek için yeni bir dosya adı yazın.
Dosya adına eklenen zaman bilgisi, varsayılan olarak kapalı durumdadır. Dosya adınıza tarih ve
saatin kaydedilmesini istiyorsanız bu işlevi etkinleştirin. Dosya adı ön eki ve zaman bilgisi
ayarları, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’deki ekran menüsü aracılığıyla da yapılabilir.

Fabrika Ayarlarına SıfırlaHyperDeck cihazınızı fabrika ayarlarına sıfırlamak için “fabrika ayarlarına sıfırla”yı seçin. Fabrika
ayarlarına sıfırlama, mevcut sertifikayı geçersiz kılar. Güvenli sertifika kullanılıyorsa bir sertifika
yetkilisi veya BT departmanı tarafından imzalanacak yeni bir sertifika imzalama talebioluşturmanız gerekecektir.

Dahili Yazılımın Güncellenmesi
Dahili yazılımı güncellemek için:1

www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresinden, en son Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup
yükleyicisini indirin.

2

Bilgisayarınızda Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yükleyicisini çalıştırın ve ekran talimatlarını
takip edin.

3

Yükleme tamamlandıktan sonra, HyperDeck Shuttle HD’nizi arka panelindeki USB veya
Ethernet bağlantısı aracılığıyla bilgisayara bağlayın.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

986

4

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımını başlatın ve dahili yazılımı güncellemek içinekrandaki komutları takip edin. Herhangi bir komut belirmezse, bu dahili yazılımın güncel
olduğuna işaret eder ve yapmanız gereken başka bir şey yoktur.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi
HyperDeck Shuttle HD, hem HTTPS olarak bilinen güvenli bağlantılı metin aktarım protokolü
hem de FTP olarak bilinen dosya aktarma protokolü üzerinden dosya transferini destekler. Bu,
bir ağ aracılığıyla yerel bir ağın sağlayabileceği yüksek hızlarda, dosyaları doğrudan
bilgisayarınızdan HyperDeck cihazınıza kopyalamanızı mümkün kılar. Örneğin, monitör
duvarlarında ve dijital tabelalarda video oynatımı için kullanılan bir HyperDeck cihazına yeni
dosyalar kopyalıyor olabilirsiniz.
Herhangi bir dosyayı, HyperDeck cihazınıza ya da HyperDeck cihazınızdan aktarabilirsiniz fakat,
HyperDeck Shuttle HD’den oynatmayı düşündüğünüz dosyaların, HyperDeck’inizin desteklediği
kodeklerle ve çözünürlüklerle uyumlu olması gerektiğini belirtmemizde fayda var.
BİLGİ HyperDeck cihazınız kayıt yaparken, bir ağ üzerinden dosyaları transfer
edebilirsiniz. Kayıt işleminin etkilenmemesi için HyperDeck cihazı aktarım hızlarınıotomatikman ayarlayacaktır.
Bu protokollerin herhangi biri üzerinden HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye erişim, HyperDeck Setup
yardımcı yazılımı aracılığıyla etkinleştirilebilir veya etkisiz hale getirilebilir. Örneğin; aynı anda
FTP erişimini devre dışı bırakabilir ve HTTPS erişimini etkinleştirebilirsiniz.

HTTPS aracılığıyla HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye Bağlanma
HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye “web media manager” üzerinden erişmek için ağ erişim ayarlarındaki
URL’ye ihtiyacınız olur. Ağ erişim ayarları, bilgisayarınız USB veya Ethernet aracılığıyla
bağlandığında HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımında belirir, fakat yalnızca Ethernet bağlı
olduğunda etkisiz olurlar.
1

Bir USB-C kablosu kullanarak, arka paneldeki USB portu üzerinden bilgisayarınızı
HyperDeck Shuttle HD’ye bağlayın ve HyperDeck Setup yazılımını açın. Cihaz adının
yanında bir USB bağlantı ikonu göreceksiniz. Ayarları açmak için dairesel ikonu veya ürüngörüntüsünün herhangi bir yerini tıklayın.

2

Kendi imzaladığınız bir sertifikayı kullanırken, ağ erişim ayarlarına gidin ve URL’nin yanındaki
kopyalama simgesini tıklayın. URL, HyperDeck’inizin ismine bağlıdır. URL’yi değiştirmek içincihazın ismini değiştirin.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

987

Kendinden imzalı bir sertifika kullanırken bu bağlantıyı tıklayın

3

Bir sertifika yetkilisi veya BT departmanı tarafından imzalanmış bir sertifikayı yüklüyorsanız,geçerli sertifikanın adresini kopyalayıp alan adı kısmına yapıştırın.

Alan adı adresini kopyalayın ve bir tarayıcıya yapıştırın

4İnternet tarayıcısını açın ve adresi yeni bir pencereye yapıştırın. Yalnızca güvenlik bilgileriyleerişimi etkinleştirdiyseniz HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımında ayarlanan kullanıcı adını veşifreyi girmeniz istenir.

Kendinden imzalı bir sertifikayı kullanırken, bağlantının gizliliğine ilişkin bir web tarayıcı uyarısı
belirir ve bu, HyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımı aracılığıyla, imzalanmış güvenilir bir sertifikanın
yüklenmemiş olduğu anlamına gelir.
Geçerli ve güvenilir bir sertifika olmadan devam etmek için riskleri kabul etmek ve internet
sitesine ilerlemek için tarayıcınızın talimatlarını takip edin.

Web Media Manager Kullanarak Dosya Aktarımı“Web media manager” tarayıcı penceresini ilk açtığınızda, dosyalarınızın ilgili ortam yuvalarıüzerinden sıralandığını göreceksiniz.
SD1

SD kartlardaki MedyaUSBBağlı olan USB diskleri, USB/ ön ekiyle listelenir.

SD kartın veya diskin içeriğini ortaya çıkarmak için ortamı çift tıklayın.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

988

Dosya eklemek için “upload” (yükle) butonunu tıklayın

Oynatım için dosyaları uzaktan eklemek için “upload” (yükle) butonunu tıklayın. Dosya tarayıcıyı
kullanarak, dosyanıza gidin ve “upload” ibaresini tıklayın. Yükleme sırasında bir durum penceresi
görünecektir. Gerekirse “create folder” (klasör oluştur) butonunu kullanarak klasörler deekleyebilirsiniz.
Dosyaları indirmek için en sağdaki ok ikonunu kullanın. Tarayıcınız, internet sitesinden dosya
indirmeye izin vermenizi isteyebilir. “Allow” (izin ver) ibaresini tıklayın. Bir dosyayı silmek için çöp
kutusu ikonunu tıklayın ve bir dosya silme penceresi görünecektir. Devam etmek için “delete”(sil) ibaresini tıklayın.

FTP üzerinden Dosya Aktarma
Bilgisayarınız ve HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınız aynı ağa bağlandıktan sonra, tek ihtiyacınızolan bir ftp istemci ve HyperDeck Shuttle HD cihazınızın IP adresi ya da HyperDeck Setup
yardımcı yazılımındaki FTP URL bilgisidir.
1HyperDeck Shuttle HD’nizi bağlamak istediğiniz bilgisayara bir FTP istemcisi indirin ve
yükleyin. Cyberduck, FileZilla veya Transmit uygulamalarını tavsiye ederiz ama FTP
uygulamalarının çoğu çalışacaktır. Cyberduck ve FileZilla’yı ücretsiz olarak indirebilirsiniz.

2

HyperDeck Shuttle HD’nin ağınıza bağlıyken, HyperDeck Setup yazılımını açın ve FTP URL
ibaresini tıklayın veya manuel olarak yapıştırmak için kopyala ikonunu tıklayın. FTP yazılımı
bir bağlantı açmazsa, linki ikinci kez tıklamanız gerekebilir.

3

Bir FTP bağlantısını manuel olarak açıyorsanız, URL’yi sunucu alanına yapıştırın. Varsa“anonymous login” (isimsiz oturum açma) seçeneğini işaretleyin.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

989

4

SD kartlar, sd1 tarafından tespit edilir. USB klasörünü genişletirseniz, bağlı olan tüm USB
diskler listede görünür.

Artık, FTP arayüzünü kullanarak dosyaları sürükleyip bırakabilirsiniz.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

990

Yazılım Geliştiriciler için Bilgiler
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

991

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi992Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi993

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi994

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

995CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

996

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

997

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

998

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

999Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1000

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1001

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1002

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1003

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1004

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1005

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1006

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1007

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1008Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1009

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1010

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1011

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1012

HyperDeck Control REST API
Bir yazılım geliştiriciyseniz HyperDeck disk kayıt cihazlarını sorunsuz şekilde kontrol etmek ve
cihazlarla iletişim halinde olmak için HyperDeck Control REST API (Uygulama Kodlama Arayüzü)
kullanarak, özel uygulamalar oluşturabilir veya REST istemcisi veya Postman gibi kullanıma
hazır araçlardan faydalanabilirsiniz. Bu API, kayıt başlatma veya durdurma, oynatım yönetimi,
disk bilgilerine erişim gibi geniş çeşitlilikte işlemleri gerçekleştirmenizi sağlar. İster belirli
ihtiyaçlarınıza uygun özel bir uygulama geliştirin, ister varolan araçlardan yararlanın, HyperDeckdisk kaydedicilerin tüm potansiyelini kolayca ortaya çıkarmanıza, bu API imkan verir. Neler
yaptığınızı görmek için sabırsızlanıyoruz!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1013

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1014

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1015

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1016

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1017

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1018

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1019

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1020Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1021

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not found

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1022

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi1023

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi1024

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1025Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1026

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1027

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1028

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1029

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1030

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1031

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1032

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1033

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1034

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1035

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1036Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1037

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1038

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi1039

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi1040

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1041

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Bir Ağ Üzerinden Dosyaların Transferi

1042

Yardım
Yardım İçinYardım almanın en hızlı yolu, Blackmagic Design online destek sayfalarına girip, BlackmagicHyperDeck disk kaydedici için mevcut olan en son destek kaynaklarını incelemenizdir.

Blackmagic Design Online Destek Sayfaları
En güncel kılavuz, yazılım ve destek notlarına, www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support
adresindeki BlackmagicDesign destek merkezinden ulaşılabilir.

Blackmagic Design Forumİnternet sitemizdeki Blackmagic Design forum sayfası, daha fazla bilgi ve yaratıcı fikirler içinziyaret edebileceğiniz faydalı bir kaynaktır. Burası, yardım almanız için daha hızlı bir yol olabilirçünkü, sorularınız için, başka deneyimli kullanıcılar ya da Blackmagic Design çalışanları
tarafından verilen yanıtları bulabilir ve böylelikle çalışmalarınıza devam edebilirsiniz. Foruma
https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com adresinden ulaşabilirsiniz.

Blackmagic Design Destek Hizmetiyle İrtibat
Aradığınız yardımı destek kaynaklarında ya da forum'da bulamadığınız durumda, lütfen destek
sayfamıza girerek "Bize e-posta gönderin" butonunu tıklayarak e-post yoluyla destek talebinde
bulunun. Bunun yerine, destek sayfasındaki "Yerel destek ekibini arayın" butonunu tıklayabilir ve
size en yakın olan Blackmagic Design destek ofisini arayabilirsiniz.

Yüklü Olan Yazılım Sürümünün Kontrol Edilmesi
Bilgisayarınızda Blackmagic HyperDeck yazılımının hangi sürümünün yüklü olduğunu kontrol
etmek için, ‘Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup Hakkında’ penceresini açın.
 Mac OS’te, Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımını, ‘Uygulamalar’ (Applications)dosyasından açın. Sürüm numarasını görüntülemek için, uygulamalar menüsünden ‘About
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup sekmesini seçin.
 Windows bilgisayarlarda, başlat menüsündeki veya başlangıç ekranındaki BlackmagicHyperDeck Setup yardımcı yazılımını açın. Sürüm numarasını görüntülemek için ‘Help’(Yardım) menüsünü tıklayın ve ‘About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup’ ibaresini seçin.

En Son Yazılım Güncellemelerine Erişim
Bilgisayarınızda yüklü olan Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup yazılımının sürümünü gözden
geçirdikten sonra, en son güncellemeleri incelemek üzere,www.blackmagicdesign.com/tr/support adresinden, Blackmagic Design destek merkezine
bakın. En son güncellemelerle çalışmak faydalı olsa da, yazılımı önemli bir projenin
ortasındayken güncellemekten kaçınmanızda yarar vardır.

Yardım1043

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler
Avrupa Birliği Dahilinde Elektrikli ve Elektronik Ekipman Atıklarının Bertaraf Edilmesi.
Ürün üzerindeki sembol, bu ekipmanın başka atık malzemelerle bertaraf edilmemesişartını belirler. Atık ekipmanlarınızı bertaraf edebilmeniz için, geri dönüşümünü
sağlamak üzere, belirlenmiş toplama noktasına teslim edilmeleri gerekmektedir.
Bertaraf anında atık cihazlarınızın ayrı olarak toplanması ve geri dönüşümü, doğal
kaynakların korunmasına yardımcı olacaktır ve insan sağlığını ve çevreyi koruyucu birşekilde geri dönüşümünü sağlayacaktır. Atık ekipmanlarınızı geri dönüşüm için nereyeteslim edebileceğiniz konusunda daha fazla bilgi için, lütfen yerel belediyenizin geridönüşüm şubesini ya da ürünü satın aldığınız satış bayisini arayınız.
Bu cihaz, test edilmiş ve Federal İletişim Komisyonu (FCC) koşullarının 15. bölümü
doğrultusunda A Sınıfı dijital cihazların sınırlarıyla uyumlu olduğu tespit edilmiştir. İlgili
sınırlar, bu cihaz ticari bir ortamda çalıştırıldığında, zararlı müdahalelere karşı makul
koruma sağlaması amacıyla tasarlanmıştır. Bu ekipman, radyo frekans enerjisi üretir,kullanır ve saçabilir ve talimatlar doğrultusunda kurulmadığı ve kullanılmadığı takdirde,
radyo komünikasyonlarına zararlı müdahaleye yol açabilir. Bu ürünün bir yerleşim
bölgesinde çalıştırılması zararlı müdahaleye yol açabilir. Bu durumda, müdahalenindüzeltilmesi için ilgili maliyeti kullanıcı karşılamak zorundadır.
Bu cihazın çalıştırılması aşağıdaki iki şarta bağlıdır:1

Bu cihaz, zararlı müdahaleye sebebiyet vermemelidir.

2

Bu cihaz, arzu edilmeyen bir çalışma şekline yol açacak müdahale de dahil olmaküzere maruz kaldığı her türlü müdahaleyi kabul etmelidir.

R-R-BMD-20211410001
ISED Kanada Beyannamesi
Bu cihaz, A Sınıfı dijital cihazlar için Kanada standartlarıyla uyumludur.
Bu cihaza yapılacak herhangi bir değişiklik veya kullanım amacı dışında kullanılması,
bu standartlara uyumluluğunu hükümsüz kılabilir.
HDMI arayüzlerine bağlantı, yüksek kaliteli korumalı HDMI kablolarıyla yapılmalıdır.
Bu cihaz, ticari ortamda kullanım amacına uygunluk için test edilmiştir. Cihaz ev
ortamında kullanıldığında, radyo parazitine neden olabilir.

Mevzuata İlişkin Bildirimler

1044

Güvenlik Bilgileri
Bu ürün çevresel ısısı 40º C'ye kadar olan tropikal ortamlarda kullanılmaya uygundur.
Bu ürünün çevresinde yeterli havalandırma olduğundan ve hava akımının kısıtlanmadığından
emin olun.
Ürünün içinde, kullanıcı tarafından tamir edebilecek hiçbir parça bulunmamaktadır. Gerekli
tamiratları yerel Blackmagic Design servis merkezine yönlendirin.
Deniz seviyesinden yüksekliğin 2000m'yi aşmadığı yerlerde kullanın.

Kaliforniya Eyaleti Beyannamesi
Bu ürün; plastik parçaları dahilinde, eser miktarda polibromine bifenil gibi kimyasal maddelere
sizi maruz bırakabilir. Kaliforniya eyaletinde, bu maddelerin kansere, doğum kusurlarına veya
başka üreme bozukluklarına sebebiyet verdiği bilinmektedir.
Daha fazla bilgi için www.P65Warnings.ca.gov adresini ziyaret ediniz.
Avrupa Ofisi
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Güvenlik Bilgileri

1045

Garanti
12 Ay Sınırlı GarantiBlackmagic Design şirketi, bu ürünün satın alındığı tarihten itibaren malzeme ve işçilik bakımından
12 ay boyunca kusursuz ve arızasız olacağını garanti eder. Bu garanti süresi içinde üründe bir arızave kusur söz konusu olursa, Blackmagic Design kendi seçimi doğrultusunda, arızalı ürünü parçave işçilik bedeli talep etmeksizin tamir edecektir veya yenisiyle değiştirecektir.
Bu garanti kapsamındaki hizmetten yararlanmak için, kusur ve hataya ilişkin garanti süresi sonaermeden, Müşteri Blackmagic Design'i bilgilendirmeli ve söz konusu hizmetin sağlanması içinuygun düzenlemeleri yapmalıdır. Blackmagic Design tarafından özel belirlenmiş ve yetkilendirilmiş
bir hizmet merkezine arızalı ürünün ambalajlanarak nakliyesi, Müşteri’nin sorumluluğudur ve nakliyeücretleri, peşin ödenmiş olmalıdır. Herhangi bir sebepten dolayı bize iade edilen ürünlerin; tüm
nakliye, sigorta, gümrük vergileri, vergi ve tüm diğer masrafların ödenmesi, Müşteri sorumluluğu
altındadır.
Bu garanti; yanlış kullanım ya da yanlış veya kusurlu bakımdan kaynaklanan herhangi bir arızayı,
bozukluğu ya da hasarı kapsamaz. Blackmagic Design, burada açıklanan durumlarda bu garanti
kapsamında hizmet sağlamak zorunda değildir: a) Blackmagic Design temsilcileri haricindeki başka
personelin ürünü kurma, tamir etme ya da bakımını yapma girişimlerinden kaynaklanan hasarın
tamiri, b) uygun olmayan kullanım veya uyumlu olmayan ekipmanlara bağlamaktan kaynaklanan
hasarın tamiri, c) Blackmagic Design ürünü olmayan parçaların ya da malzemenin kullanımından
kaynaklanan hasarın ya da arızanın tamiri ya da d) Modifiye veya başka ürünlerle entegre edilmiş
bir ürünü; söz konusu modifikasyon ya da entegrasyonun, gereken tamiratın süresini uzattığı yada ürün bakımını zorlaştırdığı durumlarda tamir edilmesi. BU GARANTİ, BLACKMAGIC DESIGNTARAFINDAN VERİLMİŞTİR VE AÇIK YA DA ZIMNİ, HERHANGİ BİR GARANTİNİN YERİNİ TUTAR.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN VE SATICILARI, ZIMNİ TİCARİ UYGUNLUK GARANTİSİNİ YA DA ÖZEL BİR
AMACA UYGUNLUK GARANTİSİNİ KABUL ETMEZ. KUSURLU BİR ÜRÜNÜN TAMİRİ VEYADEĞİŞTİRİLMESİ, BLACKMAGIC DESIGN’İN MÜŞTERİLERİNE SUNDUĞU TAM VE MÜNHASIRÇÖZÜMDÜR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN YA DA SATICILARININ OLABİLECEK HASARLAR HAKKINDA
ÖNCEDEN BİLGİSİ OLMASINI GÖZETMEKSİZİN, ÜRÜNDE DOLAYLI, ÖZEL, TESADÜFİ YA DANETİCE OLARAK ORTAYA ÇIKAN HERHANGİ BİR HASAR İÇİN, BLACKMAGIC DESIGN SORUMLU
DEĞİLDİR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN, MÜŞTERİLER TARAFINDAN EKİPMANIN YASAL OLMAYANHERHANGİ BİR KULLANIMINDAN SORUMLU DEĞİLDİR. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN, BU ÜRÜNÜN
KULLANIMINDAN KAYNAKLANAN HERHANGİ BİR HASARDAN SORUMLU DEĞİLDİR. BU ÜRÜNÜN
ÇALIŞTIRILMASINDAN DOĞAN RİSK, KULLANICININ KENDİSİNE AİTTİR.
© Telif Hakkı Saklıdır 2024 Blackmagic Design. Tüm hakları saklıdır. ‘Blackmagic Design’, ‘DeckLink’, ‘HDLink’, ‘Workgroup
Videohub’, ‘Multibridge Pro’, ‘Multibridge Extreme’, ‘Intensity’ ve ‘Leading the creative video revolution’, ABD ve diğer ülkelerdetescil edilmiş ticari markalardır. Diğer tüm şirket ve ürün isimleri, bağlantılı oldukları ilgili şirketlerin/firmaların ticari markaları olabilir.

Garanti

1046

Lipiec 2024

Instrukcja instalacji i obsługi

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HD
PolskiSzanowny kliencie,Dziękujemy za zakup nagrywarki dyskowej HyperDeck Shuttle HD!
Kiedy projektowaliśmy oryginalne nagrywarki dyskowe Blackmagic HyperDeck, chcieliśmy
ułatwić nagrywanie i odtwarzanie wideo przy użyciu szybkiej pamięci SSD. Teraz z radością
przedstawiamy HyperDeck Shuttle HD!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD to niewielka, przenośna nagrywarka wideo HDMI przeznaczona
do komputerów stacjonarnych. Duże pokrętło wyszukiwania i znajome elementy sterujące
transportem umożliwiają obsługę nagrywarki jedną ręką, co sprawia, że HyperDeck Shuttle
HD jest idealnym narzędziem do produkcji na żywo z mikserem ATEM Mini. Możesz nawet
wykorzystać HyperDeck Shuttle HD jako teleprompter!
HyperDeck Shuttle HD nagrywa na karty SD lub zewnętrzne dyski flash przy użyciu kodeków
ProRes, DNxHD lub H.264, zapewniając błyskawiczne nagrywanie i odtwarzanie.
Prosimy o zapoznanie się ze stroną pomocy technicznej pod adresem www.blackmagicdesign.com/pl,
gdzie znajduje się najnowsza wersja tej instrukcji obsługi oraz aktualizacje oprogramowania
HyperDeck. Aktualne oprogramowanie zapewni Ci dostęp do wszystkich najnowszych funkcji!
Po pobraniu oprogramowania zarejestruj się, podając swoje dane. Tak będziemy mogli Cię
poinformować, gdy dostępna będzie aktualizacja. Ciągle pracujemy nad nowymi funkcjami i
unowocześnieniami, więc zależy nam, abyś podzielił się z nami swoją opinią.

Grant Petty
Dyrektor generalny Blackmagic DesignSpis treści
Przesyłanie plików przez sieć 1082

Informacje dla deweloperów

1086

Rozpoczęcie pracy

1050Podłączanie zasilania

1050Podłączanie wideo i audio

1051Podłączanie nośnika

1051Blackmagic HyperDeck

Nagrywanie wideo

1052

Odtwarzanie

1053

Ethernet Protocol

1086

Korzystanie z pokrętła wyszukiwania

1054

Protocol Commands

1086

Zmiana ustawień

1056

Protocol Details

1093

Ustawienia

1057

Menu nagrywania

1057

HyperDeck Control REST API

1108

Menu monitora

1058

Transport Control API

1108

Menu audio

1058

Menu pamięci

1059

System Control API

1113

Menu ustawień

1061

Media Control API

1116

Panel tylny

1068Nośnik pamięci

1069

Timeline Control API

1118

Karta SD

1069

Event Control API

1120

Dysk zewnętrzny

1070

Formatowanie nośnika

1070

Clips Control API

1121

HyperDeck Control API

1121

Notification websocket - 1.0.0

1131

messages1131

Device Properties

1133

Pomoc

1138

Wymogi prawne

1139

Informacje dotyczące bezpieczeństwa

1140

Gwarancja

1141

Formatowanie nośnika na
komputerach Mac

1070

Formatowanie nośników na
komputerach Windows

1071

Przeglądanie woluminów

1072

Korzystanie z funkcji telepromptera

1073

Sterowanie prędkością
odtwarzania telepromptera

1073

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1074

Konfiguracja 

1075

Aktualizacja oprogramowaniawewnętrznego

1081

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

1049

Rozpoczęcie pracy
Rozpoczęcie pracy z HyperDeck Shuttle HD jest bardzo proste: wystarczy podłączyć
urządzenie do zasilania, podłączyć źródło wideo HDMI, włożyć kartę SD lubnośnik zewnętrzny, a następnie nacisnąć przycisk nagrywania.
W tej części instrukcji przedstawiono sposób rozpoczęcia pracy z HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Podłączanie zasilania
Aby włączyć HyperDeck Shuttle HD, podłącz dostarczony zasilacz do wejścia zasilania na
tylnym panelu. Dokręcenie pierścienia blokującego zabezpiecza kabel zasilający przed
przypadkowym odłączeniem.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INPodłącz zasilacz do wejścia zasilania HyperDeck Shuttle HD

Rozpoczęcie pracy

1050

Podłączanie wideo i audio
Aby podłączyć wideo do HyperDeck Shuttle HD, podłącz źródło wideo HDMI do wejścia HDMI
na tylnym panelu.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INPodłącz sprzęt docelowy do wyjścia HDMI. Na przykład mikser ATEM Mini lub telewizor HDMI.
Wyjście HDMI jest również używane do wyświetlania menu ustawień podczas zmiany ustawień
HyperDecka. Dzieje się tak, ponieważ menu ustawień jest wyświetlane za pomocą nakładki
wideo na wyjściu HDMI. Więcej informacji na temat ustawień menu można znaleźć w sekcji„Zmiana ustawień” w dalszej części niniejszej instrukcji.
WSKAZÓWKA Jeśli na podłączonym wyświetlaczu nie widać wejścia źródła wideo,może to oznaczać, że urządzenie znajduje się w trybie odtwarzania. Naciśnij przycisk
nagrywania, aby włączyć tryb nagrywania.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMIPodłącz wyjście HDMI do sprzętu docelowego, takiego jak telewizor HDMI lub mikser ATEM MiniPodłączanie nośnika
Wszystkie nagrywarki dyskowe HyperDeck Shuttle HD są od razu gotowe do nagrywania bez
konieczności konfigurowania jakichkolwiek ustawień. Wystarczy sformatowana karta SD lub
dysk zewnętrzny.
Nośniki można łatwo formatować za pomocą ustawień menu. Formatowanie można również
przeprowadzić przy użyciu komputera. Więcej informacji można znaleźć w sekcji „Formatowanienośnika” w niniejszej instrukcji. Można również znaleźć informacje o rodzajach nośników, które
są najlepsze do nagrywania wideo oraz listę zalecanych kart SD i dysków zewnętrznych.
Aby podłączyć kartę SD:
1 Przytrzymaj kartę SD złotymi stykami skierowanymi do góry i wyrównaj ją ze
slotem na nośnik. Teraz delikatnie wepchnij kartę do slotu, aż poczujesz, że została
prawidłowo włożona.

Rozpoczęcie pracy1051

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

Twój HyperDeck dokona weryfikacji karty SD. Jest to sygnalizowane przez podświetloną
na zielono kontrolkę SD w górnej części urządzenia HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Po weryfikacji
kontrolka się wyłączy.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

To wystarczy, aby rozpocząć. HyperDeck Shuttle HD jest teraz gotowy do nagrywania i
odtwarzania.
Czytając niniejszą instrukcję można uzyskać szczegółowe informacje na temat nagrywania i
odtwarzania klipów, zmiany ustawień i wiele więcej.

SCR

Nagrywanie wideo
Po potwierdzeniu, że źródło wideo jest wyświetlane na sprzęcie docelowym HDMI, można odrazu rozpocząć nagrywanie.
Rozpocznij nagrywanie, naciskając przycisk nagrywania. Podczas nagrywania na kartę SD
kontrolka SD zaświeci się na czerwono, podobnie jak przyciski nagrywania i odtwarzania.
Podczas nagrywania na dysk zewnętrzny kontrolka dysku zaświeci się na czerwono.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Aby zakończyć nagrywanie, naciśnij przycisk zatrzymania.

Nagrywanie wideo

1052

OdtwarzanieNaciśnij przycisk odtwarzania, aby rozpocząć odtwarzanie. Podczas odtwarzania przycisk
odtwarzania będzie podświetlony, a kontrolka nośnika DISK lub SD będzie podświetlona na zielono.
Jeśli nagrano wiele klipów, można szybko je przeglądać naciskając przyciski przeskakiwania do
przodu i do tyłu.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Korzystanie z przycisków przeskakiwaniaNaciśnij przycisk przeskakiwania do tyłu, aby rozpocząć odtwarzanie klipu od początku.
Naciśnięcie przycisku kilkakrotnie spowoduje cofnięcie się do wcześniej nagranych klipów.
Naciśnij przycisk przeskakiwania do przodu, aby przewijać klipy do przodu. Przyciski przeskakiwaniabędą również migać, gdy pole wyboru Identify HyperDeck jest zaznaczone w oprogramowaniu
HyperDeck Setup.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Użyj przycisków przeskakiwania do przodu i do tyłu,
aby przejść do początku każdego klipu

WSKAZÓWKA Aby odtwarzać pliki wideo na urządzeniu HyperDeck, należy ustawić kodek
zgodny z kodekiem używanym do nagrywania plików. Można to zrobić za pomocą menu.
Więcej informacji znajduje się w części „Zmiana ustawień” niniejszej instrukcji obsługi.

Zapętlanie klipów
Podczas odtwarzania, ponowne naciśnięcie przycisku odtwarzania ustawi HyperDeck Shuttle
HD na zapętlanie wszystkich klipów do momentu naciśnięcia przycisku zatrzymania.
Jeśli chcesz zapętlić pojedynczy klip, ustaw HyperDeck na tryb klipu i naciśnij jednokrotnie
przycisk odtwarzania, aby odtworzyć. Naciśnij przycisk ponownie, aby zapętlić.
Zapętlij wszystkie
klipy

Podczas odtwarzania naciśnij przycisk odtwarzania ponownie, aby zapętlić
wszystkie nagrane klipyZapętlij bieżący klip

W trybie klipu naciśnij przycisk odtwarzania ponownie, aby zapętlić bieżący klip
Odtwarzanie

1053

Tryb klipu
Tryb klipu pozwala ograniczyć odtwarzanie do pojedynczego klipu. Na przykład przy włączonymtrybie klipu można przesuwać lub przeskakiwać do klipu, a następnie nacisnąć przycisk odtwarzania,
wiedząc, że odtwarzanie zostanie zatrzymane po zakończeniu klipu.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Gdy wybrany jest tryb klipu, ponowne naciśnięcie przycisku
odtwarzania spowoduje zapętlenie bieżącego klipu

Korzystanie z pokrętła wyszukiwaniaPokrętło wyszukiwania zapewnia szybki sposób poruszania się po klipach i wybieraniaokreślonych momentów do odtworzenia lub przeglądania ich klatka po klatce. Może to byćważne, jeśli chcesz zlokalizować określony moment, wizualnie monitorując klip poprzez
obracanie pokrętła. Jest to również pomocne przy ustawianiu wskaźnika odtwarzania wokreślonym punkcie startu, do którego plik się przewinie na antenie i będzie gotowy dotransmisji na żywo.
Tryby pokrętła wyszukiwania to Jog, Scroll i Shuttle.
Jog

ScrollShuttleOdtwarza klip klatka po klatce, umożliwiając precyzyjne sterowanie.
Tryb przewijania scroll umożliwia szybkie przewijanie do przodu i dotyłu wszystkich nagranych materiałów. Podczas obracania pokrętła
wyszukiwania, przewijanie jest dostosowane do twoich ruchów, codaje Ci pełną kontrolę nad pozycją odtwarzania.
Przycisk scroll spowoduje również wyświetlenie okna przeglądania
woluminów, które pokazuje ścieżkę pliku aktualnie odtwarzanego wideo.
Więcej informacji na temat funkcji przeglądania woluminów można znaleźć
w sekcji „Przeglądanie woluminów” w dalszej części niniejszej instrukcji.
Naciśnij jednocześnie przyciski JOG i SCR, aby przejść do trybu shuttle.
W trybie shuttle można przewijać multimedia do tyłu lub do przodu,
obracając pokrętło w lewo lub w prawo. W miarę obracania pokrętła
multimedia będą się przesuwały coraz szybciej, aż do osiągnięcia
maksymalnej prędkości x50. Aby spowolnić prędkość shuttle dozatrzymania, obróć pokrętło z powrotem do pozycji wyjściowej. Aby
zatrzymać odtwarzanie w określonym punkcie, naciśnij przycisk
zatrzymania lub naciśnij przycisk odtwarzania, aby wznowić odtwarzanie
w bieżącym miejscu. Warto zauważyć, że maksymalną prędkość shuttlemożna obniżyć w menu ustawień. Więcej informacji można znaleźć w
rozdziale „Ustawienia” niniejszej instrukcji.

Odtwarzanie

1054

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Naciśnij dedykowane przyciski JOG lub SCR, aby
wybrać tryby wyszukiwania jog i shuttle.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Po wybraniu trybu wyszukiwania obróć pokrętło wyszukiwania

WSKAZÓWKA Aby wznowić normalne odtwarzanie, naciśnij przycisk PLAY lub STOP.

Odtwarzanie

1055

Zmiana ustawień
Naciśnięcie przycisku MENU otworzy menu ustawień, które pojawi się jako nakładka wideo w
lewym dolnym rogu podłączonego wyświetlacza HDMI.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Naciśnij
przycisk MENU, aby otworzyć menu ustawień
SCRUżyj pokrętła wyszukiwania, aby przejść do podmenu lub ustawienia

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Naciśnij przycisk SET, aby wybrać podmenu lub ustawienie

Dostosuj ustawienia za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania lub przycisków przeskakiwania do
przodu i do tyłu. Potwierdź wybór, naciskając przycisk SET.
Aby wyjść z menu, należy nacisnąć przycisk MENU w celu cofnięcia się do opcji i powrotu doekranu głównego.
WSKAZÓWKA Menu można ustawić w dowolnym z czterech rogów ekranu za
pomocą menu ustawień. Zalecamy wyłączenie menu po zakończeniu zmiany ustawień,aby upewnić się, że wyjście HDMI jest czyste po podłączeniu do miksera HDMI,
takiego jak ATEM Mini Extreme.

Zmiana ustawień

1056

Ustawienia
Menu ustawień jest podzielone na 5 różnych kategorii, w tym nagrywanie, podgląd, audio,pamięć i ustawienia. Każde z tych podmenu zawiera odpowiednie ustawienia, z których
większość można dostosować za pomocą panelu sterowania HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Niektóre
ustawienia są tylko wyświetlane i będą wyszarzone, na przykład prefiks nazwy pliku. W takim
przypadku ustawienie można dostosować za pomocą oprogramowania HyperDeck Setup.

Menu nagrywaniaWejścieWyświetla wejście HDMI HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

KodekDzięki HyperDeck Shuttle HD można nagrywać skompresowane wideo przy użyciu kodeków
H.264, Apple ProRes i DNxHD. Aby użyć funkcji telepromptera, wybierz opcję Teleprompter.

Uruchom nagrywanieDostępne są dwa tryby uruchamiania nagrywania: Wł./Wył. wideo i Uruchom kod czasowy.
Niektóre kamery, takie jak Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K, wysyłają sygnał przez HDMI,
aby rozpocząć i zatrzymać nagrywanie na zewnętrznych nagrywarkach. Wybór Wł./Wył. wideo
spowoduje, że HyperDeck rozpocznie lub zatrzyma nagrywanie po naciśnięciu przycisku
nagrywania w kamerze.
Użyj opcji Uruchom kod czasowy, aby uruchomić urządzenie w celu rozpoczęcia nagrywania,
gdy przesłany zostanie do jego wejścia prawidłowy sygnał kodu czasowego. Gdy sygnał ustanie,
nagrywanie również zostanie zatrzymane. Wyłącz uruchamianie nagrywania, stukając w opcję Brak.
UWAGA Podczas nagrywania z kamery HDMI należy upewnić się, że wyjście jest
czyste, a nakładki wyłączone, ponieważ wszelkie nakładki obecne na wyjściu wideo
kamery zostaną nagrane wraz z obrazem.

Ustawienia

1057

Menu monitora

Układ telepromptera
Menu monitora zawiera wszystkie ustawienia dotyczące używania HyperDeck Shuttle HD jako
telepromptera.
Rozmiar czcionki
Dostosuj rozmiar tekstu, wybierając opcję rozmiaru czcionki i naciskając przycisk SET. Obracajpokrętłem w prawo, aby zwiększyć poziom lub w lewo, aby go zmniejszyć.
Odstępy między wierszami
Obracaj pokrętłem, aby zwiększyć lub zmniejszyć odstępy między wierszami.
Boczny margines
Dostosuj szerokość marginesów bocznych po obu stronach wyświetlacza telepromptera.
ObróćJeśli monitor telepromptera jest ustawiony tak, aby odbijał się na szybce, na przykład przed kamerą
lub na podium mówcy, konieczne będzie użycie ustawień obracania, aby obraz był czytelny dla
prezentera. Dostępne są dwa tryby obracania:
Obróć poziomo – użyj tej opcji, gdy dolna część monitora telepromptera jest zamontowana
najbliżej podstawy szybki.
Obróć pionowo – użyj tej opcji, gdy dolna część monitora telepromptera jest zamontowana
dalej od podstawy szybki.

Menu audio

Ustawienia

1058

Nagrywane kanały audio
HyperDeck Shuttle HD może nagrywać do 8 kanałów audio PCM jednocześnie. Aby wybrać liczbę
kanałów do nagrania, rozwiń listę nagrywanych kanałów audio i wybierz 2, 4 lub 8 kanałów.
Jeśli kodek jest ustawiony na H.264, można również wybrać 2 kanały audio AAC, aby przesyłać
nagrania bezpośrednio do serwisu YouTube.

Menu pamięci
Podłączony nośnik pojawi się w ustawieniach pamięci masowej. Nośnik 1 wyświetli nazwę podłączonej
karty SD, a nośnik 2 wyświetli dowolny dysk flash USB podłączony do złącza EXT DISK. W przypadku
korzystania z hubu USB, takiego jak Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, wyświetlany jest aktywny dysk.

Aktywny nośnik
Podczas korzystania z HyperDeck Shuttle można podłączyć jednocześnie jedną kartę SD,
wiele dysków zewnętrznych i sieciową pamięć masową. Oznacza to, że z poziomu jednej
nagrywarki dyskowej HyperDeck Shuttle dostępne są terabajty przestrzeni do nagrywania!
Jeśli podłączony jest tylko jeden dysk lub karta SD, będzie to aktywny nośnik do odtwarzania
i nagrywania. Jeśli korzystasz z więcej niż jednego nośnika, możesz wybrać, którego chceszużywać do nagrywania i odtwarzania.
Wybór aktywnych nośników:
Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania podświetl Aktywny nośnik w menu pamięci masowej inaciśnij migający przycisk SET.
3Podłączone nośniki pojawią się na liście. Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania wybierznośnik, na którym chcesz nagrywać.

Ustawienia

1059

Ustawianie lokalizacji sieciowej
HyperDeck Shuttle może odtwarzać multimedia w HD z Blackmagic Cloud i innych pamięci
masowych z dostępem sieciowym przez Ethernet.
Aby połączyć się z folderem sieciowej pamięci masowej:
1

Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania i przycisku SET wybierz opcję Ustaw lokalizację
sieciową. Pojawi się okno dialogowe wyszukiwania sieci lokalnej.

1

Wszystkie serwery znalezione w sieci lokalnej zostaną wyświetlone na liście. Podświetl nazwę
serwera za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania i naciśnij SET, aby go wybrać. Na serwerze pojawi
się lista dostępnych udziałów sieciowych. Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania podświetl
udział sieciowy, który chcesz wybrać, naciśnij SET i kontynuuj, aż folder, którego chcesz użyć,zostanie wyświetlony w górnej części ekranu.

1

Nazwa folderu pojawi się teraz w górnej części ekranu LCD. Aby wybrać ten folder donagrywania i odtwarzania, użyj pokrętła wyszukiwania, wybierz opcję Ustaw tę lokalizację
i naciśnij przycisk SET. Po prawej stronie pojawi się symbol zaznaczenia.

2

Po podłączeniu lokalizacja pojawi się na liście Nośnik 2 w obszarze lokalizacji sieciowych.

3

Drugi slot na nośniki w nagrywarkach dyskowych HyperDeck Shuttle jest przeznaczony zarówno
dla USB, jak i podłączonych folderów sieciowych. Aby wybrać pomiędzy podłączonymi dyskami
USB i pamięcią sieciową, wybierz Nośnik 2 z menu nośników pamięci i naciśnij migający przycisk
SET. Z listy Nośnik 2 wybierz nośnik, którego chcesz użyć i naciśnij przycisk SET. Nastąpi powrót
do menu pamięci. Pamięć sieciową można również usunąć, korzystając z menu Nośnik 2 iwybierając opcję Usuń lokalizację sieciową w dolnej części menu.

UWAGA Podczas odtwarzania z woluminu sieciowego HyperDeck Shuttle HD zakłada,że loguje się na serwerze jako gość. Dostęp do serwera wymagający loginu i hasła
nie jest obecnie obsługiwany za pomocą przycisków menu i ustawień, ale można
wprowadzić dane uwierzytelniające za pomocą HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

Ustawienia

1060

Pula USBJeśli korzystasz z Blackmagic MultiDock 10G lub podobnego urządzenia do podłączenia więcej
niż jednego dysku za pośrednictwem połączenia USB EXT DISK, włączenie funkcji Pula USB
zapewni, że nagrywanie będzie odbywać się z jednego dysku zewnętrznego na drugi.

Formatuj nośnik
Karty SD i nośniki podłączone przez tylne złącze EXT DISK mogą być formatowane
bezpośrednio w urządzeniu lub przez komputer z systemem Mac lub Windows.

Przygotowanie nośników na HyperDeck Shuttle HD:1Używając pokrętła wyszukiwania i przycisku SET, wybierz Formatuj nośnik.

2

Wybierz nośnik z listy, które chcesz sformatować i naciśnij SET.

3

Wybierz format i naciśnij SET.

4Wyświetli się okienko potwierdzające z informacją, która karta zostanie sformatowana oraz
wybranym formatem. Wybierz format.

5

Po zakończeniu pojawi się okno formatowania. Wybierz OK.

HFS+ jest również znany jako Mac OS X Extended i jest zalecanym formatem, ponieważ obsługuje„dziennikowanie”. Dane na nośnikach z zapisem w dzienniku łatwiej odzyskać w rzadkim przypadku,
gdy nośnik pamięci uległby uszkodzeniu. HFS+ jest natywnie obsługiwany przez Mac. Natomiast
exFAT jest natywnie obsługiwany przez systemy Mac i Windows bez konieczności korzystania z
dodatkowego oprogramowania, ale nie obsługuje on dziennikowania. Aby sformatować multimedia
na komputerze z systemem Mac lub Windows, przejdź do części „Formatowanie nośnika”.

Menu ustawień
Menu ustawień zawiera ustawienia dotyczące wyboru języka i domyślnego standardu, a także
sekcje odnoszące się do wyświetlania menu, ustawień sieci i opcji kodu czasowego.

Ustawienia

1061

NazwaJeśli w sieci znajduje się więcej niż jeden HyperDeck Shuttle HD, możesz nadać im odrębne
nazwy, by ułatwić identyfikację różnych urządzeń. Możesz to zrobić w oprogramowaniu
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup lub za pomocą protokołu Hyperdeck Ethernet Protocol,
korzystając z aplikacji terminalowej. Nazwa wyświetli się w menu ustawień.

JęzykHyperdeck Shuttle HD obsługuje 13 popularnych języków: angielski, chiński, japoński,koreański, hiszpański, niemiecki, francuski, rosyjski, włoski, portugalski, turecki,
ukraiński i polski.
Aby wybrać język:1

Gdy menu ustawień zostanie podświetlone, naciśnij SET.

2

Przekręć pokrętło wyszukiwania, aby wybrać język i naciśnij SET.

3

Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania wybierz język i naciśnij SET. Po wybraniu opcji nastąpi
automatyczny powrót do menu ustawień.

OprogramowanieWyświetla aktualną wersję oprogramowania.

KameraTo ustawienie jest pomocne, gdy używasz HyperDecka do zapisu plików ISO z wielu kamer,
które następnie edytujesz na osi czasu wielu kamer w DaVinci Resolve.
Identyfikator każdej kamery pojawi się w metadanych plików, dzięki czemu DaVinci Resolve bez
problemu rozpozna każde ujęcie podczas korzystania z kosza synchronizacji.

Przypisz Twoją kamerę, używając liter od A do Z lub cyfr 1-9

Domyślny standard
Czasem HyperDeck Shuttle HD nie wie, jakiego standardu wideo chcesz użyć. To ustawienie
poinformuje HyperDeck jakiego standardu chcesz używać w większości przypadków.
Dobrym przykładem jest sytuacja, w której włączasz HyperDeck Shuttle HD bez podłączonegowejścia wideo i podpinasz dysk z danymi w 2 różnych standardach wideo. Który standard
wideo powinien odtworzyć HyperDeck? Domyślny standard wideo informuje urządzenie opreferowanym przez Ciebie standardzie wideo, więc przełączy się na niego i odtworzy pliki.
Domyślny standard wideo jest także przydatny, gdy uruchamiasz HyperDeck Shuttle HD po
raz pierwszy bez wejścia wideo i bez podpiętego dysku z multimediami. W tym przypadku
HyperDeck nie wie, którego standardu wideo użyć dla wyjścia monitorowania. Domyślny
standard wideo odpowiednio pokieruje urządzenie.

Ustawienia

1062

Jednak stanowi on tylko wytyczną. Nie nadpisze żadnych danych. Jeśli na dysku znajduje
się wyłącznie jeden rodzaj plików wideo i nacisnąłeś przycisk odtwarzania, HyperDeck
przestawi się na ten standard wideo i rozpocznie odtwarzanie. Zignoruje domyślny standard
wideo, ponieważ będzie oczywiste, że chcesz tylko odtworzyć pliki na dysku.
Sprawa wygląda podobnie podczas nagrywania. Jeśli uruchomisz nagrywanie, HyperDeck będzie
po prostu zapisywał w standardzie wideo, który jest podłączony do wejścia wideo. Ponadto, gdy
już zakończysz nagrywanie, HyperDeck Shuttle HD odtworzy pliki w tym samym standardzie
wideo na dysku, nawet jeśli znajdują się na nim inne pliki, które mają format zgodny z domyślnym
standardem wideo. Urządzenie zakłada, że chcesz odtworzyć ten sam standard wideo, jakiegoużywałeś podczas nagrywania. Tylko w sytuacji, gdy odłączysz dysk z multimediami i podłączysz
go z powrotem, domyślny standard wideo zostanie użyty do odtworzenia plików.
Domyślny standard wideo stanowi wyłącznie wytyczną, by pomóc HyperDeck Shuttle HD
dokonać odpowiedniego wyboru, gdy urządzenie nie wie, jaką czynność wykonać. Dane nie
zostaną nadpisane i dek nie będzie zmuszony do wykonania żadnych konkretnych działań.

Maks. prędkość Shuttle
Maksymalna prędkość Shuttle na HyperDeck Shuttle HD wynosi x50. Jeśli chcesz zmniejszyć
tę prędkość, możesz wybrać jeden z innych presetów prędkości.

Data i godzina
Prawidłowe ustawienie daty i godziny zapewnia, że HyperDeck Shuttle ma tę samą godzinę i datę, cosieć, a także zapobiega konfliktom, które mogą wystąpić w przypadku niektórych systemów sieciowych.

Autokonfiguracja daty i godziny
Aby automatycznie ustawić datę i godzinę, wybierz opcję Autokonfiguracja na Wł.. Podczas
automatycznego ustawiania daty i godziny Hyperdeck Shuttle będzie korzystał z serwera
protokołu synchronizacji czasu ustawionego w polu NTP. Aby ręcznie zmienić datę i godzinę,wybierz opcję Wył..
NTPDomyślny serwer NTP to time.cloudflare.com, ale można też ręcznie wpisać alternatywny
serwer NTP, używając HyperDeck Setup. Więcej informacji na temat ustawiania serwera NTPmożna znaleźć w rozdziale „HyperDeck Setup” w dalszej części niniejszej instrukcji.
Data
Aby wprowadzić datę ręcznie, wybierz pole daty i naciśnij przycisk SET. Za pomocą pokrętła
menu można wybrać dzień, miesiąc i rok.
Czas
Aby ustawić godzinę, wybierz Czas i naciśnij przycisk SET. Za pomocą pokrętła menu ustaw
godziny i minuty. Zegar wewnętrzny jest zegarem 24-godzinnym.
Ustawienia

1063

Ustawienia menu
Korzystając z ustawień menu możesz ustawić pozycję i wygląd menu na podłączonymwyświetlaczu HDMI.

WyglądUstaw menu ekranowe HyperDecka na tryb ciemny lub jasny. Tryb jasny oferuje większy
kontrast, gdy multimedia będą ciemne lub gdy będziesz w trybie telepromptera.

Pokrycie
Dostosuj, aby zmniejszyć nieprzezroczystość nakładki menu na podłączonym wyświetlaczu zdomyślnej wartości 100% do 20%.
Pozycja
Nakładka menu domyślnie wyświetli się w lewym dolnym rogu ekranu. Aby przenieść menu w
inne miejsce, wybierz Pozycja i naciśnij SET. Możesz wybrać górny lewy, górny prawy, dolnylewy lub dolny prawy róg ekranu.

Ustawienia sieci

Ustawienia

1064

ProtokółBlackmagic HyperDeck jest domyślnie ustawiony na DHCP. Po podłączeniu Twój serwer
sieciowy automatycznie przypisze adres IP. Nie musisz zmieniać żadnych innych ustawień sieci.
Jeśli musisz ustawić adres ręcznie, możesz połączyć się za pomocą statycznego IP.
Wybierz Protokół, naciśnij przycisk SET, aby zyskać dostęp do menu. Następnie przewiń do
Statyczne IP i naciśnij SET.
Adres IP, maska podsieci, brama, główny i pomocniczy DNS.
Wybierając Statyczne IP możesz ręcznie wprowadzić dane Twojej sieci.
Aby zmienić adres IP:
1Użyj pokrętła wyszukiwania, by zaznaczyć Adres IP i naciśnij przycisk SET na panelu
sterowania HyperDecka.

2

Za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania dostosuj adres IP, przekręć pokrętło wyszukiwania,
by dostosować Twój adres IP i potwierdź za pomocą przycisku SET zanim przejdziesz do
ustawiania kolejnych wartości.

3Naciśnij SET, by potwierdzić zmianę i przejdź do kolejnej wartości.

Gdy skończysz wprowadzać adres IP, możesz powtórzyć tę czynność, by dostosować maskę
podsieci i bramę. Po zakończeniu naciśnij przycisk MENU, by wyjść i wrócić do ekranu
startowego.

Ustawienia kodu czasowego
Ustaw opcje wejścia i wyjścia kodu czasowego, w tym wybór między nagrywaniem źródła kodu
czasowego, kodu czasowego pory dnia lub ręcznym ustawieniem kodu czasowego.

Wejście
Podczas nagrywania dostępne są cztery opcje wejść kodu czasowego.

Wejście wideoWejście wideo przechwyci zapisany kod czasowy ze źródeł HDMI z zapisanymi
metadanymi SMPTE RP 188. Pozwoli to zachować synchronizację między źródłami
SDI lub HDMI oraz plikiem zapisanym na HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

WewnętrznyUżyj tej opcji, by nagrywać kod czasowy pory dnia za pomocą wbudowanego
generatora kodu czasowego.

Uwzględnij
poprzedni klip

Wybierając Uwzględnij poprzedni klip dla wejścia kodu czasowego, każdy plikrozpocznie się jedną klatkę po ostatniej klatce poprzedniego klipu. Na przykład,jeśli Twój pierwszy klip kończy się 10:28:30:10, kod czasowy następnego klipu
rozpocznie się 10:28:30:11.

PresetJeśli chcesz ustawić kod czasowy ręcznie, wybierz opcję Preset. Zapisane klipy
rozpoczną się od kodu czasowego ustawionego za pomocą opcji Preset, jakzobaczysz w dalszej części tego rozdziału.
Ustawienia

1065

Opuszczone klatki
Dla źródeł NTSC o klatkażu 29,97 lub 59,94 możesz wybrać kod czasu dla opcji Opuszczone
klatki lub Brak opuszczonych klatek. Jeśli źródło jest nieznane, wybierz Domyślne. Pozwoli
to zachować standard wejścia lub domyślne opuszczanie klatki, jeśli nie ma ważnego kodu
czasowego.
PresetMożesz ustawić ręcznie kod czasowy, naciskając przycisk SET i wprowadzając początkowy kod
czasowy za pomocą pokrętła wyszukiwania i przycisku SET. Upewnij się, że wybrałeś opcję
Preset pod menu wejścia.
Wyjście
Wybierz opcje kodu czasowego dla Twoich wyjść.
Oś czasu

Aby przesłać jeden kod czasowy dla wszystkich klipów zapisanych na karcie lubnośniku, wybierz Oś czasu.

Klip

Wybierając opcję Klip, prześlesz kod czasowy każdego klipu z osobna.

Ustawienia pliku

Prefiks nazwy pliku
Po pierwszej konfiguracji HyperDeck Shuttle HD będzie zapisywać klipy na kartę SD lub dysk
flash USB, stosując następującą konwencję nazewnictwa plików.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Prefiks

HyperDeck_0001

Numer klipu

Możesz zmienić prefiks nazwy pliku w oprogramowaniu HyperDeck Setup. Więcej informacji
znajdziesz w rozdziale „Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck” w dalszej części tej instrukcji.

Ustawienia

1066

Rozszerzenie znacznika czasu
Znacznik czasu dodany do nazwy pliku jest wyłączany domyślnie. Jeśli chcesz, by data i czas
zostały ujęte w nazwie pliku, włącz opcję Rozszerzenie znacznika czasu.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Prefiks nazwy pliku

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Rok

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Miesiąc

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

DzieńHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

GodzinaHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

MinutaHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Numer klipu

Ustawienia zdalne
Ustawienia zdalne pozwalają sterować zdalnie HyperDeckiem za pomocą innego sprzętu
wideo, na przykład miksera ATEM Mini Extreme.

ZdalneWłącz Sterowanie zdalne, by umożliwić sterowanie zdalne za pomocą sieci Ethernet. Wyłącz
Sterowanie zdalne, by sterować urządzeniem na miejscu.

Resetuj ustawienia

Przywróć ustawienia fabryczne
Wybierz Przywróć ustawienia fabryczne w menu ustawień, by przywrócić ustawienia fabryczne
HyperDecka. Po naciśnięciu SET, pojawi się komunikat z prośbą o potwierdzenie wyboru.

Ustawienia

1067

Panel tylny
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

1

Zasilanie
HyperDeck Shuttle HD jest zasilany za pomocą wtyczki. Kabel zasilający dołączony dourządzenia zawiera złącze blokujące, aby zapobiec odłączeniu urządzenia, ale możesz
także użyć dowolnego kabla 36W 12V, by zasilić HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

2

Karta SDWłóż karty SD do slotu w celu nagrywania i odtwarzania.

3

Ethernet
Port Ethernet umożliwia podłączenie do sieci w celu nagrywania do sieciowej pamięci
masowej, szybkie przesyłanie plików za pomocą FTP i HTTP za pośrednictwem Web MediaManagera. Ponadto można zdalnie sterować urządzeniem za pomocą interfejsu REST API
lub protokołu HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Więcej informacji na temat przesyłania plików
przez Web Media Managera lub klienta FTP znajdziesz w rozdziale „Przesyłanie plików
przez sieć” w dalszej części tej instrukcji.
Jeśli jesteś podłączony do tej samej sieci, co mikser ATEM, możesz również sterować
HyperDeckiem za pomocą miksera ATEM albo panelu sprzętowego ATEM.

4

Dysk zewnętrznyPodłącz dysk flash do złącza USB typu C, by nagrywać na dyski zewnętrzne z prędkością
do 5Gb/s. Możesz także podłączyć się przez wieloportowe huby USB typu C lub
Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, by podłączyć jeden lub kilka dysków SSD.

5

HDMIPodłącz wyjście HDMI do telewizji HDMI, monitorów a nawet i miksera, takiego jak ATEM
Mini Extreme. Wyjście HDMI służy także do wyświetlania nakładki menu.

Ustawienia

1068Nośnik pamięci
Karta SDDo nagrań wysokiej jakości HD zalecamy szybkie karty UHS-I SD. Te karty muszą miećmożliwość zapisu z prędkością powyżej 220 MB/s przy nagrywaniu rozdzielczości aż do Ultra
HD 2160p60.
Jeśli jednak nagrywasz przy niskim bitrate z większą kompresją, możesz użyć wolniejszych kart.
Zasadniczo im szybsze karty, tym lepiej.
Warto regularnie sprawdzać najnowszą wersję tej instrukcji w celu uzyskania aktualnych
informacji. Instrukcja jest zawsze gotowa do pobrania ze strony Blackmagic Designwww.blackmagicdesign.com/pl/support

Jakich kart SD należy używać z HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Przy rozdzielczości 1080p i klatkażu do 60 kl./s zalecane są następujące karty SD:
Marka

Model

PojemnośćAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128 GB

Angelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64 GB

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64 GB

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128 GBSony

Tough SF-G128T

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128 GB

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64 GB

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128 GBSony

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 GB

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 GB

ExAscend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 GB

ExAscend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128 GB

ExAscend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 GBNośnik pamięci

1069

Dysk zewnętrzny
Wszystkie modele HyperDeck mogą nagrywać bezpośrednio na dyski flash USB typu C.
Te szybkie, wysokowydajne dyski umożliwiają nagrywanie wideo przez długi czas. Możesz
następnie podłączyć dysk flash do komputera i montować bezpośrednio z dysku!
By zwiększyć ilość miejsca na dane, możesz podłączyć dok USB typu C lub zewnętrzny dysk
twardy. Aby podłączyć Blackmagic MultiDock 10G lub dysk flash USB typu C, podłącz kabel
USB typu C Twojego urządzenia do złącza EXT DISK z tyłu HyperDecka.

Jakich dysków USB typu C należy używać z HyperDeck Shuttle HD?
Do nagrywania w 1080p ProRes HQ i przy klatkażu do 60 kl./s zalecamy następujące dyski
USB typu C:
Marka

Model

Pojemność

Wise

PTS-1024 Portable SSD 4K

256 GB

OWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

BUFFALO

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500 GB

Do nagrywania w 1080p ProRes HQ i przy klatkażu do 60 kl./s zalecamy następujące dyski
USB typu C:
Marka

Model

PojemnośćOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Do nagrywania w 1080p H.264 i przy klatkażu do 60 kl./s zalecamy następujące dyski
USB typu C:
Marka

Model

PojemnośćOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240GB

Formatowanie nośnika
Formatowanie nośnika na komputerach Mac
Aplikacja Narzędzie dyskowe na komputerze Mac umożliwia sformatowanie dysku w HFS+
lub exFAT.
Upewnij się, że wykonałeś kopię zapasową wszystkiego, co ważne na dysku, ponieważ stracisz
wszystko, co się na nim znajduje, gdy zostanie sformatowany.
1Podłącz dysk flash USB do komputera za pomocą zewnętrznej stacji dokującej lub
adaptera kablowego i odrzuć wszelkie komunikaty proponujące użycie dysku SSD dotworzenia kopii zapasowych aplikacji Time Machine. By komputer odczytał karty SD, użyjzewnętrznego czytnika kart.

2

Przejdź do aplikacji/narzędzi i uruchom Disk Utility.

3

Kliknij ikonę karty SD lub dysku flash USB, po czym kliknij zakładkę usuwania.

4

Ustaw format Mac OS Extended (Journaled) lub exFAT.

5

Wpisz nazwę nowego woluminu i kliknij Erase. Nośnik zostanie szybko sformatowany ibędzie gotowy do użycia z HyperDeck.

Formatowanie nośnika

1070

Formatowanie nośników na komputerach Windows
W oknie dialogowym Format można sformatować dysk w formacie exFAT na komputerze z
systemem Windows. Upewnij się, że wykonałeś kopię zapasową wszystkiego, co ważne na
dysku SSD lub karcie SD, ponieważ stracisz wszystko, co się na nim znajduje, gdy zostanie
sformatowany.
1Podłącz dysk flash USB do komputera za pomocą zewnętrznej stacji dokującej lub
adaptera kablowego. By komputer odczytał karty SD, użyj zewnętrznego czytnika kart.

2

Otwórz menu startowe lub ekran startowy i wybierz komputer. Kliknij prawym przyciskiem
na Twój dysk flash USB lub kartę SD.

3

Z menu kontekstowego wybierz Format.

4

Ustaw system plików na exFAT, a rozmiar jednostki alokacji na 128 kilobajtów.

5

Wprowadź etykietę woluminu, wybierz Quick Format i kliknij Start.

6Nośnik zostanie szybko sformatowany i będzie gotowy do użycia z HyperDeck.

Formatowanie nośnika

1071

Przeglądanie woluminów
Opcja przeglądaniu woluminów pozwala otworzyć nakładkę ze ścieżką pliku, by ułatwić
lokalizację klipów na kartach multimediów, dyskach fizycznych i sieciowych. Po uruchomieniu
nakładka wyświetli się na wyjściu HDMI. Możesz przeglądać katalogi za pomocą przycisku
SCR, CLIP oraz pokrętła jog.
1

Otwórz okno przeglądania woluminów, naciskając przycisk SCR.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Naciśnij SCR, by wyświetlić okno przeglądania woluminów na wyjściu HDMI

2

Odrzuć lub pomiń materiały na wyświetlaczu aż znajdziesz klip z folderu, który Cięinteresuje.

3Naciśnij przycisk SCR, by przejść w dół woluminów i przycisk CLIP, by wrócić do góry.

Aby zamknąć okno przeglądania woluminów, naciśnij przycisk zatrzymania lub naciśnij przycisk
odtwarzania, by zamknąć okno i natychmiast rozpocząć odtwarzanie.
UWAGA Aby wyświetlić klipy nagrane przy użyciu innego kodeku z inną rozdzielczością
lub przy innym klatkażu, zmień ustawienia tak, by kodek HyperDecka i domyślny standard
do siebie pasowały.
Przeglądanie woluminów

1072

Korzystanie z funkcji teleprompteraMożesz użyć Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD jako telepromptera ze standardowymi plikami
RTF lub TXT. Stwórz plik w TextEdit lub WordPad i zachowaj go jako format RTF (Rich Text Format)
lub zwykły plik tekstowy w dowolnym z 13 obsługiwanych języków. Po otwarciu pliku z pomocą
HyperDeck Shuttle HD możesz zmienić rozmiar czcionki i odstępy między wierszami w skrypcie.
Aby użyć telepromptera:
1 Podłącz wyjście HDMI HyperDeck Shuttle HD do wyświetlacza HDMI, który chcesz wykorzystać.
2Włóż kartę SD i podłącz zewnętrzny dysk flash USB zawierający Twój skrypt.

3

W menu nagrywania wybierz kodek. Przejdź do ustawienia Teleprompter i naciśnij SET.

Skrypt pojawi się na Twoim wyświetlaczu. Od tego momentu możesz automatycznie rozpocząć
odtwarzanie za pomocą przycisku odtwarzania lub użyć pokrętła, by mieć więcej kontroli.

Sterowanie prędkością odtwarzania teleprompteraDuże pokrętło na HyperDeck Shuttle HD może być wykorzystane do sterowania prędkością
odtwarzania w trybie telepromptera, tak samo jak w przypadku odtwarzania multimediów. Po
załadowaniu skryptu naciśnij przycisk JOG i SCR jednocześnie, by uruchomić odtwarzanie zezmienną prędkością. Następnie porusz pokrętłem. Skrypt będzie się poruszał z prędkością
odpowiadającą ruchom pokrętła. Na przykład im szybciej poruszasz pokrętłem, tym szybciej
będziesz przewijać skrypt.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Przy stałych prędkościach możesz użyć przycisków JOG i SCROLL osobno. Po wybraniu
przycisku pokrętło będzie przewijać skrypt ze stałą, niską prędkością w trybie jog lub z większą
prędkością w trybie scroll.
Aby przeglądać pliki na Twojej karcie SD lub dysku zewnętrznym, użyj przycisków przewijania
do przodu i do tyłu.
Korzystanie z funkcji telepromptera

1073

Teleprompter rozpozna wielkość czcionki, kolor i czy wybrano pogrubienie. Dodatkowo w menu
monitora możesz dostosować wielkość czcionki, odstępy między wierszami, marginesy albo
zmienić układ ekranu na pionowy lub poziomy podczas projekcji z rozdzieleniem wiązek. Więcej
informacji znajdziesz w rozdziale „Ustawienia” we wcześniejszej części niniejszej instrukcji.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup to oprogramowanie narzędziowe, które umożliwia zmianę
ustawień oraz aktualizację wewnętrznego oprogramowania w Twoim HyperDecku.

Aby zainstalować oprogramowanie:
1

Pobierz najnowszy instalator Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup z
www.blackmagicdesign.com/pl/support.

2

Uruchom instalator Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup na komputerze i postępuj zgodnie zwyświetlanymi poleceniami.

3

Po zakończeniu instalacji podłącz HyperDeck Shuttle HD do komputera przez złącze USB
lub złącze Ethernet na tylnym panelu.

4

Uruchom Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup i postępuj zgodnie z powiadomieniami na ekranie,by zaktualizować wewnętrzne oprogramowanie. Jeśli nie pojawia się żadne powiadomienie,wewnętrzne oprogramowanie jest aktualne i nie musisz już nic więcej robić.

Kliknij na zdjęcie HyperDecka lub na ikonę ustawień, by otworzyć menu ustawień.
Ekran startowy wyświetli Twojego HyperDecka Shuttle HD oraz nazwę urządzenia. Ta nazwa
pomaga zidentyfikować urządzenie, gdy więcej niż jeden HyperDeck jest podłączony do
Twojego komputera. Nazwę można zmienić w menu ustawień oprogramowania.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1074

KonfiguracjaJeśli posiadasz więcej niż jeden HyperDeck Shuttle, możesz chcieć nadać każdemu urządzeniu
osobną nazwę, by z łatwością je rozróżniać. Można to zrobić, wprowadzając nową nazwę wpolu nazwy i klikając przycisk SET. Warto zauważyć, że zmiana nazwy HyperDeck spowoduje
unieważnienie wszystkich używanych certyfikatów cyfrowych, dlatego warto zmienić nazwę przed
wygenerowaniem żądania podpisania certyfikatu lub samodzielnie podpisanego certyfikatu.

Rozpoznaj Hyperdeck
Kliknięcie pola Identify HyperDeck spowoduje, że przycisk zdalnego sterowania z przoduurządzenia HyperDeck Shuttle zacznie migać. Może to być przydatne, gdy masz więcej niż
jeden HyperDeck Shuttle i chcesz zidentyfikować, z którym z nich jesteś połączony za pomocą
oprogramowania HyperDeck Setup.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1075

Data i godzina
Ustaw datę i godzinę automatycznie, zaznaczając pole. Podczas automatycznego ustawiania
daty i godziny urządzenie HyperDeck Shuttle HD będzie korzystać z protokołu synchronizacji
czasu ustawionego w polu NTP. Domyślnym serwerem NTP jest time.cloudflare.com, ale można
też ręcznie wpisać alternatywny serwer NTP, a następnie kliknąć Set.
W przypadku ręcznego wprowadzania daty i godziny należy użyć pól do wprowadzenia daty,
godziny i strefy czasowej. Prawidłowe ustawienie daty i godziny gwarantuje, że nagrania mająte same informacje o czasie i dacie co sieć, a także zapobiega konfliktom, które mogą wystąpić
w przypadku niektórych sieciowych systemów pamięci masowej.

Ustawienia sieci
Protokół
Aby sterować HyperDeck Shuttle HD za pomocą mikserów ATEM lub sterować nim zdalnie przyużyciu HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, HyperDeck Shuttle HD musi znajdować się w tej samej
sieci co inne urządzenia przy użyciu DHCP lub poprzez ręczne dodanie stałego adresu IP.

DHCP

Nagrywarki dyskowe HyperDeck Shuttle HD są fabrycznie ustawione na DHCP.
Protokół dynamicznej konfiguracji hosta, w skrócie DHCP, jest usługą na
serwerach sieciowych, która automatycznie wyszukuje nagrywarkę dyskową
HyperDeck i przypisuje jej adres IP. DHCP to świetna usługa, która ułatwiapodłączenie urządzeń przez Ethernet i dba, aby ich adresy IP nie kolidowały ze
sobą. Większość komputerów i mikserów sieciowych obsługuje DHCP.

Static IP

Wybierając Static IP możesz ręcznie wprowadzić dane Twojej sieci. W przypadku
ręcznego ustawiania adresów IP i umożliwienia komunikacji wszystkich urządzeń
muszą one mieć tę samą maskę podsieci i ustawienia bramki.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1076

Dostęp do sieci
Do HyperDeck Shuttle HD można uzyskać dostęp przez sieć w celu przesyłania plików
i zdalnego sterowania za pośrednictwem HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Dostęp będzie
domyślnie włączony, ale można wybrać indywidualne wyłączenie dostępu lub włączeniedostępu za pomocą nazwy użytkownika i hasła w celu zwiększenia bezpieczeństwa podczas
korzystania z internetowego menedżera mediów lub HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

Protokół transferu plikówWłącz lub wyłącz dostęp przez FTP za pomocą pola wyboru. Jeśli udzielasz dostępu poprzez
klienta FTP, takiego jak CyberDuck, kliknij ikonę, aby skopiować adres FTP. Więcej informacjimożna znaleźć w rozdziale „Przesyłanie plików przez sieć”.
Web Media Manager
Dane zapisane na kartach SD lub dyskach zewnętrznych mogą być udostępnione w
przeglądarce za pomocą Web Media Managera. Klikając na link lub kopiując i wklejając go doprzeglądarki otworzy się prosty interfejs, gdzie będziesz mógł przesyłać lub pobierać pliki
bezpośrednio na karty SD przez Twoją sieć.
Dostęp jest domyślnie włączony przez HTTP, ale można go całkowicie wyłączyć lub wymagać
certyfikatu bezpieczeństwa za pomocą opcji Enabled with security only. W przypadku
korzystania z certyfikatu cyfrowego połączenia z menedżerem multimediów internetowych są
szyfrowane za pomocą protokołu HTTPS. Więcej informacji na temat certyfikatów cyfrowychmożna znaleźć w sekcji „Certyfikat bezpieczeństwa”.
HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
Z nagrywarką dyskową HyperDeck można połączyć się za pomocą Ethernet HyperDeck
Protocol oraz programu wiersza poleceń na komputerze, takiego jak Terminal na komputerze
Mac lub PuTTY na komputerze z systemem Windows. Dostęp może być włączony z nazwą
użytkownika i hasłem lub bez nich, lub całkowicie wyłączony. Możesz użyć programu SSL do
szyfrowania sesji podczas używania oprogramowania takiego jak netcat. Więcej informacji
na temat dostępnych poleceń można znaleźć w rozdziale „Informacje dla deweloperów" wniniejszej instrukcji.
Zarządzanie oprogramowaniemDostęp do Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup można uzyskać, gdy nagrywarka dyskowa jestpodłączona przez sieć lub przez USB. Aby uniemożliwić użytkownikom dostęp przez sieć,
wybierz tylko opcję USB.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1077

Ustawienia bezpiecznego logowaniaJeśli wybrałeś Enabled with security, by zyskać dostęp do Web Media Managera lub protokołu
Ethernet HyperDecka, będziesz musiał wprowadzić nazwę użytkownika oraz hasło. Wpisz
nazwę użytkownika i hasło, a następnie kliknij Save. Pole hasła pozostanie puste po wpisaniu
hasła. Po ustawieniu nazwy użytkownika i hasła należy je wprowadzić podczas uzyskiwaniadostępu do Web Media Menagera, jeśli wybrano opcję Enabled with security.

Certyfikat bezpieczeństwa
Aby włączyć dostęp do Web Media Managera przez HTTPS lub gdy protokół Ethernet
HyperDecka został skonfigurowany na opcję tylko z zabezpieczeniem, wymagany jestcertyfikat bezpieczeństwa. Ten cyfrowy certyfikat działa jak karta identyfikacyjna HyperDeck
Shuttle HD, dzięki czemu wszelkie połączenia przychodzące mogą potwierdzić, że łączą sięz właściwym urządzeniem. Oprócz potwierdzenia tożsamości urządzenia, użycie certyfikatu
bezpieczeństwa zapewnia szyfrowanie danych przesyłanych między HyperDeck Shuttle HD
a komputerem lub serwerem. Korzystając z ustawień bezpiecznego logowania, połączeniebędzie nie tylko szyfrowane, ale będzie wymagało uwierzytelnienia w celu uzyskania dostępu.
Istnieją dwa typy certyfikatów, których można używać z HyperDeck Shuttle: certyfikat
bezpieczeństwa podpisany przez urząd certyfikacji lub certyfikat samodzielnie podpisany.
Certyfikat samodzielnie podpisany może być wystarczająco bezpieczny dla niektórych
przepływów pracy użytkownika, na przykład uzyskując dostęp do HyperDeck Shuttle HD tylko
za pośrednictwem sieci lokalnej.
Aby wygenerować certyfikat samodzielnie podpisany, kliknij Create certificate. Zostaniesz
poproszony o potwierdzenie, że rozumiesz ryzyko związane z korzystaniem z certyfikatu
samodzielnie podpisanego. Po kliknięciu przycisku Create szczegóły certyfikatu automatycznie
wypełnią pola Domain, Issuer i Valid until w oprogramowaniu HyperDeck Setup.

Po przywróceniu ustawień fabrycznych wszystkie bieżące certyfikaty zostaną usunięte, alemożna je również usunąć w dowolnym momencie, klikając przycisk Remove i postępując
zgodnie z instrukcjami.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1078

Podczas korzystania z samodzielnie podpisanego certyfikatu w celu uzyskania dostępu doplików multimedialnych przy użyciu protokołu HTTPS, przeglądarka internetowa ostrzega oryzyku związanym z dostępem do witryny. Niektóre przeglądarki pozwolą Ci przejść dalej popotwierdzeniu, że rozumiesz ryzyko, jednak inne przeglądarki mogą to całkowicie uniemożliwić.

Aby zapewnić dostęp do dowolnej przeglądarki internetowej, należy użyć podpisanego
certyfikatu. Aby uzyskać podpisany certyfikat, należy najpierw wygenerować żądanie
podpisania certyfikatu, czyli CSR, za pomocą Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. To żądanie
podpisania jest następnie wysyłane do urzędu certyfikacji, znanego również jako CA, lub
do działu IT w celu podpisania. Po zakończeniu zostanie zwrócony podpisany certyfikat z
rozszerzeniem .cert, .crt lub .pem, który można zaimportować do HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
HyperDeck
MENU

Certificate

Authority

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Aby wygenerować żądanie podpisania certyfikatu CSR:
1

Kliknij Generate signing request.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1079

2

Pojawi się okno z prośbą o wprowadzenie nazwy powszechnie stosowanej i alternatywnej
nazwy podmiotu dla HyperDecka. Pozostałe szczegóły należy zmienić zgodnie zponiższą tabelą.

Informacja

Opis

Przykład

Nazwa powszechnie
stosowana

Nazwa docelowo używanej
domenyhyperdeck.melbourne.com

Alternatywna nazwa podmiotu

Alternatywna nazwa domeny

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

Kraj

Kraj Twojej organizacji

Australia

Stan

Województwo, region, hrabstwo
lub stan

Wiktoria

Lokalizacja

Nazwa miasta, miasteczka, wsi itp.

Port Melbourne

Nazwa organizacji

Nazwa Twojej organizacji

Blackmagic Design

3

Po wypełnieniu danych certyfikatu naciśnij przycisk Generate.

Kiedy wygenerujesz .csr, będziesz również tworzył jednocześnie klucz publiczny i klucz
prywatny. Klucz publiczny zostanie dołączony do żądania podpisania, podczas gdy klucz
prywatny pozostanie w urządzeniu. Po zweryfikowaniu przez CA lub dział IT informacji
zawartych w CSR z Twoją organizacją, wygenerują oni podpisany certyfikat z powyższymi
danymi wraz z Twoim kluczem publicznym.
Po zaimportowaniu HyperDeck Shuttle HD użyje klucza publicznego i prywatnego w
celu potwierdzenia identyfikacji HyperDecka oraz szyfrowania i odszyfrowywania danych
udostępnianych przez HTTPS lub przez HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol, gdy używany jest
program SSL.
Importowanie podpisanego certyfikatu:
1

Kliknij Import signed certificate.

2

Przejdź do lokalizacji podpisanego certyfikatu za pomocą przeglądarki plików i po
wybraniu pliku kliknij Open.

Pola Domain, Issuer i Valid until zostaną zaktualizowane o informacje z Twojego CA. Ogólnie
rzecz biorąc, podpisany certyfikat będzie ważny przez około rok, więc po dacie wygaśnięcia
proces będzie musiał zostać powtórzony.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1080

Ponieważ wybrano nazwę domeny, należy porozmawiać z działem IT na temat uzgodnienia
wpisu DNS dla urządzenia HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Spowoduje to skierowanie całego ruchu
dla adresu IP HyperDeck Shuttle HD na adres domeny wybrany w żądaniu podpisania. Będzie
to również adres HTTPS używany do uzyskiwania dostępu do plików za pośrednictwem Web
Media Managera, na przykład https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com
Warto zauważyć, że certyfikat zostanie unieważniony po przywróceniu ustawień fabrycznych ikonieczne będzie wygenerowanie i podpisanie nowego certyfikatu.

Ustawienia plików

Przy pierwszej konfiguracji urządzenie HyperDeck Shuttle HD będzie nagrywać klipy nakartę SD lub dysk flash USB, używając prefiksu HyperDeck. Wpisz nową nazwę pliku, byzmienić prefiks.
Znacznik czasu dodawany do nazwy pliku jest domyślnie wyłączony. Jeśli chcesz, aby data i
godzina zostały zapisane w nazwie pliku, zaznacz opcję On. Ustawienia prefiksu nazwy pliku iznacznika czasu są również dostępne z menu ekranowego w HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

Resetowanie
Wybierz opcję Factory reset, aby przywrócić ustawienia fabryczne HyperDecka. Przywrócenie
ustawień fabrycznych spowoduje unieważnienie bieżącego certyfikatu. Jeśli używany
jest certyfikat bezpieczeństwa, będziesz musiał wygenerować nowe żądanie podpisania
certyfikatu, które zostanie podpisane przez urząd certyfikacji lub dział IT.

Aktualizacja oprogramowania wewnętrznego
Aby zaktualizować oprogramowanie wewnętrzne:
1

Pobierz najnowszy instalator Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup ze strony
www.blackmagicdesign.com/pl/support.

2

Uruchom na komputerze instalator Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup i postępuj zgodnie z
instrukcjami na ekranie.

3

Po zakończeniu instalacji należy podłączyć HyperDeck Shuttle HD do komputera
przez USB lub złącze Ethernet na tylnym panelu.

4

Uruchom Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup i postępuj zgodnie z wszelkimi komunikatami
na ekranie, aby zaktualizować wewnętrzne oprogramowanie. Jeśli nie pojawi się żaden
komunikat, oprogramowanie wewnętrzne jest aktualne i nie wymaga dalszego działania.

Konfiguracja Blackmagic HyperDeck

1081

Przesyłanie plików przez sieć
HyperDeck Shuttle HD obsługuje przesyłanie plików zarówno za pomocą zabezpieczonej
wersji protokołu, znanej jako HTTPS, jak i protokołu transferu plików znanego jako FTP.
Umożliwia to kopiowanie plików bezpośrednio z komputera do HyperDecka za pośrednictwem
sieci z dużą prędkością, jaką może zapewnić sieć lokalna. Przykładem może być kopiowanie
nowych plików do HyperDecka używanego do odtwarzania wideo na ścianach wizyjnych i w
systemach typu digital signage.
Można przesyłać dowolne pliki do i z HyperDecka, ale warto zauważyć, że wszelkie pliki,
które mają być odtwarzane z HyperDeck Shuttle HD muszą być zgodne z kodekami i
rozdzielczościami obsługiwanymi przez HyperDeck.
WSKAZÓWKA Możesz przesyłać pliki za pośrednictwem sieci podczas nagrywania
przez HyperDecka. HyperDeck automatycznie dostosuje prędkość transferu, aby
zapewnić brak zakłóceń podczas nagrywania.
Dostęp do HyperDeck Shuttle HD przez jeden z tych protokołów może być odblokowany lub
zablokowany poprzez oprogramowanie HyperDeck Setup. Można na przykład wyłączyć dostęp
FTP i jednocześnie włączyć dostęp HTTPS.

Łączenie z HyperDeck Shuttle HD przez HTTPSAby uzyskać dostęp do HyperDeck Shuttle HD za pośrednictwem Web Media Managera należy
podać adres URL dostępny w ustawieniach dostępu do sieci. Ustawienia dostępu do sieci
pojawiają się w oprogramowaniu HyperDeck Setup, gdy komputer jest podłączony przez USB
lub Ethernet, ale są wyłączone, gdy podłączona jest tylko sieć Ethernet.
1

Za pomocą kabla USB typu C podłącz komputer do HyperDeck Shuttle HD przez port USB
na tylnym panelu i otwórz HyperDeck Setup. Obok nazwy urządzenia powinna pojawić się
ikona połączenia USB. Kliknij okrągłą ikonę lub dowolne miejsce na zdjęciu produktu, aby
otworzyć ustawienia.

2

W przypadku korzystania z certyfikatu samodzielnie podpisanego należy przejść do
ustawień dostępu do sieci i kliknąć ikonę kopiowania obok adresu URL. To URL jest oparteo nazwę Twojego Hyperdecka. Aby zmodyfikować URL, zmień nazwę urządzenia.

Przesyłanie plików przez sieć1082

W przypadku korzystania z certyfikatu samodzielnie podpisanego kliknij na link3Jeśli zaimportowałeś certyfikat podpisany przez organ certyfikujący lub dział IT, skopiuj iwklej adres w polu domeny dla aktualnego certyfikatu.

Skopiuj adres domeny i wklej go do przeglądarki

4

Otwórz przeglądarkę internetową i wklej adres w nowym oknie. Jeśli włączonodostęp tylko z zabezpieczeniem, zostanie wyświetlona prośba o wprowadzenie nazwyużytkownika i hasła ustawionych w oprogramowaniu HyperDeck Setup.

Podczas korzystania z samodzielnie podpisanego certyfikatu pojawi się ostrzeżenie
przeglądarki dotyczące prywatności połączenia. Oznacza to, że zaufany podpisany certyfikat
nie został zaimportowany za pomocą HyperDeck Setup.
Aby kontynuować bez ważnego i zaufanego certyfikatu, postępuj zgodnie z informacjami
przeglądarki, aby potwierdzić ryzyko i przejść do witryny.

Przesyłanie plików za pomocą Web Media Managera
Po pierwszym otwarciu okna przeglądarki Web Media Managera zobaczysz, że Twoje plikibędą uporządkowane według odpowiednich slotów na media.
sd1

Multimedia na kartach SD.

USBPodłączone dyski USB będą wymienione z prefiksem USB/.

Kliknij dwukrotnie nośnik, aby wyświetlić zawartość karty SD lub dysku.

Przesyłanie plików przez sieć

1083

Kliknij przycisk Upload, aby dodać pliki

Aby zdalnie dodać pliki do odtwarzania, należy kliknąć przycisk Upload. Korzystając z
przeglądarki plików, przejdź do swojego pliku i kliknij Upload. Podczas przesyłania pojawi się
okno stanu. W razie potrzeby można również dodać foldery za pomocą przycisku Create folder.
Aby pobrać pliki, użyj ikony strzałki po prawej stronie. Przeglądarka może wyświetlić prośbę o
zezwolenie na pobieranie plików z witryny. Kliknij Allow. Aby usunąć plik, kliknij ikonę kosza, apojawi się okno usuwania pliku. Kliknij Delete, aby kontynuować.

Przesyłanie plików przez FTPJeśli komputer i HyperDeck Shuttle HD znajdują się w tej samej sieci, wystarczy mieć
oprogramowanie klienta FTP i adres IP urządzenia HyperDeck Shuttle HD lub adres URL FTP w
HyperDeck Setup.
1

Pobierz i zainstaluj oprogramowanie klienta FTP na komputerze, do którego chceszpodłączyć HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Polecamy Cyberduck, FileZilla lub Transmit, jednakwiększość aplikacji FTP będzie kompatybilna. Cyberduck i FileZilla można pobrać za darmo.

2

Po podłączeniu HyperDeck Shuttle HD do sieci otwórz HyperDeck Setup i kliknij na FTP
URL lub naciśnij ikonę kopiowania, aby wkleić go ręcznie. Jeśli program FTP nie otworzypołączenia, konieczne może być kliknięcie łącza po raz drugi.

3Jeśli ręcznie otwierasz połączenie FTP, wklej adres URL w polu serwera. Zaznacz pole
Anonymous login, jeśli jest dostępne.

Przesyłanie plików przez sieć

1084

4

Karty SD będą identyfikowane przez sd1.

Możesz teraz przeciągać i upuszczać pliki za pomocą interfejsu FTP.

Przesyłanie plików przez sieć

1085

Informacje dla deweloperów
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Informacje dla deweloperów

1086

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Informacje dla deweloperów

1087

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notifications

Informacje dla deweloperów

1088

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimeline

Informacje dla deweloperów

1089

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disks

Informacje dla deweloperów

1090

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filename

Informacje dla deweloperów

1091

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1092

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵

Informacje dla deweloperów

1093

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supported

Informacje dla deweloperów

1094

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1095

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1096

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:

stop↵

Informacje dla deweloperów

1097

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1098

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵

Informacje dla deweloperów

1099

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1100

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵

Informacje dla deweloperów

1101

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1102

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1103

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1104

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1105

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1106

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1107

HyperDeck Control REST API
Jeśli jesteś programistą, możesz tworzyć niestandardowe aplikacje lub korzystać z gotowychnarzędzi, takich jak klient REST lub Postman, aby płynnie kontrolować i współdziałać z
nagrywarkami dyskowymi HyperDeck za pomocą HyperDeck Control REST API. Ten interfejs
API umożliwia wykonywanie szerokiego zakresu operacji, takich jak uruchamianie lub
zatrzymywanie nagrań, zarządzanie odtwarzaniem, uzyskiwanie dostępu do informacji o dysku
i wiele innych. Niezależnie od tego, czy opracowujesz niestandardową aplikację dostosowaną
do Twoich konkretnych potrzeb, czy też korzystasz z istniejących narzędzi, ten interfejs APIumożliwia łatwe odblokowanie pełnego potencjału nagrywarek dyskowych HyperDeck. Niemożemy się doczekać, aby zobaczyć, co stworzyłeś!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1108

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip
to the beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Informacje dla deweloperów

1109

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip
to the beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1110

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1111

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Informacje dla deweloperów

1112

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1113

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1114

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1115

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become active

Informacje dla deweloperów

1116

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetchedwith the GET request and then provided back with a PUT
request400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundInformacje dla deweloperów

1117

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetchedwith the GET request and then provided back with a PUT
requestfilesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If thesame media clip is added to the timeline multiple times,
each timeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised
as string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported
in /clips for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was
specified when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is
the first frame of the timeline

Informacje dla deweloperów1118

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1119

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket API

Informacje dla deweloperów

1120

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1121

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording,disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Informacje dla deweloperów

1122

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1123

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently
supported options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI,
Component, Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently
supported options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI,
Component, Composite.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1124

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently
supported options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI,
Component, Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1125

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00,
25, 29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94,
60.00, 60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1126

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1127

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1128

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1129

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1130

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user
can either choose a value from the predefined enum, or
provide a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/
workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/
playback, /transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informacje dla deweloperów

1131

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user
can either choose a value from the predefined enum, or
provide a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/
workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/
playback, /transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user
can either choose a value from the predefined enum, or
provide a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/
workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/
playback, /transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Informacje dla deweloperów

1132

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video format

Informacje dla deweloperów

1133

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If thesame media clip is added to the timeline multiple times,
each timeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised
as string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported
in /clips for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was
specified when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is
the first frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Informacje dla deweloperów

1134

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip
to the beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Informacje dla deweloperów

1135

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently
supported options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI,
Component, Composite .

Informacje dla deweloperów

1136

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmark

Informacje dla deweloperów

1137

PomocUzyskiwanie pomocy
Najszybszym sposobem uzyskania pomocy jest wejście na strony wsparcia technicznego
online Blackmagic Design i sprawdzenie najnowszych materiałów pomocniczych dostępnych
dla nagrywarki dyskowej Blackmagic HyperDeck.

Strony wsparcia technicznego online Blackmagic Design
Najnowsza instrukcja obsługi, oprogramowanie i noty informacyjne można znaleźć w centrum
wsparcia technicznego na stronie www.blackmagicdesign.com/pl/support.

Forum Blackmagic Design
Forum Blackmagic Design na naszej stronie internetowej jest pomocnym źródłem dalszych
informacji i kreatywnych pomysłów. Może to być też szybszy sposób uzyskania pomocy. Być
może istnieją już odpowiedzi na podobne pytania od innych doświadczonych użytkowników
i pracowników Blackmagic Design, którzy mogą Ci pomóc. Forum znajdziesz pod adresem
https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Kontakt z obsługą techniczną Blackmagic DesignJeśli nie możesz znaleźć potrzebnej pomocy w naszych materiałach na forum, użyj przyciskuWyślij do nas e-mail na stronie wsparcia technicznego, aby wysłać zgłoszenie dotyczące
pomocy technicznej. Alternatywnie kliknij na stronie przycisk Znajdź lokalną pomoc techniczną
i zadzwoń do najbliższego biura pomocy technicznej Blackmagic Design.

Sprawdzanie aktualnie zainstalowanej wersji oprogramowania
Aby sprawdzić, jaka wersja oprogramowania Blackmagic HyperDeck jest zainstalowana na
Twoim komputerze, otwórz okno Informacje o Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 W systemie Mac OS otwórz oprogramowanie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup w folderze
Aplikacje. Wybierz Informacje o Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup w Menu aplikacji, abywyświetlić numer wersji.
 W systemie Windows otwórz oprogramowanie Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup z menu
Start lub na ekranie startowym. Kliknij na Pomoc na pasku menu i wybierz Informacje oBlackmagic HyperDeck Setup, aby wyświetlić numer wersji.

Jak uzyskać najnowsze aktualizacje oprogramowania
Po sprawdzeniu wersji oprogramowania Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup zainstalowanego
na komputerze odwiedź centrum wsparcia technicznego Blackmagic Design na stronie
www.blackmagicdesign.com/pl/support, aby sprawdzić najnowsze aktualizacje. Zazwyczaj
zaleca się instalację najnowszych aktualizacji. Mądrą praktyką jest jednak unikanie aktualizacji
oprogramowania w trakcie realizacji ważnego projektu.

Pomoc

1138

Wymogi prawne
Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego na terenie Unii Europejskiej.
Symbol na produkcie oznacza, że tego urządzenia nie wolno utylizować razem z innymi
odpadami. Aby zutylizować zużyty sprzęt, należy przekazać go do wyznaczonego
punktu zbiórki w celu recyklingu. Oddzielna zbiórka i recykling zużytego sprzętu
w czasie utylizacji pomoże oszczędzić zasoby naturalne i zapewni, że zostanie on
poddany recyklingowi w sposób chroniący zdrowie ludzi i środowisko. Więcej informacji
na temat miejsc, w których można oddać zużyty sprzęt do recyklingu można uzyskać
w lokalnym biurze ds. recyklingu w Twoim mieście lub u sprzedawcy, od którego
zakupiłeś produkt.
Niniejsze urządzenie zostało przetestowane i uznane za zgodne z ograniczeniami
dla urządzeń cyfrowych klasy A, zgodnie z częścią 15 przepisów FCC. Ograniczenia
te zostały opracowane w celu zapewnienia rozsądnej ochrony przed szkodliwymi
zakłóceniami podczas pracy urządzenia w środowisku komercyjnym. Tego typusprzęt generuje, wykorzystuje i może wypromieniować energię o częstotliwości
radiowej. Jeśli nie jest zainstalowany i używany zgodnie z instrukcją, może powodować
szkodliwe zakłócenia w komunikacji radiowej. Użytkowanie tego produktu na terenachzamieszkałych może powodować szkodliwe zakłócenia, w którym to przypadku
użytkownik będzie zobowiązany do usunięcia zakłóceń na własny koszt.
Działanie podlega dwóm następującym warunkom:
1

Niniejsze urządzenie nie może powodować szkodliwych zakłóceń.

2

Niniejsze urządzenie musi odbierać wszelkie zakłócenia zewnętrzne, w tym
zakłócenia mogące powodować niepożądane funkcjonowanie.

R-R-BMD-20211410001
Certyfikacja ISED na rynek kanadyjski
Niniejsze urządzenie jest zgodne z kanadyjskimi normami dla urządzeń
cyfrowych klasy A.
Wszelkie modyfikacje lub użycie tego produktu niezgodnie z jego przeznaczeniemmoże unieważnić zgodność z tymi normami.
Podłączenie do interfejsów HDMI musi być wykonane przy użyciu wysokiej jakości
ekranowanych kabli HDMI.
Niniejsze urządzenie zostało przetestowane pod kątem zgodności zprzeznaczeniem do użytku w środowisku komercyjnym. Jeśli urządzenie jestużywane w środowisku domowym, może powodować zakłócenia radiowe.

Wymogi prawne

1139

Informacje dotyczące bezpieczeństwa
Produkt nadaje się do użytku na obszarach tropikalnych o temperaturze otoczenia do 40oC.
Upewnij się, że wokół produktu zapewniona jest odpowiednia, nieograniczona wentylacja.
Produkt nie zawiera żadnych części, które mogą być naprawiane przez użytkownika.
Serwisowanie należy zlecić lokalnemu centrum serwisowemu Blackmagic Design.
Stosować wyłącznie na wysokościach nie większych niż 2000 m n.p.m.

Kalifornijskie ostrzeżenie Prop 65
Niniejszy produkt może narażać użytkownika na działanie substancji chemicznych, takich jakśladowe ilości polibromowanych bifenyli w częściach plastikowych uznanych w stanie Kalifornia
za powodujące raka i uszkodzenia płodu lub działające szkodliwie dla rozrodczości.
Więcej informacji na stronie www.P65Warnings.ca.gov
Oddział europejskiBlackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Informacje dotyczące bezpieczeństwa

1140

Gwarancja
12 miesięcy ograniczonej gwarancji
Firma Blackmagic Design gwarantuje, że niniejszy produkt będzie wolny od wad materiałowych i
produkcyjnych przez okres 12 miesięcy od daty zakupu. Jeśli produkt okaże się wadliwy w okresie
gwarancyjnym, Blackmagic Design, według własnego uznania albo naprawi wadliwy produkt
bez opłat za części i koszty naprawy, albo zapewni wymianę na produkt zastępczy w zamian za
wadliwy produkt.
W celu uzyskania usługi w ramach niniejszej gwarancji, klient musi powiadomić Blackmagic Designo wadzie przed upływem okresu gwarancyjnego i dokonać odpowiednich przygotowań dowykonania usługi. Klient jest odpowiedzialny za zapakowanie i opłacenie wysyłki wadliwego
produktu do wyznaczonego centrum serwisowego wskazanego przez Blackmagic Design. Klientjest odpowiedzialny za opłacenie wszystkich kosztów wysyłki, ubezpieczenia, ceł, podatków iinnych opłat za produkty zwrócone do nas z jakiegokolwiek powodu.
Niniejsza gwarancja nie obowiązuje w przypadku wad, awarii lub uszkodzeń spowodowanych
niewłaściwym użytkowaniem lub niewłaściwą lub niedostateczną konserwacją i pielęgnacją.
W ramach niniejszej gwarancji firma Blackmagic Design nie jest zobowiązana do świadczenianastępujących usług serwisowych: a) naprawy uszkodzeń wynikających z prób instalacji, naprawy
lub serwisowania produktu przez personel inny niż przedstawiciele Blackmagic Design, b) naprawy
uszkodzeń wynikających z niewłaściwego użytkowania lub podłączenia do niekompatybilnegosprzętu, c) naprawy wszelkich uszkodzeń lub nieprawidłowego działania spowodowanego użyciemczęści lub materiałów eksploatacyjnych innych niż Blackmagic Design, lub d) serwisowania produktu,
który został zmodyfikowany lub zintegrowany z innymi produktami, jeśli w wyniku takiej modyfikacji
lub integracji zwiększa się czas lub trudność serwisowania produktu. NINIEJSZA GWARANCJAUDZIELANA PRZEZ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ZASTĘPUJE WSZELKIE INNE GWARANCJE, WYRAŹNIE
OKREŚLONE LUB DOROZUMIANE. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN I JEJ DOSTAWCY WYŁĄCZAJĄWSZELKIE DOROZUMIANE GWARANCJE PRZYDATNOŚCI HANDLOWEJ LUB PRZYDATNOŚCI
DO OKREŚLONEGO CELU. ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚĆ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ZA NAPRAWĘ LUB
WYMIANĘ WADLIWYCH PRODUKTÓW JEST JEDYNYM I WYŁĄCZNYM ZADOŚĆUCZYNIENIEM
ZAPEWNIONYM KLIENTOWI ZA WSZELKIE SZKODY POŚREDNIE, SZCZEGÓLNE, PRZYPADKOWE
LUB WYNIKOWE, NIEZALEŻNIE OD TEGO, CZY BLACKMAGIC DESIGN LUB DOSTAWCA ZOSTALIWCZEŚNIEJ POWIADOMIENI O MOŻLIWOŚCI WYSTĄPIENIA TAKICH SZKÓD. BLACKMAGICDESIGN NIE PONOSI ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCI ZA JAKIEKOLWIEK NIELEGALNE UŻYCIE SPRZĘTU
PRZEZ KLIENTA. FIRMA BLACKMAGIC NIE PONOSI ODPOWIEDZIALNOŚCI ZA JAKIEKOLWIEKSZKODY WYNIKAJĄCE Z UŻYTKOWANIA NINIEJSZEGO PRODUKTU. UŻYTKOWNIK OBSŁUGUJETEN PRODUKT NA WŁASNE RYZYKO.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Wszelkie prawa zastrzeżone. „Blackmagic Design”, „DeckLink”, „HDLink”, „Workgroup
Videohub”, „Multibridge Pro, „Multibridge Extreme”, „Intensity” i „Leading the creative video revolution” są zarejestrowanymi
znakami towarowymi w USA i innych krajach. Wszystkie inne nazwy firm i produktów mogą być znakami towarowymi odnośnych
przedsiębiorstw, z którymi są powiązane.

Gwarancja

1141Липень 2024 р.

Посібник зі встановлення та експлуатації

HyperDeck

Shuttle HD

HyperDeck Shuttle HDУкраїнська

Шановний користувачу!
Дякуємо вам за покупку пристрою Blackmagic HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Коли ми розробляли перші дискові рекордери Blackmagic HyperDeck, то прагнули
спростити запис і відтворення відео за допомогою швидкісних SSD-накопичувачів.
Зараз ця лінійка поповнилася новою моделлю HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
Цей компактний настільний HDMI-рекордер має велику ручку пошуку та знайомі
органи керування відтворенням, що в комбінації з відеомікшером ATEM Mini дозволяє
швидко виконувати операції однією рукою під час створення контенту в реальному часі.
HyperDeck Shuttle HD можна навіть використовувати як телесуфлер.
Пристрій дозволяє записувати контент на SD-карти та зовнішні флеш-диски в кодеку
ProRes, DNxHD або H.264, а також відтворювати збережений матеріал.
Останню версію посібника та програмного забезпечення для HyperDeck можна знайтив розділі підтримки на вебсайті www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua. Використання актуальної
версії ПЗ гарантує доступ до всіх наявних функцій. Щоб дізнатися про вихід оновлень,зареєструйтесь під час завантаження ПЗ. Ми постійно працюємо над удосконаленням
наших продуктів, тому ваші відгуки допоможуть нам зробити їх ще кращими.

Ґрант Петті
Генеральний директор Blackmagic DesignЗміст
Підготовка до роботи

1145

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup1169Підключення живлення

1145Налаштування 

1170Підключення джерела відеота аудіосигналу

1146

Підключення накопичувачів

1146

Запис відео

1147

Відтворення

1148

Кругла ручка пошуку

1149

Зміна налаштувань

1151

Налаштування

1152

Меню «Запис»

1152

Меню «Моніторинг»

1153

Меню «Аудіо»Оновлення вбудованого
програмного забезпечення

1176

Передача файлів через мережу 

1177Інформація для розробників

1181

Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol

1181

Protocol Commands

1181

Protocol Details

1188

HyperDeck Control REST API

1203

1153

Transport Control API

1203

Меню «Зберігання»

1154

System Control API

1208

Меню «Налаштування»

1156

Media Control API

1211

Задня панель

1163

Timeline Control API

1213

Робота з накопичувачами

1164

Event Control API

1215

SD-карта1164Зовнішній диск

1165

Clips Control API

1216

Форматування накопичувачів

1165

HyperDeck Control API

1216

Форматування накопичувача
на MacNotification websocket - 1.0.0

1226

1165

messages

1226Форматування накопичувача
на Windows

1166

Device Properties

1228Навігація по сховищах

1167

Допомога

1233

Функція телесуфлера

1168

Дотримання нормативних вимог

1234Керування швидкістю
відтворення на телесуфлеріПравила безпеки

1235

1168

Гарантія

1236

HyperDeck Shuttle HD

1144Підготовка до роботиЩоб розпочати роботу з рекордером HyperDeck Shuttle HD, достатньо підключити живлення,під'єднати джерело HDMI-відео, встановити SD-карту або зовнішній накопичувач і натиснути
кнопку запису.
У цьому розділі описано порядок підготовки до роботи з рекордером HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Підключення живлення
Підключіть блок живлення з комплекту постачання до відповідного входу на задній панелі.
Щоб запобігти випадковому від'єднанню кабелю, затягніть фіксувальне кільце.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INПідключіть блок живлення до відповідного входу на HyperDeck Shuttle HDПідготовка до роботи

1145

Підключення джерела відео- та аудіосигналуЩоб отримати відеосигнал, підключіть джерело до HDMI-входу на задній панелі рекордера.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INДля виведення зображення під'єднайте до HDMI-виходу відповідне устаткування, наприклад
мікшер ATEM Mini або HDMI-телевізор.
Роз'єм HDMI OUT також використовується для показу меню налаштувань, яке відображається
поверх відео. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Зміна налаштувань» нижче.

ПОРАДА. Якщо вхідне відео на дисплеї не відображається, можливо включено
режим відтворення. Щоб активувати запис, натисніть відповідну кнопку.

SD CARDHDMI OUT+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

HDMIПідключіть до HDMI-виходу необхідне устаткування, наприклад HDMI-телевізор або мікшер ATEM MiniПідключення накопичувачів
Рекордери HyperDeck Shuttle HD постачаються готовими до роботи й не вимагають
додаткового встановлення налаштувань. Усе, що потрібно, — це відформатована SD-картаабо зовнішній диск.
Носії легко відформатувати за допомогою меню налаштувань. Також це можна зробити накомп'ютері. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Форматування накопичувачів». Там також
наводиться інформація про типи носіїв, які найкраще підходять для запису відео, і список
рекомендованих SD-карт і зовнішніх дисків.

Порядок установлення SD-карти
1Візьміть SD-карту так, щоб позолочені контакти були спрямовані вгору, і вставте її в слот.
Обережно натисніть на карту, щоб вона ввійшла в слот до кінця.

Підготовка до роботи

1146

SD CARD
HDMI OUT+12V DC2DISKETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI INРекордер виконає перевірку SD-карти. У цей час на верхній панелі індикатор SD горітиме
зеленим кольором. Після завершення перевірки він згасне.

SD

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

CLIP

Це все, що потрібно для того, щоб підготувати HyperDeck Shuttle HD для запису та відтворення.
Докладні відомості про зберігання та програвання кліпів, а також зміну налаштувань див. врозділах нижче.

SCRЗапис відео
Насамперед переконайтеся, що на HDMI-обладнанні відображається відео з потрібного
джерела. Після цього можна відразу розпочинати запис контенту.
Для початку запису натисніть відповідну кнопку. При зберіганні на SD-карту індикатор SD такнопка запису горітимуть червоним кольором, а кнопка відтворення — білим. Під час записуна зовнішній диск індикатор його слота також горітиме червоним кольором.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Щоб завершити зберігання, натисніть кнопку зупинки.

Запис відео

1147

ВідтворенняДля відтворення натисніть відповідну кнопку. Під час програвання кнопка відтворення
горітиме білим кольором, а індикатор SD або DISK — зеленим.
Якщо записано декілька кліпів, по них можна швидко пройти за допомогою кнопок
перемотування вперед і назад.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Кнопки перемотуванняЩоб перейти до початку поточного кліпу, натисніть кнопку перемотування назад один раз,а до попередніх кліпів — кілька разів.
Для переходу до наступних кліпів, натисніть кнопку перемотування вперед. Кнопки
перемотування також блиматимуть, коли в утиліті HyperDeck Setup встановлено прапорець
Identify HyperDeck.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Кнопки перемотування вперед і назад слугують для переходу до початку кліпів

ПОРАДА. Для забезпечення правильного відтворення відеофайлів на рекордері
потрібно вибрати кодек, який використали для запису. Це можна зробити задопомогою меню. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Зміна налаштувань».

Циклічне відтворення кліпів
Якщо під час перегляду знову натиснути кнопку відтворення, HyperDeck Shuttle HDпрограватиме всі кліпи циклом, доки не буде натиснуто кнопку зупинки.
Для одноразового програвання окремого кліпу виберіть CLIP і натисніть кнопку відтворення
один раз, а для циклічного — ще раз.
Усі кліпи цикломЩоб переглянути всі записані кліпи в циклічному режимі, під часпрогравання натисніть кнопку відтворення ще раз.

Поточний кліпцикломЩоб активувати циклічний перегляд поточного кліпу в режимі CLIP,натисніть кнопку відтворення ще раз.
Відтворення

1148

Режим CLIPУ режимі CLIP усі операції відтворення стосуватимуться лише одного кліпу. Наприклад,у цьому режимі можна виконати перемотування або перехід до певного кліпу, а потім
натиснути кнопку відтворення, знаючи, що воно зупиниться в кінці кліпу.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Якщо в режимі CLIP натиснути кнопку відтворенняще раз, поточний кліп програватиметься циклічно

Кругла ручка пошуку
Ручка пошуку дозволяє швидко переходити від одного кліпу до іншого, а також вибирати
окремі фрагменти та виконувати покадровий перегляд. Це дає можливість оперативно
знаходити потрібну ділянку візуально та встановлювати точку початку відтворення кліпудля виведення його в ефір під час потокового мовлення.
На пристрої доступні режими протягування, прокручування та перемотування.
Протягування

Відтворення кліпу на покадровому рівні.

Прокручування

Режим прокручування дозволяє швидко переходити
вперед або назад по записаному матеріалу.
Прокручування виконують за допомогою ручки пошуку,яка дозволяє точно вибирати, з якого місця починати
відтворення.
При натисканні кнопки SCR також з'явиться вікно навігаціїпо сховищах, яке показуватиме місце, де збережено
даний відеофайл. Докладні відомості див. в розділі
«Навігація по сховищах» нижче.

ПеремоткаДля ввімкнення цього режиму натисніть водночас
кнопки JOG і SCR. Тепер обертанням ручки влівочи вправо можна перемотувати матеріал відповідно
назад або вперед. При повороті ручки швидкість
перемотки збільшуватиметься, поки не буде досягнуто
максимального, 50-кратного прискорення. Дляуповільнення перемотки до повної зупинки поверніть
ручку в початкове положення. Щоб зупинитисяв певному місці, натисніть кнопку зупинки, а щобвідновити відтворення з поточного положення — кнопку
відтворення. Слід зазначити, що максимальну швидкість
перемотки можна зменшити в меню налаштувань.
Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Налаштування» нижче.

Відтворення

1149

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Для вибору режимів протягування та прокручування
використовують відповідно кнопки JOG і SCR

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Після ввімкнення режиму поверніть ручку пошуку

ПОРАДА. Щоб повернутися до звичайного режиму програвання, натисніть кнопку
відтворення або зупинки.

Відтворення

1150

Зміна налаштувань
Якщо натиснути кнопку MENU, у нижньому лівому кутку підключеного HDMI-дисплея поверх
відео з'явиться меню налаштувань.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

JOG

SCR
CLIP

JOG

Натисніть
кнопку MENU, щоб відкрити налаштування
SCR

За допомогою ручки пошуку перейдіть до потрібного підменю або налаштування

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Натисніть кнопку SET для вибору підменю або налаштування

Змініть налаштування за допомогою ручки пошуку або кнопок перемотування вперед і назад.
Натисніть кнопку SET, щоб підтвердити вибір.
Для виходу з меню та повернення до головної сторінки натисніть кнопку MENU.

ПОРАДА. За допомогою налаштувань меню можна розташувати в будь-якому зчотирьох кутків дисплея. Після завершення настройки радимо вимикати меню,щоб на HDMI-мікшер, наприклад ATEM Mini Extreme, виводився чистий сигнал.

Зміна налаштувань

1151

Налаштування
Меню налаштувань розділене на п'ять головних секцій: «Запис», «Моніторинг», «Аудіо»,«Зберігання» та «Налаштування». Кожна з них містить відповідні параметри, більшість якихможна змінити за допомогою панелі керування. Деякі з налаштувань, наприклад префікс
імені файлу, призначені лише для відображення. Їх можна змінити за допомогою утиліти
HyperDeck Setup.

Меню «Запис»ВхідВідображає HDMI-вхід на HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

КодекHyperDeck Shuttle HD дозволяє записувати відео з компресією, використовуючи кодеки
H.264, Apple ProRes і DNxHD. Крім того, передбачено функцію телесуфлера.

Запуск записуДля цього налаштування доступні дві опції: «Відео старт/стоп» і «За тайм-кодом».
Деякі камери (наприклад, Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K) використовують HDMIінтерфейс для передачі сигналу про запуск і зупинку запису на зовнішніх рекордерах.
Опція «Відео старт/стоп» дозволяє починати та припиняти зберігання на HyperDeckнатисканням кнопки запису на камері.
При виборі параметра «За тайм-кодом» запис на рекордері вмикається при передачі на йогоHDMI-вхід дійсного тайм-коду. За відсутності сигналу зберігання зупиниться. Для вимкнення
даного налаштування потрібно вибрати «Немає».

ПРИМІТКА. При записі з HDMI-камери переконайтеся, що використовується чистий
сигнал, оскільки в іншому випадку разом із зображенням будуть записані параметри,що виводяться.

Налаштування

1152

Меню «Моніторинг»Макет телесуфлера
Меню «Моніторинг» має всі налаштування, необхідні для використання рекордера HyperDeck
Shuttle HD як телесуфлера.

Розмір шрифтуЩоб змінити розмір тексту, виберіть значення розміру шрифту та натисніть кнопку SET.
Для збільшення потрібно повернути ручку за годинниковою стрілкою, для зменшення —проти неї.

Міжрядковий інтервал
Збільшити або зменшити міжрядковий інтервал можна за допомогою ручки.

Бічні поляЦе налаштування дозволяє змінити ширину бічних полів з обох сторін дисплея телесуфлера.

Поворот
Якщо з монітора телесуфлера текст відображається на скло перед камерою або трибуною
доповідача, то потрібно вибрати правильне налаштування повороту тексту. Передбачено дварежими повороту.
Поворот горизонтально. Використовується, коли нижня частина монітору телесуфлера
розташована поблизу від основи скла.
Поворот вертикально. Використовується, коли нижня частина монітору телесуфлера
розташована далеко від основи скла.

Меню «Аудіо»Налаштування

1153

Аудіоканали запису
HyperDeck Shuttle HD дозволяє водночас записувати до 8 каналів звуку PCM. Щоб задати
кількість каналів запису, відкрийте список цього налаштування та виберіть значення 2, 4 або 8.
Якщо використовується кодек H.264, можна також вибрати два канали AAC-аудіо, щодозволить напряму вивантажувати записаний матеріал на платформу YouTube.

Меню «Зберігання»Тут відображатимуться підключені накопичувачі. У слоті 1 буде показано ім'я вставленої
SD-карти, а в слоті 2 — USB-диск, під'єднаний до роз'єму EXT DISK. При використанні USBконцентратора, такого як Blackmagic MultiDock 10G, тут відображається активний диск.

Активний слотДо моделі HyperDeck Shuttle можна водночас підключати SD-карту, кілька зовнішніх дисків імережеве сховище. Це дозволяє за допомогою одного рекордера HyperDeck Shuttleзаписувати терабайти даних.
Якщо підключено лише один носій, саме він буде активним. При роботі з двома або більше
накопичувачами можна вибрати той, який слугуватиме для запису та відтворення.
Порядок вибору активного накопичувача
1За допомогою ручки пошуку виберіть у меню «Зберігання» опцію «Активний слот» інатисніть блимаючу кнопку SET.

2

З'явиться список із доступними носіями. За допомогою ручки пошуку виберіть
накопичувач для запису.

Налаштування

1154

Вибір мережевого розташування
HyperDeck Shuttle може відтворювати HD-контент із сервера Blackmagic Cloud та інших
мережевих сховищ через Ethernet.
Порядок підключення до папки мережевого сховища
1За допомогою ручки пошуку перейдіть до налаштування «Задати мережеве розташування» тавиберіть його, натиснувши кнопку SET. Відкриється діалогове вікно пошуку по локальній мережі.

2

З'явиться список з усіма доступними в локальній мережі серверами. Виберіть ім'я потрібного
сервера за допомогою ручки пошуку та натисніть SET. З'явиться список із папками спільного
доступу. За допомогою круглої ручки виберіть потрібну мережеву папку та натисніть SET.
Продовжуйте допоки папка для зберігання не відображатиметься у верхній частині екрана.

3

Ім'я папки з'явиться у верхній частині екрана. Щоб призначити цю папку для запису тавідтворення, за допомогою ручки пошуку виберіть «Задати це розташування» та натисніть
SET. Праворуч з'явиться прапорець.

4Після підключення задане розташування з'явиться в списку меню «Слот 2» під опцією
«Мережеве розташування».

Другий слот на рекордерах HyperDeck Shuttle призначений як для USB-диска, так і під'єднаних
мережевих папок. Щоб використовувати підключений USB-носій або мережеве сховище,виберіть «Слот 2» в меню «Зберігання» і натисніть блимаючу кнопку SET. Зі списку «Слот 2»виберіть накопичувач і натисніть SET. Пристрій повернеться до меню «Зберігання». Крім того, уменю «Слот 2» можна видалити мережеве сховище, вибравши внизу екрана опцію «Видалити
мережеве розташування».

Налаштування

1155

ПРИМІТКА. При відтворенні з мережевого сховища рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HDприпускає гостьове підключення до сервера. Доступ, який потребує ім'я та пароль, уданий момент не підтримується при використанні кнопок MENU та SET, але можна
ввести облікові дані, застосовуючи HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol.

Перехід на USBЯкщо для запису на кілька дисків використовується Blackmagic MultiDock 10G або інший
подібний пристрій, підключений до роз'єму EXT DISK, при ввімкнутій опції «Перехід на USB»після заповнення одного зовнішнього накопичувача матеріал зберігатиметься на наступному.

Форматування носія
SD-карти та накопичувачі, підключені до заднього роз'єму EXT DISK, можна відформатуватина рекордері або на комп'ютері з операційною системою Mac або Windows.

Підготовка накопичувача на рекордері HyperDeck Shuttle HD1За допомогою ручки пошуку перейдіть до налаштування «Форматування» та виберіть
його, натиснувши кнопку SET.

2Зі списку виберіть накопичувач для форматування та натисніть SET.

3Укажіть бажаний формат і натисніть SET.

4

З'явиться підтвердження, яке містить ім'я карти та заданий формат. Виберіть «Форматувати».

5Після завершення процедури з'явиться вікно форматування. Виберіть «ОK».

Формат HFS+ також відомий як Mac OS X Extended і є рекомендованим, оскільки він підтримує
протоколювання. У цьому випадку при пошкодженні носія дані, що містяться на ньому, будепростіше відновити. Формат HFS+ сумісний із операційною системою Mac, а exFat можна
використовувати на платформах Mac і Windows без додаткового програмного забезпечення,проте він не передбачає протоколювання. Інструкції з форматування накопичувачів у ОС Mac
і Windows наведено в розділі «Форматування накопичувачів».

Меню «Налаштування»Це меню дозволяє вибирати мову інтерфейсу й базовий формат, а також вигляд меню,налаштування мережі та параметри тайм-коду.

Налаштування

1156

Ім'я
Коли до мережі підключено декілька рекордерів HyperDeck Shuttle HD, їм слід надати окремі
імена, щоб пристрої було легше ідентифікувати. Для цього можна використовувати утиліту
Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup або Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Ім'я буде показано вменю налаштувань.

МоваHyperDeck Shuttle HD має інтерфейс користувача 13 мовами, зокрема англійською,китайською, японською, корейською, іспанською, німецькою, французькою, російською,італійською, португальською, турецькою, польською та українською.
Вибір мови1Виберіть меню «Налаштування» та натисніть SET.

2Перейдіть до опції Language за допомогою ручки пошуку та натисніть кнопку SET.

3Виберіть потрібну мову та натисніть SET. На екрані знову з'явиться меню «Налаштування».

Програмне забезпечення
Відображає поточну версію програмного забезпечення.

КамераЦе налаштування використовують при записі багаторакурсного контенту у вигляді окремих
файлів, які потім редагують на спеціальній часовій шкалі в додатку DaVinci Resolve.
У метаданих файлів кожна з камер матиме своє позначення, що дозволить легко визначитивсі доступні ракурси за допомогою синхрокошика.

Для найменування камер можна використовувати
знаки A-Z або 1-9Базовий формат
Іноді HyperDeck Shuttle HD не в змозі визначити, який відеоформат слід використовувати.
Дане налаштування допоможе рекордеру вибрати формат, який найчастіше застосовується.
Для прикладу візьмемо ситуацію, коли при ввімкненні пристрою HyperDeck Shuttle HD до ньогоне підключено джерело відео, а на вставленому диску записано файли двох форматів. Який ізних слід рекордеру відтворити? У цьому разі пристрій використовуватиме базовий формат.
Ця функція також застосовується, коли під час увімкнення рекордера до нього не підключено
джерело відео та не вставлено диск. У даному разі для виведення сигналу моніторингу
HyperDeck Shuttle HD використовує формат за замовчуванням.

Налаштування

1157

Базовий формат є лише рекомендованим, а не обов'язковим. Якщо на диску містяться файли
лише одного типу, при відтворенні HyperDeck переключиться на їхній формат. Рекордер невикористовуватиме базовий формат, оскільки в цьому разі вибір є очевидним.
Те саме відбувається й під час зберігання контенту. Використовуваний під час запису формат
відповідає формату відеосигналу. Він використовуватиметься рекордером при відтворенні
цього матеріалу, навіть якщо на диску є інші файли, які мають формат, котрий вибирається зазамовчуванням. Вважається, що під час запису та відтворення формати мають бутиоднаковими. Якщо диск вийняти, а потім знову вставити, лише тоді для відтворення пристрій
переключиться на формат за замовчуванням.
Базовий формат є лише рекомендованим, а не обов'язковим, і призначений лише для тихвипадків, коли автоматичний вибір ускладнений.

Максимальна швидкість перемоткиНа рекордері HyperDeck Shuttle HD максимальне прискорення перемотки є 50-кратним. Длязменшення швидкості достатньо вибрати один з інших пресетів.

Дата і часПравильне встановлення цих параметрів забезпечує синхронізацію дати й часу на рекордері
HyperDeck Shuttle із мережею, а також дозволяє уникнути потенційних конфліктів при роботі здеякими мережевими системами.

Автоналаштування дати й часуЩоб автоматично задати дату і час, виберіть опцію «Увімк.» для поля «Автоналашт. дати йчасу». При цьому HyperDeck використовуватиме сервер мережевого протоколу часу,указаний у полі NTP. Щоб змінити дату і час вручну, виберіть опцію «Вимк.».

NTP
За замовчуванням задано time.cloudflare.com, проте можна ввести адресу іншого сервера задопомогою утиліти HyperDeck Setup. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Blackmagic HyperDeck
Setup» нижче.

ДатаЩоб ввести дату вручну, виберіть потрібне поле та натисніть кнопку SET. За допомогою
круглої ручки встановіть день, місяць і рік.

ЧасЩоб змінити час, виберіть відповідне поле та натисніть кнопку SET. За допомогою круглої ручки
встановіть години та хвилини. На цьому пристрої використовується 24-годинний формат.

Налаштування

1158

Налаштування «Меню»За допомогою налаштувань меню можна змінити його положення та вигляд на підключеномуHDMI-дисплеї.

ВиглядДля екранного меню HyperDeck можна вибрати темний або світлий вигляд. Другий маєпідвищений контраст і краще підходить для темного контенту або режиму телесуфлера.

НепрозорістьЩоб змінити непрозорість меню, що виводиться на підключений дисплей, виберіть значення
між 100% і 20%.

ПоложенняЗа замовчуванням вікно меню виводиться в нижньому лівому кутку екрана. Щоб пересунути
його в інше місце, виберіть «Положення» та натисніть кнопку SET. Вікно меню можна
переміщати у верхній лівий, верхній правий, нижній лівий або нижній правий куток екрана.

Параметри мережі

ПротоколУ рекордерах Blackmagic HyperDeck за замовчуванням використовується протокол DHCP.
При підключенні пристрою до мережі сервер автоматично надасть йому IP-адресу.
Виконувати додаткове налаштування не потрібно. Щоб внести адресу вручну, слід вибрати
статичну IP-адресу.
Налаштування

1159

Виділіть налаштування «Протокол» і натисніть кнопку SET. Перейдіть до параметра «Статична
IP-адреса» та натисніть SET.

IP-адреса, маска підмережі, шлюз, первинний DNS і вторинний DNSКоли вибрано опцію «Статична IP-адреса», параметри мережі можна задати вручну.
Порядок зміни IP-адреси
1Виділіть налаштування «IP-адреса» за допомогою ручки пошуку й натисніть кнопку SET напанелі керування рекордера.

2Внесіть зміни в IP-адресу поворотом ручки пошуку. Для підтвердження значення одного
сегмента та переходу до наступного натисніть кнопку SET.

3Щоб підтвердити зміну та перейти до наступного значення, натисніть кнопку SET.

Після введення IP-адреси виконайте ті самі операції для налаштування маски підмережі ташлюзу. Після завершення встановлення параметрів натисніть кнопку MENU, щоб повернутисядо головної сторінки.

Налаштування тайм-кодуТут можна задати параметри введення та виведення тайм-коду, у тому числі вибрати запис
тайм-коду джерела, часу доби або встановити тайм-код вручну.

ВведенняПри записі є чотири опції використання тайм-коду.

ВідеовхідЦя опція дозволяє використовувати вбудований тайм-код із HDMI-джереліз метаданими SMPTE RP 188. Вона забезпечує синхронізацію HDMI-сигналуз файлом, що зберігається на HyperDeck Shuttle HD.

ВнутрішнійЦю опцію використовують для запису часу доби, що отримується відвбудованого генератора тайм-коду.

ВідновленняПри виборі цієї опції тайм-код кожного наступного файлу продовжуватиметьсяз того значення, на якому закінчився попередній кліп. Наприклад, якщоперший кліп зупинився на 10:28:30:10, то другий почнеться з 10:28:30:11.

ПресетЩоб ввести тайм-код вручну, виберіть опцію «Пресет». Запис контенту
розпочнеться за тайм-кодом, який встановлено в наведеному нижче
розділі «Пресет».

Налаштування

1160

Пропуск кадрівПри роботі з відео в NTSC на частоті 29,97 або 59,94 fps можна використовувати опцію «Зпропуском» або «Без пропуску». Якщо параметри джерела невідомі, виберіть «Зазамовчуванням». У цьому разі зберігається формат вхідного сигналу, а за відсутності дійсного
тайм-коду виконується пропуск кадрів.

ПресетЩоб ввести тайм-код вручну, натисніть кнопку SET, встановіть значення за допомогою ручки
пошуку й знову натисніть SET. Переконайтеся, що в меню «Введення» вибрано опцію «Пресет».

ВиведенняЦе налаштування задає виведення тайм-коду.
Часова шкалаЦе налаштування дозволяє виводити безперервний тайм-код для всіх кліпів,які записуються на карту або диск.

КліпПри виборі цієї опції виводиться тайм-код кожного окремого кліпу.

Налаштування файлу

Префікс імені файлу
Після початкового налаштування рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD при записі кліпів на
SD-карту або USB-диск файлам надаються імена за наведеним нижче зразком.
HyperDeck_0001
HyperDeck_0001

Префікс

HyperDeck_0001

Номер кліпу

Префікс імені файлу можна змінити за допомогою утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup».

Налаштування

1161

Часова позначка файлуЗа замовчуванням індекс із мітками часу не додається до імені файлу. Щоб активувати цюфункцію, її потрібно ввімкнути.
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001
HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Префікс імені файлу

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

РікHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Місяць

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

ДеньHyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Години

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Хвилини

HyperDeck_2201061438_0001

Номер кліпу

Налаштування дистанційного режимуЦей режим дозволяє віддалено керувати рекордером за допомогою іншого пристрою,наприклад відеомікшера ATEM Mini Extreme.

Дистанційний режимЩоб активувати віддалене керування через мережу Ethernet, необхідно увімкнути
дистанційний режим. Щоб перейти до звичайного способу керування, дистанційний режим
слід вимкнути.

Налаштування скидання

Скидання до заводських параметрівЩоб повернути пристрій до початкового стану, виберіть «Скидання до заводських
параметрів». Після натискання кнопки SET з'явиться повідомлення із запитом підтвердити дію.

Налаштування

1162

Задня панель
2
SD CARDHDMI OUT

1+12V DCETHERNETEXT DISKHDMI IN

1

3

4

5

Живлення
На HyperDeck Shuttle HD живлення надходить через адаптер змінного струму. У комплект
постачання входить силовий кабель із фіксуючим роз'ємом, який дозволяє запобігти
випадковому від'єднанню. Для живлення пристрою можна також використовувати
будь-який інший електричний кабель (потужність 36 Вт, напруга 12 В).

2SD CARDДозволяє використовувати SD-карти для запису та відтворення.

3

ETHERNETПорт Ethernet дозволяє підключатися до мережі, щоб записувати контент у мережеве
сховище, а також швидко передавати файли за протоколами FTP та HTTP, використовуючи
вебдиспетчер даних. Крім того, пристроєм можна віддалено керувати, застосовуючи RESTAPI або HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. Докладні відомості про передачу файлів за допомогою
вебдиспетчера даних або FTP-клієнта див. в розділі «Передача файлів через
мережу» нижче.
Рекордером HyperDeck також можна керувати за допомогою відеомікшера ATEM абопульта ATEM, якщо вони підключені до однієї мережі.

4

EXT DISKЧерез цей роз'єм USB-C можна вести запис на зовнішній диск зі швидкістю до 5 Гбіт/с.
Допускається також підключення до концентраторів USB-C та до станції MultiDock 10G
для зберігання матеріалу на один або кілька твердотільних накопичувачів.

5

HDMI
HDMI-вихід застосовують для підключення до телевізорів, моніторів або навіть
відеомікшерів, наприклад ATEM Mini Extreme. Він також використовується длявиведення меню.

Задня панель

1163

Робота з накопичувачами
SD-карта
Для HD-відео високої якості рекомендується використовувати швидкісні SD-карти класу
UHS-I. Ці носії здатні працювати на швидкості понад 220 Мб/с при зберіганні Ultra HD відеов форматах аж до 2160p/60.
При записі з нижчим бітрейтом і високим стисненням можна працювати з іншими носіями,проте швидкісні накопичувачі зазвичай забезпечують найкращий результат.
Ця інформація регулярно оновлюється, тому ми радимо звертатися до останньої версії цього
посібника, яку можна завантажити на сайті Blackmagic Design за адресою
www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua/supportВибір SD-карт при роботі з HyperDeck Shuttle HDРекомендовані SD-карти для запису у форматі 1080p з частотою до 60 кадрів/сВиробник

Модель

ЄмністьAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 300MB/s V90 SDXC

256 ГБAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

128 ГБAngelbird

AV PRO SD UHS-II 260MB/s V60 SDXC

64 ГБ

SanDisk

Extreme Pro UHS-I 95MB/s SDXC

64 ГБ

Wise

SD2-64U3 UHS-II 285MB/s SDXC

64 ГБ

Lexar

Professional 1000x UHS-II 150MB/s SDXC

128 ГБ

Sony

Tough SF-G128T

128 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

64 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

128 ГБ

Kingston

CANVAS GO! Plus 170MB/s V30

512 ГБ

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

64 ГБ

ProGrade Digital

SDXC UHS-II V90 300R

128 ГБ

Sony

Tough SF-G64T UHS-II SDXC

64 ГБDelkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Power UHS-II V90 SDXC

256 ГБ

Delkin Devices

Black UHS-II V90 SDXC

128 ГБ

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 ГБ

Exascend

Essential SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

128 ГБ

Exascend

Catalyst SDXC UHS-II V90 R 300MB/s

64 ГБРобота з накопичувачами

1164

Зовнішній дискУсі моделі HyperDeck дозволяють вести запис безпосередньо на флеш-диски USB-C. Ці носії
мають велику ємність і забезпечують зберігання протягом тривалого часу. Далі їх можна
підключити до комп'ютера і відразу розпочати монтаж.
Щоб отримати більше місця для зберігання відео, можна підключити док-станцію з портом
USB-C або зовнішній жорсткий диск. Для підключення станції Blackmagic MultiDock 10G або
флеш-диска USB-C використовують кабель USB-C, який з'єднують із роз'ємом EXT DISK назадній панелі рекордера HyperDeck.

Вибір накопичувачів USB-C при роботі з HyperDeck Shuttle HDРекомендовані накопичувачі USB-C для запису у форматі 1080p ProRes HQ з частотою до
60 кадрів/сВиробник

Модель

Ємність

Wise

PTS-256 Portable SSD 4K

256 ГБOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБ

Buffalo

SSD-PHE500U3-BA

500 ГБ

Рекомендовані накопичувачі USB-C для запису у форматі 1080p DNxHD 220x з частотою до
60 кадрів/сВиробник

Модель

ЄмністьOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБ

Рекомендовані накопичувачі USB-C для запису у форматі 1080p H.264 з частотою до
60 кадрів/сВиробник

Модель

ЄмністьOWC

Envoy Pro Ex

240 ГБ

Форматування накопичувачів
Форматування накопичувача на Mac
Для форматування накопичувача під систему HFS+ або exFAT скористайтесь дисковою
утилітою, яка входить до пакету Mac.
Виконайте резервне копіювання всіх важливих даних, тому що вони будуть видалені під часформатування носія.
1

Під'єднайте USB-диск до комп'ютера за допомогою зовнішньої док-станції або перехідного
кабелю та пропустіть повідомлення, що пропонує використовувати диск для створення
резервної копії Time Machine. При роботі з SD-картами підключіть їх до комп'ютера через
зовнішній картридер.

2Виберіть «Програми» > «Утиліти» та запустіть додаток «Дискова утиліта».

3Клацніть піктограму SD-карти або USB-диска та виберіть вкладку «Стерти».

4Виберіть формат Mac OS Extended (журнальована) або exFat.

5Введіть назву нового тому та виберіть «Стерти». Після закінчення форматування носій
буде готовий до використання на HyperDeck.
Форматування накопичувачів

1165

Форматування накопичувача на WindowsНа комп'ютері під керуванням Windows форматування накопичувача під систему exFat виконуєтьсяза допомогою діалогового вікна «Форматувати». Виконайте резервне копіювання всіх важливих
даних, тому що вони будуть видалені під час форматування SSD-диска або SD-карти.
1

Під'єднайте USB-диск до комп'ютера за допомогою зовнішньої док-станції абоперехідного кабелю. При роботі з SD-картами підключіть їх до комп'ютера через
зовнішній картридер.

2

У меню «Пуск» або на початковому екрані виберіть «Комп'ютер». Клацніть правою
кнопкою миші USB-диск або SD-карту.

3

У контекстному меню виберіть «Форматувати».

4Виберіть файлову систему exFat і для розміру кластера встановіть значення 128 кБ.

5Укажіть позначку тому, виберіть «Швидке форматування» та натисніть «Почати».

6Після закінчення форматування носій буде готовий до використання на HyperDeck.

Форматування накопичувачів

1166

Навігація по сховищахЦя функція дозволяє відкрити вікно браузера для пошуку кліпів на картах пам'яті, дисках імережевих сховищах. Коли її ввімкнено, на зображенні, що виводиться через HDMI, з'явиться
вікно, у якому можна переходити між папками за допомогою кнопок SCR і CLIP, а також
ручки пошуку.
1Відкрийте вікно навігації по сховищах, натиснувши кнопку SCR.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Натисніть кнопку SCR, щоб відкрити вікно навігації по сховищах на зображенні,що виводиться через HDMI

2Проходячи по папках і промотуючи відео на дисплеї, відшукайте потрібний кліп.

3

Для переходу вниз за списком натисніть кнопку SCR, а для переміщення вверх — CLIP.

Щоб закрити вікно навігації по сховищах, натисніть кнопку зупинки, а щоб виконати цю діюта відразу розпочати програвання — кнопку відтворення.

ПРИМІТКА. Для перегляду кліпів, записаних із застосуванням інших кодеків,роздільної здатності або частоти кадрів, виберіть на рекордері відповідні кодек ібазовий формат.

Навігація по сховищах

1167

Функція телесуфлера
Використовуючи стандартний RTF- або звичайний TXT-файл, HyperDeck Shuttle HD можна
перетворити на телесуфлер. Створіть файл у додатку TextEdit або WordPad і збережіть його уформаті RTF або TXT однією з 13 підтримуваних мов. Відкривши сценарій в HyperDeck ShuttleHD, можна змінювати розмір шрифту та міжрядковий інтервал тексту.
Порядок роботи з телесуфлером
1

З'єднайте HDMI-вихід рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD з HDMI-дисплеєм.

2Вставте SD-карту чи підключіть зовнішній USB-диск зі сценарієм.

3

У меню запису виберіть кодек. Знайдіть налаштування «Телесуфлер» і натисніть кнопку SET.

На дисплеї з'явиться сценарій. Його переміщення можна ввімкнути кнопкою відтворення,а для додаткового керування використати ручку пошуку.

Керування швидкістю відтворення на телесуфлері
Велика ручка пошуку на HyperDeck Shuttle HD дозволяє керувати відтворенням тексту нателесуфлері таким же чином, як і відеоматеріалу. Щоб увімкнути відтворення зі змінною
швидкістю після того, як сценарій завантажено, натисніть одночасно кнопки JOG і SCR.
Почніть повертати ручку пошуку. Сценарій рухатиметься відповідно до швидкості обертання.
Що швидше повертається ручка, то швидше прокручується сценарій.

MENU

SET

DISK

SD

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Для відтворення з постійною швидкістю використовуйте окремо кнопку JOG або SCR.
При обертанні ручки в режимі протягування (JOG) сценарій рухатиметься повільніше,а в режимі прокручування (SCR) — швидше.
Для переходу між файлами на SD-карті або зовнішньому диску скористайтеся кнопками
перемотування вперед або назад.
Функція телесуфлера

1168

Телесуфлер розпізнає розмір, колір та товщину шрифту тексту у файлі. Крім того,за допомогою меню моніторингу можна налаштувати й інші параметри, такі якміжрядковий інтервал і межі, а також повернути текст горизонтально або вертикальнопри проекціюванні його на світлорозділовому склі. Докладні відомості див. в розділі
"Налаштування «Меню»" вище.

Blackmagic HyperDeck SetupУтиліта Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup дозволяє змінювати налаштування та оновлювати
прошивку рекордера.

Порядок інсталяції програмного забезпечення
1Завантажте останню версію утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup у розділі підтримкиза адресою www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua/support2Запустіть інсталятор Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup і дотримуйтесь інструкцій на екрані.

3Після інсталяції підключіть HyperDeck Shuttle HD до комп'ютера через порт USB або
роз'єм Ethernet на задній панелі пристрою.

4Для оновлення ПЗ запустіть утиліту Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup і дотримуйтесь
інструкцій на екрані. Якщо вони не з'являться, поточна версія є актуальною.

Щоб відкрити меню налаштувань, клацніть зображення HyperDeck або піктограму налаштувань.
На головній сторінці відображатиметься рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD та його ім'я. Вонодозволяє ідентифікувати пристрій, коли до комп'ютера підключено кілька одиниць HyperDeck.
Ім'я можна легко змінити за допомогою утиліти.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1169НалаштуванняЗа наявності кількох дискових рекордерів HyperDeck із ними буде легше працювати заприсвоєними ідентифікаторами. Для цього потрібно ввести нове ім'я у відповідне поле танатиснути кнопку SET. Слід пам'ятати, що зміна імені рекордера HyperDeck зробить наявні
цифрові сертифікати недійсними, отже цю дію треба виконувати до створення запиту напідписання сертифіката або генерації сертифіката з власним підписом.

Опція Identify HyperDeckПри виборі цієї опції кнопки перемотування на верхній панелі моделі HyperDeck Shuttleпочнуть блимати. Це може знадобитися, якщо в мережі є кілька рекордерів HyperDeck Shuttleі потрібно ідентифікувати пристрій, із яким встановлено підключення за допомогою утиліти
HyperDeck Setup.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1170Дата і часДату і час можна задати автоматично, встановивши відповідний прапорець. При цьому
пристрій використовуватиме NTP-сервер, указаний у полі Network Time Protocol (NTP). Зазамовчуванням це time.cloudflare.com, проте можна ввести адресу іншого сервера, а потім
натиснути кнопку Set.
Дату і час також можна задати вручну. Правильне встановлення цих параметрів забезпечує
синхронізацію дати й часу записаного матеріалу з мережею, а також дозволяє уникнути
потенційних конфліктів при роботі з деякими мережевими сховищами.

Параметри мережі
ПротоколДля використання HyperDeck Shuttle HD з відеомікшерами ATEM або його дистанційного
керування через HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol рекордер потрібно підключити до локальної
мережі із застосуванням протоколу DHCP або фіксованої IP-адреси.

DHCPРекордери HyperDeck Shuttle HD за замовчуванням використовують
протокол DHCP. DHCP — це протокол динамічного налаштування вузла,який використовується мережевими серверами для автоматичного
виявлення пристрою HyperDeck і надання йому IP-адреси. Ця функція
значно полегшує підключення обладнання через Ethernet і не допускає
конфліктів IP-адрес. Більшість комп'ютерів і мережевих відеомікшерів
підтримують протокол DHCP.

Static IPКоли вибрано опцію Static IP, параметри мережі можна задати вручну.
Щоб між пристроями існував канал зв'язку, вони повинні мати однакові
налаштування маски підмережі та шлюзу.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1171Доступ через мережуДля передачі файлів рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD через мережу, а також дистанційного
керування використовують HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol. За замовчуванням доступ увімкнуто.
Його, однак, можна вимкнути або використати опцію підвищеного рівня безпеки призастосуванні вебдиспетчера даних або протоколу HyperDeck Ethernet.

Протокол передавання файлівЩоб увімкнути чи вимкнути доступ через FTP-протокол, встановіть відповідний прапорець.
При використанні FTP-клієнта, наприклад CyberDuck, клацніть відповідну піктограму, щобскопіювати FTP-адресу. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Передача файлів через мережу».

Вебдиспетчер даних
Доступ до записаних файлів, що містяться на SD-картах або зовнішніх дисках, можна
отримати через брaузер за допомогою вебдиспетчера даних. Якщо клацнути посилання абоскопіювати та вставите його в браузер, з'явиться вікно, у якому можна через мережу
завантажувати файли безпосередньо на SD-карти.
За замовчуванням доступ увімкнуто через HTTP, але його можна повністю вимкнути абовимагати сертифікат безпеки, вибравши опцію Enabled with security only. При застосуванні
цифрового сертифіката підключення до вебдиспетчера даних буде зашифровано черезHTTPS. Докладні відомості див. в розділі «Сертифікат безпеки».

HyperDeck Ethernet ProtocolДо рекордера HyperDeck можна підключитися через HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol задопомогою утиліти «Термінал» (Mac) або клієнта PuTTY (Windows). Доступ можна увімкнути длявсіх, захистити паролем або вимкнути. Крім того, є можливість шифрувати сеанс за допомогою
SSL-програми при використанні утиліти на зразок netcat. Докладні відомості про доступні
команди див. в розділі «Інформація для розробників».

Дозвіл користування утилітою
Доступ до програми Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup можливий при підключенні дискового
рекордера через мережу або USB. Щоб вимкнути мережевий доступ, виберіть опцію via USB.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1172Налаштування безпечного входу

Якщо в налаштуваннях HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol вибрано опцію Enable with security only,доступ надаватиметься лише при введенні імені користувача та пароля. Введіть відповідні
дані в поля Username і Password, а потім натисніть кнопку Save. Після введення пароля, йогополе виглядатиме пустим. Якщо в налаштуваннях вебдиспетчера даних вибрано Enable withsecurity only, доступ надаватиметься лише при введенні імені користувача та пароля.

Сертифікат безпекиДля ввімкнення доступу через HTTPS за допомогою вебдиспетчера даних або коли вналаштуваннях HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol вибрано опцію Enable with security only, потрібен
сертифікат безпеки. Він є своєрідним ідентифікатором рекордера, який допомагає надсилати
дані на правильний пристрій. Крім того, сертифікат безпеки забезпечує шифрування
інформації, що передається між HyperDeck Shuttle HD та комп'ютером або сервером. До тогож, якщо активовано безпечний вхід, для отримання доступу знадобиться автентифікація.
Для роботи з рекордером HyperDeck Shuttle можна використовувати сертифікати двох типів:із власним підписом або підписаний у центрі сертифікації. Перший забезпечує достатній
рівень безпеки для деяких робочих процесів, наприклад, для доступу до HyperDeck Shuttle
HD через локальну мережу.
Для створення сертифіката з власним підписом, натисніть кнопку Create Certificate. З'явиться
повідомлення із запитом підтвердити усвідомлення ризиків, асоційованих із використанням
сертифіката з власним підписом. Після натискання кнопки Create дані сертифіката будеавтоматично внесено в поля Domain, Issuer і Valid until утиліти HyperDeck Setup.

При скиданні до заводських налаштувань поточний сертифікат буде видалено. Його також
можна вилучити в будь-який час. Для цього натисніть кнопку Remove і дотримуйтеся
інструкцій на екрані.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1173При використанні сертифіката з власним підписом для доступу до медіафайлів за HTTPSпротоколом у браузері може з'явитися застереження про ризики перегляду сайту. Деякі
браузери дозволяють виконати дію після підтвердження користувачем усвідомлення ризиків,проте інші можуть заборонити доступ.

Щоб мати доступ із будь-якого браузера, необхідно використовувати підписаний сертифікат.
Щоб його отримати, потрібно створити запит на підписання сертифіката (CSR) за допомогою
утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup. Цей запит буде відправлено в центр сертифікації (CA)або IT-відділ для підписання. Після отримання підписаного сертифіката з розширенням .cert, .
crt або .pem його можна завантажити в рекордер HyperDeck Shuttle HD.
HyperDeck
MENU

Certificate

Authority

SET

CLIP

JOG

SCR

Порядок оформлення запиту на підписання сертифіката (CSR)1Натисніть кнопку Generate Signing Request.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1174

2

3

Відкриється вікно з пропозицією ввести дані в поля Common Name і Subject Alternative
Name для рекордера HyperDeck. Відкоригуйте інші відомості згідно з таблицею,наведеною нижче.
Інформація

ОписПриклад

Common NameІм'я домену, якийвикористовуватиметься

hyperdeck.melbourne.com

Subject Alternative NameАльтернативне ім'я домену

hyperdeck.melbourne.net

CountryКраїна організації

AU

State

Провінція, регіон, округ або штатVictoria

LocationНаселений пункт

Port Melbourne

Organization NameНазва організації

Blackmagic DesignПісля внесення даних сертифіката натисніть кнопку Generate.

При генеруванні файлу .csr створюються відкритий і закритий ключі. Відкритий ключвходитиме в запит на підписання, а закритий зберігатиметься в пристрою. Після перевірки
надісланої інформації центр CA або IT-відділ згенерує підписаний сертифікат, який міститиме
вказані дані та відкритий ключ.
Після імпорту сертифіката ключі слугуватимуть для ідентифікації рекордера, а також дляшифрування та дешифрування даних при їх передачі через HTTPS або HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol за допомогою SSL-програми.
Порядок імпорту підписаного сертифіката
1Натисніть кнопку Import Signed Certificate.

2У файловому провіднику виберіть підписаний сертифікат і клацніть Open.

Інформація в полях Domain, Issuer і Valid оновиться згідно з даними сертифіката. Зазвичай
термін дії підписаного сертифіката становить один рік, після чого процес потрібно повторити.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1175Оскільки було вибрано ім'я домену, потрібно звернутися до IT-відділу для налаштування
значення DNS для моделі HyperDeck Shuttle HD. Після цього весь трафік, призначений для
IP-адреси рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD, надходитиме на адресу домену, вказану в запитіна підписання. Вона також буде HTTPS-адресою, що використовують для доступу до файлів
через вебдиспетчер даних, наприклад https://hyperdeck.melbourne.com
Варто зазначити, що після скидання до заводських параметрів сертифікат стає недійсним,тому його потрібно буде заново згенерувати й підписати.

Налаштування файлу

Після початкового налаштування рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD при записі кліпів на
SD-карту або USB-диск файлам надається ім'я з префіксом HyperDeck. Щоб його змінити,введіть нове ім'я файлу.
За замовчуванням індекс із мітками часу не додається до імені файлу. Щоб активувати цюфункцію, виберіть опцію On. Налаштування префікса імені файлу та індексу часу також
доступні через екранне меню.

СкиданняЩоб повернути пристрій до початкового стану, виберіть «Скидання до заводських
параметрів». Дана операція зробить наявний сертифікат недійсним. У цьому випадку будепотрібно згенерувати запит на підписання нового сертифіката в центрі CA або IT-відділі.

Оновлення вбудованого програмного забезпечення
Порядок оновлення вбудованого ПЗ1Завантажте останню версію утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup у розділі підтримки заадресою www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua/support2Запустіть інсталятор Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup і дотримуйтесь інструкцій на екрані.

3Після інсталяції підключіть HyperDeck Shuttle HD до комп'ютера через порт USB або
роз'єм Ethernet на задній панелі пристрою.

Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup

1176

4

Для оновлення ПЗ запустіть утиліту Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup і дотримуйтесь інструкційна екрані. Якщо вони не з'являться, поточна версія є актуальною.

Передача файлів через мережу
HyperDeck Shuttle HD підтримує передачу файлів як за протоколом HTTPS, який забезпечує
підвищений рівень безпеки, так і через FTP. Це дозволяє швидко копіювати матеріали зкомп'ютера безпосередньо на рекордер через локальну мережу. Наприклад, можна
перенести зображення на рекордер HyperDeck, який використовується для виведення навідеостіни та цифрові рекламно-інформаційні панелі.
HyperDeck дозволяє імпортувати та експортувати будь-які файли, проте їх відтворення
можливе лише в тому разі, якщо рекордер підтримує використовувані кодек і роздільну
здатність.

ПОРАДА. Передавати файли через мережу можна і тоді, коли HyperDeck ведезапис. У цьому випадку швидкість обміну даними коригується автоматично.

Доступ до рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD за будь-яким із цих протоколів можна ввімкнутиабо вимкнути за допомогою утиліти HyperDeck Setup. Наприклад, можна одночасно вимкнути
доступ через FTP та ввімкнути доступ через HTTPS.

Підключення до рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD через HTTPSЩоб отримати доступ до рекордера HyperDeck Shuttle HD через вебдиспетчер даних,потрібна URL-адреса, яку можна знайти в налаштуваннях доступу через мережу. Вонивідображаються в утиліті HyperDeck Setup при підключенні комп'ютера через USB або
Ethernet, але будуть вимкнені, коли використовується лише Ethernet.
1Підключіть комп'ютер до USB-порту на задній панелі HyperDeck Shuttle HD за допомогою
кабелю USB-C та відкрийте утиліту HyperDeck Setup. Поруч з іменем пристрою з'явиться
піктограма USB-з'єднання. Клацніть круглу піктограму або зображення пристрою, щобвідкрити налаштування.

2

При використанні сертифіката з власним підписом перейдіть до налаштувань Network
Access і в полі URL клацніть піктограму копіювання. URL-адреса містить ім'я, присвоєне
пристрою HyperDeck. Щоб її змінити, потрібно модифікувати ім'я рекордера.

Передача файлів через мережу

1177

При використанні сертифіката з власним підписом клацніть посилання

3Після імпорту сертифіката, підписаного в центрі CA або IT-відділі, скопіюйте та вставте
адресу в поле Domain наявного сертифіката.

Скопіюйте адресу домену та вставте ї ї в браузер

4Відкрийте браузер і вставте адресу в нове вікно. Якщо в налаштуваннях вибрано Enablewith security only, доступ надаватиметься лише при введенні імені користувача та пароля.

Якщо при використанні сертифіката з власним підписом у браузері з'явиться застереженняпро незахищеність з'єднання, значить підписаний сертифікат не було імпортовано задопомогою утиліти HyperDeck Setup.
Щоб продовжити роботу без дійсного й довіреного сертифіката, підтвердьте розуміння
ризиків у браузері та перейдіть до вебсайту.

Передача файлів за допомогою вебдиспетчера данихПри першому відкритті вебдиспетчера у вікні браузера файли буде упорядковано завідповідними слотами накопичувачів.
sd1

Медіафайли на SD-картах.

USBПідключені USB-диски відображатимуться з префіксом USB/.

Щоб переглянути вміст SD-карти або диска, двічі клацніть носій.

Передача файлів через мережу

1178

Щоб додати файли, натисніть кнопку UploadЩоб у дистанційному режимі додати файл для відтворення, натисніть кнопку Upload. Виберіть
файл у провіднику та клацніть Upload. Під час вивантаження з'явиться вікно статусу. Запотреби можна додавати папки натисканням кнопки Create folder.
Щоб завантажити файл, натисніть піктограму стрілки праворуч. У браузері може з'явитися
повідомлення із запитом дозволити завантаження з даного вебсайту. Клацніть Allow. Щобвидалити файл, натисніть піктограму кошика, після чого з'явиться відповідне діалогове вікно.
Клацніть Delete.

Передача файлів через FTP
Для обміну файлами між комп'ютером і HyperDeck Shuttle HD в одній локальній мережі
потрібен FTP-клієнт та IP-адреса рекордера або URL-адреса FTP з утиліти HyperDeck Setup.
1Завантажте та інсталюйте FTP-клієнт на комп'ютер, який буде підключено до рекордера.
Радимо використовувати Cyberduck, FileZilla або Transmit, проте підійдуть й інші аналогічні
програми. Cyberduck та FileZilla пропонуються безкоштовно.

2Підключіть HyperDeck Shuttle HD до локальної мережі, запустіть утиліту HyperDeck Setup іклацніть URL-адресу FTP або піктограму копіювання, щоб вставити вручну. Якщо FTPклієнт не виконує з'єднання, клацніть посилання ще раз.

3

Щоб встановити з'єднання вручну, вставте веб-адресу FTP в поле Server. Установіть
прапорець Anonymous Login.

Передача файлів через мережу

1179

4

SD-карти ідентифікуватимуться позначкою sd1.

Тепер за допомогою FTP-інтерфейсу можна перетягувати файли.

Передача файлів через мережу

1180

Інформація для розробників
Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol
The Blackmagic HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol is a text based protocol accessed by connecting
to TCP port 9993 on HyperDeck models that have a built in Ethernet connection. If you area software developer, you can use the protocol to construct devices that integrate with our
products. Here at Blackmagic Design our approach is to open up our protocols and we eagerly
look forward to seeing what you come up with!
You can connect to your HyperDeck recorder using the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol using
a command line program on your computer, such as Terminal on a Mac and putty on a
Windows computer.
The HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol lets you schedule playlists and recordings. The following
is an example of how to play 7 clips from clip number 5 onwards via the HyperDeck Ethernet
Protocol.
On a Mac
1 Open the Terminal application which is located with the applications > utilities folder.
2Type in “nc” and a space followed by the IP address of your HyperDeck disk recorder,
another space and “9993” which is the HyperDeck Ethernet Protocol port number. For
example type: nc 192.168.1.154 9993. The Protocol preamble will appear.

3

Type “playrange set: clip id: 5 count: 7” and press ‘return’.
On HyperDeck disk recorders with a timeline view, you will see in and out points marked
around clips 5 through the end of clip 11.

4Type “play”. Clips 5 through 11 will now play back.

5

To clear the playrange, type “playrange clear”

6

To exit from the protocol, type ‘quit’.

Protocol Commands
CommandCommand Description

help or ?

Provides help text on all commands and parameters

commands

return commands in XML format

device info

return device information

disk list

query clip list on active disk

disk list: slot id: {n}query clip list on disk in slot {n}quitdisconnect ethernet control

ping

check device is responding

preview: enable: {true/false}

switch to preview or output

play

play from current timecode

play: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

play at specific speed

play: loop: {true/false}play in loops or stop-at-end

play: single clip: {true/false}play current clip or all clips

Інформація для розробників

1181

CommandCommand Description
play from the specified position

play: {clip id/clip/timecode/timeline/...}

see “goto” command for description of parametersparameters can be combined with {speed/loop/single clip}

playrange

query playrange setting

playrange set: clip id: {n}set play range to play clip {n} only

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}set play range to {m} clips starting from clip {n}playrange set: in: {inT} out: {outT}

set play range to play between:- timecode {inT} and timecode {outT}

playrange set: timeline in: {in}set play range in units of frames between:

timeline out: {out}- timeline position {in} and position {out}playrange clear

clear/reset play range setting

play on startup

query unit play on startup stateplay on startup: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable play on startup

play on startup: single clip: {true/false}play single clip or all clips on startup

play option

query play options

play option: stop mode:{lastframe/nextframe/black}set output frame when playback stops

recordrecord from current input

record: name: {name}record named clip

record spill

spill current recording to next slot

record: spill: slot id: {n}spill current recording to specified slot
use current id to spill to same slot

spill orderquery the device order used for record spillstop

stop playback or recording

clips countquery number of clips on timeline

clips getquery all timeline clips

clips get: clip id: {n}query a timeline clip info

clips get: clip id: {n} count: {m}query m clips starting from nclips get: version: {1/2/3}

query clip info using specified output version:
version 1: id: name startT duration
version 1: id: name startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”version 2: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
version 3: id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename

clips add: name: {name}append a clip to timeline, name can include subfolders e.g.
folder1/HyperDeck_0001.mp4

clips add: clip id: {n} name: {name}insert clip before existing clip {n}clips add: in: {inT} out: {outT} name: {name}append the clip portion between clip timecodes {inT} to {outT}

clips add: frame in: {in} frame out: {out}name: {name}append the clip portion between clip frame numbers{in} to {out}Інформація для розробників

1182

Commandclips remove: clip id: {n}Command Description
remove clip {n} from the timeline(invalidates clip ids following clip {n})clips clear

empty timeline clip list

clips rebuild

rebuild timeline with default rules

clip info

query clip info for the current playing/recording clip

clip info: clip id: {n}query clip info for timeline clip id {n}clip info: name: {name}query clip info for the clip named {name} on active disk

transport info

query current activity

slot info

query active slot

slot info: slot id: {n}query slot {n}query slot containing device

slot info: device: {device}

USB/network devices can be queried without being active“device” and “slot id” parameters are mutually exclusive inall commands

slot select: slot id: {n}switch to specified slot

slot select: device: {device}switch to slot containing device

slot select: video format: {format}

load clips of specified format

slot unblock

unblock active slot

slot unblock: slot id: {n}unblock slot {n}slot unblock: device: {device}unblock disk device

external drive list

list all available USB/network drives for use in external slot

external drive select: device: {device}switch external slot to specified external drive

external drive selectedquery the currently selected external drive

cache info

query cache status

dynamic range

query dynamic range settings

dynamic range: playback override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2084

set playback dynamic range override

dynamic range: record override:{off/Rec709/Rec2020_SDR/HLG/
ST2084_300/ST2084_500/
ST2084_800/ST2084_1000/
ST2084_2000/ST2084_4000/ST2048}

set record dynamic range override

notifyquery notification status

notify: remote: {true/false}

set remote notifications

notify: transport: {true/false}

set transport notifications

notify: slot: {true/false}

set slot notifications

notify: configuration: {true/false}

set configuration notificationsІнформація для розробників

1183

CommandCommand Description

notify: dropped frames: {true/false}

set dropped frames notifications(reported dropped frame count is approximate)

notify: display timecode: {true/false}

set display timecode notifications

notify: timeline position: {true/false}

set playback timeline position notifications

notify: playrange: {true/false}

set playrange notifications

notify: cache: {true/false}

set cache notifications

notify: dynamic range: {true/false}

set dynamic range settings notifications

notify: slate: {true/false}

set digital slate notifications

notify: clips: {true/false}

set timeline clips notifications where two types ofchanges can occur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: disk: {true/false}

set disk clips notifications where two types of changes canoccur:
add: partial update with list of clips and insert positions
snapshot: complete update of all clips on timeline

notify: device info: {true/false}

set device info notifications

notify: nas: {true/false}

set nas notifications triggered by commands such as “nas add”
or “nas remove”

goto: clip id: {start/end}

goto first clip or last clip

goto: clip id: {n}goto clip id {n}goto: clip id: +{n}go forward {n} clips

goto: clip id: -{n}go backward {n} clips

goto: clip: {start/end}

goto start or end of clip

goto: clip: {n}goto frame position {n} within current clip

goto: clip: +{n}go forward {n} frames within current clip

goto: clip: -{n}go backward {n} frames within current clip

goto: timeline: {start/end}

goto start or end of timeline

goto: timeline: {n}goto frame position {n} within timeline

goto: timeline: +{n}go forward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timeline: -{n}go backward {n} frames within timeline

goto: timecode: {timecode}

goto absolute timecode position in timeline

goto: timecode: +{timecode}go forward {timecode} duration

goto: timecode: -{timecode}go backward {timecode} duration

goto: slot id: {n}goto slot id {n}goto: clip id: {n} clip: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within that clip

goto: clip id: {n} timeline: {m}goto clip id {n} and offset to frame position {m} within thetimelineІнформація для розробників

1184

CommandCommand Description
goto clip id {n} and offset {timecode} duration

goto: clip id: {n} timecode: {timecode}{clip id/clip/timeline/timecode} support absolute andrelative offsets
use “play” instead of “goto” to play from seeked position

jog: timecode: {timecode}jog to timecode

jog: timecode: +{timecode}jog forward {timecode} duration

jog: timecode: -{timecode}jog backward {timecode} duration

shuttle: speed: {-5000 to 5000}

shuttle with speed

remotequery unit remote control state

remote: enable: {true/false}

enable or disable remote control

remote: override: {true/false}session override remote control

configuration

query configuration settings

configuration: video input:{SDI/HDMI/component/composite}
configuration: audio input:{embedded/XLR/RCA}change the video input sourcechange the audio input source

configuration: file format: {format}

switch to one of the supported formats:
H.265High_422, H.264High, H.264Medium,
H.264Low, H.264High10_422, H.265High, H.265Medium,
H.265Low, QuickTimeProResHQ, QuickTimeProRes,
QuickTimeProResLT, QuickTimeProResProxy DNxHR_HQX,
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX, DNxHR_SQ, QuickTimeDNxHR_
SQ, DNxHR_LB, QuickTimeDNxHR_LB, DNxHD220x,
QuickTimeDNxHD220x, DNxHD145, QuickTimeDNxHD145,
DNxHD45, QuickTimeDNxHD45

configuration: audio codec: {PCM/AAC}

switch to specific audio codec

configuration: timecode input:{external/embedded/internal/preset/clip}change the timecode input

configuration: timecode output:{clip/timeline}

change the timecode output

configuration: timecode preference:{default/dropframe/nondropframe}

whether or not to use drop frame timecodes when nototherwise specified

configuration: timecode preset:{timecode}

set the timecode preset

configuration: audio input channels: {n}set the number of audio channels recorded to {n}configuration: record trigger:{none/recordbit/timecoderun}change the record trigger

configuration: record prefix: {name}set the record prefix name (supports UTF-8 name)configuration: record cache: {true/false}

enable or disable record cache,
has no effect if cache is not supported/installed/formatted

configuration: append timestamp:{true/false}

append timestamp to recorded filename

configuration: usb spill: {true/false}

enable or disable spilling between usb disksІнформація для розробників

1185

CommandCommand Description

configuration: reference source:{auto/input/external}

set source for the reference signal

configuration: genlock input resync:{true/false}

enable or disable genlock input resync

configuration: xlr input id: {n} xlr type:{line/mic}

configure xlr input typemultiple xlr inputs can be configured in a single command

uptimereturn time since last bootformat: slot id: {n} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}when enabled set reference source to auto/external

prepare formatting operation filesystem type with volume
name {name}“slot id” can be omitted for the current mounted slot“name” defaults to current volume name if mounted(supports UTF-8)

format: device: {device} prepare:{exFAT/HFS+} name: {name}prepare formatting operation for {device}format: confirm: {token}

perform a pre-prepared formatting operation using token

identify: enable: {true/false}

identify the device

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}

client connection timeout

rebootreboot device

slate clips

slate clips informationslate projectslate project informationslate lensslate lens information

nas list

list all NAS share bookmarks

nas discovered

list all NAS servers that have been discovered via mDNS

nas selectedcurrently selected NAS sharenas deselectunmount the currently selected NAS sharechanges which do not affect other client connections
change the output of “clips get”, “disk list” and related
responses

connection protocol: response version:{version}version 1
205 clips get
id: filename startT duration
startT depends on “configuration: timecode output: {clip/timeline}”
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT filename
206 disk list
id: filename codec format duration
520 disk list info
id: filename codec format duration
version 2
205 clips get
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
519 clips info
id: clipInT clipDuration inT outT folder/filename
206 disk list
id: codec format duration folder/filename
520 disk list info
id: codec format duration folder/filenameІнформація для розробників

1186

Multiline commands:

Command Description

authenticate:↵

authenticate user for secure accessusername: {username}case sensitive username

password: {password}case sensitive password

slate clips↵

set slate clips information:

reel: {n}slate reel number, where {n} is in [1, 999]

scene id: {id}slate scene id value, where {id} is a strings hot type: {WS/MS/CU/BCU/MCU/ECU/
none}

slate shot type

take: {n}slate take number, where {n} is in [1, 99]

take scenario: {PU/VFX/SER/none}

slate take scenario

take auto inc: {true/false}slate take auto increment

good take: {true/false}slate good take

environment: {interior/exterior}slate environment

day night: {day/night}

slate day or nightslate project:↵set slate project information:

project name: {name}project name (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera: {index}

set camera index e.g. A

director: {name}director (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

camera operator: {name}camera operator (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

slate lens:↵

set lens information:

lens type: {type}lens type (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

iris: {type}camera iris (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

focal length: {length}

focal length (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

distance: {distance}lens distance (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

f ilter: {filter}

lens filter (can be empty, supports UTF-8)

nas add:↵

add a NAS share to the list of bookmarks

url: {url}URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareusername: {username}username to connect as (optional, defaults to guest)

password: {password}

password to connect with (optional)

nas remove:↵url: {url}nas select:↵remove NAS share bookmark, does not unmount share if
mountedURL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/share
mount NAS share asynchronously. Uses credentials provided
in matching bookmark, otherwise uses guest credentials
URL of the NAS share e.g. smb://server.local/path/to/shareurl: {url}Use “nas selected” or “notify: slot: true” to determine whenshare is mounted.

Інформація для розробників

1187

Command Combinations
You can combine the parameters into a single command, for example:
play: clip id: 3 speed: 200 loop: true single clip: true

Or for configuration:
configuration: video input: SDI audio input: XLR

Or to switch to the second disk, but only play NTSC clips:
slot select: slot id: 2 video format: NTSC

Using XML
While you can use the Terminal to talk to HyperDeck, if you are writing software, you can use
XML to confirm the existence of a specific command based on the firmware of the HyperDeck
you are communicating with. This helps your software user interface adjust to the capabilities ofthe specific HyperDeck model and software version.

Protocol Details
Connection
The HyperDeck Ethernet server listens on TCP port 9993.

Basic syntax
The HyperDeck protocol is a line oriented text protocol. Lines from the server will be separated by an ascii
CR LF sequence. Messages from the client may be separated by LF or CR LF.
New lines are represented in this document as a "↵" symbol.

Single line command syntax
Command parameters are usually optional. A command with no parameters is terminated with a new line:{Command name}↵If parameters are specified, the command name is followed by a colon, then pairs of parameter names andvalues. Each parameter name is terminated with a colon character:{Command name}: {Parameter}: {Value} {Parameter}: {Value} ...↵
Multiline command syntax
The HyperDeck protocol also supports an equivalent multiline syntax where each parameter-value pair isentered on a new line. E.g.

{Command name}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵Інформація для розробників

1188

Response syntax
Simple responses from the server consist of a three digit response code and descriptive text terminated by a
new line:{Response code} {Response text}↵
If a response carries parameters, the response text is terminated with a colon, and parameter name andvalue pairs follow on subsequent lines until a blank line is returned:{Response code} {Response text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵...
↵
Successful response codes
A simple acknowledgement of a command is indicated with a response code of 200:

200 ok↵Other successful responses carry parameters and are indicated with response codes in the range of 201
to 299.

Failure response codes
Failure responses to commands are indicated with response codes in the range of 100 to 199:

100 syntax error
101 unsupported parameter
102 invalid value
103 unsupported
104 disk full
105 no disk
106 disk error
107 timeline empty
108 internal error
109 out of range
110 no input
111 remote control disabled
112 clip not found
120 connection failed
121 authentication failed
122 authentication required
150 invalid state
151 invalid codec
160 invalid format
161 invalid token
162 format not prepared
163 parameterized single line command not supportedІнформація для розробників

1189

Asynchronous response codes
The server may return asynchronous messages at any time. These responses are indicated with response
codes in the range of 500 to 599:

5xx {Response Text}:↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵{Parameter}: {Value}↵↵
Connection response
On connection, an asynchronous message will be delivered:

500 connection info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵↵
Connection rejection
A limited number of clients may connect at a time. If too many clients attempt to connect concurrently, they
will receive an error and be disconnected:

120 connection failed↵Timecode syntax
Timecodes are expressed as non-drop-frame timecode in the format:

HH:MM:SS:FF
Handling of deck "remote" state
The “remote” command may be used to enable or disable the remote control of the deck. Any attempt tochange the deck state over ethernet while remote access is disabled will generate an error:

111 remote control disabled↵
To enable or disable remote control:

remote: enable: {“true”, “false”} ↵The current remote control state may be overridden allowing remote access over ethernet irrespective of thecurrent remote control state:remote: override: {“true”, “false”} ↵The override state is only valid for the currently connected ethernet client and only while the connection
remains open.
The “remote” command may be used to query the remote control state of the deck by specifying noparameters:

remote↵The deck will return the current remote control state:

210 remote info:↵
enabled: {“true”, “false”}↵
override: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Asynchronous remote control information change notification is disabled by default and may be
configured with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in remote state will generate a “510 remote
info:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “210 remote info:” message.

Інформація для розробників

1190

Closing connection
The "quit" command instructs the server to cleanly shut down the connection:

quit↵
Checking connection status
The "ping" command has no function other than to determine if the server is responding:ping↵
Getting help
The "help" or "?" commands return human readable help text describing all available commands andparameters:

help↵
Or:

?↵
The server will respond with a list of all supported commands:

201 help:↵{Help Text}↵{Help Text}↵↵
Switching to preview mode
The "preview" command instructs the deck to switch between preview mode and output mode:

preview: enable: {"true", "false"}↵Playback will be stopped when the deck is switched to preview mode. Switching to playback is not permitted
during record. Use the stop command to stop recording before switching to playback.

Інформація для розробників

1191

Controlling device playback
The “play” command instructs the deck to start playing:play↵
The play command accepts a number of parameters which may be used together in most combinations.
By default, the deck will play all remaining clips on the timeline then stop.
The “single clip” parameter may be used to override this behavior:

play: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the deck will play at normal (100%) speed. An alternate speed may be specified in percentage
between -5000 to 5000:

play: speed: {% normal speed}↵
By default, the deck will stop playing when it reaches to the end of the timeline. The “loop” parameter may be
used to override this behavior:

play: loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
To play from the start of a particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clip Id}↵
To play from a position offset from the start of particular clip:

play: clip id: {Clid Id} timecode: +{timecode}↵
The “playrange” command returns the current playrange setting if any:

playrange↵
To override this behaviour and select a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To only play a certain number of clips starting at a particular clip:

playrange set: clip id: {n} count: {m}↵To only play a certain timecode range:

playrange set: in: {in timecode} out: {out timecode}↵
To play a certain timeline range:

playrange set: timeline in: {in} timeline out: {out}↵
To clear a set playrange and return to the default value:

playrange clear↵
The “play on startup command” instructs the deck on what action to take on startup. By default, the deck will
not play. Use the “enable” command to start playback after each power up.

play on startup: enable {“true”, “false”}↵
By default, the unit will play back all clips on startup. Use the “single clip” command to override.

play on startup: single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
The “play option” command queries the output frame for when playback stops:

play option↵
By default, the deck will display the last frame when playback stops. To override this behaviour, the “stopmode” parameter can be used:play option: stop mode: {“lastframe”, “nextframe”, “black”}↵
Stopping deck operation
The "stop" command instructs the deck to stop the current playback or capture:stop↵Інформація для розробників

1192

Changing timeline position
The "goto" command instructs the deck to switch to playback mode and change its position within thetimeline.
To go to the start of a specific clip:

goto: clip id: {Clip ID}↵
To move forward/back {count} clips from the current clip on the current timeline:

goto: clip id: +/-{count}↵
Note that if the resultant clip id goes beyond the first or last clip on timeline, it will be clamp at the first or lastclip.
To go to the start or end of the current clip:

goto: clip: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to the start of the first clip or the end of the last clip:

goto: timeline: {“start”, “end”}↵
To go to a specified timecode:

goto: timecode: {timecode}↵
To move forward or back a specified duration in timecode:

goto: timecode: {“+”, “-”}{duration in timecode}↵
To specify between slot 1 and slot 2:

goto: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
Note that only one parameter/value pair is allowed for each goto command.

Enumerating supported commands and parameters
The "commands" command returns the supported commands:

commands↵
The command list is returned in a computer readable XML format:

212 commands:<commands>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵<command name="…"><parameter name="…"/>…</command>↵…
</commands>↵↵
More XML tokens and parameters may be added in later releases.

Інформація для розробників

1193

Controlling asynchronous notifications
The “notify” command may be used to enable or disable asynchronous notifications from the server.
To enable or disable transport notifications:notify: transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable slot notifications:notify: slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable remote notifications:notify: remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
To enable or disable configuration notifications:notify: configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
Multiple parameters may be specified. If no parameters are specified, the server returns the current state of
all notifications:

209 notify:↵transport: {“true”, “false”}↵
slot: {“true”, “false”}↵
remote: {“true”, “false”}↵
configuration: {“true”, “false”}↵
dropped frames: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline position: {“true”, “false”}↵
playrange: {“true”, “false”}↵
cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
dynamic range: {“true”, “false”}↵
slate: {“true”, “false”}↵
clips: {“true”, “false”}↵
disk: {“true”, “false”}↵
device info: {“true”, “false”}↵
nas: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
Retrieving device information
The "device info" command returns information about the connected deck device:device info↵
The server will respond with:

204 device info:↵
protocol version: {Version}↵model: {Model Name}↵
unique id: {unique alphanumeric identifier}↵
slot count: {number of storage slots}↵
software version: {software version}↵
name: {device name}↵↵Інформація для розробників

1194

Retrieving slot information
The "slot info" command returns information about a slot. Without parameters, the command returns
information for the currently selected slot:

slot info↵
If a slot id is specified, that slot will be queried:slot info: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server will respond with slot specific information:

202 slot info:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵
status: {"empty", "mounting", "error", "mounted"}↵volume name: {Volume name}↵
recording time: {recording time available in seconds}↵
video format: {disk's default video format}↵blocked: {“true”, “false”}↵
remaining size: {remaining size in bytes}↵
total size: {total size in bytes}↵↵
A slot can also be specificed by its device. This is particularly useful when there are multiple drives
connected via USB. First list the available external drives:

external drive list↵
226 external drive info:↵
device: {device}↵
Then use slot info with device to query the drive:

slot info: device: {device}↵
Asynchronous slot information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured withthe "notify" command. When enabled, changes in slot state will generate a "502 slot info:" asynchronous
message with the same parameters as the "202 slot info:" message.

Інформація для розробників

1195

Retrieving clip information
The “disk list” command returns the information for each playable clip on a given disk. Without parameters,
the command returns information for the current active disk:

disk list↵
If a slot id is specified, the disk in that slot will be queried:disk list: slot id: {Slot ID}↵
The server responds with the list of all playable clips on the disk in the format of: Index, name, formats, andduration in timecode:

206 disk list:↵
slot id: {Slot ID}↵	
{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵	{clip index}: {name} {file format} {video format} {Duration
timecode}↵…
↵
Note that the clip index starts from 1.

Retrieving clip count
The "clips count" command returns the number of clips on the current timeline:

clips count ↵The server responds with the number of clips:

214 clips count: ↵clip count: {Count}↵Інформація для розробників

1196

Retrieving timeline information
The "clips get" command returns information for each available clip on the current timeline. Withoutparameters, the command returns information for all clips on timeline:

clips get↵In version 1, the start timecode reported is either a clip timecode or a timeline timecode depending on theconfigured output timecode.
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, names and timecodes:

205 clips info:↵clip count: {Count}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵{Clip ID}: {Name} {Start timecode} {Duration timecode}↵…
↵
The “clips get” command provides a more detailed response when using the “version: 2” parameter:

clips get: version: 2↵
The server responds with a list of clip IDs, timecodes, in points, out points and names. Clip name is the last
field making it simpler to parse when names have embedded spaces.

{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵{Clip ID}: {Clip start timecode} {Duration timecode} {inTimecode}{outTimecode}{name}↵…
↵For models that support recursive timelines “clips get: version: 3” replaces the {name} field with{path to clip name} where the {path to clip name} can include directories and subdirectories.

Інформація для розробників

1197

Retrieving transport information
The “transport info” command returns the state of the transport:

transport info ↵The server responds with transport specific information:

208 transport info:	
status: {“preview”, “stopped”, “play”, “forward”, “rewind”,“jog”, “shuttle”,”record”}↵
speed: {Play speed between -5000 and 5000 %}↵slot id: {Slot ID or “none”}↵
slot name: {“slot name”}↵
device name: {identifying name for disk device}↵clip id: {Clip ID or “none”}↵
single clip: {“true”, “false”}↵
display timecode: {timecode}↵
timecode: {timecode}↵
video format: {Video format}↵loop: {“true”, “false”}↵
timeline: {n}↵input video format: {Video format”}↵
	dynamic range: {“off”, “Rec709”, “Rec2020_SDR”, “HLG”,“ST2084_300”, “ST2084_500”, “ST2084_800”, “ST2084_1000”,“ST2084_2000”, “ST2084_4000”, “ST2048” or “none”}↵
reference locked: {“false”, “true”}↵
The "timecode" value is the timecode within the current timeline for playback or the clip for record. The"display timecode" is the timecode displayed on the front of the deck. The two timecodes will differ in somedeck modes.
Asynchronous transport information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the "notify" command. When enabled, changes in transport state will generate a "508 transport info:"
asynchronous message with the same parameters as the "208 transport info:" message.

Інформація для розробників

1198

Video Formats
The following video formats are currently supported on HyperDeck Extreme, HyperDeck Studio andHyperDeck Shuttle:
720p50, 720p5994, 720p60
1080p23976, 1080p24, 1080p25, 1080p2997, 1080p30, 1080p60
1080i50, 1080i5994, 1080i60
HyperDeck Extreme HDR models also support the following formats:
NTSC, PAL, NTSCp, PALp
2160p23.98, 2160p24, 2160p25, 2160p29.97, 2160p30, 2160p50, 2160p59.94, 2160p60
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
HyperDeckExtreme 8K HDR adds support for the following 8K formats:
4320p23.98, 4320p24, 4320p25, 4320p29.97, 4320p30, 4320p50, 4320p59.94, 4320p60
8Kp23976, 8Kp24, 8Kp25
HyperDeck Studio Pro and Plus models support these 4k formats:
4Kp23976, 4Kp24, 4Kp25, 4Kp2997, 4Kp30
HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro adds support for the following 4k formats:
4Kp50, 4Kp5994, 4Kp60
Video format support may depend on the file format selected and may vary between models andsoftware releases.

File Formats
All HyperDeck models currently support the following file formats:
H.264High_SDI
H.264HighH.264Medium
H.264Low
QuickTimeProResHQ
QuickTimeProRes
QuickTimeProResLT
QuickTimeProResProxy
QuickTimeDNxHD220x
DNxHD220x
QuickTimeDNxHD145
DNxHD145
QuickTimeDNxHD45
DNxHD45HyperDeck Studio 4K Pro and HyperDeck Extrme HDR models also support the following file formats:
H.265High_SDI
H.265HighH.265Medium
H.265Low
QuickTimeDNxHR_HQX
DNxHR_HQX
QuickTimeDNxHR_SQ
DNxHR_SQ
QuickTimeDNxHR_LB
DNxHR_LB
Supported file formats may vary between models and software releases.

Інформація для розробників

1199

Querying and updating configuration information
The "configuration" command may be used to query the current configuration of the deck:

configuration↵
The server returns the configuration of the deck:

211 configuration:↵
audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
audio mapping: {n}↵video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”, “composite”}↵
file format: {format}↵audio codec: {“PCM”, “AAC”}↵
timecode input: {“external”, “embedded”, “preset”, “clip”}↵
timecode output: {“clip”, “timeline”}↵
timecode preference: {“default”, “dropframe”, “nondropframe”}↵
timecode preset: {timecode}↵
audio input channels: {n}↵record trigger: {“none”, “recordbit”, “timecoderun”}↵
record prefix: {name}↵
record cache: {“true”, “false”}↵
append timestamp: {“true”, “false”}↵
genlock input resync: {“true”, “false”}↵
reference source: {“auto”, “input”, “external”}↵
xlr input id: {“n”}↵
xlr type: {“line”, ”mic”}↵
usb spill: {“true”, “false”}↵↵
One or more configuration parameters may be specified to change the configuration of the deck.
To change the current video input:

configuration: video input: {“SDI”, “HDMI”, “component”}↵
Valid video inputs may vary between models. To configure the current audio input:

configuration: audio input: {“embedded”, “XLR”, “RCA”}↵
Valid audio inputs may vary between models.
To configure the current file format:

configuration: file format: {File format}↵
Note that changes to the file format may require the deck to reset, which will cause the client connection to
be closed. In such case, response code 213 will be returned (instead of 200) before the client connection
is closed:“213 deck rebooting”
Asynchronous configuration information change notification is disabled by default and may be configured
with the “notify” command. When enabled, changes in configuration will generate a “511 configuration:”asynchronous message with the same parameters as the “211 configuration:” message.

Інформація для розробників

1200

Selecting active slot and video format
The "slot select" command instructs the deck to switch to a specified slot, or/and to select a specified output
video format.
To switch to a specified slot:

slot select: slot id: {slot ID}↵
To switch to a disk device, including USB drives that are not yet made active:

slot select: device: {identifying name for disk device}↵
To select the output video format:

slot select: video format: {video format}↵
Either or all slot select parameters may be specified. Note that selecting video format will result in a rescan ofthe disk to reconstruct the timeline with all clips of the specified video format.

Clearing the current timeline
The "clips clear" command instructs the deck to empty the current timeline:

clips clear↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵Adding a clip to the current timeline
The "clips add:" command instructs the deck to add a clip to the current timeline:

clips add: name: {clip name}↵
The server responds with

200 ok↵or in case of error

1xx {error description}↵
Configuring the watchdog
The “watchdog” command instructs the deck to monitor the connected client and terminate the connection if
the client is inactive for at least a specified period of time.
To configure the watchdog:

watchdog: period: {period in seconds}↵
To avoid disconnection, the client must send a command to the server at least every {period} seconds.
Note that if the period is set to 0 or less than 0, connection monitoring will be disabled.

Інформація для розробників

1201

Network Area Storage
On networks using multicast DNS the “nas discovered” command will list network servers the HyperDeck has
discovered:

nas discovered↵
225 nas host info:
CloudStoreMini.local. CloudStoreMini
CloudStore80.local. CloudStore80
CloudStore320.local. CloudStore320
A network share can be added as a bookmark to the HyperDeck using ‘nas add’

nas add:
url: smb://CloudStore80.local/Studio1
For shares that require a username and password consider using the secure mode of the HyperDeck
Ethernet protocol to avoid passwords being sent as plaintext.

nas add:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
username: user1234
password: Password1234
A share can be made available for recording and playback using ‘nas select’. If a bookmark exists for thatshare, ‘nas select’ will use the credentials stored in the bookmark. Otherwise ‘nas select’ will connect using
Guest credentials.

nas select:
url: smb://192.168.1.1/Main
Only one share can be mounted at a time using ‘nas select’.
You can query the currently selected nas share using the ‘nas selected’ command. If ‘notify: slot: true’ wasused an asynchronous notification will be sent when the share is mounted.

Інформація для розробників

1202

HyperDeck Control REST API
Розробники програмного забезпечення можуть створювати власні додатки для керування тароботи з дисковими рекордерами HyperDeck, використовуючи такий інструментарій, як RESTабо Postman, та інтерфейс HyperDeck Control REST API. Він дає змогу виконувати цілу низку
операцій, наприклад розпочинати та зупиняти запис, керувати відтворенням і отримувати
доступ до інформації на диску. Незалежно від того, створюється додаток для конкретного
проекту чи використовуються наявні інструменти, за допомогою інтерфейсу API можна злегкістю відкрити повний потенціал дискових рекордерів HyperDeck. Варіантів застосування
надзвичайно багато!

Transport Control API
API for controlling Transport on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /transports/0
Get device’s basic transport status.
Response
200 - Transport status.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output.

PUT /transports/0
Set device’s basic transport status.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

mode

stringTransport mode. Possible values are: InputPreview, Output.

Response
204 - Transport mode was set.

GET /transports/0/stop
Determine if transport is stopped.
Response
200 - Transport stop response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/stop
Stop transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/stop instead.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

Інформація для розробників

1203

POST /transports/0/stop
Stop transport.
Response
204 - Transport stopped.

GET /transports/0/play
Determine if transport is playing.
Response
200 - Transport play response.
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/playStart playing on transport. Deprecated, use POST /tranports/0/play instead.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

POST /transports/0/playStart playing on transport.
Response
204 - Transport playing.

GET /transports/0/playback
Get playback state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video framesІнформація для розробників

1204

PUT /transports/0/playback
Set playback state.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var.

loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline

singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

speed

numberPlayback Speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback

position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames

Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

Response
204 - No Content

GET /transports/0/record
Get record state.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

PUT /transports/0/record
Set record state. Deprecated, use POST /transports/0/record instead.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

recordingbooleanIs transport in Input Record mode

clipName

stringUsed to set the requested clipName to record to, when
specifying “recording” attribute to True

Name

Type

Description

clipName

stringSpecific name of clip to record to.

Response
204 - Recording started.

POST /transports/0/record
Start recording.
Parameters

Response
204 - Recording started.

Інформація для розробників

1205

GET /transports/0/clipIndex
Get the clip index of the currently playing clip on the timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

GET /transports/0/timecodeGet device’s timecode.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

GET /transports/0/timecode/source
Get timecode source selected on device
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip.

Інформація для розробників

1206

GET /transports/0/clip
Get clip information about the currently recording (or transferring) clip, if it exists
Response
200 - Information about the clip currently being recorded.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clip

objectclip.clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clip.filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclip.fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clip.codecFormat

objectclip.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clip.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clip.videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clip.videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clip.videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clip.videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clip.videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clip.startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclip.durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclip.frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in framesІнформація для розробників

1207

System Control API
API for controlling the System Modes on Blackmagic Design products.

GET /system
Get device system information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecFormat

objectcodecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringName of device as displayed in Setup

productName

stringDevice’s product namesoftwareVersion

stringSoftware version running on device

GET /system/productGet device product information.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.

Інформація для розробників

1208

GET /system/supportedCodecFormats
Get the list of supported codecs.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codecsarray

codecs[i]objectcodecs[i].codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

codecs[i].container

stringMultimedia container format.

GET /system/codecFormat
Get the currently selected codec.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

Name

Type

Description

codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

container

stringMultimedia container format.

PUT /system/codecFormat
Set the codec.
Parameters

Response
204 - The codec updated successfully.

Інформація для розробників

1209

GET /system/videoFormat
Get the currently selected video format.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /system/videoFormat
Set the timeline video format. Deprecated, use PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat instead.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The video format updated successfully.
400 - Invalid request.
409 - Operation unsupported in the current state.

Інформація для розробників

1210

Media Control API
API for controlling media devices in Blackmagic Design products.

GET /media/workingset
Get the list of media devices currently in the working set.
Response
200 - The list of media devices in the working set. Entries are null if there is no media
device in that slot.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/active
Get the currently active media device.
Response
200 - The current active media device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

204 - No media is currently active

PUT /media/active
Set the currently active media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the media to become activeІнформація для розробників

1211

Response
204 - The active media device was set successfully.
400 - Setting the currently active media device is not possible in the current state.

GET /media/devices/doformatSupportedFilesystems
Get the list of filesystems available to format the device.
Response
200 - The list of filesystems permitted for formatting.
The response is a JSON object.

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}
Get information about a requested device.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested device.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

state

string

The current state of the media device. Possible values
are: None, Scanning, Mounted, Uninitialised, Formatting,
RaidComponent.

400 - Invalid device name404 - Device not found

GET /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Get a format key, used to format the device with a PUT request.
Parameters
Name

Type

{deviceName}stringDescription

Response
200 - Format prepared
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

keystring

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

400 - Cannot format the device
404 - Device not foundІнформація для розробників

1212

PUT /media/devices/{deviceName}/doformat
Perform a format of the media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{deviceName}stringName

Type

Description

key

string

The key used to format this device, it must be fetched with
the GET request and then provided back with a PUT request

filesystem

stringFilesystem to format to. GET
doFormatSupportedFilesystems returns list of supported
filesystems.

volumestringVolume name to set for the disk after format

Response
204 - Format successful
400 - Cannot format the device, invalid filesystem or key
404 - Device not foundTimeline Control API
API for controlling playback timeline.

GET /timelines/0
Get the playback timeline.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId

clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline

clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames)

clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline

clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as stringІнформація для розробників

1213

Response
404 - No timeline / disk available.

DELETE /timelines/0
Clear the current playback timeline. Deprecated, prefer to use POST /timelines/0/clear
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

POST /timelines/0
Add a clip to the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

insertBefore

integer

Clip(s) will be inserted before this timeline clip index. If
omitted, inserts to the end of the timeline. 0 inserts to thebeginning of the timeline.

clips

Response
204 - The clip was added to the timeline as specified.

POST /timelines/0/add
Add a clip to the end of the timeline. Deprecated, use POST /timelines/0 to add clips within
the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

clips

integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]integer

Unique ID (clipUniqueId) of the clip to add to the timeline

Response
204 - The clip was added to the end of the timeline.

DELETE /timelines/0/clear
Clear the playback timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline was cleared.

Інформація для розробників

1214

DELETE /timelines/0/clips/{timelineClipIndex}
Remove the specified clip from the timeline.
Parameters
Name

Type

{timelineClipIndex}

integer

Description

Response
204 - The specified clip was removed from the timeline.

Event Control API
API For working with built-in websocket.

GET /event/list
Get the list of events that can be subscribed to using the websocket API.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

eventsarray

events[i]stringDescription

List of events that can be subscribed to using thewebsocket APIІнформація для розробників

1215

Clips Control API
API for listing clips on disk.

GET /clips
Get the list of clips on the active disk.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

clips

array

clips[i]objectclips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique ID used to identify this clip

clips[i].filePathstringPath to the file relative to the root of a mountclips[i].fileSize

integer

Size of file on disk in bytes

clips[i].codecFormat

objectclips[i].codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.

clips[i].codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.

clips[i].videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

clips[i].videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

clips[i].videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

clips[i].videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

clips[i].videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

clips[i].startTimecode

stringStart timecode of the clip serialised as stringclips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the clip in timecode format serialised as stringclips[i].frameCount

integerNumber of frames in clip; duration of the clip in frames

Response
404 - There is no active disk

HyperDeck Control API
API for controlling HyperDecks.

POST /system/reboot
Reboots the device.
Response
204 - The device will reboot immediately.
409 - Rebooting is not possible in the current state.

Інформація для розробників

1216

GET /system/uptime
Gets the current system uptime.
Response
200 - The current system uptime
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

uptimeSeconds

integer

The system uptime in seconds

PUT /system/identify
Sets the identify mode. If set to true, will exit identify mode after 10 seconds.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the device identifying itself?

Response
204 - Identify updated successfully.

GET /transports/0/recordCache
Gets information about the recording cache.
Response
200 - Current information about the recording cache
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

statusstring

The current status of the cache. “none” means no cache isdetected by the device. Possible values are: undetected,
unformatted, idle, transferring, queued, recording, disabled.

remainingRecordingTime

integer

The remaining recording time in seconds.

transferringDevice

string

The device name of the disk the cache is currently
transferring to.

GET /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Checks if the record cache is enabled.
Response
200 - OK
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Інформація для розробників

1217

PUT /transports/0/recordCache/enabled
Enables or disables the record cache. Has no effect if cache is not supported / installed /formatted.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

enabledbooleanIs the record cache enabled?

Response
204 - Record cache enabled / disabled was changed.

GET /transports/0/record/spillOrder
Gets media devices in order of which will next be spilled to.
Response
200 - The media device spill order
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

devicesarraydevices[i]objectdevices[i].deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNewFile
Spills to a new file.
Response
204 - Spilled to a new file.

POST /transports/0/record/spillToNextDevice
Spills to the next media device
Response
204 - Spilled to the specified drive.

Інформація для розробників

1218

GET /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
Gets the video format of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The video format of the input video signal. “inputVideoFormat” is null when there isno timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

inputVideoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

inputVideoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

inputVideoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

inputVideoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources
Gets the currently supported input video signal sources.
Response
200 - The supported input video signal sources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

supportedInputVideoSources

array

supportedInputVideoSources[i]stringDescription

Source of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

GET /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Gets the source of the input video signal.
Response
200 - The input video signal source. The source will be one in the list from GET /transports/0/supportedInputVideoSources.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

inputVideoSource

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Інформація для розробників

1219

PUT /transports/0/inputVideoSource
Sets the source of the input video signal.
ParametersName

inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite.

Response
204 - The source of the input video signal was set successfully.
400 - The source specified was invalid or unsupported.

GET /timelines/0/playRange
Gets the current timeline play range. playRange is null if playing the whole timeline, or there isno play range.
Response
200 - The current timeline play range.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

playRange

PUT /timelines/0/playRange
Sets the timeline play range.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description

playRange

Response
204 - The timeline play range was set successfully.

POST /timelines/0/playRange/clear
Clears the timeline play range, sets the play range to be the whole timeline.
Response
204 - The timeline play range was cleared successfully.

Інформація для розробників

1220

GET /timelines/0/videoFormat
Gets the video format of the timeline.
Response
200 - The video format of the timeline. “videoFormat” is null when there is no timeline.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

videoFormat (required)objectVideo format configuration.

videoFormat.namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

videoFormat.frameRate

stringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

videoFormat.heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

videoFormat.width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

videoFormat.interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

PUT /timelines/0/videoFormat
Sets the video format of the timeline.
Parameters
This parameter can be one of the following types:
Name

Type

Description

namestringVideo format serialised as a string.

Name

Type

Description

frameRatestringFrame rate. Possible values are: 23.98, 24.00, 24, 25.00, 25,
29.97, 30.00, 30, 47.95, 48.00, 48, 50.00, 50, 59.94, 60.00,
60, 119.88, 120.00, 120.

heightnumberHeight dimension of video format.

width

numberWidth dimension of video format.

interlacedbooleanIs the display format interlaced?

Response
204 - The timeline video format was set successfully.
400 - The requested video format was invalid.
409 - The video format cannot be changed at this time.

POST /timelines/0/rebuild
Rebuilds the timeline with default rules in the current timeline format.
Response
204 - The timeline was rebuilt with default rules.

Інформація для розробників

1221

GET /media/external
Gets the list of present external media devices.
Response
200 - The list of present external media devices
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

devicesarraydevices[i] (required)objectdevices[i].volume

stringVolume namedevices[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

devices[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

devices[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

devices[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

devices[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device

GET /media/external/selected
Gets the current selected external media device.
Response
200 - The selected external media device
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

404 - No selected external media has been selected

PUT /media/external/selected
Sets the current selected external media device.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.deviceNamestringDescription

Internal device name of the drive.

Response
204 - The selected external media device was set successfully.

Інформація для розробників

1222

GET /media/nas/discovered
Gets the NAS hosts discoverable by the device.
Response
200 - The list of discovered NAS hosts
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

hosts

array

hosts[i]objecthosts[i].hostName

string

The hostname of the NAS hosthosts[i].friendlyName

string

The friendly name of the NAS hosthosts[i].ip

stringThe IP address of the NAS host

GET /media/nas/bookmarks
Gets all NAS share bookmarks.
Response
200 - The list of NAS share bookmarks
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

hosts

array

hosts[i] (required)objecthosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

POST /media/nas/bookmarks
Add a new NAS share bookmarks.
Parameters
Response
204 - The NAS bookmark was added successfully.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be added.

Інформація для розробників

1223

GET /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Get information about a requested network share bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
200 - Information about the requested network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

Description

urlstring

URL of the NAS share404 - Network share bookmark not found

PUT /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Adds a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

Description{url}stringName

Type

Descriptionusername

stringDefault value is: guest.

password

stringResponse
204 - The NAS bookmark has been created.
400 - The NAS bookmark could not be created.

DELETE /media/nas/bookmarks/{url}Deletes a bookmark with the requested URL.
Parameters
Name

Type

{url}

stringDescription

Response
204 - The NAS bookmark has been deleted.

Інформація для розробників

1224

GET /media/nas/selected
Gets the currently selected share bookmark.
Response
200 - Information about the selected network share bookmark.
The response is a JSON object.
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share404 - No NAS drive has been selected.

PUT /media/nas/selected
Sets the selected share bookmark to the requested bookmark, or clears the bookmark.
Parameters
Name

Type

selected

objectselected.url

stringDescription

URL of the NAS share

Response
204 - The selected NAS bookmark was set.
400 - The selected NAS bookmark could not be set.

Інформація для розробників

1225

Notification websocket - 1.0.0
Service that notifies subscribers of device state changes.

messages
Subscribe (The messages from the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Інформація для розробників

1226

Event Message (JSON)
Name

Type

Description.data

object.data.action

stringPossible values are: propertyValueChanged .

.data.property

stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.value

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.type

stringPossible values are: event .

Publish (The messages that user can send to the server/device)
Response Message (JSON)
Name

Type

.data

object.data.action

string.data.properties

array

Description

Possible values are: subscribe, unsubscribe,
listSubscriptions, listProperties, websocketOpened .

.data.properties[i]stringDevice property that the user can subscribe to. The user caneither choose a value from the predefined enum, or provide
a wildcard string. Possible values are: /media/workingset,/media/active, /system, /system/codecFormat,/system/videoFormat, /timelines/0, /transports/0,/transports/0/stop, /transports/0/play, /transports/0/playback,/transports/0/record, /transports/0/timecode,/transports/0/timecode/source, /transports/0/clipIndex,/media/external, /media/external/selected,/transports/0/inputVideoSource,/transports/0/inputVideoFormat, /timelines/0/videoFormat,/media/nas/discovered, /media/nas/bookmarks .

.data.values

objectAn object with property names as the key and a property
value as json. Check the next section for a the device
properties and their return values.

.data.successboolean.type

stringPossible values are: response .

.idnumberOptional parameter that repeats the id in the output for
tracking messages

Інформація для розробників

1227

Device Properties/media/workingset
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/workingset propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

size

integer

The fixed size of this device’s working set

workingset (required)array

workingset[i]objectworkingset[i].index

integerIndex of this media in the working set

workingset[i].activeDisk

booleanIs this current item the active disk

workingset[i].volume

stringVolume nameworkingset[i].deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device

workingset[i].remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds

workingset[i].totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes

workingset[i].clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/active
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/active property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.workingsetIndex

integer

Working set index of the active media device.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/system
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecFormat

objectCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.codec

stringCurrently selected codec.codecFormat.container

stringMultimedia container format.videoFormat

stringName of the video formatІнформація для розробників

1228

/system/codecFormat
Currently selected codec
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/codecFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.codecstringCurrently selected codec.container

stringMultimedia container format/system/videoFormat
Name of the video format
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /system/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/timelines/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipsarray.clips[i]object.clips[i].clipUniqueId

integer

Unique identifier used to identify this media clip. If the same
media clip is added to the timeline multiple times, eachtimeline clip has the same clipUniqueId.clips[i].frameCount

integer

Duration of timeline clip in frames, the number of frames inthis clip on the timeline.clips[i].durationTimecode

stringDuration of the timeline clip in timecode format serialised as
string. This will differ to durationTimecode reported in /clips
for this clipUniqueId if clipIn or frameCount was specified
when adding this clip to the timeline.

.clips[i].clipIn

string

In frame offset for the clip on the timeline, where 0 is thefirst frame of the on-disk clip

.clips[i].inTimecode

stringClip timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip serialised
as string (clip startTimecode + clipIn frames).clips[i].timelineIn

stringTimeline position of the first frame of this clip, where 0 is thefirst frame of the timeline.clips[i].timelineInTimecode

stringTimeline timecode of the first frame of this timeline clip
serialised as string/transports/0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0 property changes on
the device:
Name

Type

Description.mode

stringTransport mode Possible values are: InputPreview,
InputRecord, Output .

Інформація для розробників

1229

/transports/0/stoptrue when transport mode is InputPreview or when in Output mode and speed is 0
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/stop propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/play
True when transport is in Output mode and speed is non-zero
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/play property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description/transports/0/playback
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/playback propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.type

stringPossible values are: Play, Jog, Shuttle, Var .

.loopbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the timeline tothe beginning of the timeline.singleClipbooleanWhen true playback loops from the end of the current clip tothe beginning of the current clip

.speednumberPlayback speed, 1.0 for normal forward playback.position

integer

Playback position on the timeline in units of video frames/transports/0/record
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/record propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.recording

booleanIs transport in Input Record mode/transports/0/timecode
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description

display

string

The display timecode serialised as a string.

timeline

string

The timeline timecode serialised as a string.

Інформація для розробників

1230

/transports/0/timecode/source
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/timecode/source
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.timecode

stringPossible values are: Timeline, Clip .

/transports/0/clipIndex
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/clipIndex propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.clipIndex

number

The 0-based index of the clip being played on the timeline.
null when there is no timeline or an empty timeline.

/media/external
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external property changes
on the device:
Name

Type

Description.volumestringVolume name.deviceNamestringName of media device.remainingRecordTime

integer

Remaining record time using current codec and video
format in seconds.totalSpace

integer

Total space on media device in bytes.remainingSpace

integer

Remaining space on media device in bytes.clipCount

integerNumber of clips currently on the device/media/external/selected
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/external/selected propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.deviceNamestringInternal device name of this media device/transports/0/inputVideoSource
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoSource
property changes on the device:Name.inputVideoSource

Type

Description

stringSource of video input, use GET /transports/0/
supportedInputVideoSources to obtain currently supported
options. Possible values are: SDI, HDMI, Component,
Composite .

Інформація для розробників

1231

/transports/0/inputVideoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /transports/0/inputVideoFormat
property changes on the device:
Name

Type

Description.inputVideoFormat

stringName of the video format/timelines/0/videoFormat
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /timelines/0/videoFormat propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.videoFormat

stringName of the video format/media/nas/discovered
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/discovered propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

Description.hostNamestringHostname of external network drive.friendlyName

stringName of external network drive.ip

stringIP Address of external network drive/media/nas/bookmarks
The value JSON returned via the eventResponse when the /media/nas/bookmarks propertychanges on the device:
Name

Type

.hostsarray.hosts[i]object.hosts[i].url

stringDescription

URL associated with bookmarkІнформація для розробників

1232

Допомога
Отримання допомоги
Найшвидший спосіб отримати допомогу — звернутися до сторінок підтримки на сайті
Blackmagic Design і перевірити наявність останніх довідкових матеріалів для рекордерів
HyperDeck.

Розділ підтримки на сайті Blackmagic DesignОстанні версії посібника з експлуатації, програмного забезпечення та додаткову інформацію
можна знайти в центрі підтримки Blackmagic Design на сторінці
www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua/supportФорум Blackmagic DesignВідвідайте форум спільноти Blackmagic Design на нашому вебсайті, щоб отримати додаткову
інформацію та дізнатися про цікаві творчі ідеї. На ньому можна поділитись своїми ідеями,а також отримати допомогу від персоналу підтримки та інших користувачів. Адреса форуму
https://forum.blackmagicdesign.com

Звернення до Служби підтримки Blackmagic DesignЯкщо за допомогою доступних довідкових матеріалів і форуму вирішити проблему невдалося, скористайтесь формою «Надіслати імейл» на сторінці підтримки. Також можна
зателефонувати до найближчого представництва Blackmagic Design, телефон якого визнайдете на нашому вебсайті.

Перевірка інстальованої версії програмного забезпеченняЩоб дізнатися, яку версію утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup інстальовано на комп'ютері,відкрийте вікно About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup.
 На комп'ютері з операційною системою Mac відкрийте Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup упапці «Програми». У меню виберіть About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, щоб побачити
номер версії.
 На комп'ютері з операційною системою Windows відкрийте Blackmagic HyperDeck Setupу меню «Пуск» або клацніть піктограму утиліти на початковому екрані. У меню «Довідка»виберіть About Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, щоб побачити номер версії.

Завантаження останніх версій програмного забезпечення
Дізнавшись версію інстальованої утиліти Blackmagic HyperDeck Setup, перейдіть до центру
підтримки Blackmagic Design на сторінці www.blackmagicdesign.com/ua/support, щобперевірити наявність оновлень. Рекомендується завжди використовувати останню версію
програмного забезпечення, однак оновлення найкраще виконувати після завершення
поточного проекту.

Допомога

1233

Дотримання нормативних вимог
Утилізація електрообладнання та електронної апаратури в країнах
Європейського Союзу
Виріб містить маркування, яке означає, що його забороняється утилізувати разом ізпобутовими відходами. Непридатне для експлуатації обладнання необхідно передатидо пункту вторинної переробки. Роздільний збір відходів та їх повторне використання
дозволяють зберігати природні ресурси, охороняти довкілля та захищати здоров'ялюдей. Щоб отримати докладнішу інформацію про порядок утилізації, зверніться домісцевих муніципальних органів або дилера, у якого ви придбали цей виріб.
Дане обладнання протестовано за вимогами для цифрових пристроїв класу A (розділ
15 специфікацій FCC) та визнано відповідним усім критеріям. Дотримання згаданих
нормативів забезпечує достатній захист від шкідливого випромінювання під часроботи обладнання в нежитлових приміщеннях. Так як цей виріб генерує тавипромінює радіохвилі, при неправильній установці він може стати джерелом
радіоперешкод. Якщо обладнання експлуатується в житлових приміщеннях,підвищується ймовірність виникнення перешкод, вплив яких у цьому випадку
користувач повинен усунути самостійно.
До експлуатації допускаються пристрої, що відповідають двом основним вимогам.
1Обладнання не повинно бути джерелом шкідливих перешкод.

2Обладнання має бути стійким до перешкод, включаючи ті, що можуть спричинити
збій у роботі.

R-R-BMD-20211410001

Відповідність вимогам ISED (Канада)Дане обладнання відповідає канадським стандартам для цифрових
пристроїв класу А.
Будь-яка модифікація або використання виробу не за призначенням можеанулювати заяву про відповідність цим стандартам.
Підключення до HDMI-інтерфейсу повинно виконуватись за допомогою якісного
екранованого кабелю.
Це обладнання протестовано за вимогами, що висуваються до роботи пристроїв унежитлових приміщеннях. При використанні в побутових умовах воно може стати
джерелом перешкод для радіосигналу.

Дотримання нормативних вимог

1234

Правила безпеки
Допускається експлуатація в умовах тропічного клімату із температурою навколишнього
середовища до 40 oC.
Для роботи пристрою необхідно забезпечити достатню вентиляцію.
Всередині корпусу не містяться деталі, що підлягають обслуговуванню. Для виконання
ремонтних робіт зверніться до місцевого сервісного центру Blackmagic Design.

Допускається експлуатація в місцях не вище 2000 метрів над рівнем моря.

Сповіщення для мешканців штату КаліфорніяПри роботі з цим обладнанням існує можливість контакту з мікродомішками багатобромистого
біфеніла, що містяться в пластмасі. У штаті Каліфорнія цей елемент визнано канцерогеном, вінзбільшує ризик вроджених дефектів і пороків репродуктивної системи.
Додаткову інформацію див. на сайті www.P65Warnings.ca.govПредставництво в Європі
Blackmagic Design B.V, Amsterdam
Sloterdijk Teleport Towers Office 2.17,
Kingsfordweg 151,
Amsterdam, 1043GR.

Правила безпеки

1235

Гарантія
Обмежена гарантія терміном 12 місяців
Компанія Blackmagic Design гарантує відсутність у цьому виробі дефектів матеріалу та виробничого
браку протягом 12 місяців від дати продажу. Якщо під час гарантійного терміну будуть виявлені
дефекти, Blackmagic Design на власний розсуд виконає ремонт несправного виробу без оплати
вартості запчастин і трудовитрат або замінить такий виріб на новий.
Щоб скористатися цією гарантією, споживач зобов'язаний повідомити компанію Blackmagic Designпро дефект до закінчення гарантійного терміну та забезпечити умови для надання необхідних
послуг. Споживач несе відповідальність за упаковку та доставку несправного виробу довідповідного сервісного центру Blackmagic Design, а також за оплату поштових витрат. Споживач
зобов'язаний сплатити всі витрати на доставку, страхування, мита, податки та інші збори щодоповернення виробу незалежно від причини повернення.
Дана гарантія не поширюється на дефекти, відмови та пошкодження, що виникли через неналежне
використання, неправильний догляд чи обслуговування. Компанія Blackmagic Design не зобов'язана
надавати послуги за цією гарантією: а) для усунення пошкоджень, що виникли внаслідок дій ізвстановлення, ремонту або обслуговування виробу особами, які не є персоналом Blackmagic Design;б) для усунення пошкоджень, що виникли внаслідок неналежного використання або підключеннядо несумісного обладнання; в) для усунення пошкоджень або дефектів, спричинених використанням
запчастин або матеріалів інших виробників; г) якщо виріб було модифіковано або інтегрованоз іншим обладнанням, коли така модифікація або інтеграція збільшує час або підвищує складність
обслуговування виробу. ДАНА ГАРАНТІЯ НАДАЄТЬСЯ КОМПАНІЄЮ BLACKMAGIC DESIGNЗАМІСТЬ БУДЬ-ЯКИХ ІНШИХ ПРЯМИХ АБО ОПОСЕРЕДКОВАНИХ ГАРАНТІЙ. КОМПАНІЯ
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN І Ї Ї ДИЛЕРИ ВІДМОВЛЯЮТЬСЯ ВІД БУДЬ-ЯКИХ ОПОСЕРЕДКОВАНИХ
ГАРАНТІЙ КОМЕРЦІЙНОЇ ЦІННОСТІ АБО ПРИДАТНОСТІ ДЛЯ БУДЬ-ЯКОЇ ВИЗНАЧЕНОЇ ЦІЛІ.
ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНІСТЬ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN ЗА РЕМОНТ АБО ЗАМІНУ НЕСПРАВНИХ ВИРОБІВ ЄПОВНИМ І ВИНЯТКОВИМ ЗАСОБОМ ВІДШКОДУВАННЯ, ЩО НАДАЄТЬСЯ СПОЖИВАЧЕВІ У
ЗВ'ЯЗКУ З НЕПРЯМИМИ, ФАКТИЧНИМИ, ВИПАДКОВИМИ АБО ПОСЛІДУЮЧИМИ ЗБИТКАМИ
НЕЗАЛЕЖНО ВІД ТОГО, БУЛА КОМПАНІЯ BLACKMAGIC DESIGN (АБО ЇЇ ДИЛЕР) ПОПЕРЕДНЬО
ПОВІДОМЛЕНА ПРО МОЖЛИВІСТЬ ТАКИХ ЗБИТКІВ. BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕВІДПОВІДАЛЬНОСТІ ЗА ПРОТИПРАВНЕ ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ОБЛАДНАННЯ СПОЖИВАЧЕМ.
BLACKMAGIC DESIGN НЕ НЕСЕ ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНОСТІ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКІ ЗБИТКИ ВНАСЛІДОК
ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ВИРОБУ. РИЗИКИ, ПОВ'ЯЗАНІ З ЙОГО ЕКСПЛУАТАЦІЄЮ, ПОКЛАДАЮТЬСЯНА СПОЖИВАЧА.
© Copyright 2024 Blackmagic Design. Усі права захищені. Blackmagic Design, DeckLink, HDLink, Workgroup Videohub, Multibridge
Pro, Multibridge Extreme, Intensity та "Leading the creative video revolution" зареєстровані як товарні знаки в США та інших
країнах. Назви інших компаній та найменування продуктів можуть бути товарними знаками відповідних правовласників.

Гарантія

1236